Construction and

Commissioning of
Chandigarh-Baddi New
Broad Gauge Railway Line
{30.295 km}
(Ch.-2219 m to 28076m)
including P-Way,
Electrification and Signalling
& Telecommunication works
on EPC Mode.

Northern Railway
Chandigarh
Signature Not
Verified
Digitally signed by
ABHISHEK KUMAR
1
SINGH
Date: 2022.09.08
11:34:59 IST
Reason: IREPS-CRIS
Location: New Delhi
 Contents

PART I
Preliminary

Recitals 11
1 Definitions and Interpretation 13
1.1 Definitions 13
1.2 Interpretation 13
1.3 Measurements and arithmetic conventions 15
1.4 Priority of agreements and errors/discrepancies 15
1.5 Joint and several liability 16

PART II
Scope of the Project

2 Scope of the Project 19

2.1 Scope of the Project 19

3 Obligations of the Contractor 20

3.1 Obligations of the Contractor 20
3.2 Obligations relating to sub-contracts and any other agreements 21
3.3 Employment of foreign nationals 23
3.4 Contractor’s personnel 23
3.5 Advertisement on Railway Project 25
3.6 Contractor’s care of the Works 25
3.7 Electricity, water and other services 26
3.8 Unforeseeable difficulties 26
3.9 Training of Authority’s personnel 26
3.10 Safety at work site 26
3.11 Temp Facilities for the use by Authority’s Engineer and its
representatives 44

4 Obligations of the Authority 43

4.1 Obligations of the Authority 43
4.2 Maintenance and operation of the existing facilities 44
4.3 Environmental and Forest Clearances 44
4.4 Machinery and equipment 45
4.5 Electricity transmission lines 45
4.6 Disconnection for modification of existing signalling and
telecommunication works 45
4.7 Provision of Power Blocks and Traffic Blocks 46

5 Representations and Warranties 48

5.1 Representations and warranties of the Contractor 48
2
5.2 Representations and warranties of the Authority 49
5.3 Disclosure 50

6 Disclaimer 51
6.1 Disclaimer 51

PART III
Construction

7 Performance Security 53
7.1 Performance Security 53
7.2 Extension of Performance Security 53
7.3 Appropriation of Performance Security 54
7.4 Release of Performance Security 54
7.5 Retention Money 54

8 Right of Way 56
8.1 The Site 56
8.2 Handing over of the Project Site 56
8.3 Damages for delay in handing over the Site 57
8.4 Site to be free from Encumbrances 58
8.5 Protection of Site from encroachments 58
8.6 Special/temporary Right of Way 59
8.7 Access to the Authority and the Authority’s Engineer 59
8.8 Geological and archaeological finds 59

9 Utilities and Trees 60

9.1 Existing utilities and roads 60
9.2 Shifting of obstructing utilities 60
9.3 New utilities 60
9.4 Felling of trees 61

10 Design and Construction of the Railway Project 62

10.1 Obligations prior to commencement of Works 62
10.2 Design and Drawings 64
10.3 Construction of the Railway Project 67
10.4 Extension of time for completion 68
10.5 Incomplete Works 70
10.6 Equipment specific Maintenance Manual 70

11 Quality Assurance, Monitoring and Supervision 71

11.1 Quality of Materials and workmanship 71
11.2 Quality control system 71
11.3 Methodology 72
11.4 Inspection and technical audit by the Authority 72
11.5 External technical audit 72

3
11.6 Inspection of construction records 72
11.7 Monthly progress reports 72
11.8 Inspection 73
11.9 Samples 73
11.10 Tests 73
11.11 Examination of work before covering up 74
11.12 Rejection 74
11.13 Remedial work 75
11.14 Delays during construction 85
11.15 Quality control records and Documents 76
11.16 Video recording 76
11.17 Suspension of unsafe Construction Works 76

12 Completion Certificate 77
12.1 Tests on completion 77
12.2 Provisional Certificate 77
12.3 Completion of Part-2 Punch List items 78
12.4 Completion Certificate 79
12.5 Rescheduling of Tests 79
12.6 Delayed authorisation 79

13 Change of Scope 80
13.1 Change of Scope 80
13.2 Procedure for Change of Scope 80
13.3 Payment for Change of Scope 82
13.4 Restrictions on Change of Scope 82
13.5 Power of the Authority to undertake works 82

14 Traffic Regulation 83
14.1 Traffic regulation by the Contractor 83

15 Defects Liability 84
15.1 Defects Liability Period 84
15.2 Remedy and rectification of Defects and deficiencies 84
15.3 Cost of remedying Defects 85
15.4 Contractor’s failure to rectify Defects 85
15.5 Contractor to search cause 85
15.6 Extension of Defects Liability Period 86

16 Authority’s Engineer 87
16.1 Appointment of the Authority’s Engineer 87
16.2 Duties and functions of the Authority’s Engineer 87
16.3 Authorised signatories 88
16.4 Instructions of the Authority’s Engineer 88
16.5 Determination by the Authority’s Engineer 88
16.6 Remuneration of the Authority’s Engineer 89
16.7 Replacement of the Authority’s Engineer 89
16.8 Interim arrangement 89
4
PART IV
Financial Covenants

17 Payments 91
17.1 Contract Price 91
17.2 Advance Payment 91
17.3 Procedure for estimating the payment for the Works 92
17.4 Stage Payment Statement for Works 93
17.5 Stage Payment for Works 93
17.6 Payment of Damages 94
17.7 Time of payment and interest 94
17.8 Price adjustment for the Works 95
17.9 Restrictions on price adjustment 112
17.10 Final Payment Statement 112
17.11 Discharge 113
17.12 Final Payment Certificate 113
17.13 Change in law 113
17.14 Correction of Interim Payment Certificates 114
17.15 Authority’s claims 114
17.16 Bonus for early completion 114

18 Insurance 115
18.1 Insurance for Works 115
18.2 Notice to the Authority 116
18.3 Evidence of Insurance Cover 116
18.4 Remedy for failure to insure 116
18.5 Waiver of subrogation 117
18.6 Contractor’s waiver 117
18.7 Cross liabilities 117
18.8 Accident or injury to workmen 117
18.9 Insurance against accident to workmen 117
18.10 Application of insurance proceeds 118
18.11 Compliance with policy conditions 118

Part V
Force Majeure and Termination

19 Force Majeure 120

19.1 Force Majeure 120
19.2 Non-Political Event 120
19.3 Indirect Political Event 121
19.4 Political Event 121
19.5 Duty to report Force Majeure Event 122
19.6 Effect of Force Majeure Event on the Agreement 122
19.7 Termination Notice for Force Majeure Event 123
19.8 Termination Payment for Force Majeure Event 123
19.9 Dispute resolution 124
19.10 Excuse from performance of obligations 124

5
20 Suspension of Contractor’s Rights 125
20.1 Suspension upon Contractor Default 125
20.2 Authority to act on behalf of Contractor 125
20.3 Revocation of Suspension 125
20.4 Termination 125

21 Termination 127
21.1 Termination for Contractor Default 129
21.2 Termination for Authority Default 130
21.3 Right of Authority to Determine the Contract 130
21.4 Requirements after Termination 130
21.5 Valuation of Unpaid Works 130
21.6 Termination Payment 131
21.7 Other rights and obligations of the Parties 132
21.8 Survival of rights 132

PART VI
Other Provisions

22 Assignment and Charges 134

22.1 Restrictions on assignment and charges 134
22.2 Hypothecation of Materials or Plant 134

23 Liability and Indemnity 135

23.1 General indemnity 135
23.2 Indemnity by the Contractor 135
23.3 Notice and contest of claims 136
23.4 Defence of claims 136
23.5 No consequential claims 137
23.6 Survival on Termination 137

24 Dispute Resolution 138

24.1 Conciliation of Disputes 138
24.2 Dispute Adjudication Board (DAB) 138
24.3 Standing Arbitral Tribunal 140

25 Miscellaneous 143
25.1 Governing law and jurisdiction 143
25.2 Waiver of immunity 143
25.3 Delayed payments 143
25.4 Waiver 144
25.5 Liability for review of Documents and Drawings 144
25.6 Exclusion of implied warranties etc. 144
25.7 Survival 145
25.8 Entire Agreement 145
25.9 Severability 145
25.10 No partnership 145
25.11 Third Parties 146
25.14 Language 155
6
25.12 Successors and assigns 146
25.13 Notices 146
25.14 Language 147
25.15 Counterparts 147
25.16 Confidentiality 147
25.17 Copyright and Intellectual Property rights 147
25.18 Limitation of Liability 148

26 Definitions 149
26.1 Definitions 149

Schedules

A Site of the Project 160

1 The Site 161
Annex-I: Site 161
Annex-II: Dates for providing Right of Way 171
Annex-III: Alignment Plans 178
Annex-IV: Environmental Clearances and forest clearances 179

B Development of the Railway Project 180

1 Development of the Railway Project 180
2 Specifications and Standards 180
Annex-I: Description of the Railway Project 181

C Project Facilities 241

1 Project Facilities 241

D Specifications and Standards 250

1 Construction 250
2 Design Standards 250
3 Latest Version 250
4 Terms used in Manuals 250
5 Absence of specific provisions 250
6 Alternative Specifications and Standards 251
7 Working Methodology 251
Annex-I: Specifications and Standards for Construction 280
Annex-II: Time Schedule for review of drawings by the Authority 282
Annex-III: Summary of tentative method statement and sequence of working 287

E Applicable Permits 292

1 Applicable Permits 292

F Form of Bank Guarantee 293

Annex-I: Form of Guarantee for Performance Security 294
Annex-II: Form of Guarantee for Withdrawal of Retention Money 296
Annex-III: Form of Guarantee for Advance payment 399

G Contract Price Weightages 303

7
H Drawings 342
1 Drawings 343
2 Additional drawings 343
Annex-I: List of Drawings 346

I Project Completion Schedule 346

1 Project Completion Schedule 346
2 Project Milestone-I 346
3 Project Milestone-II 346
4 Projet Milestone-III 346
5 Scheduled Completion Date 346
6 Extension of time 346

J Tests on Completion 348

1 Schedule for Tests 348
2 Tests 348
3 Agency for conducting Tests 348
4 Completion Certificate 349

K Provisional Certificate/ Completion Certificate 350

L Selection of Authority’s Engineer 352

1 Selection of Authority’s Engineer 352
2 Terms of Reference 352
Annex-I: Duties and Responsibilities for Authority’s Engineer 353

M Forms of Payment Statements 358

1 Stage Payment Statement for Works 358
2 Contractor’s Claim for Damages 358

N Insurance 359
1 Insurance during Construction Period 359
2 Insurance for Contractor’s Defects Liability 359
3 Insurance against injury to persons and damage to property 359
4 Insurance to be in joint names 360

O Provision of Traffic Blocks and Power Blocks 361

1 Provision of Traffic Blocks, Power Blocks and Disconnections 361
2 Provision of Speed Restriction 362

P Machinery and equipment 363

Q Important/Special conditions & Drawings/Plans 365

Other Special Conditions of EPC 458

8
9
 Part I
Preliminary

10
11
 ENGINEERING, PROCUREMENT AND
CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT1 is entered into on this the ……….. day of ………, 20…..

BETWEEN

1 [The President of India, represented by the Ministry of Railways, acting

through Chief Project Manager/Chandigarh, Northern Railway (the
“Authority”), and having its principal offices at Chandigarh-160102], (hereinafter
referred to as the “Authority” which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context
or meaning thereof, include its administrators, successors and assigns) of One Part;

AND

2 {……………………}2, means the selected bidder3 having its registered office

at ……………, (hereinafter referred to as the “Contractor” which expression shall,
unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its successors and
permitted assigns) of the Other Part.

WHEREAS:

(A) The Authority has the responsibility to develop, operate and maintain the
Indian Railways in the territorial jurisdiction of the Northern Railway zone5.

(B) The Authority had resolved to undertake the construction and commissioning
of Chandigarh-Baddi New Broad Gauge Railway Line {30.295 km (Ch.-2219 m to
28076m)} in the Northern Railway zone on Engineering, Procurement, Construction
(“EPC”) basis in accordance with the terms and conditions to be set forth in an
agreement to be entered into.

(C) The Authority had prescribed the Technical and Financial terms and
conditions, and invited Request for Participation (RFP) No. -----------dated ----------
----from the bidders for undertaking the Project.

11 Serially numbered footnotes in this Agreement are for guidance of the Authorityand should be
omitted from the draft EPC Agreement forming part of Bid Documents. Footnotes marked $ shall be
retained in the draft Agreement.
2 All provisions enclosed in curly parenthesis shall be retained in the Bid Documents and shall be
modified as required after the selected bidder has been identified.
3 Refers to the single entity or the lead member of the Consortium/Joint venture, which is the selected
bidder
4All asterisks in this Agreement should be substituted by project-specific particulars in the draft
Agreement forming part of the Bid Documents.
5All project-specific provisions in this Standardl EPC Agreement have been enclosed in square
parenthesis and may be modified, as necessary, before issuing the draft EPC Agreement forming part
of Bid Documents.

12
(D) After evaluation of the bids received, the Authority had accepted the bid of the
selected bidder and issued its Letter of Acceptance No. *** dated *** (hereinafter
called the “LOA”) to the selected bidder for construction of the above railway line at
the Contract Price specified hereinafter, requiring the selected bidder to inter alia:

(i) deliver to the Authority a legal opinion from the legal counsel of the selected
bidder with respect to the authority of the selected bidder to enter into this Agreement
and the enforceability of the provisions thereof, within 10 (ten) days of the date of
issue of LOA; and

(ii) execute this Agreement within 60 (Sixty) days of the date of issue of LOA.

(E) The Contractor has fulfilled the requirements specified in Recital (D) above;

Now, therefore, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and
agreements set forth in this Agreement, the sufficiency and adequacy of which is
hereby acknowledged, the Authority hereby covenants to pay the Contractor, in
consideration of the obligations specified herein, the Contract Price or such other sum
as may become payable under the provisions of the Agreement at the times and in the
manner specified by the Agreement and intending to be legally bound hereby, the
Parties agree as follows:

13
 ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1 Definitions

The words and expressions beginning with capital letters and defined in this
Agreement (including those in Article 26) shall, unless the context otherwise requires,
have the meaning ascribed thereto herein, and the words and expressions defined in
the Schedules and used therein shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the
Schedules.

1.2 Interpretation

1.2.1 In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires,

(a) references to any legislation or any provision thereof shall include amendment
or re-enactment or consolidation of such legislation or any provision thereof so far as
such amendment or re-enactment or consolidation applies or is capable of applying to
any transaction entered into hereunder;

(b) references to laws of India or Indian law or regulation having the force of law
shall include the laws, acts, ordinances, rules, regulations, bye laws or notifications
which have the force of law in the territory of India and as from time to time may be
amended, modified, supplemented, extended or re-enacted;

(c) references to a “person” and words denoting a natural person shall be

construed as a reference to any individual, firm, company, corporation, society, trust,
government, state or agency of a state or any association or partnership (whether or
not having separate legal personality) of two or more of the above and shall include
successors and assigns;

(d) the table of contents, headings or sub-headings in this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only and shall not be used in, and shall not affect, the
construction or interpretation of this Agreement;

(e) the words “include” and “including” are to be construed without limitation
and shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation” or “but not limited to”
whether or not they are followed by such phrases;

(f) references to “construction” or “building” include, unless the context

otherwise requires, survey and investigation, design, developing, engineering,
procurement, supply of plant, materials, equipment, labour, delivery, transportation,
installation, processing, fabrication, testing, and commissioning of the Railway
Project, including maintenance during the Construction Period, removing of defects,
if any, and other activities incidental to the construction and “construct” or “build”
shall be construed accordingly;

(g) references to “development” include, unless the context otherwise requires,

construction, renovation, refurbishing, augmentation, up-gradation and other

14
activities incidental thereto during the Construction Period, and “develop” shall be
construed accordingly;

(h) any reference to any period of time shall mean a reference to that according to
Indian standard time;

(i) any reference to day shall mean a reference to a calendar day;

(j) reference to a “business day” shall be construed as reference to a day (other

than a Sunday) on which banks in the State are generally open for business;

(k) any reference to month shall mean a reference to a calendar month as per the
Gregorian calendar;

(l) references to any date, period or Project Milestone shall mean and include such
date, period or Project Milestone as may be extended pursuant to this Agreement;

(m) any reference to any period commencing “from” a specified day or date and
“till” or “until” a specified day or date shall include both such days or dates; provided
that if the last day of any period computed under this Agreement is not a business day,
then the period shall run until the end of the next business day;

(n) the words importing singular shall include plural and vice versa;

(o) references to any gender shall include the other and the neutral gender;

(p) “lakh” means a hundred thousand (100,000) and “crore” means ten million
(10,000,000);

(q) “indebtedness” shall be construed so as to include any obligation (whether

incurred as principal or surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether
present or future, actual or contingent;

(r) references to the “winding-up”, “dissolution”, “insolvency”, or

“reorganisation” of a company or corporation shall be construed so as to include any
equivalent or analogous proceedings under the law of the jurisdiction in which such
company or corporation is incorporated or any jurisdiction in which such company or
corporation carries on business including the seeking of liquidation, winding-up,
reorganisation, dissolution, arrangement, protection or relief of debtors;

(s) save and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any reference, at any
time, to any agreement, deed, instrument, licence or document of any description shall
be construed as reference to that agreement, deed, instrument, licence or other
document as amended, varied, supplemented, modified or suspended at the time of
such reference; provided that this Sub-clause(s) shall not operate so as to increase
liabilities or obligations of the Authority hereunder or pursuant hereto in any manner
whatsoever;

(t) any agreement, consent, approval, authorisation, notice, communication,

information or report required under or pursuant to this Agreement from or by any
Party or the Authority Engineer shall be valid and effective only if it is in writing

15
under the hand of a duly authorised representative of such Party or the Authority
Engineer, as the case may be, in this behalf and not otherwise;

(u) the Schedules and Recitals to this Agreement form an integral part of this
Agreement and will be in full force and effect as though they were expressly set out
in the body of this Agreement;

(v) references to Recitals, Articles, Clauses, Sub-clauses, Provisos or Schedules

in this Agreement shall, except where the context otherwise requires, mean references
to Recitals, Articles, Clauses, Sub-clauses, Provisos and Schedules of or to this
Agreement; reference to an Annex shall, subject to anything to the contrary specified
therein, be construed as a reference to an Annex to the Schedule in which such
reference occurs; and reference to a Paragraph shall, subject to anything to the contrary
specified therein, be construed as a reference to a Paragraph of the Schedule or Annex,
as the case may be, in which such reference appears;

(w) the damages payable by either Party to the other of them, as set forth in this
Agreement, whether on per diem basis or otherwise, are mutually agreed genuine pre-
estimated loss and damage likely to be suffered and incurred by the Party entitled to
receive the same and are not by way of penalty (the “Damages”); and

(x) time shall be of the essence in the performance of the Parties’ respective
obligations. If any time period specified herein is extended for the reasons specified
in the Agreement, such extended time shall also be of the essence.

1.2.2 Unless expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement, any Documentation

required to be provided or furnished by the Contractor to the Authority shall be
provided free of cost and in three copies, and if the Authority is required to return any
such Documentation with its comments and/or approval, it shall be entitled to retain
two copies thereof.

1.2.3 The rule of construction, if any, that a contract should be interpreted against
the parties responsible for the drafting and preparation thereof, shall not apply.

1.2.4 Any word or expression used in this Agreement shall, unless otherwise defined
or construed in this Agreement, bear its ordinary English meaning and, for these
purposes, the General Clauses Act, 1897 shall not apply.

1.3 Measurements and arithmetic conventions

All measurements and calculations shall be in the metric system and calculations done
to 2 (two) decimal places, with the third digit of 5 (five) or above being rounded up
and below 5 (five) being rounded down.

1.4 Priority of agreements and errors/discrepancies

1.4.1 This Agreement, and all other agreements and documents forming part of or
referred to in this Agreement are to be taken as mutually explanatory and, unless
otherwise expressly provided elsewhere in this Agreement, the priority of this
Agreement and other documents and agreements forming part hereof or referred to
herein shall, in the event of any conflict between them, be in the following order:

16
(a) this EPC Agreement; and

(b) all other agreements and documents forming part hereof or referred to herein,

i.e. this Agreement at (a) above shall prevail over the agreements and documents at
(b).

1.4.2 Subject to the provisions of Clause 1.4.1, in case of ambiguities or

discrepancies within this Agreement, the following shall apply:

(a) between two or more Clauses of this Agreement, the provisions of a specific
Clause relevant to the issue under consideration shall prevail over those in other
Clauses;

(b) between the Clauses of this Agreement and the Schedules, the Clauses shall
prevail and between Schedules and Annexes, the Schedules shall prevail;

(c) between any two Schedules, the Schedule relevant to the issue shall prevail;

(d) between the written description on the Drawings and the Specifications and
Standards, the latter shall prevail;

(e) between the dimension scaled from the Drawing and its specific written
dimension, the latter shall prevail; and

(f) between any value written in numerals and that in words, the latter shall
prevail.

1.5 Joint and several liability

1.5.1 If the Contractor has formed a Consortium/Joint Venture of two or more

persons for implementing the Project:

(a) these persons shall, without prejudice to the provisions of this Agreement, be
deemed to be jointly and severally liable to the Authority for the performance of the
Agreement; and

(b) the Contractor shall ensure that no change in the composition of the
Consortium/Joint Venture is effected without the prior consent of the Authority.

1.5.2 Without prejudice to the joint and several liability of all the members of the
Consortium/Joint Venture, the Lead Member shall represent all the members of the
Consortium/Joint Venture and shall at all times be liable and responsible for
discharging the functions and obligations of the Contractor. The Contractor shall
ensure that each member of the Consortium/Joint Venture shall be bound by any
decision, communication, notice, action or inaction of the Lead Member on any matter
related to this Agreement and the Authority shall be entitled to rely upon any such
action, decision or communication of the Lead Member. The Authority shall have the
right to release payments solely to the Lead Member and shall not in any manner be
responsible or liable for the inter se allocation of payments among members of the
{Consortium/Joint Venture}}.

17
18
 Part II
Scope of the Project

19
 ARTICLE 2
SCOPE OF THE PROJECT

2.1 Scope of the Project

Under this Agreement, the scope of the Project (the “Scope of the Project”) shall
mean and include:

(a) Construction of the Railway Project on the Site set forth in Schedule-A and as
specified in Schedule-B together with provision of Project Facilities as specified in
Schedule-C, and in conformity with the Specifications and Standards set forth in
Schedule-D, “Important/Special conditions & Drawings/Plans” (Schedule –Q);
and with Contractor’s own Material Supplies including Turnout sleepers,
Special sleepers (for SEJ/Guard Rails (Bridge approach sleepers)/L-Xings etc),
Points (switches) & Crossings, Glued Joints, H-beam/Composite sleepers over
Girder Bridges, SEJs, Guard rails, Check Rails etc., all Signalling, Telecom and
OHE/PSI/Electrification/Lighting materials as per laid down specifications.

(b) Mainline/Ordinary Sleepers (including Guard Rail Sleepers) and Rails,

except those covered in Clause 2.1(a) above shall be supplied by the Authority
free of cost.

(c) Performance and fulfilment of all other obligations of the Contractor in

accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and matters incidental thereto or
necessary for the performance of any or all of the obligations of the Contractor under
this Agreement.

20
 ARTICLE 3

OBLIGATIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR

3.1 Obligations of the Contractor

3.1.1 Subject to and on the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Contractor
shall undertake the survey, investigation, design, engineering, procurement, and
construction of the Railway Project and observe, fulfil, comply with and perform all
its obligations set out in this Agreement or arising hereunder.

3.1.2 The Contractor shall comply with all Applicable Laws and Applicable Permits
(including renewals as required) in the performance of its obligations under this
Agreement.

3.1.3 Save and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or Applicable Laws,
as the case may be, the Contractor shall, in discharge of all its obligations under this
Agreement, conform with and adhere to Good Industry Practice at all times.

3.1.4 The Contractor shall remedy any and all loss or damage to the Railway Project,
occurring on or after the Appointed Date and until the date of Provisional Certificate,
with respect to the Works completed prior to the issuance of the Provisional Certificate
and/or Completion Certificate, with respect to the Works referred to in the Punch List,
at its own cost, save and except to the extent that any such loss or damage shall have
arisen from any default of the Authority or on account of a Force Majeure Event in
which case the provisions of Article 19 shall apply.

3.1.5 The Contractor shall remedy any and all loss or damage to the Railway Project
during the Defects Liability Period at its own cost, to the extent that such loss or
damage shall have arisen out of the reasons specified in Clause 15.3.

3.1.6 The Contractor shall, at its own cost and expense, in addition to and not in
derogation of its obligations elsewhere set out in this Agreement:

(a) make, or cause to be made, necessary applications to the relevant Government

Instrumentalities with such particulars and details as may be required for obtaining
Applicable Permits set forth in Schedule-E and obtain and keep in force and effect
such Applicable Permits in conformity with Applicable Laws;

(b) procure, as required, the appropriate proprietary rights, licences, agreements

and permissions for Materials, methods, processes, know-how and systems used or
incorporated into the Railway Project;

(c) make reasonable efforts to maintain harmony and good industrial relations
among the personnel employed by it or its Sub-contractors in connection with the
performance of its obligations under this Agreement;

(d) ensure that its Sub-contractors comply with all Applicable Permits and
Applicable Laws in the performance by them of any of the Contractor’s obligations
under this Agreement;

21
(e) always act in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Agreement and
not cause or fail to do any act, deed or thing, whether intentionally or otherwise, which
may in any manner be in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement;

(f) support, cooperate with and facilitate the Authority in the implementation and
operation of the Project in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;

(g) ensure that the Contractor and its Sub-contractors comply with the safety and
welfare measures for labour in accordance with Applicable Laws and Good Industry
Practice;

(h) keep, on the Site, a copy of this Agreement, publications named in this
Agreement, the Drawings, Documents relating to the Project, Change of Scope Orders
and other communications sent under this Agreement, and provide access to all these
documents at all reasonable times to the Authority Engineer and its authorised
personnel;

(i) cooperate with other contractors employed by the Authority and with
personnel of any other public authority; and

(j) not interfere unnecessarily or improperly with the convenience of the

public, or the access to and use and occupation of all the existing facilities within the
Right of Way, irrespective of whether they are public or in the possession of the
Authority or of others.

(k) to provide reasoned comments on any information relating to the

contractor’s activities under or pursuant to the agreement, which the Authority may
publish.

3.1.7 The Contractor shall undertake all necessary superintendence to plan, arrange,
direct, manage, inspect and test the Works.

3.2 Obligations relating to sub-contracts and any other agreements

3.2.1 The Contractor shall not sub-contract the Works comprising more than 70%
(seventy per cent) of the Contract Price and shall carry out Works for at least 30%
(thirty per cent) of the total Contract Price directly under its own supervision and
through its own personnel. The Parties expressly agree that for the purposes of
computing the value of sub-contracts under this Clause 3.2.1, the Contract Price shall
exclude any sub-contract for the procurement of goods and equipment like rails,
sleepers and track fittings, signalling and telecommunication & Power supply
equipments. The Parties agree that all obligations and liabilities under this Agreement
for the entire Railway Project shall at all time remain with the Contractor. {The Parties
agree that the obligations of the Contractor to carry out Works equal to at least 30%
(thirty per cent) of the Contract Price shall be discharged solely by the Lead
Member.}2$

3.2.2 In the event any sub-contract for Works, or the aggregate of such sub-contracts
with any Sub-contractor, exceeds 5% (five percent) of the Contract Price, the

2
$ May be deleted if the Contractor is not a Consortium/Joint Venture.
22
Contractor shall communicate the name and particulars, including the relevant
experience of the sub-contractor, to the Authority prior to entering into any such sub-
contract. Provided, however, that in any event the Contractor shall communicate the
name and particulars to the Authority for any sub-contract including the relevant
experience prior to entering into any such sub-contract. The Authority shall examine
the particulars of the sub-contractor from the national security and public interest
perspective and may require the Contractor, no later than 15 (fifteen) business days
from the date of receiving the communication from the Contractor, not to proceed with
the sub-contract, and the Contractor shall comply therewith and shall have no claim
whatsoever on this account.

3.2.3 Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 3.2.2, in the event any sub-
contract referred to in Clause 3.2.2 relates to a sub-contractor who has, over the
preceding 3 (three) financial years and the current financial year , not undertaken at
least one work of a similar nature with a contract value exceeding 40% (forty per cent)
of the value of the sub-contract to be awarded hereunder and received payments in
respect thereof for an amount equal to at least 80% (eighty per cent) of such contract,
the Authority may, no later than 15 (fifteen) business days from the date of receiving
the communication from the Contractor, require the Contractor not to proceed with
such sub-contract, and the Contractor shall comply therewith.

3.2.4 It is expressly agreed that the Contractor shall, at all times, be responsible and
liable for all its obligations under this Agreement notwithstanding anything contained
in the agreements with its Sub-contractors or any other agreement that may be entered
into by the Contractor, and no default under any such agreement shall excuse the
Contractor from its obligations or liability hereunder.

3.2.5 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the

Contractor agrees and acknowledges that it will not assign any work to any
contractor/sub- contractor from a country which shares a land border with India unless
such contractor/sub-contractor is registered with the competent Authority. Contractor
will ensure that such Contractor/sub-contractor fulfils all requirements in this regard
and is eligible to be considered (evidence of valid registration by the competent
authority is enclosed). The Competent Authority for registration will be the
Registration Committee constituted by the Department for Promotion of Industry and
Internal Trade (DPIIT), India.

3.2.6 Electrical Contractor License

The Contractor shall submit a valid Electrical contractor’s Licence from the
concerned statutory authority before signing of Contract Agreement.
OR

23
The contractor shall make a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) with
suitable sub-contractor, holding a valid Electrical Contractor’s Licence. The
contractor shall submit a notarized copy of such MOU along with the valid
Electrical Contractor’s Licence of sub-contractor prior to signing of the contract
agreement.

Note: In case the contractor is a Partnership firm, the Electrical Contractor License
shall be either in the name of the Partnership firm or in the name of any of the
constituent partners of such Partnership firm. In case the contractor is a JV, the
Electrical Contractor’s License shall be either in the name of the JV or in the name
of any constituent partners of such JV. In case one of the constituent of JV firm is a
partnership firm, the Electrical contractor Licence shall be either in the name of
partnership firm or in the name of any of the constituent partners of such
partnership firm.

3.3 Employment of foreign nationals

The Contractor acknowledges, agrees and undertakes that employment of foreign

personnel by the Contractor and/or its Sub-contractors and their sub-contractors shall
be subject to grant of requisite regulatory permits and approvals including
employment/residential visas and work permits, if any required, and the obligation to
apply for and obtain the same shall and will always be of the Contractor.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, refusal of or
inability to obtain any such permits and approvals by the Contractor or any of its Sub-
contractors or their sub-contractors shall not constitute Force Majeure Event, and shall
not in any manner excuse the Contractor from the performance and discharge of its
obligations and liabilities under this Agreement.

3.4 Contractor’s personnel

3.4.1 The Contractor shall ensure and procure that the personnel engaged by it or by
its Sub-contractors for performance of its obligations under this Agreement are at all
times appropriately qualified, skilled and experienced in their respective functions
including in conformity with Applicable Laws including the Indian Railway General
and Subsidiary Rules, [the Indian Electricity Rules], and Good Industry Practice.

The contractor(s) shall employ minimum following number of personnels during

the execution of the allotted work as per table below:

Minimum
Experience Minimum
SN Title of Position Nos
In relevant Qualification
field (Years)
B. Tech (Civil
1 Project Head 1 15
Engg.)
Safety and Environment Science/Engineer
2 1 10
Officer(Safety Consultant) ing Graduate
3 Quality Assurance 1 10 B. Tech in

24
 Engineer/Civil relevant field
B. Tech in
4 Site Engineer (Civil) 2 5
relevant field
3 Yr. Diploma in
5 Asstt. Site Engineer (Civil) 4 5
relevant field.
Project Manager (TRD & B. Tech
6 1 10
Electrical) (Electrical Engg.)
B. Tech in
5 (For B. Tech)
relevant field
Site Engineer (TRD & &
7 2 or
Electrical) 10 (For
3 Yr. Diploma in
Diploma)
relevant field.
Asstt. Site Engineer 3 Yr. Diploma in
8 2 5
(Electrical) relevant field.
B. Tech in
9 Site Engineer (S&T) 1 5
relevant field
3 Yr. Diploma in
10 Asstt. Site Engineer (S&T) 2 5
relevant field.
Computer Operator with
knowledge of Softwares
11 like Trimble Tilos or 2 5 Graduate
equivalent, Autocad,
Microsoft office etc.

NOTE: (i) The Personnel at S. No.-1 to 5 shall be deployed for entire

contract period. However, the deployment schedule of these Engineers shall be
as per the plan submitted by the contractor and approved by Authority. Further,
deployment of these personnels will not absolve the Contractor from his
responsibility of proper supervision of work.

ii) Sufficient number of personnel to assist the personnel at S. No.-3

shall be deployed fulfilling the requirement of Article11 of the EPC document.
(iii) The Personnel at S. No.-7 shall be deployed for about 13 men months only
and personnels at S. No.-8 shall be deployed for about 25 men months only
during the execution of work. However, the deployment schedule of these
Engineers shall be as per the plan submitted by the contractor and approved by
Authority’s Engineer. Further deployment of these personals will not absolve the
Contractor from his responsibility of proper supervision of work.

(iv) The Personnel at S. No.-9 shall be deployed for about 6 men

months only and personnels at S. No.-10 shall be deployed for about 8 men
months only during the execution of work. However, the deployment schedule
of these Engineers shall be as per the plan submitted by the contractor and
approved by Authority’s Engineer. Further deployment of these personnels will
not absolve the Contractor from his responsibility of proper supervision of work.

Further, in case the contractor(s) fails to employ the contractor’s

25
personnel aforesaid above, he shall be liable to pay an amount given below for
the default period:

(i) Rs. 200,000/- per head per month for Sr. No. 1
(ii) Rs. 100,000/- per head per month for Sr. No. 2 & 3
(iii) Rs. 50,000/- per head per month for Sr. No. 4, 6 & 9
(iv) Rs. 40,000/- per head per month for Sr. No. 5, 8 &, 10
(v) Rs. 20,000/- per month for Sr. No. 11.

The contractor shall submit the copy of Bio-data and Degree/ Diploma certificate
of the above technical staff employed by him for the scrutiny by Authority’s
Engineer and the same will be approved by Authority’s Engineer and shall be
available during the currency of work execution for record purpose. Authority’s
Engineer reserves the right to scrutinise the records of the contractor to
ascertain as to whether the qualified staff has been actually employed by him
and is paid for.

3.4.2 The Authority Engineer may, for reasons to be specified in writing, direct the
Contractor to remove any member of the Contractor’s or Sub-contractor’s personnel
from the Railway Project. Provided, any such direction issued by the Authority
Engineer shall specify the reasons for the removal of such person.

3.4.3 The Contractor shall, on receiving a direction from the Authority Engineer
under the provisions of Clause 3.4.2, ensure and procure the removal of such person
or persons from the Railway Project with immediate effect. The Contractor shall
further ensure that such persons have no further connection with the Railway Project.
3.4.4 The Contractor shall be responsible for the Security of the Work Site and for
keeping the unauthorised persons off the Site.

3.5 Advertisement on Railway Project

The Contractor shall not use the Railway Project or any part thereof in any manner for
branding or advertising purposes including for advertising any commercial product or
services or companies.

3.6 Contractor's care of the Works

The Contractor shall bear full risk in and take full responsibility for the care of Works,
and of Materials, goods and equipment for incorporation therein, on and from the
Appointed Date and until the date of Provisional Certificate, with respect to the Works
completed prior to the issuance of the Provisional Certificate and/or Completion
Certificate, with respect to the Works referred to in the Punch List, save and except to
the extent that any such loss or damage shall have arisen from any default or neglect
of the Authority.

3.7 Electricity, water and other services

26
The Contractor shall be responsible for procuring of all power, water and other
services that it may require for the Railway Project.

3.8 Unforeseeable difficulties

Except as otherwise specified in the Agreement:

(a) the Contractor accepts complete responsibility for having foreseen all
difficulties and costs of successfully completing the Works;

(b) the Contract Price shall not be adjusted to take account of any unforeseen
difficulties or costs; and

(c) the Scheduled Completion Date shall not be adjusted to take account of any
unforeseen difficulties or costs.

For the purposes of this Clause, unforeseeable difficulties include physical conditions
like man-made or natural physical conditions including sub-surface and hydrological
conditions which the Contractor encounters at the Site during execution of the Works.

[3.9 Training of Authority’s personnel

3.9.1 The Contractor shall provide and complete the training to the personnel of the
Authority in diagnostic, trouble shooting, repairing, operation and maintenance of the
signalling and telecommunication equipment. The number of persons to be trained
shall not exceed [6 (six)] and the period of training shall be for a period of minimum
2 (Two) weeks. The training shall be completed before the issuance of the Provisional
Certificate/ Completion Certificate. Before the issue of any handing-over certificate,
the final O & M Manuals, wherever required, shall be submitted by the contractor to
the Authority Engineer.

[3.9.2 The Contractor shall provide training to the personnel of the Authority in
SCADA. The number of persons to be trained shall not exceed [6 (six)] and the period
of training shall be at least 2 (Two) weeks. The training shall be completed before the
issuance of the Provisional Certificate/ Completion Certificate.]6

3.10 Safety at work site

The Contractor and its sub-contractors shall follow the safety instructions and take all
safety measures for Public, workmen and vehicles plying in the work area in
accordance with the “Compendium on Safety at Work Sites” circulated vide Northern
Railway Head Qtr Baroda House letter No. 1-W/O/Safety Instructions/ Pt-III
Dt.28.8.2012 (Updated time to time), other applicable Laws, Good Industry Practice
and the provisions of this Agreement.

The Safety instructions from the railway administration communicated through

Authority’s Engineer in form of Safety Circulars etc must be strictly followed by the
contractor.
3.10.1 The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the safety of the Works, his
personnel, sub contractors' personnel, the public and all persons directly or indirectly
associated with the Works or in the vicinity of the Site.
27
3.10.2 The Contractor shall treat safety measures as a priority in all his activities
throughout the execution of the Works.

3.10.3 The project site safety requirements, in general, are as given below:

(a) GENERAL

i) The Contractor shall, within thirty (30) days of the appointed Date, prepare
and submit to the Authority’s Engineer for review his proposed safety plan, as part of
the Contractor’s Safety, Health and Environment Plan, which shall contain as a
minimum (b) to (o) items as mentioned below.

ii) Procedures for updating the site safety plan and associated assurance system
shall be given.

iii) The compensation for affected workers or their relatives shall be paid by the
Contractor in such cases utmost expeditiously in accordance with the Workmen’s
Compensation Act.

(b) STATEMENT OF THE CONTRACTOR’S SAFETY POLICY

i) The Contractor shall produce a policy statement signed by the

Contractor or other senior officer acceptable to the Authority’s Engineer, or the
managing directors or other senior officers, acceptable to Authority’s Engineer, of
each company of the consortium, partnership or joint venture comprising the
Contractor, declaring that the Contractor shall ensure that safety and industrial health
are given priority consideration in all aspects of the Works and in discharging his
contractual obligations;

ii) An understanding of and means of ensuring due compliance with

the statutory regulations and standards relating to construction work in India;

iii) The statutory and contractual obligations regarding safety, rescue

and industrial health imposed on the Contractor; and the means by which the
Contractor will supervise, monitor and audit his site safety assurance system to ensure
due compliance with these obligations.

(c) SENIOR MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY FOR SAFETY

i) The name(s) and experience of person(s) within the Contractor’s proposed

management structure who would be responsible for co-ordinating and monitoring the
overall safety performance of the Contractor, all sub-Contractors and safety officers.

(d) APPOINTMENT, DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF SAFETY

STAFF

i) The safety staff and organisational structure, which should identify the
personnel to be, engaged solely for site safety assurance, the responsibilities of the

28
participants and the subdivision of the site safety assurance tasks into elements which
can be effectively controlled, technically and managerially. The staff engaged by the
contractor for this purpose should be well versed with the local language.

ii) Names, addresses, telephone and facsimile numbers of all participants and
emergency government organisations shall be listed where known. (supplements to
the site safety plan will update and complete this information);

iii) The powers vested in the safety staff, which shall be sufficient to enable them
to take urgent and appropriate action to make safe the site and prevent unsafe working
practices or other infringements of the safety plan or statutory regulations;

iv) The proposed interaction and communication procedures between the

Contractor's construction personnel and safety staff, including proposals for
radio/mobile communication facilities, in particular, the establishment of a regular
communication and reporting system between the safety officer, the
director/representative responsible for the Contract and between the safety officer and
the site manager shall be demonstrated;

v) The means by which the site safety assurance system will be supervised,
monitored and audited by the safety officer to ensure due compliance with the
principles and objectives of the site safety plan at all levels of construction shall be
given.

vi) Procedure to be followed for replacement of a regular worker/ operator not

being able to work or attend duties.

vii) The records to be prepared and maintained by the safety officer and safety staff
and communication procedures to be adopted by the safety officer such that the
Authority’s Engineer, and others associated with the Works (e.g. sub-Contractor) are
kept fully informed on matters relating to site safety and occupational health
regulations throughout the period of the Contract shall be mentioned.

(e) POLICY FOR IDENTIFYING HAZARDS

i) The means by which the Contractor will identify hazards, assess the risks and
develop procedures and method statements to minimise the risk for those risks which
will occur during the works;

ii) The aspects of the Temporary Works design which should be communicated
to the Authority’s Engineer and others directly or indirectly associated with the Works
if the installation of the associated works has a particular significance on the site safety
of the Works;

29
iii) The Contractor shall produce a list of safety and health hazards identified for
this Contract and the procedures and method statements for achieving effective and
efficient minimisation of the risks associated with such hazards;

iv) The means of minimisation of the effects of climatic exposure (heat, wind and
moisture) and an exposure to noxious substances.

(f) SAFETY EQUIPMENT

The means by which safety equipment, scaffolds, guard-rails, working platforms,

hoists, ladders and other means of access, lifting, lighting, signing, guarding
equipment, Discharge Rod, Electrical T& P items and High voltage Testing
Equipment’s as required shall be inspected, tested and maintained and the standards
below which such items will be removed from the site and replaced shall be
elaborated. In case of any removal of safety equipments or associated items, disposal
or recycle mechanism shall also be elaborated.

(g) CONTRACTOR’S EQUIPMENT

i) The Contractor shall produce policy and procedures for ensuring that all his
plant and equipment used on the works site is maintained in a safe condition and is
operated in a safe manner;

ii) Also, regulations and procedures covering all safety and health aspects of the
Works, including where appropriate but not limited to the following shall be produced
by the Contractor:
[1] Housekeeping;
[2] Traffic control and transportation;
[3] Working on or near operating railways;
[4] Fire prevention precautions and fire fighting equipment;
[5] Working in confined spaces;
[6] Working at height;
[7] Hot weather working;
[8] Working during monsoon;
[9] Excavation;
[10] Working with electrical equipment;
[11] Working with welding/cutting operations and other allied equipment;
[12] Personal protection clothing and equipment;
[13] Conveyance, handling and use of explosives;
[14] Operation of cranes and other heavy machines;
[15] Operation of hoists and other lifting appliances;
[16] Manual lifting;

30
[17] Scaffolding and work platforms;
[18] Ladders;
[19] Power tools;
[20] Hand tools and portable power-driven tools;
[21] Hazardous substances;
[22] Structural steel erection;
[23] Lighting;
[24] Protection against falling objects;
[25] Fall arrestor; and
[26] Working with 25 KV AC supply system of Railway
electrification safety equipments i.e., Electrical T& P items, High voltage Testing
Equipments etc. as required,

(h) SUB-CONTRACTORS

i) The means by which safety, rescue and industrial health matters and
requirements will be communicated to sub-Contractors of all tiers and their due
compliance with the site safety plan and all relevant statutory regulations is ensured
by the main Contractor.

ii) The method by which the safety procedures and practices proposed by sub-
Contractors will be reviewed for compliance with the site safety plan and statutory
regulations including the provision of hazard and risk assessments and method
statements.

(i) DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES

The Contractor’s disciplinary procedures with respect to dealing with safety related
matters both with his own staff and that of sub-Contractors shall be given.

(j) ACCIDENT REPORTING

i) The Contractor’s procedure for reporting and investigating accidents,

dangerous occurrences or occupational illness;

ii) The Contractor’s proposals for statistical measurement and monitoring of the
safety and health performance of the Contractor and sub-Contractors of all tiers and
how such proposals reflect responsible practice in the construction industry shall be
mentioned.

iii) The means by which the site safety and industrial health performance of the
Contractor and sub-Contractors of all tiers can be compared with norms shall be given
together with the suggested rationale for establishing such norms.

(k) HEALTH & SAFETY PROMOTION

31
i) The Contractor shall appoint full time health officer(s)/ practitioner(s) whose
duties throughout the period of the Contract shall be entirely connected with the health
aspects of the workers and staff on the site.

ii) The Contractor shall provide details of the frequency, coverage and intent of
site health & safety meetings together with the rationale for attendance.

iii) The methods of promoting an awareness of site safety and site rescue
procedures, and industrial health amongst all persons directly or indirectly associated
with the Works;

iv) This shall include proposals for on-site publicity, training courses for all
workmen on the site and at all levels of supervision and management, incentive
schemes for the promotion of compliance with safety measures, etc.

v) COVID-19 precautions as per advisory of MHA and Railway board.

(l) SITE SECURITY

i) The Contractor’s system for the protection of authorised and unauthorised

visitors to the site;

ii) The Contractor’s system for the security of materials and equipments at the
site;

iii) The Contractor’s proposals to ensure that construction methods do not

compromise the Contractor's commitment to the site safety plan or its compliance with
the statutory regulations.

(m) LABOUR HEALTH & SAFETY

i) The activities of Contractor shall be co-ordinated with Open-line organisation

of Railway so as to ensure safety of all Contractors’ personnel.

ii) Contractor to ensure adequate habitation arrangements as per the applicable

regulations.

iii) Labour safety arrangements by the Contractor shall be in accordance with the
applicable legislation in India.

iv) The design and construction shall comply with the applicable legislation in
India.

v) The Contractor’s safety expert shall instruct all the Contractor’s staff who are
required to work on or adjacent to Indian Railway’s operational infrastructure and
certify their competence.

32
vi) The Contractor shall develop appendixes for the safety of its labour, for each
part of the technical design providing all necessary equipment.

vii) The Contractor shall provide the equipment needed for the labour safety during
the operation of the line.

(n) LEGISLATION AND CODES OF PRACTICE

i) The Contractor shall comply with all safety and industrial health legislations
including, without limitation, the rules and regulation of the National Safety Council
of India.

ii) The Contractor shall keep on the site copies of safety and industrial health
regulations and documents.

iii) All regulations and documents referred in this clause shall be translated into
languages which are understood by the operators and supervisors engaged by the
Contractor or sub Contractors and such translations shall be displayed or kept
alongside those in English language.

(o) SITE HEALTH and SAFETY PLAN

The brief outline of site safety plan shall cover the following:

i) Safety Personnel

[1] The Contractor shall appoint a safety officer whose duties throughout the
period of the Contract shall be entirely connected with the safety and industrial health
aspects of the Contractor's activities on the site.

[2] The safety officer shall be a suitably qualified and experienced, person who
shall supervise and monitor compliance with the site safety plan.

[3] The safety officer shall, in particular but without limitation, carry out auditing
of the operation of the site safety plan in accordance with a rolling programme to be
submitted, from time to time, to the Authority’s Engineer for his consent.

[4] The safety officer's appointment shall be within thirty (30) days of appointed
date and shall be subject to the Authority’s Engineer’s written consent.

[5] The Contractor shall not undertake any works on the site until the safety officer
has commenced duties at site and unless the Authority’s Engineer has specifically
consented in writing.

[6] The Contractor shall not remove the safety officer from the site without the
express permission of the Authority’s Engineer. Within fourteen (14) days of any such
removal or notice of intent of removal, the Contractor shall nominate a replacement
safety officer for the Authority’s Engineer’s consent.

33
[7] The Contractor shall provide the safety officer with supporting staff in
accordance with the staffing levels set out in the site safety plan.

[8] The supporting staff shall include at least one assistant Safety officer whose
appointment(s) shall be subject to the Authority’s Engineer’s consent.

[9] The Assistant Safety Officer (s) shall be capable of assuming the duties and
functions of the Safety officer as contained in the site safety plan whenever necessary.

[10] The Contractor shall issue identification cards (ID cards) to all the onsite
personnel. Entry to the site to be restricted with permit requirements for any visitor(s).

[11] The Contractor shall ensure that the safety officer maintains a daily site safety
diary, such diary comprehensively recording all relevant matters concerning site
safety, safety inspections and audits, safety related incidents and the like.

[12] The site safety diary shall be reviewed and signed on a weekly basis by the
Contractor’s site representative and shall be available at all times for inspection by the
Authority’s Engineer.

[13] The Contractor's staff organisation plan shall show direct lines of
communication and reporting between the safety officer and the Contractor’s site
representative and between the safety officer and the person responsible for the
Contract.

[14] The Contractor shall instruct and require the Contractor’s site representative
and the person responsible to be directly accountable in all matters concerning site
safety.

(ii) Site Safety Inspections

[1] The Contractor will conduct site safety inspections at a regular frequency.

[2] The findings of the inspections shall be recorded on suitable forms which shall
be kept available for inspection by the Authority’s Engineer.

(iii) Health Officer

[1] The health officer/ practitioner shall be a suitably qualified and experienced
person who shall supervise and monitor compliance with the health regulations.

[2] Health officer will counsel workmen engaged at site for HIV/AIDS prevention
& control and other communicable diseases.

[3] The health officer shall, in particular but without limitation, carry out auditing
of the site operations in accordance with a rolling programme to be submitted, from
time to time, to the Authority’s Engineer for his consent.

34
 [4] The health officer's appointment shall be within 30 (thirty) days of appointed
date and shall be subject to the Authority’s Engineer’s consent.

[5] The Contractor shall not remove the health officer (s) from the site without the
express permission of the Authority’s Engineer. Within fourteen (14) days of any such
removal or notice of intent of removal, the Contractor shall nominate a replacement
health officer for the Authority’s Engineer’s consent.

[6] The Contractor shall provide the health officer with supporting staff and
resources to attend and manage the health of workers at site.

[7] The supporting staff shall include preferably one pharmacist whose
appointment(s) shall be subject to the Authority’s Engineer’s consent.

[8] The pharmacist shall be capable of assuming the duties and functions of the
health officer whenever necessary.

[9] The Contractor shall ensure that the health officer maintains a daily diary, such
diary comprehensively recording all relevant matters concerning occupational health
hazards, health inspections and audits, health related incidents and the like.

[10] The health diary shall be reviewed and signed on a weekly basis by the
Contractor’s site representative and shall be available at all times for inspection by the
Authority’s Engineer.

[11] The Contractor's staff organisation plan shall show direct lines of
communication and reporting between the health officer and the Contractor’s site
representative and between the safety officer and the person responsible for the
Contract.

[12] The Contractor shall instruct and require the Contractor’s site representative
and the person responsible to be directly accountable in all matters concerning health
of the personnel within the site.

(iv) Health Inspections

[1] The Contractor shall conduct health inspections at regular intervals.

[2] The findings of the inspections shall be recorded on suitable forms which shall
be kept available for inspection by the Authority’s Engineer.

[3] The contractor shall make sure that sufficient resources are available at the site
for providing safe & healthy habits within the work force and inefficient resources are
immediately replaced.

(v) Safety/Accident Reporting

[1] The Contractor shall submit regular site safety reports to the Authority’s
Engineer in accordance with the site safety plan.

35
[2] Such reports shall be submitted as part of the Monthly Progress Report. Prior
to submission, the site safety report shall be endorsed by the Project Head responsible
for the Contract and the Contractor’s site representative.

[3] Site safety reports shall comprehensively address all relevant aspects of site
safety and industrial health regulation and, in particular, report on all site safety audits
undertaken during the period covered by the report.

[4] The Authority’s Engineer shall be notified by the Contractor immediately of

occurrence of any accidents whether on-site or off-site in which the Contractor, its
personnel or plant, or those of its sub-Contractors are directly or indirectly involved
and which results in any injuries to any persons, loss / damage to plant and machinery,
disruption of traffic etc.

[5] Such initial notification may be verbal and shall be followed by a written
comprehensive report within 24 hours of the accident.

[6] Additionally, the Contractor shall notify the Authority’s Engineer in writing
within twenty-four (24) hours of any incident occurring whether on-site or off-site at
which the Contractor or any sub-Contractors are involved and could have resulted in
serious injuries to persons or significant damage to the Works. Failure to report such
incidences shall be considered as a serious breach of Safety Procedures.

(vi) Sub-Contractors

[1] The Contractor shall provide its sub-Contractors with copies of the site safety
plan and shall incorporate into all sub-contract documentation provisions to ensure the
compliance with such plan at all tiers of the sub-contracting.

[2] The Contractor shall, with the Authority’s Engineer's consent in writing, shall
instruct all sub-Contractors to appoint a safety representative who shall be available
on the site throughout the operational period of the respective sub-contract.

[3] These safety representatives shall ensure that all employees of sub-Contractors
working at site are conversant with appropriate sections of the site safety plan and the
statutory regulation.

(vii) Safety Meetings

[1] The Contractor shall form a structure wherein safety induction training is given
to all the workers and supervisors on regular interval for safe working habits.

[2] Convene regular safety meetings in accordance with the safety plan and shall
ensure attendance by the safety officer and safety representatives of sub- Contractors
unless otherwise agreed by the Authority’s Engineer.

[3] All safety meetings shall be notified in advance to the Authority’s Engineer
who may attend in person or by representative at his discretion.

36
[4] The minutes of all safety meetings shall be taken and sent to the Authority’s
Engineer within seven (7) days of the meeting.

[5] A site safety management committee may be established by the Authority’s

Engineer to monitor the implementation of the safety plan and for the purposes set out
in the project safety manual.

[6] The Authority’s Engineer or his representative will be the Chairman of this
committee and the members shall include the Contractor's agent or representative,
safety manager and safety officers, sub-Contractors' safety personnel.

(viii) Safety Equipment

[1] The Contractor shall identify the safety equipment, rescue apparatus and
protective clothing which will be required for the Works.

[2] The identification shall include the quantity, sourcing, standards of

manufacture, storage provisions and means of ensuring proper utilisation by all
workmen and staff employed directly or indirectly by the Contractor and repair to or
replacement of damaged equipment.

[3] The Contractor shall ensure that safety equipment and protective clothing as
described in the safety plan is available and used on the site at all material times and
those measures for the effective enforcement of proper utilisation and necessary
replacement of such equipment and clothing is incorporated into the site safety plan.
Such equipment shall include, but not be limited to: site helmets, goggles and other
eye protectors, hearing protectors, safety harnesses, safety equipment for working in
confined spaces, rescue equipment, equipment to rescue persons from drowning (if
applicable), fire extinguishers, first aid equipment, and, where appropriate, suitable
fall arrest equipment.

[4] Site for muster station/ assembly area shall be identified wherein all the
workers and staff can gather at times of emergency.

[5] The Contractor shall regularly inspect, test and maintain all safety equipment,
scaffolds, guard-rails, working platforms, hoists, ladders and other means of access
and egress, lifting, lighting, signage and guarding equipment.

[6] Lights and signs shall be kept clear of obstructions and legible to read.

[7] Equipment which is damaged, dirty, incorrectly positioned or not in working

order shall be repaired or replaced immediately.

[8] Proper up keeping of safety equpments required for 25 kV OHE, ie. Disharge
Rod, operating rod, Hand gloves, Electrical T& P items, High voltage Testing
Equipments and rail jumper etc as required are to be insured,

37
 (ix) First Aid

The Contractor shall establish & maintain a first aid base fully equipped with staff.

(x) Site Publicity

[1] The Contractor shall ensure that safety, rescue and industrial health
matters are given a high degree of publicity to all persons regularly or occasionally on
the site.

[2] Posters, in both Hindi and English, drawing attention to site safety,
rescue and industrial health regulation shall be made or obtained from the appropriate
sources and shall be displayed prominently in relevant areas of the site.

[3] These posters shall be changed on a monthly basis in order to ensure

their continued impact.

[4] All personnel whether permanent, temporary or visitors will be given

a site safety induction before they are allowed on to the site.

(xi) Training

[1] The Contractor shall conduct health and safety orientation training for all the
personnel engaged at site.

[2] The contractor shall conduct regular health & safety training and rescue
training drills, the frequency, coverage and application of which shall be in accordance
with the site safety plan, and in any case shall not be more than every six months.
Authority’s Engineer may monitor the content of such training programs.

[3] The Contractor shall require that all sub-Contractors' employees participate in
relevant training appropriate to the nature, scale and duration of the subcontract work.

[4] The Contractor shall produce a description of the safety training that are to be
provided. The syllabus, frequency, coverage and application of training courses shall
be included together with the means of attaining the objective that all workmen shall
be required to attend a safety induction course within their first week on site and
thereafter at times appropriate to their prospective duties and at intervals of not more
than six months. A summary of such training program conducted/ planned shall form
part of Monthly Progress Report.

(xii) Breach of Safety Regulations Site Publicity

[1] Any employees of the Contractor or sub-Contractor of any tiers who commit
a serious breach of the safety regulations shall be liable to summary dismissal and
shall not be re-employed on the Contract or allowed on any of the sites.

[2] The due notice of this sanction shall be prominently displayed on the site.

38
 (xiii) Safety Devices

[1] All plant and equipment used on or around the site shall be fitted with
appropriate safety devices which shall be operational at all times and shall be regularly
inspected and tested.

[2] These shall include amongst others effective safety catches for crane hooks
and other lifting devices.

[3] Functioning automatic warning devices and, where applicable, an up-to-date

test certificate, for cranes and hoists.

[4] All plant and equipment used on or around the site shall be operated by suitably
trained and qualified personnel with valid licences from the appropriate authorities.

(xiv) Testing and Certification of Lifting Gear

[1] The Contractor shall provide and maintain safe mechanical cranes, hoists and
conveying facilities for the lifting and transport of materials and shall comply with all
relevant codes of practice for safe use of cranes.

[2] All cranes, hoists and the like shall be fitted with audible overload warning
devices.

[3] All such equipment shall be regularly maintained in accordance with

manufacturers' recommendations and standards having regard to local legislation and
recommendations from the appropriate statutory authority.

[4] Prior to use on site, all lifting appliances and lifting gear shall be tested to an
approved safety margin and suitably identified in accordance with the requirements
of the current legislation.

[5] The test certificate shall be submitted to the Authority’s Engineer for review
prior to the use of such equipment on site.

[6] The safe working load shall be clearly and indelibly marked on all lifting
appliances and lifting gear either by stamping or by the addition of permanently
secured tag labels.

[7] Stamping shall not be permitted on any stress-bearing part.

[8] The Contractor shall prepare and maintain an up-to-date register containing
test certificates of all lifting and hoisting equipment used on the Works.

[9] The Contractor shall notify the Authority’s Engineer of the person responsible
for maintaining this register.

[10] The register shall, from the commencement of construction, be available on

site for inspection by the Authority’s Engineer and relevant authorities.

39
[11] Heavy plant or equipment which does not come under the jurisdiction of any
local statutory legislation shall be subject to the testing and examination requirements
as recommended by its manufacturer or in the absence of such, it shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor to submit a standard or method of testing and
examination to the Authority’s Engineer for review.

[12] Competent operators with certificates certifying that the proposed operator has
received training in the general principles of crane operation and specific training in
the type of lifting or hoisting equipment he is required to operate shall be provided for
the control of all lifting and hoisting equipment.

(xv) Fire Regulations and Safety

[1] The Contractor shall provide and maintain all necessary temporary fire
protection and fire fighting facilities on the site during the construction of the Works,
and shall comply with all requirements of the local fire services department.

[2] These facilities may include, without limitation, sprinkler systems and fire
hose reels in temporary site buildings, raw water storage tanks and portable fire
extinguishers suitable for the conditions on the site and potential hazards.

[3] The Contractor shall submit details of these facilities to the Authority’s
Engineer for review prior to commencement of work on the site.

[4] If, in the Authority’s Engineer's opinion, the use of naked lights may cause
a fire hazard, the Contractor shall take such additional precautions and provide such
additional fire fighting equipment as the Authority’s Engineer considers necessary.

[5] The term "naked light" shall be deemed to include electric arcs and
oxyacetylene or other flames used in welding or cutting metals.

[6] Oxyacetylene burning equipment will not be permitted in any confined

space. If required, the burning equipment of the oxy-propane type shall be used.

(xvi) Interface with Open line Operations

[1] The Contractor will review the interfaces with Open line operations and
prepare a specific safety plan for all works that may affect the operating railway.

[2] The Contractor will comply with and incorporate Indian Railway’s rules and
regulations for track, signalling and operations possessions into his safety plan and
will operate a permit to work system for all works which may affect the operations of
the existing railway.

[3] Similarly, the site safety plan shall consider with other interfacing contractors
in the closed vicinity of the site.

[4] The Contractor will review the interfaces with Open line TRD operations and
prepare a specific safety plan for all works to be executed under power blocks of 25
KV OHE that may affect the operating of railway electric traffic.

40
 (xvii) Dangerous Goods and Radiation

[1] The Contractor shall ensure that all gases, fuels and other dangerous goods are
stored and handled in a safe manner and in accordance with the statutory regulations
and as required by the Authority’s Engineer.

[2] The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining the requisite licences and
permission to store and handle such substance.

[3] No use of radioactive substances and radiating apparatus or operation

involving ionizing, electromagnetic radiation or X-rays shall be carried out without
the prior consent of the Authority’s Engineer.

[4] The Contractor shall ensure that all personnel and members of the public are
properly protected from the effects of any such radiation.

[5] Each radiation area shall have conspicuous signs and barriers.

[6] The Contractor shall submit for review by the Authority’s Engineer details of
the training given to nominated employees on the safe use, handling, transport and
storage of dangerous goods, radioactive substances, radiation and X-ray equipment
prior to their introduction on site.

[7] A training module shall include the necessary measures to be taken in case of
emergency.

(xviii) Hazard and Risk Assessments

[1] The Contractor shall, prior to the commencement of any operation carry out a
detailed hazard and risk assessment.

[2] The results of such assessments shall be recorded and the records kept for
inspection by the Authority’s Engineer.

[3] The Contractor shall produce detailed method statements for all medium and
high-risk operations and shall submit them to the Authority’s Engineer for his consent
prior to commencement of any task to which they relate.

[4] The Contractor shall produce and implement a permit to work system for all
high-risk operations.

[5] The permit to work system shall be submitted to the Authority’s Engineer for
consent before application.

(xix) Explosives

41
[1] If explosives are required to be used for the work then the Contractor should
apply for the permission to appropriate authority after obtaining written consent of the
Authority’s Engineer.

[2] Before consent to blasting is granted, the Contractor shall prepare a

specification as to the size of charge, the method of firing and any other restrictions
that may be imposed from time to time.

[3] Where the Authority’s Engineer has consented to the use of explosives, the
Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining the requisite licences and permits for
complying with all statutory requirements for blasting.

[4] The storage, transportation and use of explosives shall at all times be governed
by the Explosives acts and such other statutory regulations which may be applicable
and as imposed by the statutory authorities.

(xx) Standby Equipment

[1] The Contractor shall provide adequate stand-by equipment to ensure the safety
of personnel, the Works and the public.

[2] The Contractor shall provide adequate stand-by PPE (Personal Protection
Equipments) resources to ensure good health of personnel.

(xxi) Co-operation

The Contractor shall provide full co-operation and assistance in all safety surveillance
carried out by the Authority’s Engineer or his staff. Any breaches of the site safety
plan or the statutory regulations or others disregard for the safety of any persons may
be the reason for the Authority’s Engineer to exercise his authority to require the
Contractor’s site representative’s removal from the site besides taking suitable action
as deemed fit.

3.11 Temporary Facilities for the Use by Authority’s Engineer and his
Representatives

The Contractor shall design, construct, equip and furnish office accommodation for
the Authority’s Engineer and his team’s use within 30 days from appointed date as
per details given in Schedule-C.

42
 ARTICLE 4

OBLIGATIONS OF THE AUTHORITY

4.1 Obligations of the Authority

4.1.1 The Authority shall, at its own cost and expense, undertake, comply with and
perform all its obligations set out in this Agreement or arising hereunder.

4.1.2 The Authority shall be responsible for the correctness of the Scope of the
Project, Project Facilities, Specifications and Standards and the criteria for Testing of
the completed Works.

4.1.3 The Authority shall, upon receiving the Performance Security under Clause
7.1.1, provide to the Contractor:

(a) the Right of Way in accordance with the provisions of Clauses 8.2 and 8.3 on
no less than 95% (ninety five per cent) of core land length and 90% (ninety percent)
of non-core land length of the total length of the Railway Project before appointed
date;

(b) all environmental and forest clearances as required under Clause 4.3 before
appointed date; and

(c) approval of the general arrangement drawings (the “GAD”) from concerned
authorities to enable the Contractor to construct under-bridges and canal crossings on
the Railway Project in accordance with the Scope, Specifications and Standards, and
subject to the terms and conditions specified in such approval, within a period of 60
(sixty) days from the Appointed Date.

Note: The indicative GADs have already been uploaded. The arrangement shown in
GAD is fixed. The structural designs and final GAD for all the structures shall be
prepared by the agency and got approved from Railway Authority.

4.1.4 In the event that (i) the Authority does not procure fulfilment of any or all of
the obligations set forth in Clause 4.1.3 within the period specified in respect thereof,
and (ii) the delay has not occurred as a result of breach of this Agreement by the
Contractor or due to Force Majeure, the Authority shall pay to the Contractor Damages
in a sum calculated in accordance with the provisions of Clause 8.3 of this Agreement
and grant Time Extension in accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.4.

For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that the Damages for delay in approval
of GAD by the road authorities for a particular railway under-bridge or a canal
crossing shall be deemed to be equivalent to the Damages payable under the
provisions of Clause 8.3 for delay in providing Right of Way for a length of 1 (one)
kilometre for each such railway over-bridge or railway line under-bridge or canal
crossings, as the case may be.

4.1.5 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the

Parties expressly agree that the aggregate Damages payable by the Authority under

43
Clauses 4.1.4, 4.4.3, 8.3 and 9.2 shall not exceed 5% (five per cent) of the Contract
Price. For the avoidance of doubt, the Damages payable by the Authority under the
aforesaid Clauses shall not be additive if they arise concurrently from more than one
cause but relate to the same part of the Railway Project.

4.1.6 The Authority agrees to provide support to the Contractor and undertakes to
observe, comply with and perform, subject to and in accordance with the provisions
of this Agreement and Applicable Laws, the following:

(a) upon written request from the Contractor, and subject to the Contractor
complying with Applicable Laws, provide reasonable support to the Contractor in
procuring Applicable Permits required from any Government Instrumentality for
implementation of the Project;

(b) upon written request from the Contractor, provide reasonable assistance to the
Contractor in obtaining access to all necessary infrastructure facilities and utilities,
including water and electricity at rates and on terms no less favourable than those
generally available to commercial customers receiving substantially equivalent
services;

(c) procure that no barriers that would have a material adverse effect on Works
are erected or placed on or about the Railway Project by any Government
Instrumentality or persons claiming through or under it, except for reasons of
Emergency, national security or law and order;

(d) not do or omit to do any act, deed or thing which may in any manner is in
violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement;

(e) support, cooperate with and facilitate the Contractor in the implementation of
the Project in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; and

(f) upon written request from the Contractor and subject to the provisions of
Clause 3.3, provide reasonable assistance to the Contractor and any expatriate
personnel of the Contractor or its Sub-contractors to obtain applicable visas and work
permits for the purposes of discharge by the Contractor or its Sub-contractors of their
obligations under this Agreement and the agreements with the Sub-contractors.

4.2 Maintenance and operation of the existing facilities

The Authority shall undertake the maintenance of the facilities existing prior to the
Appointed Date including railway lines, bridges, structures, electrical, signaling and
communications works within the Right of Way.

4.3 Environmental and Forest Clearances

The Authority represents and warrants that the environmental and forest clearances of
Land mentioned in clause 4.1.3 (a) will be obtained before Appointed Date. In the
event of any delay, the Contractor shall be entitled to Time Extension for the period
of such delay in accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.4 of this Agreement and
shall also be entitled to Damages calculated as if the Right of Way for and in respect
of such sections of the Railway Project has not been provided in accordance with the
provisions of Clause 8.2 and as a consequence thereof, the Contractor shall be entitled
44
to Damages under and in accordance with the provisions of Clause 8.3. For the
avoidance of doubt, the present status of environmental and forest clearances is
specified in Schedule-A.

4.4 Machinery and equipment

4.4.1 The Machinery and equipment required for 25 KV single phase OHE
erection work i.e Tower wagon, Rail crane, Wiring train etc. and various testing
equipment required for commissioning shall be arranged by Contractor. These
may be provided, if available with Railways on Hire Charges mentioned in
Schedule-P. The track machines required for the work may be provided on hire
charges mentioned in Schedule-P. The Authority shall upon receiving a request from
the Contractor, provide the machinery and equipment specified in Schedule P on
payment of hire charges at the daily rates specified therein. The Parties agree that the
daily rate for each machine or equipment shall be exclusive of fuel and including of
operating charges. The Parties further agree that for each machinery or equipment:

(a) The charges shall be payable for a day even if a machine or equipment is used
for less than 8 (eight) hours, so long as it has been placed at the disposal of the
Contractor and has not been withdrawn;

(b) the daily rates shall be computed for a shift of 8 (eight) hours taken as one day.
By way of illustration, if the machinery or equipment is used for 16 (sixteen) hours on
any day, the charges payable shall be equal to twice the daily rate; and

(c) for any machinery or equipment which can be used only during the period of a
Power Block or Traffic Block, no payment shall be due or payable for the day on
which such block is not provided to the Contractor.

4.4.2 The Contractor shall by notice of at least three weeks convey to the Authority
the particulars of the machinery and equipment required for each day of the following
one month.

4.5 Electricity transmission lines

The Authority shall procure the Applicable Permits and right of way for the erection,
installation, and energisation of the transmission lines required for operating the
Railway Project.
4.6 Disconnection for modification of existing signalling and
telecommunication works
The Contractor shall on requirement of disconnection of a particular subsystem for
modification in the existing signalling and telecommunication system at railway
stations, level crossing gates and interlocked sections, inform the Authority Engineer
by notice of at least one week of its readiness for commissioning and the Authority
Engineer shall obtain the requisite approvals from the Authority for the required
disconnections. All such work requiring disconnection of existing signalling systems

45
shall be executed under supervision of Authority Engineer or his representative. The
Parties expressly agree that in the event of any default in providing such
disconnection, the Authority shall pay to the Contractor Damages at the rate of
Rs.1,000 (Rupees one thousand) per day. The Contractor shall ensure that there is no
interruption/ disturbance to operational circuits in such cases of modification of
signalling and telecom systems.
4.7 Provision of Power Blocks and Traffic Blocks
4.7.1 The Authority shall provide Power Block or Traffic Block or both to enable
the Contractor to undertake the construction of overhead equipment, or such other
work as may be determined by the Authority Engineer.
4.7.2 The Contractor shall, in consultation with the Authority Engineer, submit a
weekly programme of Blocks, commencing from Monday, with a notice of at least 1
(one) week and the Authority Engineer shall convey the approved weekly programme
to the Contractor no less than 3 (three) days prior to the start of such week. Such traffic
and power blocks, as approved by the authority, shall be demanded by the contractor
through the concerned Railway supervisor (Sr. Section Engineer/JE/P-
Way/Electrical/S&T) in writing.
4.7.3 The minimum period for which a Power Block or Traffic Block shall be
provided to the Contractor shall not be less than two hours, period being counted from
the time the track is placed at the disposal of the Contractor and until it is cleared by
the Contractor. Provided, however, that a Power Block or Traffic Block, as the case
may be, of shorter duration may be provided with mutual consent of the Parties.

4.7.4 The aggregate period of Power Block and Traffic Block to be provided to
the Contractor during the Construction Period is specified in Schedule-O. The
Contractor shall organise its work so as to complete all Construction Works within
such aggregate period. However, this aggregate period may be increased by the
Authority Engineer on Contractor’s request, if the same is considered justified and
reasonable under the prevailing circumstances.

4.7.5 In the event of any change in the schedule of Power Block or Traffic Block or
both, as the case may be, the Authority shall inform the Contractor by a notice of not
less than 24 (twenty four) hours. Provided, however, that no such notice shall be
required in case of a breakdown, accident, law and order disturbance, natural calamity
or any other unusual occurrence or Emergency.

4.7.6 In the event a Power Block or Traffic Block, as the case may be, is not provided
for any day in accordance with the confirmed programme, the Contractor shall be
compensated by providing an additional Power Block or Traffic Block of equal time
during the same week or the following week. The Parties expressly agree that in the
event of any default in providing such additional blocks for compensating the
Contractor, the Authority shall pay to the Contractor Damages at the rate of Rs.1,000
(Rupees one thousand) per day for each hour which has not been provided as required
hereunder and until such hour is provided during any of the 6 (six) following weeks.

4.7.7 The Contractor shall be entitled to undertake the Construction Works within
the aggregate period specified in Schedule-O. Provided, however, that in the event the
aggregate period utilised by the Contractor exceeds the period specified in Schedule-

46
O and the extra time granted thereto under clause 4.7.4 if any, the Contractor shall pay
to the Authority hourly charges at the rate specified therein.]

47
 ARTICLE 5
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

5.1 Representations and warranties of the Contractor

The Contractor represents and warrants to the Authority that:

(a) it is duly organised and validly existing under the laws of India, and has full
power and authority to execute and perform its obligations under this Agreement and
to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby;

(b) it has taken all necessary corporate and other actions under Applicable Laws
to authorise the execution and delivery of this Agreement and to validly exercise its
rights and perform its obligations under this Agreement;

(c) this Agreement constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable
against it in accordance with the terms hereof, and its obligations under this
Agreement will be legally valid, binding and enforceable obligations against it in
accordance with the terms hereof;

(d) it is subject to the laws of India, and hereby expressly and irrevocably waives
any immunity in any jurisdiction in respect of this Agreement or matters arising there
under including any obligation, liability or responsibility hereunder;

(e) the information furnished in the Bid and as updated on or before the date of
this Agreement is true and accurate in all respects as on the date of this Agreement;

(f) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement will not conflict
with, result in the breach of, constitute a default under, or accelerate performance
required by any of the terms of its memorandum and articles of association or any
Applicable Laws or any covenant, contract, agreement, arrangement, understanding,
decree or order to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets is
bound or affected;

(g) there are no actions, suits, proceedings, or investigations pending or, to its
knowledge, threatened against it at law or in equity before any court or before any
other judicial, quasi-judicial or other authority, the outcome of which may result in
the breach of this Agreement or which individually or in the aggregate may result in
any material impairment of its ability to perform any of its obligations under this
Agreement;

(h) it has no knowledge of any violation or default with respect to any order, writ,
injunction or decree of any court or any legally binding order of any Government
Instrumentality which may result in any material adverse effect on its ability to
perform its obligations under this Agreement and no fact or circumstance exists which
may give rise to such proceedings that would adversely affect the performance of its
obligations under this Agreement;

(i) it has complied with Applicable Laws in all material respects and has not been
subject to any fines, penalties, injunctive relief or any other civil or criminal liabilities

48
which in the aggregate have or may have a material adverse effect on its ability to
perform its obligations under this Agreement;

(j) no representation or warranty by it contained herein or in any other document

furnished by it to the Authority or to any Government Instrumentality in relation to
Applicable Permits contains or will contain any untrue or misleading statement of
material fact or omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary to make such
representation or warranty not misleading;

(k) no sums, in cash or kind, have been paid or will be paid, by it or on its behalf,
to any person by way of fees, commission or otherwise for securing the contract or
entering into this Agreement or for influencing or attempting to influence any officer
or employee of the Authority in connection therewith;

(l) all information provided by the {selected bidder/ members of the

Consortium/Joint Venture} in response to the RFP or otherwise, is to the best of its
knowledge and belief, true and accurate in all material respects; and

(m) nothing contained in this Agreement shall create any contractual relationship
or obligation between the Authority and any Sub-contractors, designers, consultants
or agents of the Contractor.

5.2 Representations and warranties of the Authority

The Authority represents and warrants to the Contractor that:

(a) it has full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations
under this Agreement and to carry out the transactions contemplated herein and that it
has taken all actions necessary to execute this Agreement, exercise its rights and
perform its obligations, under this Agreement;

(b) it has taken all necessary actions under Applicable Laws to authorise the
execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement;

(c) it has the financial standing and capacity to perform its obligations under this
Agreement;

(d) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable
against it in accordance with the terms hereof;

(e) it has no knowledge of any violation or default with respect to any order, writ,
injunction or any decree of any court or any legally binding order of any Government
Instrumentality which may result in any material adverse effect on the Authority’s
ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

(f) it has complied with Applicable Laws in all material respects;

(g) it has good and valid right to the Site and has the power and authority to grant
the Right of Way in respect thereof to the Contractor; and

(h) it shall have procured, as on the Appointed Date, Right of Way and
environment clearances such that the Contractor can commence construction

49
forthwith on 95% (ninety five per cent) of the core land length and 90% of non-core
land length of the Railway Project.

5.3 Disclosure

In the event that any occurrence or circumstance comes to the attention of either Party
that renders any of its aforesaid representations or warranties untrue or incorrect, such
Party shall immediately notify the other Party of the same. Such notification shall not
have the effect of remedying any breach of the representation or warranty that has
been found to be untrue or incorrect nor shall it adversely affect or waive any
obligation of either Party under this Agreement.

50
 ARTICLE 6
DISCLAIMER

6.1 Disclaimer

6.1.1 The Contractor acknowledges that prior to the execution of this Agreement,
the Contractor has, after a complete and careful examination, made an independent
evaluation of the Request for Proposal (RFP), Scope of the Project, Specifications and
Standards, Site, local conditions, physical qualities of ground, subsoil and geology,
traffic volumes, suitability and availability of access routes to the Site and all
information provided by the Authority or obtained, procured or gathered otherwise,
and has determined to its satisfaction the accuracy or otherwise thereof and the nature
and extent of difficulties, risks and hazards as are likely to arise or may be faced by it
in the course of performance of its obligations hereunder. Save as provided in Clause
4.1.2 and Clause 5.2, the Authority makes no representation whatsoever, express,
implicit or otherwise, regarding the accuracy, adequacy, correctness, reliability and/or
completeness of any assessment, assumptions, statement or information provided by
it and the Contractor confirms that it shall have no claim whatsoever against the
Authority in this regard.

6.1.2 The Contractor acknowledges and hereby accepts to have satisfied itself as to
the correctness and sufficiency of the Contract Price.

6.1.3 The Contractor acknowledges and hereby accepts the risk of inadequacy,
mistake or error in or relating to any of the matters set forth in Clause 6.1.1 above and
hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Authority shall not be liable for the same in
any manner whatsoever to the Contractor, or any person claiming through or under
any of them, and shall not lead to any adjustment of Contract Price or Scheduled
Completion Date.

6.1.4 The Parties agree that any mistake or error in or relating to any of the matters
set forth in Clause 6.1.1 above shall not vitiate this Agreement, or render it voidable.

6.1.5 In the event that either Party becomes aware of any mistake or error relating
to any of the matters set forth in Clause 6.1.1 above, that Party shall immediately
notify the other Party, specifying the mistake or error.

6.1.6 Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all risks relating to the Project
shall be borne by the Contractor; and the Authority shall not be liable in any manner
for such risks or the consequences thereof.

51
 Part III
Construction

52
 ARTICLE 7
PERFORMANCE SECURITY
7.1 Performance Security

7.1.1 The Contractor shall, for the performance of its obligations hereunder, provide
to the Authority, within 30(Thirty) days of issue of LOA, an irrevocable and
unconditional Bank Guarantee (the “Performance Security”), for an amount equal to
3% (three per cent), of the Contract Price from a Bank in the form set forth in Annex-
I of Schedule-F.

The Performance Security shall be valid until 60 (sixty) days of the expiry of the
Defects Liability Period specified in Clause 15.1.1. Until such time the Performance
Security is furnished by the Contractor pursuant hereto and the same comes into effect,
the ‘Bid Security’ shall remain in force and effect, and upon such furnishing of the
Performance Security, the Authority shall release the Bid Security to the Contractor.
For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties expressly agree that the Contractor shall
provide, no later than 30 (thirty) days prior to the expiry of the Performance Security
for the Defects Liability Period specified in Clause 15.1.1, a Performance Security in
respect of the extended Defects Liability Period, as specified in Clause 15.1.2, for an
amount equal to 3% (three per cent) of the estimated cost of the Structures, Important
Bridges, if any, comprising a new technology not currently in use in the Railways and
the interlocking and telecom switching equipment as specified in Schedule B.
7.1.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the
Parties agree that in the event of failure of the Contractor to provide the Performance
Security in accordance with the provisions of Clause 7.1.1 and within the time
specified therein or such extended period as may be provided by the Authority, in
accordance with the provisions of Clause 7.1.3, the Authority shall encash the Bid
Security and appropriate the proceeds thereof as part-Damages, and thereupon all
rights, privileges, claims and entitlements of the Contractor under or arising out of this
Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived by, and to have ceased with the
concurrence of the Contractor, and this Agreement shall be deemed to have been
terminated by mutual agreement of the Parties along with further levy of the
Liquidated Damages equivalent to the stipulated ‘Performance Security’, which shall
be recoverable from contractor’s pending/future dues with IR in any of the
ongoing/future contracts.
7.1.3 In the event the Contractor fails to provide the Performance Security within
30 (Thirty) days of the issue of LOA as provided in Clause 7.1.1 above, the
Contractor may seek extension of time for a period not exceeding a further 30
(Thirty) days on payment of damages for such extended period equivalent to a sum
calculated at the rate of 0.002% (zero point zero zero two percent) of the Contract
Price for each day of delay until the Performance Security is provided.
7.2 Extension of Performance Security
The Contractor may initially provide the Performance Security for a period of [2 (two)
years]; provided that it shall procure the extension of the validity of the Performance
Security, as necessary, at least 2 (two) months prior to the date of expiry thereof. Upon
the Contractor providing an extended Performance Security, the previous

53
Performance Security shall be deemed to be released and the Authority shall return
the same to the Contractor within a period of 7 (seven) business days from the date of
submission of the extended Performance Security.
7.3 Appropriation of Performance Security
7.3.1 Upon occurrence of a Contractor Default, the Authority shall, without
prejudice to its other rights and remedies hereunder or in law, be entitled to encash
and appropriate from the Performance Security the amounts due to it as Damages for
the Contractor Default.
7.3.2 Upon such encashment and appropriation from the Performance Security, the
Contractor shall, within 30 (thirty) days thereof, replenish, in case of partial
appropriation, to its original level the Performance Security, and in case of
appropriation of the entire Performance Security provide a fresh Performance
Security, as the case may be, and the Contractor shall, within the time so granted,
replenish or furnish fresh Performance Security as aforesaid failing which the
Authority shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement in accordance with Article 21.
Upon such replenishment or furnishing of a fresh Performance Security, as the case
may be, the Contractor shall be entitled to an additional Cure Period of 30 (thirty) days
for remedying the Contractor Default, and in the event of the Contractor not curing its
default within such Cure Period, the Authority shall be entitled to encash and
appropriate such Performance Security as Damages, and to terminate this Agreement
in accordance with Article 21.
7.4 Release of Performance Security
The Authority shall release the Performance Security within 60 (sixty) days of the
expiry of the Defects Liability Period or the extended Defects Liability Period, as the
case may be, under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, the Parties agree
that the Authority shall not be obliged to release the Performance Security until all
Defects identified during the Defects Liability Period or the extended Defects Liability
Period, as the case may be, have been rectified.
7.5 Retention Money
7.5.1 From every payment for Works due to the Contractor in accordance with the
provisions of Clause 17.5, the Authority shall deduct 6% (six per cent) thereof as
guarantee money for performance of the obligations of the Contractor during the
Construction Period (the “Retention Money”) subject to the condition that the
maximum amount of Retention Money shall not exceed 5% (five per cent) of the
Contract Price.
7.5.2 Upon occurrence of a Contractor’s Default, the Authority shall, without
prejudice to its other rights and remedies hereunder or in law, be entitled to appropriate
the relevant amounts from the Retention Money as Damages for such Contractor’s
Default.

7.5.3 The Contractor may, upon furnishing an irrevocable and unconditional bank
guarantee substantially in the form provided at Annex-II of Schedule-F, require the
Authority to refund the Retention Money deducted by the Authority under the
provisions of Clause 7.5.1. Provided that the refund hereunder shall be made in
tranches of not less than 0.5% (zero point five percent) of the Contract Price. Further,
the Retention money may be deposited as Bank Guarantee, issued by Scheduled

54
commercial Bank after signing of Contract Agreement, but before payment of first
payment bill. Provided further that validity of Bank Guarantee shall be extended
from time to time depending upon extension of Contract granted.

7.5.4 Within 15 (fifteen) days of the date of issue of the Completion Certificate, the
Authority shall discharge the bank guarantees, if any, furnished by the Contractor
under the provisions of Clause 7.5.3 and refund the balance of Retention Money
remaining with the Authority after adjusting the amounts appropriated under the
provisions of Clause 7.5.2 and the amounts refunded under the provisions of Clause
7.5.3.

7.5.5 The Parties agree that in the event of Termination of this Agreement, the
Retention Money and the bank guarantees specified in this Clause 7.5 shall be treated
as if they are Performance Security and shall be reckoned as such for the purposes of
Termination Payment under Clause 21.6.

55
 ARTICLE 8
RIGHT OF WAY

8.1 The Site

The site of the Railway Project (the “Site”) shall comprise the site described in
Schedule-A in respect of which the Right of Way shall be provided by the Authority
to the Contractor. The Authority shall be responsible for:

(a) acquiring and providing Right of Way on the Site in accordance with the
[alignment plan, Longitudinal section, Yard Plans/ESP and Railway
electrification sectioning diagram, General power Supply Diagram and OHE
wiring diagram] finalised by the Authority and attached with this document, free
from all encroachments and encumbrances, and free access thereto for the execution
of this Agreement;

[This Right of Way will not include completely free access to locations where
working may affect safety of train traffic (i.e. relay room, locations boxes etc). In such
cases, right of work will be arranged by the Authority Engineer on written request
made by contractor at least 7 days in advance, if such request is reasonable.]

(b) obtaining environmental clearance and forest clearance for the Railway
Project.

8.2 Handing over of the Project Site

8.2.1 The Authority Representative and the Contractor shall, within 15 (fifteen) days
of providing the Performance Security by the Contractor in accordance with the
provisions of Clause 7.1, jointly inspect the Site and prepare a joint memorandum
containing an inventory of the Site including the vacant and unencumbered land,
buildings, structures, road/ railway works, trees and any other immovable property on
or attached to the Site. Subject to the provisions of Clause 8.2.3, such memorandum
shall have appended thereto an Appendix (the “Appendix”) specifying in reasonable
detail those parts of the Site to which vacant access and Right of Way has not been
given to the Contractor. Signing of the memorandum, in 2 (two) counterparts (each of
which shall constitute an original), by the authorised representatives of the Parties
shall be deemed to constitute a valid evidence of handing over of the Right of Way to
the Contractor for discharging its obligations under and in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement and for no other purpose whatsoever.

For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that subject to the provisions of Clauses
8.2.2 and 8.2.3, whenever the Authority is ready to provide Right of Way for any part
or parts of the Site included in the “Appendix”, it shall by notice inform the
Contractor, of the proposed date and time when the Authority Representative and the
Contractor shall inspect the specified parts of the Site, and prepare a memorandum
which shall be deemed to constitute a valid evidence of handing over of such Right of
Way to the Contractor in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 8.2.1.

8.2.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Clause 8.2, the
Authority shall specify the parts of the Site, if any, for which Right of Way shall be

56
provided to the Contractor on the dates specified in Schedule-A. Such parts shall also
be included in the Appendix prepared in pursuance of Clause 8.2.1. For the avoidance
of doubt, the Parties expressly agree that the Appendix shall in no event contain
Sections of the Railway Project the cumulative length of which exceeds 5% (Five per
cent) of the core land length and 10% (Ten percent ) of the non-core land length of
the Railway Project.

8.2.3 The Authority shall provide the Right of Way to the Contractor, in respect of
the land included in the Appendix, by the date specified in Schedule-A for each part
of the Site referred to therein, but in no case later than 540 (five hundred and forty
days) days of the Appointed Date, and in the event of delay for any reason other than
Force Majeure or breach of this Agreement by the Contractor, it shall pay to the
Contractor, Damages in a sum calculated in accordance with Clause 8.3.

8.3 Damages for delay in handing over the Site

8.3.1 In the event the Right of Way to any part of the Site is not provided by the
Authority on or before the date(s) specified in Clause 8.2 for any reason other than
Force Majeure or breach of this Agreement by the Contractor, the Authority shall pay
Damages to the Contractor in a sum calculated in accordance with the following
formula for and in respect of those parts of the core land to which the Right of Way
has not been provided:

Amount of Damages in Rs. per day per km = 0.001% of Contract Price

In the event that any Damages are due and payable to the Contractor under the
provisions of this Clause 8.3.1 for delay in providing the Right of Way, the Contractor
shall, subject to the provisions of Clause 10.4, be entitled to Time Extension equal to
the period for which the Damages have become due and payable under this Clause
8.3.1, save and except that:

(a) if any delays involve time overlaps, the overlaps shall not be additive; and

(b) such Time Extension shall be restricted only to the Works which are affected
by the delay in providing the Right of Way.

For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties expressly agree that the Damages specified
hereunder and the Time Extension specified in Clause 10.4 shall be restricted only to
failure of the Authority to provide the Right of Way for and in respect of the width of
the Site required for Works in accordance with the Good Industry Practice.

8.3.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the

Contractor expressly agrees that Works on all parts of the Site for which Right of Way
is granted within 540 (five hundred and forty days) days of the Appointed Date, or
with respect to the parts of the Site provided in Schedule-A, no later than the date(s)
specified therein, as the case may be, shall be completed before the Scheduled
Completion Date and shall not qualify for any Time Extension under the provisions
of Clause 8.3.1.

8.3.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the

Authority may at any time withdraw any part of the Right of Way and the Works

57
forming part of this Agreement, subject to such Works not exceeding an aggregate
value, such value to be determined in accordance with Schedule-G, equal to 5% (five
per cent) of the Contract Price.

Provided that if Right of Way has not been provided 600 (six hundred) days of the
Appointed Date, for commencing construction on any part of the Site included in the
Appendix, the affected Works shall be deemed to be withdrawn under the provisions
of this Clause 8.3.3 unless the Parties agree to the contrary, and such Works shall not
be computed for the purposes of the aforesaid ceiling of 5% (five per cent) of the
Contract Price hereunder. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that such
deemed withdrawal of Works hereunder shall be without prejudice to the Contractor’s
entitlement to Damages under Clauses 4.1.4, 8.3 and 9.2.

8.3.4 In the event of withdrawal of Works under Clause 8.3.3, including deemed
withdrawal of Works, the Contract Price shall be reduced by an amount equal to 95%
(ninety five per cent) of the value of the Works withdrawn and the Contractor shall
not be entitled to any other compensation or Damages for the withdrawal of Works,
including their deemed withdrawal, save and except for Damages as provided under
Clause 4.3.

Provided that if any Works are withdrawn after commencement of the Construction
of such Works, the Authority shall pay to the Contractor 100% (one hundred) of the
fair value of the work done, as assessed by the Authority Engineer:

8.4 Site to be free from encumbrances

Subject to the provisions of Clause 8.2, the Site shall be made available by the
Authority to the Contractor pursuant hereto free from all Encumbrances and
occupations and without the Contractor being required to make any payment to the
Authority on account of any costs, compensation, expenses and charges for the
acquisition and use of such Site for the duration of the Project Completion Schedule.
For the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed that the existing rights of way, easements,
privileges, liberties and appurtenances to the Site shall not be deemed to be
Encumbrances. It is further agreed that, unless otherwise specified in this Agreement,
the Contractor accepts and undertakes to bear any and all risks arising out of the
inadequacy or physical condition of the Site.

8.5 Protection of Site from encroachments

On and after signing the memorandum and/or subsequent memorandum referred to in

Clause 8.2.1, and until the issue of the Provisional Certificate, the Contractor shall
maintain a round-the-clock vigil over the Site and shall ensure and procure that no
encroachment there on takes place. During the Construction Period, the Contractor
shall protect the Site from any and all occupations, encroachments or Encumbrances,
and shall not place or create nor permit any Sub-contractor or other person claiming
through or under the Agreement to place or create any Encumbrance or security
interest over all or any part of the Site or the Project Assets, or on any rights of the
Contractor therein or under this Agreement, save and except as otherwise expressly
set forth in this Agreement. In the event of any encroachment or occupation on any
part of the Site, the Contractor shall report such encroachment or occupation forthwith
to the Authority and undertake its removal at its own cost and expenses.

58
8.6 Special/temporary Right of Way

The Contractor shall bear all costs and charges for any special or temporary right of
way required by it in connection with access to the Site. The Contractor shall obtain
at its cost such facilities on or outside the Site as may be required by it for the purposes
of the Railway Project and the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

8.7 Access to the Authority and the Authority Engineer

8.7.1 The Right of Way given to the Contractor hereunder shall always be subject
to the right of access of the Authority and the Authority Engineer and their employees
and agents for inspection, viewing and exercise of their rights and performance of
their obligations under this Agreement.

8.7.2 The Contractor shall ensure, subject to all relevant safety procedures, that the
Authority has unrestricted access to the Site during any Emergency.

8.8 Geological and archaeological finds

It is expressly agreed that mining, geological or archaeological rights do not form part
of this Agreement with the Contractor for the Works, and the Contractor hereby
acknowledges that it shall not have any mining rights or interest in the underlying
minerals, fossils, antiquities, structures or other remnants or things either of particular
geological or archaeological interest and that such rights, interest and property on or
under the Site shall vest in and belong to the Authority or the concerned Government
Instrumentality. The Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions to prevent its
workmen or any other person from removing or damaging such interest or property
and shall inform the Authority forthwith of the discovery thereof and comply with
such instructions as the Authority or the concerned Government Instrumentality may
reasonably give for the removal of such property. For the avoidance of doubt, it is
agreed that any reasonable expenses incurred by the Contractor hereunder shall be
reimbursed by the Authority. It is also agreed that the Authority shall procure that the
instructions hereunder are issued by the concerned Government Instrumentality within
a reasonable period.

59
 ARTICLE 9
UTILITIES AND TREES

9.1 Existing utilities and roads

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Contractor shall ensure
that the respective entities owning the existing roads, right of way, level crossings,
structures, or utilities on, under or above the Site are enabled by it to keep them in
continuous satisfactory use, if necessary, by providing suitable temporary diversions
with the authority of the controlling body of that road, right of way or utility.

9.2 Shifting of obstructing utilities

9.2.1 The Contractor shall, in accordance with Applicable Laws and with the
proactive support & assistance of the Authority, detect the utilities and cause shifting
of any utility (including OHE installations electric lines, water pipes and telephone
cables) to an appropriate location or alignment, if such utility or obstruction adversely
affects/ infringes the execution of Works in accordance with this Agreement. The
actual cost of such shifting, as approved and communicated by the entity owning the
utility, shall be paid by the Contractor and reimbursed by the Authority to the
Contractor after adjustments of released items. In the event of any delay in such
shifting by the entity owning the utility beyond a period of 180 (one hundred and
eighty) days from the date of notice by the Contractor to the entity owning the utility
and to the Authority, the Contractor shall be entitled to Damages in a sum calculated
in accordance with the formula specified in Clause 8.3.1 for the period of delay, and
to Time Extension in accordance with Clause 10.4 for and in respect of the part(s) of
the Works affected by such delay; provided that if the delays involve any time
overlaps, the overlaps shall not be additive.

9.2.2 For the existing utilities owned by Railways, where the shifting thereof can
take place only after certain works for enabling its shifting have been completed by
the Contractor, the Authority shall, undertake and complete its shifting within 180
(one hundred and eighty) days after the Contractor has notified the Authority of the
completion of the enabling works. In the event of delay in shifting the utility, beyond
the aforesaid period of 180 (one hundred and eighty) days, the Contractor shall be
entitled to Damages for the period of delay in accordance with the provisions of this
Clause 9.2.1.

9.3 New utilities

9.3.1 The Contractor shall allow, subject to such conditions as the Authority may
specify, access to, and use of the Site for laying telephone lines, water pipes, electric
cables or other public utilities. Where such access or use causes any financial loss to
the Contractor, it may require the user of the Site to pay compensation or damages as
per Applicable Laws. For the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed that use of the Site under
this Clause 9.3 shall not in any manner relieve the Contractor of its obligation to
construct and maintain the Railway Project in accordance with this Agreement and
any damage caused by such use shall be restored forthwith at the cost of the Authority.

60
9.3.2 In the event the construction of any Works is affected by a new utility or works
undertaken in accordance with this Clause 9.3, the Contractor shall be entitled to a
reasonable Time Extension in accordance with Clause 10.4 for and in respect of the
part(s) of the Works affected by such delay; provided that if the delays involve any
time overlaps, the overlaps shall not be additive.

9.4 Felling of trees

The Authority shall obtain the Applicable Permits for felling of trees to be identified
by the Authority for this purpose if and only if such trees cause a Material Adverse
Effect on the construction of the Railway Project. The cost of such felling and of the
compensatory plantation of trees, if any, shall be borne by the Authority. In the event
of any delay in felling thereof for reasons beyond the control of the Contractor; it shall
be excused for failure to perform any part of its obligations hereunder if such failure
is a direct consequence of delay in the felling of trees. The Parties hereto agree that
the felled trees shall be deemed to be owned by the Agency and the cost of felling
shall be deemed to be adjusted against the felled trees. For the avoidance of doubt, the
Parties agree that if any felling of trees hereunder is in a forest area, the Applicable
Permit thereof shall be procured by the Authority within the time specified in the
Agreement; and for any period of delay in providing the Applicable Permits, the
Contractor shall be entitled to Damages and Time Extension as provided under Clause
9.2.1.

61
 ARTICLE 10
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE RAILWAY PROJECT

10.1 Obligations prior to commencement of Works

10.1.1 Within 20 (twenty) days of the Appointed Date, the Contractor shall:

(a) appoint its representative, duly authorised to deal with the Authority in respect
of all matters under or arising out of or relating to this Agreement;

(b) appoint a design director (the “Design Director”) who will head the
Contractor’s design unit and shall be responsible for surveys, investigations,
collection of data, and preparation of preliminary and detailed designs;

(c) undertake and perform all such acts, deeds and things as may be necessary or
required before commencement of Works under and in accordance with this
Agreement, Applicable Laws and Applicable Permits; and

(d) make its own arrangements for quarrying and procurement of materials needed
for the Railway Project under and in accordance with Applicable Laws and Applicable
Permits.

10.1.2 The Authority shall, within 15 (fifteen) days of the date of this Agreement,
appoint an engineer (the “Authority Engineer”) to discharge the functions and duties
specified in this Agreement, and shall notify to the Contractor the name, address and
the date of appointment of the Authority Engineer forthwith.

10.1.3 Within 30 (thirty) days of the Appointed Date, the Contractor shall submit to
the Authority and the Authority Engineer a programme/CPM Charts & Bar Charts
(the “Programme”) for construction of Works, developed using networking
techniques and giving the following details:

Part I Contractor’s organisation for the Project, the project execution plan indicating
arrangements for design and construction i.e. engagement of design consultants,
project phasing and sub-contracting etc., environmental management plan, Quality
Assurance Plan including design quality plan, traffic management and safety plan
covering safety of users and workers during construction, Contractor’s key personnel,
and equipment.

Part II Programme for completion of all stages of construction given in Schedule-G

and Project Milestones of the Works as specified in Project Completion Schedule set
forth in Schedule-I. Contractor shall make a baseline programme and construction
update program in latest version of Trimble Tilos or equivalent software – a linear
project planning and monitoring tool. The Contractor shall procure sufficient number
of licences of the TILOS Project management or equivalent software for own
usage with relevant installation and AMC renewals etc. The Contractor shall provide
1 (one) licence of the TILOS Project management or equivalent software to the
Authority’s Engineer with relevant installation and operation manuals free of cost for
use in connection with the Contract and also subsequent year AMC renewals.
Scope will also include deploying one trained personnel with Authority’s Engineer to

62
operate/update the progress including exporting the progress onto MS project and well
conversant with the TILOS or equivalent software. The trained personnel so provided,
will also impart training to Authority’s representatives in using this software
platform. The Programme shall include:

(a) Level 2 programme showing design programme, procurement &

manufacturing programme, construction programme including activity sequence
along with resources, taking into consideration of all the interfaces with other project
contracts.
(b) Time chainage diagrams, using TILOS or equivalent software, fully in
compliance with the Baseline Programme.

(c) the order in which the Contractor intends to carry out the Works, including the
anticipated timing of design and stages of Works;

(d) the periods for reviews under Clause 10.2; and

(e) the sequence and timing of inspections and tests specified in this Agreement.

The TILOS or equivalent Baseline Programme shall be updated and submitted

monthly in the Monthly Progress Report as a Construction Update Programme by the
Contractor, or as required by the Engineer, and an electronic copy shall be provided
to the Engineer accordingly.

The program will be maintained, shared and monitored by both Contractor and
Authority. Authority’s Engineer will have access to give comments, remarks and
instructions required to maintain the timeline of project. The Contractor shall submit
a revised Resource loaded programme whenever the previous programme is
inconsistent with the actual progress or with the Contractor’s obligations.

Part III Monthly cash flow forecast for the Project

Provided, however, that the Authority may, within a period of 15 (fifteen) days of
receipt of the Programme, convey its comments to the Contractor stating the
modifications, if any, required for compliance with the provisions of this Agreement,
and the Contractor shall carry out such modifications, to the extent required for
conforming with the provisions of this Agreement.

10.1.4 The Contractor shall plan the project work by keeping Schedule-G into
consideration in order to maximise the cash flow and progress. However, the
Authority Engineer may modify/break up any of the stage payment schedule (payment
milestones) during execution if the same is considered essential to speed up the
progress or if the contractor is not able to achieve a particular payment milestone due
to the reasons/delays attributable to the Authority or due to the factors beyond the
control of Contractor or to any unforeseen circumstances.

10.1.5 Procurement of items should be planned by the Contractor in consultation with

the Authority Engineer. Procurement plan should be prepared in such a manner that
those materials which have limited shelf life may be procured in a staggered manner
so that materials are utilised/consumed well before its expiry. If the material/product

63
does not remain of required specifications at the time of its actual use, the same will
be replaced by the Contractor with materials confirming to Specifications at his own
cost.

10.2 Design and Drawings

10.2.1 Design and Drawings shall be developed in conformity with the Specifications
and Standards set forth in Schedule-D. In the event, the Contractor requires any
relaxation in design standards due to restricted Right of Way in any section or
unforeseen issues, the alternative design criteria for such section shall be provided for
review/approval of the Authority Engineer.

10.2.2 (a) The Contractor shall appoint a proof check consultant (the “Proof
Consultant”) after proposing to the Authority a panel of 3 (three) names of qualified
and experienced firms and Authority will select 1 Proof Consultant from panel.
Provided, however, that if the panel is not acceptable to the Authority and the reasons
for the same are furnished to the Contractor, the Contactor shall propose to the
Authority a revised panel of 3 (three) names for obtaining the consent of the Authority.
The Contractor shall also obtain the consent of the Authority for two key personnel of
the Proof Consultant who shall have adequate experience and qualifications with
respect to the main elements of the Railway Project. The Authority shall, within 15
(fifteen) days of receiving a proposal from the Contractor hereunder, convey its
decision, with reasons, to the Contractor, and if no such decision is conveyed within
the said period, the Contractor may proceed with engaging of the Proof Consultant.
For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that no firm or person having any conflict
of interest shall be engaged hereunder. The Parties further agree that any assignments
completed at least three years prior to the appointment hereunder shall not be reckoned
for the purposes of conflict of interest.

(b) At least one of the three names of the Proof Consultants proposed by the
Contractor (in initial panel as well as in revised panel as the case may be) shall be as
one of Indian Institute of Technology (IITs) and if it is not possible to propose at least
one proof consultant as IIT, the reason(s) for the same shall be recorded by the
contractor along with the panel of Proof consultants. RDSO approval, wherever
necessary is required in addition to proof check by Proof Consultants.

10.2.3 The Proof Consultant shall:

(a) evolve a systems approach with the Design Director so as to minimise the time
required for approval of final designs and construction drawings; and

(b) examine the designs expeditiously and wherever necessary raise

observations/ seek clarifications etc. as deemed appropriate and refer back the
drawings within 15 days for rectifications/clarifications, and finally proof check and
endorse/counter-sign the detailed calculations, drawings and designs, which have
been approved by the Design Director.

10.2.4 In respect of the route control chart, the following shall apply:

(a) route control chart

64
(i) The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Authority’s Engineer all route
control charts conforming to the ESP/SIPs, OHE drawings and Electrical General
drawings within a period of 3 (three) months from the Appointed Date;

(ii) The Authority Engineer shall review the route control chart within two weeks
and submit it with its comments to the Authority for its approval; and

(iii) The Authority shall communicate the route control chart as approved by it
within a period not exceeding 2(two) months from the date of submission of the route
control chart by the Contractor. Such period of two months shall exclude any time that
is taken by the Contractor in providing clarifications or modifications in response to
any communication from the Authority.

10.2.5 In the event of delay by the Contractor in submitting route control chart, as the
case may be, within the period specified in Clause 10.2.4 for any reason other than
Force Majeure or the delay attributable to the Authority, the Contractor shall pay
Damages to the Authority in a sum equal to 0.001% (zero point zero zero one percent)
of the Contract Price for each day of delay.

10.2.6 In the event of delay by the Authority in providing to the Contractor the
approved route control chart, within the period specified in Clause 10.2.4 for any
reason other than Force Majeure or breach of this Agreement by the Contractor, the
Authority shall pay Damages to the Contractor in a sum equal to 0.001% (zero point
zero zero one percent) of the Contract Price for each day of delay, and shall also grant
Time Extension in accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.4.

10.2.7 In regard to Contractor’s obligations with respect to the design and Drawings
of the Railway Project as set forth in Schedule-H, the following shall apply:

(a) The Contractor shall prepare and submit, with reasonable promptness and in
such sequence as is consistent with the Project Completion Schedule, 3 (three) copies
each of the design and necessary Drawings, duly approved/signed by the Design
Director and certified/signed by the Proof Consultant, to the Authority Engineer for
review. Provided, however, that in respect of Important Bridges, Major Bridges,
Structures, railway stations and yards along with 25 KV single phase High rise OHE
the Authority Engineer may require additional drawings for its review in accordance
with Good Industry Practice;

(b) by submitting the Drawings for review to the Authority Engineer, the
Contractor shall be deemed to have represented that it has determined and verified
that the design and Drawings are in conformity with stipulated Specifications and
Standards, the Applicable Laws, statutory stipulations and Good Industry Practice;

(c) within 21 (twenty one) days of the receipt of the Drawings, the Authority
Engineer shall review the same and convey its observations to the Contractor with
particular reference to their conformity or otherwise with the Scope of the Project and
the Specifications and Standards. Beyond the said period of 21 (twenty one) days,
the Contractor shall not be obliged to await the observations of the Authority Engineer
on the Drawings submitted pursuant hereto and may begin or continue Works at its
own discretion and risk; Provided, however, that in case of Important Bridges, Major
Bridges, Structures, interlocking and telecom switching equipment and any other

65
specified item the aforesaid period of 21 (twenty one) days may be extended as per
the time limit as indicated in Annexure-II of Schedule-D;

(d) if the aforesaid observations of the Authority Engineer indicate that the
Drawings are not in conformity with the Scope of the Project or the Specifications
and Standards, such Drawings shall be revised by the Contractor in conformity with
the provisions of this Agreement and resubmitted to the Authority Engineer for
review. The Authority Engineer shall give its observations, if any, within 10 (ten)
days of receipt of the revised Drawings. In the event the Contractor fails to revise and
resubmit such Drawings to the Authority Engineer for review as aforesaid, the
Authority Engineer may cause the payment for the affected works to be withheld
under and in accordance with the provisions of Clause 17.5.4. If the Contractor
disputes any decision, direction or determination of the Authority Engineer
hereunder, the Dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the Dispute Resolution
Procedure;

(e) no review and/or observation of the Authority Engineer and/or its failure to
review and/or convey its observations on any Drawings shall relieve the Contractor
of its obligations and liabilities under this Agreement in any manner nor shall the
Authority Engineer or the Authority be liable for the same in any manner; and if
errors, omissions, ambiguities, inconsistencies, inadequacies or other Defects are
found in the Drawings, they shall, along with the affected Works, be corrected at the
Contractor's cost, notwithstanding any review under this Article 10;

(f) the Contractor shall be responsible for delays in submitting the Drawings, as
set forth in Schedule-H, caused by reason of delays in surveys and field investigations,
and shall not be entitled to seek any relief in respect thereof from the Authority; and

(g) the Contractor warrants that its designers, including any third parties engaged
by it, shall have the required experience and capability in accordance with Good
Industry Practice and it shall indemnify the Authority against any damage, expense,
liability, loss or claim, which the Authority might incur, sustain or be subject to arising
from any breach of the Contractor’s design responsibility and/or warranty as set out
in this Clause.

10.2.8 Any cost or delay in construction arising from the review by the Authority
Engineer shall be borne by the Contractor.

10.2.9 Works shall be executed in accordance with the Drawings provided by the
Contractor in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 10.2 and the observations
of the Authority Engineer thereon as communicated pursuant to the provisions of
Clause 10.2.7. Such Drawings shall not be amended or altered without prior written
notice to the Authority Engineer. If a Party becomes aware of an error or defect of a
technical nature in the design or Drawings, that Party shall promptly give notice to the
other Party of such error or defect.

10.2.10 Within 90 (ninety) days of the Project Completion Date, the Contractor shall
furnish to the Authority and the Authority Engineer a complete set of as-built
Drawings, in 2 (two) hard copies and in its editable digital format or in such other
medium or manner as may be acceptable to the Authority, including an as-built survey
illustrating the layout of the Railway Project and setback lines, if any, of the buildings

66
and structures forming part of Project Facilities, and shall hand them over to the
Authority against receipt thereof.

10.2.11 The Contractor shall also appoint a safety consultant (the “Safety
Consultant”) after proposing to the Authority a panel of 3 (three) names of qualified
and experienced consultants having minimum 10 years’ experience in ensuring safety
at work site from whom the Authority may choose 1 (one) to be the Safety Consultant.
Provided, however, that if the panel is not acceptable to the Authority and the reasons
for the same are furnished to the Contractor, the Contractor shall propose to the
Authority a revised panel of 3 (three) names for obtaining the consent of the Authority.
The Contractor shall also obtain the consent of the Authority for additional two key
personnel of the Safety Consultant who shall have at least 5 years’ experience in
ensuring safety at work site. The Authority shall, within 15 (fifteen) days of receiving
a proposal from the Contractor hereunder, convey its decision, with reasons, to the
Contractor, and if no such decision is conveyed within the said period, the Contractor
may proceed with engaging of the Safety Consultant. The Safety Consultant shall:

(a) evolve a system approach for undertaking a safety audit of the Railway
Project during construction phase ; and

(b) proof check the detailed safety plan covering all aspects of including safety of
Users, workers and equipment.

10.3 Construction of the Railway Project

10.3.1 The Contractor shall construct the Railway Project as specified in Schedule-B
and Schedule-C, and in conformity with the Specifications and Standards set forth in
Schedule-D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the correct positioning of all parts
of the Works, and shall rectify any error in the positions, levels, dimensions or
alignment of the Works. For works involving existing yards, the non-interlocking
programme for each yard shall be drawn by the Authority Engineer and provided to
the Contractor. The Contractor and the Authority Engineer, within a period of 30
days, will discuss the same and issue a jointly agreed Non-Interlocking (NI)
programme. The execution of work during the non-interlocking period will be the
responsibility of the Contractor. The work during non-interlocking period in yards
will be executed directly under the supervision of Railways; however, the timely
completion of Non-Interlocking (NI) working will be the responsibility of the
Contractor. The 910th (Nine Hundred and tenth) day from the Appointed Date shall
be the scheduled completion date (the “Scheduled Completion Date”) and the
Contractor agrees and undertakes that the construction shall be completed on or before
the Scheduled Completion Date, including any extension thereof, in which case the
Scheduled Completion Date will be the extended date as per the time extension
granted.

10.3.2 The Contractor shall construct the Railway Project in accordance with the
Project Completion Schedule set forth in Schedule-I. In the event that the Contractor
fails to achieve any Project Milestone or the Scheduled Completion Date within a
period of 30 (thirty) days from the date set forth in Schedule-I, unless such failure has
occurred due to Force Majeure or for reasons attributable to the Authority, it shall pay
Damages to the Authority in a sum calculated at the rate of 0.05% (zero point zero
five per cent) of the Contract Price for delay of each day reckoned from the date

67
specified in Schedule - I and until such Project Milestone is achieved or the Works are
completed; provided that if the period for any or all Project Milestones or the
Scheduled Completion Date is extended in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement, the dates set forth in Schedule-I shall be deemed to be modified
accordingly and the provisions of this Agreement shall apply as if Schedule-I has been
amended as above; provided further that in the event the Works are completed within
or before the Scheduled Completion Date including any Time Extension, the Damages
paid under this Clause 10.3.2 shall be refunded by the Authority to the Contractor, but
without any interest thereon. For the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed that recovery of
Damages under this Clause 10.3.2 shall be without prejudice to the rights of the
Authority under this Agreement including the right of Termination thereof. The
Parties further agree that Time Extension hereunder shall only be reckoned for and in
respect of the affected Works as specified in Clause 10.4.2.

10.3.3 The Authority shall notify the Contractor of its decision to impose Damages
in pursuance of the provisions of this Clause 10.3. Provided, however, that no
deduction on account of Damages shall be effected by the Authority without taking
into consideration the representation, if any, made by the Contractor within 20
(twenty) days of such notice. The Parties expressly agree that the total amount of
Damages under Clause 10.3.2 shall not exceed 10% (ten percent) of the Contract Price.

10.3.4 Certain works, which are executed in the vicinity of running track, may require
prior sanction of Commissioner of Railway Safety (CRS) before execution of such
works are taken up by the Contractor. Authority Engineer will advise such works to
the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible to prepare and submit applications
to Authority Engineer for obtaining sanction of CRS at least 60 (sixty) days in advance
of commencing a work that requires prior sanction of CRS.

10.4 Extension of time for completion

10.4.1 Without prejudice to any other provision of this Agreement for and in respect
of extension of time, the Contractor shall be entitled to extension of time in the Project
Completion Schedule (the “Time Extension”) to the extent that completion of any
Project Milestone is or will be delayed by any of the following, namely:
(a) delay in providing the Right of Way, approval of GAD by road/canal
authorities, environmental/forest clearances, or signalling interlocking plan and route
control chart in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;
(b) Change of Scope, unless an adjustment to the Scheduled Completion Date has
been agreed under Article 13;
(c) occurrence of a Force Majeure Event;
(d) any delay, impediment or prevention caused by or attributable to the Authority,
the Authority’s personnel or the Authority’s other contractors on the Site; and
(e) any other cause or delay which entitles the Contractor to Time Extension in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
10.4.2 The Contractor shall, no later than 30 (thirty) business days from the
occurrence of an event or circumstance specified in Clause 10.4.1, inform the
Authority Engineer by notice in writing, with a copy to the Authority, stating in
reasonable detail with supporting particulars, the event or circumstances giving rise

68
to the claim for Time Extension in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
Provided that the period of 30 (thirty) business days shall be calculated from the date
on which the Contractor became aware, or should have become aware, of the
occurrence of such an event or circumstance.

Provided further that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this

Agreement, Time Extension shall be due and applicable only for the Works which are
affected by the aforesaid events or circumstances and shall not in any manner affect
the Project Completion Schedule for and in respect of the Works which are not
affected thereby.

10.4.3 In the event of the failure of the Contractor to issue to the Authority Engineer
a notice in accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.4.2 within the time specified
therein, the Contractor shall not be entitled to any Time Extension and shall forfeit its
right for any such claims in future. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of failure
of the Contractor to issue notice as specified in this Clause 10.4.3, the Authority shall
be discharged from all liability in connection with the claim.

10.4.4 The Authority Engineer shall, on receipt of a claim in accordance with the
provisions of Clause 10.4.2, examine the claim expeditiously within the time frame
specified herein. In the event the Authority Engineer requires any clarifications to
examine the claim, the Authority Engineer shall seek the same within 15 (fifteen) days
from the date of receiving the claim. The Contractor shall, on the receipt of the
communication of the Authority Engineer requesting for clarification, furnish the
same to the Authority Engineer within 10 (ten) days thereof. The Authority Engineer
shall, within a period of 30 (thirty) days from the date of receipt of such clarifications,
forward in writing to the Contractor its determination of Time Extension. For the
avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that the Authority Engineer shall, in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement, notify the Contractor of the aforesaid Time
Extension no later than 30 (thirty) days from the date of receipt of the Contractor’s
claim for Time Extension or the date of receipt of the clarification from the Contractor,
as the case may be.

Provided that when determining each extension of time under this Clause 10.4, the
Authority Engineer shall review previous determinations and may increase, but shall
not decrease, the total Time Extension.

10.4.5 If the event or circumstance giving rise to the notice has a continuing effect:

(a) the detailed claim shall be considered as interim;

(b) the Contractor shall, no later than 10 (ten) days after the close of each month,
send further interim claims specifying the accumulated delay, the extension of time
claimed, and such further particulars as the Authority Engineer may reasonably
require; and

(c) the Contractor shall send a final claim within 30 (thirty) days after the effect
of the event or the circumstance ceases.

69
Upon receipt of the claim hereunder, the Authority Engineer shall examine and
determine the same in accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.4.4 within a period
of 30 (thirty) days of the receipt thereof.
10.5 Incomplete Works
In the event the Contractor fails to complete the Works in accordance with the Project
Completion Schedule, including any Time Extension granted under this Agreement,
the Contractor shall endeavour to complete the balance work expeditiously and shall
pay Damages to the Authority in accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.3.2 for
delay of each day until the Works are completed in accordance with the provisions of
this Agreement. Recovery of Damages under this Clause shall be without prejudice to
the rights of the Authority under this Agreement including the right to termination
under Clause 21.1.
10.6 Equipment specific Maintenance Manual
No later than 90 (ninety) days prior to the Project Completion Date, the Contractor
shall, in consultation with the Authority Engineer, evolve an equipment specific
maintenance manual for equipment based on a new technology not currently in use in
the Railways (the “Maintenance Manual”) for the regular operation and maintenance
of such equipment in conformity with safety requirements, Good Industry Practice
and manufacturer’s manuals and instructions and shall provide 10 (ten) hard copies
and 2 (two) compact discs thereof to the Authority Engineer.

70
 ARTICLE 11
QUALITY ASSURANCE, MONITORING AND SUPERVISION

11.1 Quality of Materials and workmanship

11.1.1 The Contractor shall ensure that the Construction, Materials and workmanship
are in accordance with the requirements specified in this Agreement, Specifications
and Standards and Good Industry Practice.

11.1.2 The Contractor warrants that all Materials shall be new, unused, not
reconditioned and in conformity with Specification and Standards, Applicable Laws
and Good Industry Practice, and that the Contractor shall not use any materials which
are generally recognised as being deleterious under Good Industry Practice.

11.2 Quality control system

11.2.1 The Contractor shall establish a Quality Control Mechanism, Quality

Assurance Plan (the “Quality Assurance Plan” or “QAP”), Material Testing Plan
(the “Material Testing Plan” or “MTP”) and Method Statements for execution of
works (the “Method Statements” or “MS”) in consultation of Authority Engineer.

11.2.1.1The Contractor shall appoint a Site Engineer to ensure compliance of

Electrical/TRD works as per RDSO guidelines and ACTM parameters. Quality
Assurance, Material Testing and Methodology to follow as per prescribed Statements
to be ensured for execution of works will be the responsibility of Site Engineer in
consultation of Authority Engineer’s Electrical representative.

11.2.2 The Contractor shall, within 30 (thirty) days of the Appointed Date, submit to
the Authority Engineer its Quality Control Mechanism, QAP, MTP and MS which
shall include the following:

(a) organisation, duties and responsibilities, procedures, inspections and

documentation;

(b) quality control mechanism including sampling and testing of Materials, tests
required during the execution of works and frequencies by Contractor and Authority
Engineer, standards, acceptance criteria, testing facilities, reporting, recording and
interpretation of test results, approvals, checklist for site activities, and proforma for
testing and calibration in accordance with the Specifications and Standards and Good
Industry Practice; and

(c) internal quality audit system. The Contractor shall carry out internal audits of
the Quality management System regularly, and at least once every 6 months. The
Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a report listing the results of each internal
audit within 7 days of completion. Each report shall include, where appropriate, the
proposed measures to improve and/or rectify the Quality Management System and/or
its implementation.

The Authority Engineer shall convey its comments to the Contractor within a period
of 21 (twenty-one) days of receipt of the QAP stating the modifications, if any,

71
required, and the Contractor shall incorporate those in the QAP to the extent required
for conforming with the provisions of this Clause 11.2.

11.2.3 The Contractor shall procure all documents, apparatus and instruments, fuel,
consumables, water, electricity, labour, Materials, samples, and qualified personnel as
are necessary for examining and testing the Project Assets, Materials and
workmanship in accordance with the Quality Assurance Plan.

11.2.4 The cost of testing of Construction, Materials and workmanship under this
Article 11 shall be borne by the Contractor.

11.3 Methodology

The Contractor shall, at least 15 (fifteen) days prior to the commencement of any
construction activity, submit to the Authority Engineer for review the Method
Statement proposed to be adopted for executing the Work, giving details of inspection
checklist, quality parameters, resource deployment/mobilization plan, block
requirement planning equipment to be deployed, traffic management and measures for
ensuring safety. The Authority Engineer shall complete the review and convey its
comments, if any, to the Contractor within a period of 10 (ten) days from the date of
receipt of the proposed method statement from the Contractor. The Contractor shall
revise the method statements by incorporating these comments or else will advise the
Authority Engineer reasons for not/partially including the same.

11.4 Inspection and technical audit by the Authority

The Authority or any representative authorised by the Authority in this behalf may
inspect and review the progress and quality of the construction of Works and issue
appropriate directions to the Authority Engineer and the Contractor for taking
remedial action in the event the Works are not in accordance with the provisions of
this Agreement.

11.5 External technical audit

At any time during construction, the Authority may appoint an external technical
auditor to conduct an audit of the quality of the Works. The findings of the audit, to
the extent accepted by the Authority, shall be notified to the Contractor and the
Authority Engineer for taking remedial action in accordance with this Agreement. The
Contractor shall provide all assistance as may be required by the auditor in the conduct
of its audit hereunder. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Clause 11.5, the
external technical audit shall not affect any obligations of the Contractor or the
Authority Engineer under this Agreement.

11.6 Inspection of construction records

The Authority shall have the right to inspect the records of the Contractor relating to
the Works.

11.7 Monthly progress reports

During the Construction Period, the Contractor shall, no later than 10 (ten) days after
the close of each month, furnish to the Authority and the Authority Engineer a monthly

72
report on the progress of Works and shall promptly give such other relevant
information as may be required by the Authority Engineer along with all resources
deployed and all problems faced during work.

11.8 Inspection

11.8.1 The Authority Engineer and its authorised representative shall at all times:

(a) have full access to all parts of the Site and to all places from which natural
Materials are being obtained for use in the Works; and

(b) during production, manufacture and construction at the Site and at the place of
production, be entitled to examine, inspect, measure and test the Materials and
workmanship, and to check the progress of manufacture of Materials.

11.8.2 The Contractor shall give the Authority Engineer and its authorised agents
access, facilities and safety equipment for carrying out their obligations under this
Agreement.

11.8.3 The Authority Engineer shall submit a monthly inspection report (the
“Inspection Report”) to the Authority and the Contractor bringing out the results of
inspections and the remedial action taken by the Contractor in respect of Defects or
deficiencies. For the avoidance of doubt, such inspection or submission of Inspection
Report by the Authority Engineer shall not relieve or absolve the Contractor of its
obligations and liabilities under this Agreement in any manner whatsoever.

11.9 Samples

The Contractor shall submit the following samples of Materials and relevant
information to the Authority Engineer for review:

(a) manufacturer’s test reports and standard samples of manufactured Materials;

and

(b) samples of such other Materials as the Authority Engineer may require.

11.10 Tests

11.10.1For determining that the Works conform to the Specifications and Standards,
the Authority Engineer shall require the Contractor to carry out or cause to be carried
out tests, at such time and frequency and in such manner as specified in this
Agreement, and in accordance with Good Industry Practice for quality assurance. The
Contractor shall submit the schedule for performing such tests to the Authority
Engineer well in advance and not less than 7 days prior to conducting such tests. The
Contractor shall, with due diligence, carry out all the tests in accordance with the
Agreement and furnish the results thereof to the Authority Engineer. Of the total tests
for each category or type to be undertaken by the Contractor under the provisions of
this Agreement and Good Industry Practice, the Authority Engineer or his authorised
representative may witness or participate in such tests conducted or cause to be
conducted by the Contractor. Documentation of test records to be maintained by
Contractor and Authority Engineer or his authorised representative shall scrutinise
100% Testing records of all tests conducted as per existing guidelines of Indian

73
Railways and Indian Road Congress. A copy of such tests records shall be provided
to the Authority Engineer.

11.10.2In the event that results of any tests conducted under this Clause 11.10
establish any Defects or deficiencies in the Works, the Contractor shall carry out
remedial measures and furnish a report to the Authority Engineer in this behalf. The
Authority Engineer shall require the Contractor to carry out or cause to be carried out
tests to determine that such remedial measures have brought the Works into
compliance with the Specifications and Standards, and the procedure shall be repeated
until such Works conform to the Specifications and Standards. For the avoidance of
doubt, the cost of such tests and the remedial measures in pursuance thereof shall be
solely borne by the Contractor.

11.10.3 The contractor shall provide SUV type vehicles (100 No’s vehicle-months)
with the office of Authority’s Engineer for day to day inspection, visit to other offices
etc, Project related works etc as mentioned in Schedule-C (Project Facilities).

The contractor shall also provide multi-utility vehicle to Authority’s Electrical/TRD

Engineers separately (32 No’s vehicle-months with 36000 extra KM) for day to day
inspection and site work.

11.11 Examination of work before covering up

In respect of the work which the Authority Engineer is entitled to examine, inspect,
measure or test before it is covered up or put out of view or any part of the work is
placed thereon, the Contractor shall give notice to the Authority Engineer whenever
any such work is ready and before it is covered up. The Authority Engineer shall then
either carry out the examination, inspection or testing without unreasonable delay, or
promptly give notice to the Contractor that the Authority Engineer does not require to
do so. Provided, however, that if any work is of a continuous nature where it is not
possible or prudent to keep it uncovered or incomplete, the Contractor shall notify the
schedule of carrying out such work to give sufficient opportunity, not being less than
3 (three) business days’ notice, to the Authority Engineer to conduct its inspection,
measurement or test while the work is continuing. Provided further that in the event
the Contractor receives no response from the Authority Engineer within a period of 3
(three) business days from the date on which the Contractor’s notice hereunder is
delivered to the Authority Engineer, the Contractor shall be entitled to assume that the
Authority Engineer would not undertake the said inspection.

11.12 Rejection

11.12.1 If, as a result of an examination, inspection, measurement or testing, any Plant,

Material, design or workmanship is found to be defective or otherwise not in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Authority Engineer may reject
such Plant, Material, design or workmanship by giving notice to the Contractor, with
reasons. The Contractor shall then promptly make good the Defect and ensure that the
rejected item complies with the requirements of this Agreement.

11.12.2If the Authority Engineer requires the Plant, Material, design or workmanship
to be retested, the tests shall be repeated on the same terms and conditions, as
applicable in each case. If the rejection and retesting cause the Authority to incur any

74
additional costs, such costs shall be recoverable by the Authority from the Contractor
and may be deducted by the Authority from any monies due to be paid to the
Contractor.

11.12.3 The Contractor shall not be entitled to any extension of time on account of
rectifying any Defect or retesting as specified in this Clause 11.12.

11.12.4 No examination, inspection, measurement or testing of any Plant, Material,

design or workmanship by the Authority Engineer or its failure to convey its
observations or to examine, inspect, measure or test shall relieve the Contractor of its
obligations and liabilities under this Agreement in any manner nor shall the Authority
be liable for the same in any manner.

11.13 Remedial work

11.13.1 Notwithstanding any previous test or certification, the Authority Engineer

may instruct the Contractor to:

(a) remove from the Site and replace any Plant or Materials which are not in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;

(b) remove and re-execute any work which is not in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement and the Specification and Standards; and

(c) execute any work which is urgently required for the safety of the Railway
Project, whether because of an accident, unforeseeable event or otherwise; provided
that in case of any work which is required on account of a Force Majeure Event, the
provisions of Clause 19.6 shall apply.

11.13.2 If the Contractor fails to comply with the instructions issued by the Authority
Engineer under Clause 11.13.1, within the time specified in the Authority Engineer’s
notice or as mutually agreed, the Authority Engineer may advise the Authority to have
the work executed by another agency. The cost so incurred by the Authority for
undertaking such work shall, without prejudice to the rights of the Authority to recover
Damages in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, be recoverable from
the Contractor and may be deducted by the Authority from any monies due to be paid
to the Contractor.

11.14 Delays during construction

Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 10.3.2, in the event the Contractor does
not achieve any of the Project Milestones within the time period stipulated in Schedule
- I or the Authority Engineer shall have reasonably determined that the rate of progress
of Works is such that Completion of the Railway Project is not likely to be achieved
by the end of the Scheduled Completion Date, it may notify the same to the Contractor,
and the Contractor shall, within 15 (fifteen) days of such notice, by a communication
inform the Authority Engineer in reasonable detail about the steps it proposes to take
to expedite progress and the period within which it shall achieve the Project
Completion Date.

11.15 Quality control records and Documents

75
The Contractor shall hand over to the Authority Engineer a copy of all its quality
control records and documents before the Completion Certificate is issued pursuant to
Clause 12.2.

11.16 Video recording

During the Construction Period, the Contractor shall provide to the Authority for every
calendar quarter, a video recording, which will be compiled into a 3 (three) hour digital
video disc or any substitute thereof, covering the status and progress of Works in that
quarter. The video recording shall be provided to the Authority no later than 15
(fifteen) days after the close of each quarter after the Appointed Date.

11.17 Suspension of unsafe Construction Works

11.17.1 Upon recommendation of the Authority Engineer to this effect, or on its own
volition in cases of emergency or urgency, the Authority may by notice require the
Contractor to suspend forthwith the whole or any part of the Works if, in the
reasonable opinion of the Authority Engineer or the Authority, as the case may be,
such work threatens the safety of the Users and or other persons on or about the
Railway Project.

11.17.2 The Contractor shall, pursuant to the notice under Clause 11.17.1, suspend the
Works or any part thereof for such time and in such manner as may be specified by
the Authority and thereupon carry out remedial measures to secure the safety of
suspended works, the Users, other persons and vehicles on or about the Railway
Project including pedestrians. The Contractor may by notice require the Authority
Engineer to inspect such remedial measures forthwith and make a report to the
Authority recommending whether or not the suspension hereunder may be revoked.
Upon receiving the recommendations of the Authority Engineer, the Authority shall
either revoke such suspension or instruct the Contractor to carry out such other and
further remedial measures as may be necessary in the reasonable opinion of the
Authority, and the procedure set forth in this Clause 11.17 shall be repeated until the
suspension hereunder is revoked.

11.17.3 Subject to the provisions of Clause 19.6, all reasonable costs incurred for
maintaining and protecting the Works or part thereof during the period of suspension
(the “Preservation Costs”), shall be borne by the Contractor; provided that if the
suspension has occurred as a result of any breach of this Agreement by the Authority,
the Preservation Costs shall be borne by the Authority.

11.17.4 If suspension of Works is for reasons not attributable to the Contractor, the
Authority Engineer shall determine any Time Extension to which the Contractor is
reasonably entitled.

76
 ARTICLE 12
COMPLETION CERTIFICATE

12.1 Tests on completion

12.1.1 No later than 30 (thirty) days prior to the likely completion of the Railway
Project or a part thereof, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Authority
Engineer the documents required for seeking approval of the Commissioner of
Railway Safety in accordance with the provisions of the Railways Opening for Public
Carriage of Passenger Rules, the Indian Railway Permanent Way Manual, the Indian
Railways Manual of A.C. Traction, Indian Railways Signal Engineering Manual,
Indian Railways Telecom Manual as the case may be, and notify the Authority
Engineer of its intent to subject the Railway Project to Tests. After ensuring and
procuring that the documents required to be submitted to the Commissioner for
Railway Safety meet the requirements of Applicable Laws, the Authority Engineer
shall, in consultation with the Contractor, determine the date and time of each of the
Tests, and inform the Authority who may designate its representative to witness the
Tests. The Contractor shall provide such assistance as the Authority Engineer may
reasonably require for conducting the Tests. For avoidance of doubts, the parties agree
that in the event of the Contractor and the Authority Engineer failing to mutually agree
on the dates for conducting the Tests, the Contractor shall fix the dates by giving not
less than 10 (ten) days’ notice to the Authority Engineer. Authority will carry out tests
on completion within 30 days of receiving request from contractor. And if Authority
Engineer fails to carry out test within 30 days, the Authority will pay damage to
Contractor @ 0.02% of the payment pending for want of test per day.

12.1.2 All Tests shall be conducted in accordance with Schedule-J at the cost and
expense of the Contractor; provided, however, that the trial running on railway track
shall be undertaken at the cost and expense of the Authority. The Authority Engineer
shall observe, monitor and review the results of the Tests to determine compliance of
the Railway Project with Specifications and Standards and if it is reasonably
anticipated or determined by the Authority Engineer during the course of any Test that
the performance of the Railway Project or Section or any part thereof, does not meet
the Specifications and Standards, it shall have the right to suspend or delay such Test
and require the Contractor to remedy and rectify any Defect or deficiency. Upon
completion of each Test, the Authority Engineer shall provide to the Contractor and
the Authority copies of all Test data including detailed Test results. For the avoidance
of doubt, the Parties expressly agree that the Authority Engineer may require the
Contractor to carry out or cause to be carried out additional Tests, in accordance with
Good Industry Practice, for determining the compliance of the Railway Project thereof
with the Specifications and Standards.

12.2 Provisional Certificate

12.2.1 Upon completion of Tests, the Authority Engineer shall satisfy itself that the
Tests have been successful and the Railway Project is fit for opening to traffic. A
list of outstanding items signed jointly by the Authority Engineer and the Contractor
(called the “Punch List”) shall be prepared in two parts. The part -1 showing the
critical/safety items and the part-2 showing non-critical/non-safety items. The
Authority Engineer may issue a Provisional Certificate to the Contractor and the

77
Authority in the form set forth in Schedule-K (the “Provisional Certificate”),
provided the items figuring in the Punch List of critical/safety items (part-1) have
been fully completed/attended to. The items figuring in the Punch List (part-2) of
non-critical/non-safety should be completed by contractor in a time frame as
stipulated in Clause 12.3.

12.2.2 Upon issuance of the “Provisional Certificate”, the Authority Engineer shall
forward to the Authority (i) copies of all Test data including Test results, and (ii) the
documents submitted by the Contractor for seeking approval of the Commissioner of
Railway Safety in accordance with the provisions of the Railways Opening for Public
Carriage of Passenger Rules, the Indian Railway Permanent Way Manual/ or the
Indian Railways Manual of A.C. Traction, Indian Railways Signal Engineering
Manual, Indian Railways Telecom Manual as the case may be, for obtaining
authorisation from the Commissioner for Railway Safety.

12.2.3 The Contractor shall assist the Authority during inspection and tests to be
conducted by the Commissioner of Railway Safety for determining compliance of the
Railway Project with Applicable Laws and the provisions of this Agreement.

12.2.4 The Defects Liability Period for the Railway Project shall commence from the
date of issue of the Provisional Certificates.

12.2.5 The Parties hereto expressly agree that the Authority Engineer may also
issue a “part Provisional Certificate” for part of the Railway Project ready for
commissioning/opening subject to the provisions of Clauses 12.1 and 12.2 applying
mutatis mutandis. The issuance of the part-provisional certificate will however not
absolve the contractor in any manner of its obligations to complete the remaining
part of Railway Project.

12.2.6 The risk of loss or damage to any Materials, Plant or Works in the Railway
Project or part thereof, as the case may be, and the care and custody thereof shall pass
from the Contractor to the Authority upon issuance of Provisional Certificate for the
Railway Project or part thereof.

12.3 Completion of Part-2 Punch List items

All items figuring in the part-2 of Punch List shall be completed by the Contractor
within 90 (ninety) days of the date of issuance of the Provisional Certificate for that
part and for any delay thereafter, other than for reasons solely attributable to the
Authority or due to Force Majeure, the Authority shall be entitled to recover
Damages from the Contractor to be calculated and paid for each day of delay until
all items are completed, at the rate of 0.2% (zero point two per cent) of the cost of
completing such items as estimated by the Authority Engineer. Subject to payment
of such Damages, the Contractor shall be entitled to a further period not exceeding
120 (one hundred and twenty) days for completion of the part-2 Punch List items.
For the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed that if completion of any item in the part-2
of Punch List is delayed for reasons attributable to the Authority or due to Force
Majeure, the completion date thereof shall be determined by the Authority Engineer
in accordance with Good Industry Practice, and such completion date shall be
deemed to be the date of issue of the Provisional Certificate for the purposes of
Damages, if any, payable for such item under this Clause 12.3.

78
12.4 Completion Certificate

12.4.1 Upon completion of all items in the Punch List (part-1 as well as part-2) and
issuance of authorisation by the Commissioner of Railway Safety and compliance
of all CRS observations pertaining to Contractor if any, the Authority Engineer shall
issue forthwith to the Contractor and the Authority; a completion certificate
substantially in the form set forth in Schedule-K (the “Completion Certificate”)
separately in respect of each Provisional Certificate issued. For Avoidance of doubt,
Completion Certificate may also be issued for part-commissioing of Project.

12.4.2 Upon receiving the Completion Certificate, the Contractor shall remove its
equipment, materials, debris and temporary works from the Site, which are not
required any more for the Project, within a period of 15 (fifteen) days thereof, failing
which the Authority may remove or cause to be removed, such equipment, materials,
debris and temporary works and recover from the Contractor an amount equal to 120%
(one hundred and twenty per cent) of the actual cost of removal incurred by the
Authority.

12.5 Rescheduling of Tests

If the Authority Engineer certifies to the Authority and the Contractor that it is unable
to issue the Completion Certificate or Provisional Certificate, as the case may be,
because of events or circumstances on account of which the Tests could not be held
or had to be suspended, the Contractor shall be entitled to re-schedule the Tests and
hold the same as soon as reasonably practicable.

12.6 Delayed authorisation

In the event of delay in issuance of authorisation by the Commissioner of Railway

Safety beyond a period of 60 (sixty) days from the date of completion of all
safety/critical items of punch list, the Contractor shall be entitled to interest for the
period of delay at a rate equal to 3% (three percent) above the Bank Rate on the
payment due for integrated testing and commissioning as specified in Schedule-G.

79
 ARTICLE 13
CHANGE OF SCOPE

13.1 Change of Scope

13.1.1 The Authority may, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
Agreement, require the Contractor to make modifications or alterations to the Works
(“Change of Scope”) before the issue of the Completion Certificate either by giving
an instruction or by requesting the Contractor to submit a proposal for Change of
Scope involving additional cost or reduction in cost. Any such Change of Scope shall
be made and valued in accordance with the provisions of this Article 13.

13.1.2 Change of Scope shall mean:

(a) change in specifications of any item of Works;

(b) omission of any work from the Scope of the Project except under Clause 8.3.3;
provided that, subject to Clause 13.5, the Authority shall not omit any work under this
Clause in order to get it executed by any other entity; or

(c) any additional work, Plant, Materials or services which are not included in the
Scope of the Project, including any associated Tests on completion of construction.

Note: The arrangement in GADs, L-section, alignment is fixed as per attached

drawing. However if any change due to site requirement is unavoidable, it shall be
proposed by the contractor and got approved by the Authority.

13.1.3 If the Contractor determines at any time that a Change of Scope will, if
adopted, (i) accelerate completion, (ii) reduce the cost to the Authority of executing,
maintaining or operating the Railway Project, (iii) improve the efficiency or value to
the Authority of the completed Railway Project, or (iv) otherwise be of benefit to the
Authority, it shall prepare a proposal with relevant details at its own cost. The
Contractor shall submit such proposal, supported with the relevant details including
the amount of reduction in the Contract Price, if any, to the Authority to consider such
Change of Scope. The Authority shall, within 15 (fifteen) days of receipt of such
proposal, either accept such Change of Scope with modifications, if any, and initiate
proceedings therefore in accordance with this Article 13 or reject the proposal and
inform the Contractor of its decision. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree
that the Contractor shall not undertake any Change of Scope without a Change of
Scope Order being issued by the Authority, save and except any Works necessary for
meeting any Emergency.

13.2 Procedure for Change of Scope

13.2.1 In the event of the Authority determining that a Change of Scope is necessary,
it may direct the Authority Engineer to issue to the Contractor a notice specifying in
reasonable detail the works and services contemplated thereunder (the “Change of
Scope Notice”).

80
13.2.2 Upon receipt of a Change of Scope Notice from Authority Engineer, the
Contractor shall, with due diligence, provide to the Authority Engineer such
information as is necessary, together with preliminary documentation in support of:

(a) the impact of the Change of Scope on the Project Completion Schedule, if the
works or services are required to be carried out during the Construction Period; and

(b) the options for implementing the proposed Change of Scope and the effect, if
any, each such option would have on the costs and time thereof; including the
following details:

(i) breakup of the quantities, unit rates and cost for different items of work;

(ii) proposed design for the Change of Scope; and

(iii) proposed modifications, if any, to the Project Completion Schedule of the

Railway Project.

For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties expressly agree that, subject to the provisions
of Clause 13.4.2, the Contract Price shall be increased or decreased, as the case may
be, on account of Change of Scope.

13.2.3 The Contractor’s quotation of rates/costs for the Change of Scope shall be
determined on the following principles:

(A) The rate for various items to be executed through change of scope order shall
be estimated on the basis of analysis of rates (AOR) of Northern Railway, CORE,
whichever is applicable for item other than building works and as per CPWD’s AOR
for building works and by applying the prevailing market rates of various input
construction materials, labour, machinery and T & P.

(B) In case AOR of any items is not available in Northern Railway’s or CORE’s
AOR then such rates shall be determined as per prevailing market rates in accordance
with Good Industry Practice by the Authority Engineer.

13.2.4 Upon reaching an agreement, the Authority shall issue an order (the “Change
of Scope Order”) requiring the Contractor to proceed with the performance thereof.
In the event that the Parties are unable to agree, the Authority may:

(a) issue a Change of Scope Order requiring the Contractor to proceed with the
performance thereof at the rates and conditions approved by the Authority till the
matter is resolved in accordance with Article 24; or

(b) proceed in accordance with Clause 13.5.

13.2.5 The provisions of this Agreement, in so far as they relate to Works and Tests,
shall apply mutatis mutandis to the works undertaken by the Contractor under this
Article 13.

13.3 Payment for Change of Scope

81
Payment for Change of Scope shall be made in accordance with the payment schedule
specified in the Change of Scope Order.

13.4 Restrictions on Change of Scope

13.4.1 No Change of Scope shall be executed unless the Authority has issued the
Change of Scope Order save and except any Works necessary for meeting any
Emergency.

13.4.2 Unless the Parties mutually agree to the contrary, the total value of all Change
of Scope Orders shall not exceed 25% (twenty five per cent) of the Contract Price.

13.4.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 13, no change arising
from any default of the Contractor in the performance of its obligations under this
Agreement shall be deemed to be Change of Scope, and shall not result in any
adjustment of the Contract Price or the Project Completion Schedule.

13.5 Power of the Authority to undertake works

13.5.1 In the event the Parties are unable to agree to the proposed Change of Scope
Orders in accordance with Clause 13.2, the Authority may, after giving notice to the
Contractor and considering its reply thereto, award such works or services to any
person on the basis of open competitive bidding from amongst bidders who are pre-
qualified for undertaking the additional work; provided that the Contractor shall have
the option of matching the first ranked bid in terms of the selection criteria, subject to
payment of 2% (two per cent) of the bid amount to the Authority, and thereupon
securing the award of such works or services. For the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed
that the Contractor shall be entitled to exercise such option only if it has participated
in the bidding process and its bid does not exceed the first ranked bid by more than
10% (ten percent) thereof. It is also agreed that the Contractor shall provide assistance
and cooperation to the person who undertakes the works or services hereunder, but
shall not be responsible for rectification of any Defects and/or maintenance of works
carried out by other agencies.

13.5.2 The works undertaken in accordance with this Clause 13.5 shall conform to
the Specifications and Standards and shall be carried out in a manner that it should not
cause any disruption to the Project and also minimise adverse effect to main
contractor. The provisions of this Agreement, insofar as they relate to Works and
Tests, shall apply mutatis mutandis to the works carried out under this Clause 13.5.

82
 ARTICLE 14
TRAFFIC REGULATION

14.1 Traffic regulation by the Contractor

14.1.1 The Contractor shall take all the required measures and make arrangements
for the safety of any persons and vehicles on or about the Site during the construction
of the Railway Project or a Section thereof in accordance with Good Industry Practice,
and Applicable Laws. It shall provide, erect and maintain all such barricades, signs,
markings, flags, and lights as may be required by Good Industry Practice for the safety
of the traffic using any public roads or access along or across the Section under
construction.

14.1.2 All works shall be carried out in a manner creating least interference to traffic
passing along or across the Railway Project or a Section thereof. The Contractor shall
ensure that proper passage is provided for the traffic. Where it is not possible or safe
to allow traffic on the existing road or passage, a temporary diversion of proper
specifications shall be constructed by the Contractor at its own cost. The Contractor
shall take prior approval of the Authority Engineer for any proposed arrangement for
traffic regulation during Construction, which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld.

14.1.3 In the event any construction work is required to be executed in close

proximity of an existing operating system of Railways, the Contractor shall make
arrangements for the safety of such system in accordance with the provisions of the
‘Compendium of Instructions on Safety at work Sites’ issued by the Authority and
Good Industry Practice.

83
 ARTICLE 15
DEFECTS LIABILITY

15.1 Defects Liability Period

15.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for all the Defects and deficiencies, except
usual wear and tear in the Railway Project or any part thereof, till the expiry of a
period of 2 (two) years commencing from the date of Provisional Certificate or expiry
of a period 18 (eighteen) months from the date of Completion Certificate, whichever
is later (the “Defects Liability Period”).

15.1.2 Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 15.1.1, the Defects Liability
Period for and in respect of any Structure or Important Bridge specified in Schedule
B, or interlocking and telecom switching equipment comprising a new technology
shall be deemed to be extended by a further period of 2 (two) year after the expiry of
the Defects Liability Period specified in Clause 15.1.1.] Defect Liability Period shall
also cover the extensions covered under clause 15.6.

15.1.3 Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 15.1.1, the Contractor shall be
responsible for making arrangement for signing of agreement for AMC of SCADA as
per clause 3.9 of Annexure - I (Schedule-B) between OEM/Approved SCADA vendor
and concerned Railway/Division 6 months prior to defects liability period as defined
in 15.1.1. In the event that the Contractor fails to make above Arrangement, the
Authority shall be entitled to remedy the defects and deficiency of the Contractor in
Accordance with the clause 15.4 or may extend the Defects Liability Period in
accordance with clause 15.6.1.

15.1.4 Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 15.1.1, the Contractor shall be
responsible for making arrangement for signing of agreement for AMC of EI system
/Axle Counters/ Automatic Train protection system between OEM/Approved vendor
and concerned Railway/Division 6 months prior to defects liability period as defined
in 15.1.1. for duration of Defect liability period including extended defect liability
period. In the event that the Contractor fails to make above Arrangement, the
Authority shall be entitled to remedy the defects and deficiency of the Contractor in
Accordance with the clause 15.4 or may extend the Defects Liability Period in
accordance with clause 15.6.1.

15.2 Remedy and rectification of Defects and deficiencies

15.2.1 Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 15.2.2, the Contractor shall
repair or rectify all Defects and deficiencies observed by the Authority Engineer
during the Defects Liability Period within a period of 15 (fifteen) days from the date
of notice issued by the Authority Engineer, or within such reasonable period as may
be determined by the Authority Engineer at the request of the Contractor, in
accordance with Good Industry Practice. For the purpose of this clause, the time
period of 15 days shall be applicable only to those Defects and Deficiencies which are
not affecting train operations of safety. For any defect noticed affecting train operation
or train safety, the Contractor shall arrange to rectify it within such reasonable period
as may be determined by the Authority Engineer. If the Contractor is not able to rectify

84
any fault as decided by the Authority Engineer, the Authority will be at full liberty to
make its own efforts to get such defects rectified at Contractor’s cost.

15.2.2 During a period of 2 (two) months from the date of issuance of Completion
Certificate, the Contractor shall retain sufficient staff and spares at Project for
procuring prompt replacement, installation or re-installation of any defective parts of
(a) the SCADA system; (b) traction sub-stations and switching posts and (c) EI system
/Axle Counters/ Automatic Train protection system. The spares for the purpose of
this clause, shall be separate from any spares supplied within the scope of the Project.

15.3 Cost of remedying Defects

For the avoidance of doubt, any repair or rectification undertaken in accordance with
the provisions of Clause 15.2, including any additional tests, shall be carried out by
the Contractor at its own risk and cost, to the extent that such rectification or repair is
attributable to:

(a) the design of the Project;

(b) Works, Plant, Materials or workmanship not being in accordance with this
Agreement and the Specifications and Standards;

(c) improper maintenance during construction of the Railway Project by the

Contractor; or

(d) any defect arising out of improper handling of sleepers, rails, et cetera.

(e) failure by the Contractor to comply with any other obligation under this
Agreement.

15.4 Contractor’s failure to rectify Defects

In the event that the Contractor fails to repair or rectify such Defect or deficiency
within the period specified in Clause 15.2, the Authority shall be entitled to get the
same repaired, rectified or remedied at the Contractor’s cost so as to make the Railway
Project conform to the Specifications and Standards and the provisions of this
Agreement. All costs consequent thereon shall, after due consultation with the
Authority and the Contractor, be determined by the Authority Engineer. The cost so
determined, and an amount equal to 20% (twenty percent) of such cost as Damages,
shall be recoverable by the Authority from the Contractor and may be deducted by the
Authority from any monies due to the Contractor.

15.5 Contractor to search cause

15.5.1 The Authority Engineer may instruct the Contractor to examine the cause of
any Defect in the Works or part thereof before the expiry of the Defects Liability
Period.

15.5.2 In the event any Defect identified under Clause 15.5.1 is attributable to the
Contractor, the Contractor shall rectify such Defect within the period specified by the
Authority Engineer, and shall bear the cost of the examination and rectification of
such Defect.

85
15.5.3 In the event such Defect is not attributable to the Contractor, the Authority
Engineer shall, after due consultation with the Authority and the Contractor, determine
the costs incurred by the Contractor on such examination and notify the same to the
Contractor, with a copy to the Authority, and the Contractor shall be entitled to
payment of such costs by the Authority.

15.6. Extension of Defects Liability Period

15.6.1 The Defects Liability Period shall be deemed to be extended till the identified
Defects under Clause 15.2 have been remedied.

15.6.2 Any Materials or Works with Defects identified under Clause 15.2 and
replaced or repaired during the Defects Liability Period or the extended Defects
Liability Period, as the case may be, would be further warranted for a period of twelve
(12) months from the date of completion of such repair or replacement.

15.6.3 The Contractor shall upon termination or expiry of this Agreement or upon
expiry of the Defects Liability Period, assign any outstanding benefit in respect of any
subcontract or any warranty, to the Authority or to such other person as the Authority
may direct.

86
 ARTICLE 16
AUTHORITY ENGINEER

16.1 Appointment of the Authority Engineer

16.1.1 The Authority shall appoint a railway engineer / Project Management

Consultancy (PMC), to be the engineer under this Agreement (the “Authority
Engineer”).

16.1.2 The appointment of the Authority Engineer shall be made no later than 30
(Thirty) days from the date of this Agreement. The Authority shall notify the
appointment or replacement of the Authority Engineer to the Contractor.

16.1.3 The staff of the Authority Engineer shall include suitably qualified engineers
and other professionals who are competent to assist the Authority Engineer to carry
out its duties.

16.2 Duties and functions of the Authority Engineer

16.2.1 The Authority Engineer shall perform its duties and discharge its functions in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and substantially in accordance
with the duties and responsibilities set forth in Annex 1 of Schedule L, as soon as
possible and within reasonable time, but subject to obtaining prior written approval of
the Authority before determining:

(a) any Time Extension;

(b) any additional cost to be paid by the Authority to the Contractor;

(c) the Termination Payment;

(d) providing Power Block or Traffic Block or necessary disconnections to the

Contractor;

(e) approval of signalling & interlocking plan and route control chart; and
alterations in ESP if essentially required;

(f) approval of disconnections for modification of signalling and telecom works,

or

(g) any other matter which is not specified in (a) to (f)above and which creates an
obligation or liability on either Party for a sum exceeding Rs.5,000,000 (Rupees fifty
lakh).

16.2.2 No decision or communication of the Authority Engineer shall be effective or

valid unless it is accompanied by an attested true copy of the approval of the Authority
for and in respect of any matter specified in Clause 16.2.1.

16.2.3 The Authority Engineer shall submit regular periodic reports, at least once
every month, to the Authority in respect of its duties and functions assigned to him for

87
the project. Such reports shall be submitted by the Authority Engineer within 10 (ten)
days of the beginning of every month.

16.2.4 A true copy of all communications sent by the Authority to the Authority
Engineer and by the Authority Engineer to the Authority shall be sent forthwith by the
Authority Engineer to the Contractor.

16.2.5 A true copy of all communications sent by the Authority Engineer to the
Contractor and by the Contractor to the Authority Engineer shall be sent forthwith by
the Authority Engineer to the Authority.

16.3 Authorised signatories

The Authority Engineer will designate and notify to the Contractor up to 2 (two)
persons under him to sign for and on behalf of the Authority Engineer, and any
communication or document required to be signed by the Authority Engineer shall be
valid and effective only if signed by any of the designated persons; provided that the
Authority Engineer may, by notice in writing, substitute any of the designated persons
by any of its employees.

16.4 Instructions of the Authority Engineer

16.4.1 The Authority Engineer may issue to the Contractor instructions for remedying
any Defect. The Contractor shall take such instructions from the Authority Engineer
only.

16.4.2 The instructions issued by the Authority Engineer shall be in writing.

However, if the Authority Engineer issues any oral instructions to the Contractor, it
shall confirm in writing the oral instructions within 2 (two) working days of issuing
them.

16.4.3 In case the Contractor does not receive the confirmation of the oral instructions
within the time specified in Clause 16.4.2, the Contractor shall seek the written
confirmation of the oral instructions from the Authority Engineer and shall obtain
acknowledgement from the Authority Engineer of the communication seeking written
confirmation. In case of failure of the Authority Engineer to reply to the Contractor
within 2 (two) days of the receipt of the communication from the Contractor, the
Contractor may not carry out the instruction.

16.5 Determination by the Authority Engineer

16.5.1 The Authority Engineer shall consult with each Party in an endeavour to reach
agreement wherever this Agreement provides for the determination of any matter by
the Authority Engineer. If such agreement is not achieved, the Authority Engineer
shall make a fair determination in accordance with this Agreement having due regard
to all relevant circumstances. The Authority Engineer shall give notice to both the
Parties of each such agreement or determination, with supporting particulars.

16.5.2 Each Party shall give effect to each agreement or determination made by the
Authority Engineer in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Provided,
however, that if any Party disputes any instruction, decision, direction or

88
determination of the Authority Engineer, the Dispute shall be resolved in accordance
with the Dispute Resolution Procedure as per article 24.

16.6 Remuneration of the Authority Engineer

The remuneration, cost and expenses of the Authority Engineer shall be borne by the
Authority.

16.7 Replacement of the Authority Engineer

16.7.1 The Authority may, in its discretion, replace the Authority Engineer at any
time, but only upon appointment of another Authority Engineer in accordance with
Clause 16.1.

16.7.2 If the Contractor has reasons to believe that the Authority Engineer is not
discharging its duties and functions in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement, it may make a written representation to the Authority and seek
replacement of the Authority Engineer. Upon receipt of such representation, the
Authority shall hold a tripartite meeting with the Contractor and Authority Engineer
and make best efforts for an amicable resolution of the Dispute. After due
consideration, The Authority will decide about the replacement of Authority Engineer
or otherwise. However , if Contractor is not satisfied with decision of Authority, the
Dispute shall be resolved in accordance with Depute Resolution Procedure as per
article 24.In the event that the Authority Engineer is to be replaced, the Authority shall
appoint forthwith another Authority Engineer in accordance with Clause 16.1.

16.8 Interim Arrangement

In the event that the Authority has not appointed an Authority Engineer, or the
Authority Engineer so appointed has relinquished its functions, the Authority may, in
the interim, designate and authorise any person to discharge the functions of the
Authority Engineer in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, save and
except that such person shall not exercise any functions relating to review, comment,
approval or inspection as specified in this Agreement for and in respect of the
Authority Engineer, and such functions shall be discharged as and when an Authority
Engineer is appointed in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Provided,
however, that nothing contained in this Clause 16.8 shall in any manner restrict the
rights of the Authority to enforce compliance of the provisions of this Agreement.

89
 Part IV
Financial Covenants

90
 ARTICLE 17
PAYMENTS

17.1 Contract Price

17.1.1 The Authority shall make payments to the Contractor for the Works on the
basis of the lump sum price accepted by the Authority in consideration of the
obligations specified in this Agreement for an amount of Rs. ***** (Rs. ****) (the
“Contract Price”), which shall be subject to adjustments in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement. The Parties further agree that save and except as
provided in this Agreement, the Contract Price shall be valid and effective until issue
of Completion Certificate.

17.1.2 The Contract Price includes all duties, taxes, royalty, and fees that may be
levied in accordance with the laws and regulations in force as on the Base Date on the
Contractor’s equipment, Plant, Materials and supplies acquired for the purpose of this
Agreement and on the on the Works undertaken under this Agreement. Nothing in this
Agreement shall relieve the Contractor from its responsibility to pay any tax including
any tax that may be levied in India on profits made by it in respect of this Agreement.

17.1.3 The Contract Price shall not be adjusted for any change in duties, taxes etc.
specified in Clause 17.1.2 above, save and except as specified in Clauses 17.8 and
17.13.

17.1.4 The Contract Price shall not be adjusted to take account of any unforeseen
difficulties or costs, unless otherwise provided for in this Agreement.

17.1.5 Unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, the Contract Price covers all the
Contractor’s obligations for the Works under this Agreement and all things necessary
for the Construction thereof and for the rectification of any Defects in the Railway
Project.

17.1.6 All payments under this Agreement shall be made in Indian Rupees.

17.2 Advance Payment

17.2.1 Upon receiving request from Contractor, the Authority shall make an advance
payment (the “Advance Payment”), upto 10% (ten percent) of the Contract Price, for
mobilisation expenses and for acquisition of equipment, which shall carry simple
interest at the rate of Bank Rate plus +5% (as per railway Board’s letter no. 2018/CE-
I/CT/1 dated 10.03.2022) per annum and shall be made in two instalments of upto
maximum 5% (five per cent) of the contract price each.

17.2.2 The Contractor may apply to the Authority for the first instalment of the
Advance Payment at any time after the Appointed Date, along with an irrevocable and
unconditional guarantee from a Bank for an amount equivalent to 110% (one hundred
and ten per cent) of such instalment, substantially in the form provided at Annex-III
of Schedule-F, to remain effective till the complete and full repayment thereof.

17.2.3 At any time, after 60 (sixty) days from the Appointed Date, the Contractor may
apply to the Authority for the second instalment of the Advance Payment along with

91
an irrevocable and unconditional guarantee from a Bank for an amount equivalent to
110% (one hundred and ten per cent) of such instalment, substantially in the form
provided at Annex-III of Schedule-F, to remain effective till the complete and full
repayment thereof along with proof of utilization of 1st instalment.

17.2.4 The instalments of Advance Payment shall generally be paid by the Authority
to the Contractor within 15 (fifteen) days of the receipt of its respective requests in
accordance with the provisions of this Clause 17.2.

17.2.5 The Advance Payment shall be recovered through proportionate deductions to

be made in the Interim Payments Certificates issued in accordance with the provisions
of Clause 17.5.2. Deductions of Advance Payment shall commence from the Interim
Payment Certificate in which the cumulative interim payments certified shall have
reached 50% (fifty percent) of the Contract Price. The total amount recovered in each
Interim Payment Certificate shall be equal to 30% (thirty per cent) of the amount of
interim payment due and payable under such Interim Payment Certificate, and interest
on the amount being recovered to be calculated from the date of disbursement of the
Advance Payment to the date of recovery until the entire Advance Payment together
with interest is recovered. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that in the
event the total payment specified in any Interim Payment Certificate exceeds the limit
of 50% (fifty per cent) of the Contract Price, the proportionate of recovery hereunder
shall be restricted to the amount exceeding 50% (fifty per cent) of the Contract Price.
By way of illustration, the Parties agree that if the first recovery of say, Rupees ‘x’ is
made after 20 (twenty) months from the date of 1st (first) instalment of the Advance
Payment, the interest will be recovered on Rupees ‘x’ for a period of 20 (twenty)
months; and when the next recovery is made in the following month for say, Rupees
‘y’, interest on Rupees ‘y’ will be computed for a period of 21 (twenty one) months.
The Parties further agree that no payments in excess of 90% (ninety per cent) of the
Contract Price shall be released until the Advance Payment, including interest thereon,
has been fully recovered.

17.2.6 If the Advance Payment has not been fully repaid prior to Termination under
Clause 19.7 or Article 21, as the case may be, the whole of the balance then
outstanding shall immediately become due and payable by the Contractor to the
Authority. In the event of Termination due to Contractor’s Default, the Advance
Payment shall be deemed to carry interest at an annual rate of 4% (four per cent) above
the Bank Rate from the date of Advance Payment to the date of recovery by
encashment of bank guarantee for the Advance Payment. For the avoidance of doubt,
the aforesaid interest shall be payable on each instalment of the Advance Payment,
regardless of whether the instalment or any part thereof has been repaid to the
Authority prior to Termination.

17.3 Procedure for estimating the payment for the Works

17.3.1 The Authority shall make interim payments to the Contractor, as certified by
the Authority Engineer on completion of a Stage, for a length, number or area as
specified, and valued in accordance with the proportion of the Contract Price assigned
to each item and its stage and payment procedure in Schedule-G.

17.3.2 The Contractor shall base its claim for interim payment for the stages
completed till the end of the month for which the payment is claimed, valued in

92
accordance with Clause 17.3.1, supported with necessary particulars and documents
in accordance with this Agreement.

17.3.3 Any reduction in the Contract Price arising out of Change of Scope or the
Works withdrawn under Clause 8.3, as the case may be, shall not affect the amounts
payable for the items or stage payments thereof which are not affected by such Change
of Scope or withdrawal. For the avoidance of doubt and by way of illustration, the
Parties agree that if the amount assigned to Important Bridges and/or Major Bridges
is reduced from Rs.100 crore to Rs. 80 crore owing to Change of Scope or withdrawal
of Works, as the case may be, the reduction in payment shall be restricted to the
relevant payments for Important Bridges and/or Major Bridges and the payment due
in respect of all other stage payments under the item Important Bridges and/or Major
Bridges shall not be affected in any manner. The Parties further agree that the
adjustments arising out of the aforesaid modifications shall be carried out in a manner
that the impact of such modifications is restricted to the said Change of Scope or
withdrawal, as the case may be, and does not alter the payments due for and in respect
of items or stage payments which do not form part of such Change of Scope or
withdrawal.

17.4 Stage Payment Statement for Works

The Contractor shall submit a statement (the “Stage Payment Statement”), in 3

copies, by the 7th (seventh) day of a month to the Authority Engineer in the form set
forth in Schedule-M, showing the amount calculated in accordance with Clause 17.3
to which the Contractor considers itself entitled for the completed stage(s) of Works.
The Stage Payment Statement shall be accompanied with the progress reports and any
other supporting documents. The Contractor shall not submit any claim for payment
of incomplete stages of work. In the event that there is no claim for a month in
accordance with the provisions of this Clause 17.4, the Contractor shall submit a nil
claim to the Authority Engineer.

17.5 Stage Payment for Works

17.5.1 Within 10 (ten) days of receipt of the Stage Payment Statement from the
Contractor pursuant to Clause 17.4, the Authority Engineer shall broadly determine
the amount due to the Contractor and recommend the release of 80 (eighty) percent of
the amount so determined as part payment against the Stage Payment Statement,
pending issue of the Interim Payment Certificate (IPC) by the Authority Engineer.
Within 5 (five) days of the receipt of recommendation of the Authority Engineer as
above, the Authority shall make electronic payment directly to the Contractor’s bank
account.

17.5.2 Within 20 (twenty) days of the receipt of the Stage Payment Statement referred
to in Clause 17.4, the Authority Engineer shall determine and shall deliver to the
Authority and the Contractor an IPC certifying the amount due and payable to the
Contractor, after adjusting the payments already released to the Contractor against the
said statement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that the IPC shall specify
all the amounts that have been deducted from the Stage Payment Statement and the
reasons therefor.

93
17.5.3 In cases where there is a difference of opinion as to the value of any stage, the
opinion of the Authority Engineer shall prevail and interim payments shall be made
to the Contractor on this basis; provided that the foregoing shall be without prejudice
to the Contractor’s right to raise a Dispute.
17.5.4 The Authority Engineer may, for reasons to be recorded, withhold from
payment:
(a) the estimated value of work or obligation that the Contractor has failed to
perform in accordance with this Agreement and in respect of which the Authority
Engineer had notified the Contractor; and
(b) the estimated cost of rectification of any Works which have not been
constructed in accordance with this Agreement.

17.5.5 Payment by the Authority shall not be deemed to indicate the Authority
acceptance, approval, consent or satisfaction with the work done.

17.5.6 In the event the amounts released by the Authority under Clause 17.5.1 exceed
the amount finally determined by the Authority Engineer pursuant to Clauses 17.5.2
to 17.5.4, the difference thereof shall be accounted for in the next IPC.

17.6 Payment of Damages

17.6.1 The Contractor as well as the Authority may claim Damages due and payable
to it in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

17.6.2 The Authority Engineer shall verify and check the claim and issue the IPC
within 20 (twenty) days of the receipt of the claim under Clause 17.6.1, after making
adjustments in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. The Authority shall
pay to the Contractor the amount due under such IPC within a period of 30 (thirty)
days from the date of the submission of the claim under this Clause 17.6. In the event
of the failure of the Authority to make payment to the Contractor within the specified
time, the Authority shall be liable to pay to the Contractor interest thereon and the
provisions of Clause 17.7 shall apply mutatis mutandis thereto.

17.7 Time of payment and interest

17.7.1 The Authority shall pay to the Contractor any amount due under any payment
certificate issued by the Authority Engineer in accordance with the provisions of this
Article 17, or in accordance with any other clause of this Agreement as follows:

(a) Payment shall be made no later than 30 (thirty) days from the date of
submission of the Stage Payment Statement by the Contractor to the Authority
Engineer for certification in accordance with the provisions of Clause 17.4 for an IPC;
provided, however, that in the event the IPC is not issued by the Authority Engineer
within the aforesaid period of 30 (thirty) days, the Authority shall pay the amount
shown in the Contractor’s Stage Payment Statement and any discrepancy therein shall
be adjusted in the next payment certificate; and

(b) payment shall be made no later than 30 (thirty) days from the date of
submission of the Final Payment Certificate for Works along with the discharge

94
submitted to the Authority Engineer for certification in accordance with the provisions
of Clause 17.12.

17.7.2 In the event of failure of the Authority to make payment to the Contractor
within the time period specified in this Clause 17.7, the Authority shall be liable to
pay to the Contractor interest at a rate equal to the Bank Rate plus 3%, calculated at
quarterly rests, on all sums remaining unpaid from the date by which the same should
have been paid, calculated in accordance with the provisions of Clause 17.7.1 (a) and
(b) and till the date of actual payment.

17.8 Price adjustment for Works

17.8.1 The amounts payable to the Contractor for Works shall be adjusted in
accordance with the provisions of this Clause 17.8.
17.8.2 Subject to the provisions of Clause 17.8.3, the amounts payable to the
Contractor for Works shall be adjusted in the IPC issued by the Authority Engineer
for the increase or decrease in the index cost of inputs for the works, by the addition
or subtraction of the amounts determined by the formulae specified in Clause 17.8.4.
17.8.3 To the extent that any compensation or reimbursement for increase or decrease
in costs to the Contractor is not covered by the provisions of this or other Clauses in
this Agreement, the costs and prices payable under this Agreement shall be deemed
to include the amounts required to cover the contingency of such other increase or
decrease of costs and prices.

17.8.4 The Contract Price shall be adjusted for increase or decrease in rates and prices
of labour, Materials, fuel and lubricants, equipment, Machinery, Plant and other
Materials or inputs in accordance with the principles, procedures and formulae
specified below:

(a) Price adjustment shall be applied on completion of the specified stage of the
respective item of work in accordance with Schedule-G. The 1st Quarter will start from
Bid Due date month;

(b) Adjustment for each item of work/stage shall be made separately;

(c) The following expressions and meanings are assigned to the value of the work
done for civil and track work:

EW = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item earthwork;

BRIMP = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item Important
Bridges;

BR = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the items Major Bridges,
Minor Bridges, RCC box/pipe culverts, Flyovers, RUB, and ROB in accordance with
Schedule-G;

TRK = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the itemTrack Works;

TUNL = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the items Tunnel;

95
OEW = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item Other
Engineering Works;

INVCIV = Value of work done for under the item inventory;

INTGTESTCIV = Value of work done for the item integrated testing and
commissioning of the Railway Project.

(d) Price adjustment for change in costs of civil and track work shall be paid in
accordance with the following formula:

(i) VEW= 0.85 EW x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PC x (Ci – Co)/Co + PF x (Fi

–Fo)/Fo + PMACH x (MACHi – MACHo)/MACHo + POTH x (OTHi -
OTHo)/OTHo];

(ii) VBRIMP = 0.85 BRIMP x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PC x (Ci – Co)/Co +

PS x (Si – So)/So + PF x (Fi –Fo)/Fo + PMACH x (MACHi – MACHo)/MACHo +
POTH x (OTHi - OTHo)/OTHo];

(iii) VBR = 0.85 BR x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PC x (Ci – Co)/Co + PS x (Si –

So)/So + PF x (Fi – Fo)/Fo + PMACH x (MACHi – MACHo)/MACHo + POTH x
(OTHi - OTHo)/OTHo];

(iv) VTRK = 0.85 TRK x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PC x (Ci – Co)/Co + PS x(Si
– So)/So + PF x (Fi –Fo)/Fo + PMACH x (MACHi – MACHo)/MACHo + POTH x
(OTHi – OTHo)/OTHo + PR x (Ri - Ro)/Ro];

(v) VTUNL = 0.85 TUNL x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PC x (Ci – Co)/Co + PS

x (Si – So)/So + PF x (Fi – Fo)/Fo + PMACH x (MACHi – MACHo)/MACHo +
POTH x (OTHi - OTHo)/OTHo + PXLP x (XLPi – XLPo)/XLPo];

(vi) VOEW = 0.85 OEW x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PC x (Ci – Co)/Co + PS

x(Si – So)/So + PF x (Fi – Fo)/Fo + PMACH x ((MACHi – MACHo)/MACHo +
POTH x (OTHi - OTHo)/OTHo];

(vii) VINVCIV = 0.85 INVCIV x [PR x (Ri – Ro)/Ro + POTH x (OTHi -

OTHo)/OTHo]; and

(viii) VINTGTESTCIV = 0.85 INTGTESTCIV x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo = POTH

x (OTHi - OTHo)/OTHo];

Where

VEW = Increase or decrease in the cost of earthwork during the period under
consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant components as specifiedin sub-
paragraph (e);

VBRIMP = Increase or decrease in the cost of Important Bridgesduring the period

under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant components as specified
in sub-paragraph (e);

96
VBR = Increase or decrease in the cost of Major Bridges, Minor Bridges, Flyovers,
RCC box/pipe culverts ROB/RUB) during the period under consideration due to
changes in the rates for relevant components as specified in sub-paragraph (e);

VTRK = Increase or decrease in the cost of track works during the period under
consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant components as specified in sub-
paragraph (e);

VTUNL = Increase or decrease in the cost of tunnels during the period under
consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant components as specified in sub-
paragraph (e);

VOEW = Increase or decrease in the cost of Other Engineering Works during the
period under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant components as
specified in sub-paragraph (e);

VINVCIV = Increase or decrease in the cost of inventory during the period under
consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant components as specified in sub-
paragraph (e);

VINTGTESTCIV = Increase or decrease in the cost of integrated testing and

commissioning during the period under consideration due to changes in the rates for
relevant components as specified in sub-paragraph (e);

PC, PF, PLB, PMACH, POTH, PR, PS and PXLP are the percentages of cement, fuel
and lubricants, labour, Plant Machinery and tools, other materials, rails, steel/
components (including strands and steel cables), and explosives respectively for the
relevant item as specified in sub-paragraph (e);

Co = The wholesale price index as published by the Ministry of Commerce and

Industry, Government of India (hereinafter called “WPI”) for sub-group Cement,
Lime & Plaster for the month of the Base Month;

Ci = The WPI for sub-group Cement, Lime & Plaster for the average price index of
the 3 months of the quarter under consideration;

Fo = The wholesale price index as published by the Ministry of Commerce and

Industry, Government of India (hereinafter called “WPI”) for group Fuel & Power
for the month of the Base Month

Fi = The WPI for group Fuel & Power for the average price index of the 3 months of
the quarter under consideration

LBo = The consumer price index for industrial workers – All India, published by
Labour Bureau, Ministry of Labour, Government of India, (hereinafter called “CPI”)
for the month of the Base Month;

LBi = The CPI for industrial workers – All India for the average price index of the 3
months of the quarter under consideration;

MACHo = The wholesale price index as published by the Ministry of Commerce and
Industry, Government of India (hereinafter called “WPI”) for category- k

97
“Manufacturing of Machinery for Mining, quarrying and construction’ under (R)
Manufacturing of Machinery and Equipment for the month of the Base Month;

MACHi = The WPI for category- k “Manufacturing of Machinery for Mining,

quarrying and construction’ under (R) Manufacturing of Machinery and Equipment
for the average price index of the 3 months of the quarter under consideration;

OTHo = The wholesale price index as published by the Ministry of Commerce and
Industry, Government of India (hereinafter called “WPI”) for all commodities for the
month of the Base Month;

OTHi = The WPI for all commodities for the average price index of the 3 months of
the quarter under consideration;

Ro = The Price for Rails (60kg) published by the Bhilai Plant of the Steel Authority
of India for the month of the Base Date;

Ri = The Price for Rails (60kg) published by the Bhilai Plant of the Steel Authority of
India for the month which is three months prior to the month to which the IPC relates;

So = Rate of RINL for Rebar 8 mm (coil) as published on their website for the month
of the Base Month;

Si = Average rate of RINL for Rebar 8 mm (coil) as published on their website for the
3 months of the quarter under consideration;

XLPo = The wholesale price index as published by the Ministry of Commerce and
Industry, Government of India (hereinafter called “WPI”) for explosives for the
month of the Base Month; and

XLPi = The WPI for explosives for the average price index of the 3 months of the
quarter under consideration.

(e) The following percentages shall govern the price adjustment of the Contract
Price:

Major
Integra
Bridges/
Other ted
flyovers/Mi
Track enginee Invent testing
Component Earthw nor Bridges,
works ring ory and
ork CC box/pipe
works commis
culverts,
sioning
ROB/RUB
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Cement (PC) 0% 17 % 0% 15 % - -
Explosives
- - - - - -
(PXLP)
Fuel and lubricants
30% 15 % 15 % 15 % - -
(PF)

98
Labour (PLB) 5% 7% 15 % 20 % - -
Machinery and
50 % 20% 36 % 10 % - -
Plants (PMACH)
Other Materials
- 0% 0% 0% 0% -
(POTH)
Rail (PR) - - 0% - 0% -
Steel (PS) 0% 26 % 0% 25 % - -

Fixed 15 % 15 % 34 % 15 % 100 % -

Total 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% -

(f) The following expressions and meanings are assigned to the value of the work
done for signalling and telecommunication works:

SIGWK = Value of signalling works for a stage payment of the item signalling works;

INVSIG = Value of inventory for signalling works for a stage payment of the item
inventory for signalling works;

INTGTESTSIG = Value of integrated testing and commission for signalling works of

the Railway Project;

COMWK= Value of telecommunication works for a stage payment of the item

telecommunication works;

INVCOM = Value of inventory for telecommunication works for a stage payment of

the item inventory for telecommunication works; and

INTGTESTCOM = Value of integrated testing and commission for

telecommunication works of the Railway Project.

(g) Price adjustment for changes in cost of signalling works and

telecommunication works shall be paid in accordance with the following formula:

(i) VSIGWK = 0.85 SIGWK x [PELEX x (ELEXi – ELEXo)/ ELEXo + POFC x

(OFCi – OFCo)/OFCo + PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + POTH x (OTHi - OTHo)/OTHo
+ S30C x (P30Ci – P30Co)/ P30Co + S24C x (P24Ci – P24Co)/ P24Co + S19C x (P19Ci
– P19Co)/ P19Co + S12C x (P12Ci – P12Co)/ P120Co + S9C x (P9Ci – P9Co)/ P9Co +
S6C x (P6Ci – P6Co)/ P6Co + S4C x (P4Ci – P4Co)/ P4Co + S2C x (P2Ci – P2Co)/
P2Co + S12C2.5 x (P12C2.5i – P12C2.5o)/ P12C2.5o + S2C2.5 x (P2C2.5i – P2C2.5o)/
P2C2.5o + S2C25 x (P2C25i – P2C25o)/ P2C25o + QC x (PQCi – PQCo)/ PQCo ;

(ii) VINVSIG = 0.85 SIGWK x [PELEX x (ELEXi – ELEXo)/ ELEXo + POTH

x (OTHi - OTHo)/OTHo];

99
(iii) VINTGTESTSIG = 0.85 INTGTESTSIG x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + POTH
x (OTHi - OTHo)/OTHo];

(iv) VCOMWK = 0.85 COMWK x [PELEX x (ELEXi – ELEXo)/ ELEXo +

POFC x (OFCi – OFCo)/OFCo + PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + POTH x (OTHi -
OTHo)/OTHo + S30C x (P30Ci – P30Co)/ P30Co + S24C x (P24Ci – P24Co)/ P24Co
+ S19C x (P19Ci – P19Co)/ P19Co + S12C x (P12Ci – P12Co)/ P120Co + S9C x (P9Ci
– P9Co)/ P9Co + S6C x (P6Ci – P6Co)/ P6Co + S4C x (P4Ci – P4Co)/ P4Co + S2C x
(P2Ci – P2Co)/ P2Co + S12C2.5 x (P12C2.5i – P12C2.5o)/ P12C2.5o + S2C2.5 x
(P2C2.5i – P2C2.5o)/ P2C2.5o + S2C25 x (P2C25i – P2C25o)/ P2C25o + QC x (PQCi
– PQCo)/ PQCo+ PCEQP x (CEQPi – CEQPo)/CEQPo];

(v) VINVCOM = 0.85 SIGWK x [PELEX x (ELEXi – ELEXo)/ ELEXo +

PCEQP x (CEQPi – CEQPo)/CEQPo + POTH x (OTHi - OTHo)/OTHo]; and

(vi) VINTGTESTCOM = 0.85 INTGTESTCOM x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo +

POTH x (OTHi - OTHo)/OTHo].

Where

VSIGWK = Increase or decrease in the cost of signalling works during the period
under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant components as specified
in sub-paragraph (h);

VINVSIG = Increase or decrease in the cost of inventory for signalling during the
period under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant components as
specified in sub-paragraph (h);

VINTGTESTSIG = Increase or decrease in the cost of integrated testing and

commissioning of signalling works of the Railway Project during the period under
consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant components as specified in sub-
paragraph (h);

VCOMWK = Increase or decrease in the cost of communication works during the

period under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant components as
specified in sub-paragraph (h);

VINVCOM = Increase or decrease in the cost of inventory for telecommunications

works during the period under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant
components as specified in sub-paragraph (h);

VINTGTESTCOM = Increase or decrease in the cost of integrated testing and

commissioning of telecommunication works of the Railway Project during the period
under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant components as specified
in sub-paragraph (h);

PCEQP, PELEX, PIC, PLB, POFC, and POTH are the percentages of communication
equipment, electronics, PVC insulated cables, labour, optical fibre cables, and other
materials respectively;

100
CEQPo = The wholesale price index as published by the Ministry of Commerce and
Industry, Government of India (hereinafter called “WPI”) for communication
equipmentfor the month of the Base Month ;

CEQPi = The WPI for communication equipment for the average price index of the 3
months of the quarter under consideration;

ELEXo = The WPI for electronics for the month of the Base Month;

ELEXi = The WPI for electronics for the average price index of the 3 months of the
quarter under consideration;

P30Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation Clause
for size 30C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P30Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S30C = Percentage of size 30C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the price
adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication works.
P24Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation Clause
for size 24C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P24Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S24C = Percentage of size 24C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the price
adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication works.
P19Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation Clause
for size 19C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P19Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S19C = Percentage of size 19C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the price
adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication works.
P12Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation Clause
for size 12C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P12Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S12C = Percentage of size 12C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the price
adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication works.
P9Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation Clause for
size 9C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P9Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S9C = Percentage of size 9C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the price
adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication works.
P6Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation Clause for
size 6C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P6Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S6C = Percentage of size 6C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the price
adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication works.
P4Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation Clause for
size 4C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P4Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.

101
S4C = Percentage of size 4C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the price
adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication works.
P2Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation Clause for
size 2C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P2Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S2C = Percentage of size 2C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the price
adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication works.
P12C2.5i = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation
Clause for size 12C x 2.5 sq mm signalling cable
P12C2.5o = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S12C2.5 = Percentage of size 12C x 2.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the price
adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication works.
P2C2.5i = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation Clause
for size 2C x 2.5 sq mm signalling cable
P2C2.5o = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S2C2.5 = Percentage of size 2C x 2.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the price
adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication works.
P2C25i = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation Clause
for size 2C x 25 sq mm signalling cable
P2C25o = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S2C25 = Percentage of size 2C x 25 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the price
adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication works.
PQCi = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation Clause
for size 0.9mm dia, 6 Quad cable.
PQCo = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
QC = Percentage of size 0.9mm dia, 6 Quad cable shall govern the price.

LBo = The consumer price index for industrial workers – All India, published by
Labour Bureau, Ministry of Labour, Government of India, (hereinafter called “CPI”)
for the month of the Base Month;

LBi = The CPI for industrial workers – All India for the average price index of the 3
months of the quarter under consideration;

OFCo = The WPI for fibre cables for the month of the Base Month;

OFCi = The WPI for fibre cables for the average price index of the 3 months of the
quarter under consideration;

OTHo = The WPI for all commodities for the month of the Base Month; and

OTHi = The WPI for all commodities for the average price index of the 3 months of
the quarter under consideration.

(h) The following percentages shall govern the price adjustment of the Contract
Price for signalling and telecommunication works:

102
Price adjustment is not applicable on all the works pertaining to Signal &
Telecommunications.

(i) The following expressions and meanings are assigned to the value of the work
done for electrification works:

OHE = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item Overhead
Equipment Work;
SP = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item Switching Posts;
TRANSBOO = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item
Booster Transformer;
TRANSAUX = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item
Auxiliary Transformer;
TSS = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item Traction Sub
Station;
TLOH = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item High
Voltage Transmission Line Overhead including monopole;
TLUG = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item
Underground High Tension Cable Transmission Line;
BAY = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item Bay
Augmentation work at Grid Sub-Station/Terminal arrangement at TSS;
SCADA = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item SCADA;
ELEGWK = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item various
electrical general services works;
MODHTPWRLINE = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the
item modification of HT power lines and crossings (raising of height);
MODHTLTOUG = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item
modification of HT power lines and crossings to underground (replacement by
underground cabling);
MODLTLTOUG = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item
modification of LT power lines and crossings to underground (replacement by
underground cabling);
EXTNLTPWRSPLY = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the
item extension/augmentation of power supply for CLS work;
EXTNPWRSUPLY = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item
extension/augmentation of general power supply;
MODELETRICAL = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item
modification to existing electrical works;

103
INVELECTRICAL = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item
inventory electrical;
SIGMOD = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item
Signalling System Modification;
INVSIG = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item signalling
inventory;
TESTSIG = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item
integrated testing and commissioning;
COMMOD = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item
Telecommunications modifications;
INVCOM = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item
telecommunication inventory;
TESTCOM = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item
integrated testing and commissioning; and
CIVENG = Value of work done for the completion of a stage under the item Civil
Engineering works.
(j) Price adjustment for changes in cost for electrification works shall be paid in
accordance with the following formula:
(i) VOHE = 0.85 OHE x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PC x (Ci – Co)/Co + PSST
x (SSTi – SSTo)/SSTo + PCU x (CUi – CUo)/CUo + PINS x (INSi – INSo)/ INSo];
(ii) VSP = 0.85 SP x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PC x (Ci – Co)/ Co + PSWGR x
(SWGRi – SWGRo)/SWGRo];
(iii) VTRANSBOO = 0.85 TRANSBOO x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PSST x
(SSTi – SSTo)/SSTo + PTR x (TRi – TRo)/TRo];
(iv) VTRANSAUX = 0.85 TRANSAUX x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PSST x
(SSTi – SSTo)/SSTo + PTR x (TRi – TRo)/TRo];
(v) VTSS = 0.85 TSS x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PTR (TRi – TRo)/TRo + PC
x (Ci – Co)/ Co + PSST x (SSTi – SSTo)/SSTo + PSWGR x (SWGRi –
SWGRo)/SWGRo];
(vi) VTLOH = 0.85 TLOH x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PSST x (SSTi –
SSTo)/SSTo + PCOND x (CONDi – CONDo)/CONDo + PC x (Ci – Co)/ Co + PINS
x (INSi – INSo)/ INSo + POTH x (OTHi – OTHo)OTHo];
(vii) VTLUG = 0.85 TLUG x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PPC x (PCi – PCo)/PCo];
(viii) VBAY = 0.85 BAY x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PSST x (SSTi – SSTo)/SSTo
+ PC x (Ci – Co)/ Co + PCU x (CUi – CUo)/CUo];
(ix) VSCADA = 0.85 SCADA x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PELEX x (ELEXi –
ELEXo)/ELEXo];
(x) VELEGWK = 0.85 ELEGW x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + POTH x (OTHi –
OTHo)OTHo];
(xi) VMODHTPWRLINE = 0.85 MODHTPWRLINE x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo
+PSST x (SSTi – SSTo)/SSTo + POTH x (OTHi – OTHo)/OTHo];

104
(xii) VMODHTLTOUG = x0.85 MODHTLTOUG x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo +
PPC x (PCi – PCo)/PCo + POTH x (OTHi – OTHo)/OTHo];
(xiii) VMODLTLTOUG = 0.85 MODLTLTOUG x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PPC
x (PCi – PCo)/PCo + POTH x (OTHi – OTHo)/OTHo];
(xiv) VEXTNLTPWRSPLY = 0.85 EXTNLTPWRSPLY x [PLB x (LBi –
LBo)/LBo + POTH x (OTHi – OTHo)/OTHo];
(xv) VEXTNPWRSUPLY = 0.85 EXTNPWRSUPLY x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo
+ POTH x (OTHi – OTHo)OTHo];
(xvi) VMODELETRICAL = 0.85 MODELETRICAL x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo
+ POTH x (OTHi – OTHo)/OTHo];
(xvii) INVELECTRICAL = 0.85 INVELECTRICAL x [POTH x (OTHi –
OTHo)/OTHo];
(xviii) VSIGMOD = 0.85 SIGMOD x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PELEX x (ELEXi
– ELEXo)/ELEXo + PPC x (PCi – PCo)/PCo +POTH x (OTHi – OTHo)/OTHo];
(xix) VINVSIG = 0.85 INVSIG x [POTH x (OTHi – OTHo)/OTHo];
(xx) VTESTSIG = 0.85 TESTSIG x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + POTH x (OTHi –
OTHo)/OTHo];
(xxi) VCOMMOD = 0.85 COMMOD x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PELEX x
(ELEXi – ELEXo)/ELEXo + POFC x (OFCi –OFCo)/OFCo];
(xxii) VINVCOM = 0.85 INVCOM x [POTH x (OTHi – OTHo)/OTHo];
(xxiii) VTESTCOM = 0.85 TESTCOM x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + POTH x (OTHi
– OTHo)/OTHo]; and
(xxiv) VCIVENG = 0.85 x VCIVENG x [PLB x (LBi – LBo)/LBo + PS x (Si –
So)/So + PC x (Ci – Co)/ Co + POTH x (OTHi – OTHo)/ OTHo].
Where,
VOHE = Increase or decrease in the cost of Over Head Equipment and other related
works during the period under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant
components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VSP = Increase or decrease in the cost of Switch Post and other related works during
the period under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant components as
specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VTRANSBOO = Increase or decrease in the cost of booster transformer and other
related works during the period under consideration due to changes in the rates for
relevant components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VTRANSAUX = Increase or decrease in the cost of auxiliary transformer and other
related works during the period under consideration due to changes in the rates for
relevant components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VTSS = Increase or decrease in the cost of Traction Sub-Station and other related
works during the period under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant
components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);

105
VTLOH = Increase or decrease in the cost of overhead transmission line and related
works during the period under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant
components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VTLUG = Increase or decrease in the cost of underground high voltage transmission
line and related works during the period under consideration due to changes in the
rates for relevant components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VBAY = Increase or decrease in the cost of bay augmentation work at grid sub-station/
terminal arrangement at TSS and related works during the period under consideration
due to changes in the rates for relevant components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VSCADA = Increase or decrease in the cost of SCADA and related works during the
period under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant components as
specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VELEGWK = Increase or decrease in the cost of various electrical general services
works and related works during the period under consideration due to changes in the
rates for relevant components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VMODHTPWRLINE = Increase or decrease in the cost of modification of HT power
lines and crossings (raising of height) and related works during the period under
consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant components as specified in sub-
paragraph (k);
VMODHTLTOUG = Increase or decrease in the cost of modification of HT power
lines and crossings to underground (replacement by underground cabling) and related
works during the period under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant
components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VMODLTLTOUG = Increase or decrease in the cost of modification of LT power
lines and crossings to underground (replacement by underground cabling) and related
works during the period under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant
components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VEXTNLTPWRSPLY = Increase or decrease in the cost of extension/augmentation
of power supply for CLS work and related works during the period under
consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant components as specified in sub-
paragraph (k);
VEXTNPWRSUPLY = Increase or decrease in the cost of extension/augmentation of
general power supply and related works during the period under consideration due to
changes in the rates for relevant components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VMODELETRICAL = Increase or decrease in the cost of modification to existing
electrical works and related works during the period under consideration due to
changes in the rates for relevant components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VINVELECTRICAL = Increase or decrease in the cost of inventory electrical during
the period under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant components as
specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VSIGMOD = Increase or decrease in the cost of signalling system modification and
related works during the period under consideration due to changes in the rates for
relevant components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);

106
VINVSIG = Increase or decrease in the cost of signalling inventory during the period
under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant components as specified
in sub-paragraph (k);
VTESTSIG = Increase or decrease in the cost of SCADE and related works during the
period under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant components as
specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VCOMMOD = Increase or decrease in the cost of communication and related works
during the period under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant
components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VINVCOM = Increase or decrease in the cost of telecommunication inventory during
the period under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant components as
specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VTESTCOM = Increase or decrease in the cost of integrated testing and
commissioning and related works during the period under consideration due to
changes in the rates for relevant components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);
VCIVENG = Increase or decrease in the cost of civil engineering and related works
during the period under consideration due to changes in the rates for relevant
components as specified in sub-paragraph (k);
PC, PCOND, PCU, PELEX, PINS, PLB, POFC, PSWGR, , PPC, and PSST are the
percentages of cement, conductor, copper wire, electronic items, insulators, labour,
fibre optic cables, electrical switch gears, PVC insulated cable and structural steel
respectively for the relevant item as specified in sub-paragraph (k);
Co = The wholesale price index as published by the Ministry of Commerce &
Industry, Government of India (hereinafter called “WPI”) for cement, lime, plasterfor
the month of the Base Month;
Ci = The WPI for cement, lime, plaster for the average price index of the 3 months of
the quarter under consideration;
CONDo = Aluminium LME SELLER Settlement Price including Premium for
AL Ingots and Customs duty published by IEEMA for the month of the Base
Month;
CONDi = Aluminium LME SELLER Settlement Price including Premium for
AL Ingots and Customs duty published by IEEMA for the average price index of
the 3 months of the quarter under consideration;
CUo = Copper: (Cu) Price of copper wire rod published by IEEMA for the month
of the Base Month;
CUi= Copper: (Cu) Price of copper wire rod published by IEEMA for the average
price index of the 3 months of the quarter under consideration;
ELEXo = The WPI for Manufacture OF Electronic Components for the month of
the Base Month;
ELEXi = The WPI for Manufacture OF Electronic Components for the average
price index of the 3 months of the quarter under consideration;
INSo = The WPI for insulators for the month of the Base Month;

107
INSi = The WPI for insulators for the average price index of the 3 months of the
quarter under consideration;

LBo = The consumer price index for industrial workers – All India, published by
Labour Bureau, Ministry of Labour, Government of India, (hereinafter called “CPI”)
for the month of the Base Month;

LBi = The CPI for industrial workers – All India for the average price index of the 3
months of the quarter under consideration
OFCo = The WPI for optical fibre cables for the month of the Base Month;
OFCi = The WPI for optical fibre cables for the average price index of the 3 months
of the quarter under consideration;
OTHo = The WPI for all commodities for the month of the Base Month;
OTHi = The WPI for all commodities for the average price index of the 3 months of
the quarter under consideration;
PCo = The WPI for PVC insulated cable for the month of the Base Month;
PCi = The WPI for PVC insulated cable for the average price index of the 3 months
of the quarter under consideration;
So = The WPI for steel (rods) for the month of the Base Month;
Si = The WPI for steel (rods) for the average price index of the 3 months of the quarter
under consideration;
SSTo = Price for BLOOMS-Retail (SBLR) 150mmx150mm published by IEEMA
for the month of the Base Month;
SSTi = Price for BLOOMS-Retail (SBLR) 150mmx150mm published by IEEMA
for the average price index of the 3 months of the quarter under consideration;
SWGRo = The WPI for MANUFACTURE OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT for
the month of the Base Month;
SWGRi = The WPI for MANUFACTURE OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT for
the average price index of the 3 months of the quarter under consideration;
TRo = The WPI for transformers for the month of the Base Month; and
TRi = The WPI for transformers for the average price index of the 3 months
of the quarter under consideration.
P30Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation Clause
for size 30C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P30Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S30C = Percentage of size 30C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the price
adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication works.
P24Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation Clause
for size 24C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P24Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S24C = Percentage of size 24C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the price
adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication works.

108
P19Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation Clause
for size 19C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P19Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S19C = Percentage of size 19C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the price
adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication works.
P12Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation Clause
for size 12C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P12Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S12C = Percentage of size 12C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the price
adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication works.
P9Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation Clause for
size 9C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P9Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S9C = Percentage of size 9C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the price
adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication works.
P6Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation Clause for
size 6C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P6Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S6C = Percentage of size 6C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the price
adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication works.
P4Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation Clause for
size 4C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P4Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S4C = Percentage of size 4C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the price
adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication works.
P2Ci = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation Clause for
size 2C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable
P2Co = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S2C = Percentage of size 2C x 1.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the price
adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication works.
P12C2.5i = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation
Clause for size 12C x 2.5 sq mm signalling cable
P12C2.5o = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S12C2.5 = Percentage of size 12C x 2.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the price
adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication works.
P2C2.5i = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation Clause
for size 2C x 2.5 sq mm signalling cable
P2C2.5o = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
S2C2.5 = Percentage of size 2C x 2.5 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the price
adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication works.
P2C25i = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation Clause
for size 2C x 25 sq mm signalling cable
P2C25o = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.

109
S2C25 = Percentage of size 2C x 25 sq mm signalling cable shall govern the price
adjustment of the contract price for signalling and telecommunication works.
PQCi = Price payable per Km as adjusted in accordance with price variation Clause
for size 0.9mm dia, 6 Quad cable.
PQCo = Price per Km of cable as per purchase order/ Contract agreement.
QC = Percentage of size 0.9mm dia, 6 Quad cable shall govern the price

110
 (k) The following percentages shall govern the price adjustment of the Contract
Price for electrification works: subject to supply of Over Head Equipments (OHE),
TSS, SP, Booster Transformer stations, Auxiliary transformer materials delay on
purchaser account.

(i) For OHE, TSS, SP, Booster Transformer stations, Auxiliary transformer stations:

Traction sub OHE other

Over Head
stations except works,
Equipment except
Switch Commissioning commission
other work Boos Auxili
Posts and charging ing and
ter ary
String except charging of
Tran transf
Foundation, ing of commi TSS, SP,
Component sfor All orme
mast caten ssioni Tra Booster
mer works r
erection, ary ng and nsfo Transforme
Stati except statio
bracket, and chargi rme r stations,
on transfor ns
erection, conta ng rs auxiliary
mers
insulators ct transforme
wire r stations
Labour (PLB) 8.27% 6.05% 15.23% - - - 10.81% 0%
Cement (PC) 18.36% - 22.69% - - - - -
Structural
68.18% 12.46% 19.82%- - - - - -
steel (PSST)
Insulators
5.19% 2.58% - - - - - -
(PINS)
Copper wire
- 78.35% - - - - - -
(PCU)
Transformer
_ 0.56% - - - - 89.19% -
(PTR)
Electrical
Switch Gear - - 42.26% - - - - -
(PSWGR)
Total 100% 100% 100% 0% 0% 0% 100% 0%

111
(ii) For transmission lines overhead, underground high tension cable transmission
line, bay augmentation work at Grid Sub-station etc., various electrical general
services works and modification of HT power lines and crossings (raising of
height): NA

(iii) For SCADA, modification of HT power lines and crossings to underground

(replacement by underground cabling), modification of LT power lines and
crossings to underground (replacement by underground cabling except
commissioning, Extension/augmentation of power supply for CLS work,
extension/augmentation of general power supply, modification to existing electrical
works: NA

(iv) For modification of signalling works, modification of telecommunications

works, inventory for electrification. Signalling and telecommunication works; and
integrated testing and commissioning of the electrification, signalling and
telecommunication works: NA

17.8.5 In case an IPC relates to a month which is within 3 (three) months from the
Base Date, no price adjustment shall be applicable.

17.9 Restrictions on price adjustment

Price adjustment shall be due and payable only in respect of the stages of Works
for which the Stage Payment Statement has been submitted by the Contractor no
later than 30 (thirty) days from the date of the applicable Project Milestone or the
Scheduled Completion Date, as the case may be, including any Time Extension
granted therefore in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. For the
avoidance of doubt, in the event of submission of any Stage Payment Statement
after the period specified herein, price adjustment shall be applicable only until the
date of the respective Project Milestone or the Scheduled Completion
Date/Extended Completion Date, as the case may be.

17.10 Final Payment Statement

17.10.1 Within 60 (sixty) days of receiving the Completion Certificate under Clause
12.4, the Contractor shall submit to the Authority Engineer six copies of a final
payment statement (the “Final Payment Statement”), with supporting documents,
in the form prescribed by the Authority Engineer:

(a) the summary of Contractor’s Stage Payment Statements for Works as

submitted in accordance with Clause 17.4;

(b) the amounts received from the Authority against each claim; and

(c) any further sums which the Contractor considers due to it from the
Authority.

If the Authority Engineer disagrees with or cannot verify any part of the Final
Payment Statement, the Contractor shall submit such further information as the

112
Authority Engineer may reasonably require. The Authority Engineer shall deliver
to the Authority:

(i) an IPC for those parts of the Final Payment Statement which are not
in dispute, along with a list of disputed items which shall then be settled in
accordance with the provisions of Article 24; or

(ii) a Final Payment Certificate in accordance with Clause 17.15, if there are no
disputed items.

17.10.2 If the Authority Engineer does not prescribe the form referred to in Clause
17.10.1 within 7 (Seven) days of the date of issue of the Completion Certificate, the
Contractor shall submit the statement in such form as it deems fit.

17.11 Discharge

Upon submission of the Final Payment Statement under Clause 17.10, the
Contractor shall give to the Authority, with a copy to the Authority Engineer, a
written discharge confirming that the total of the Final Payment Statement
represents full and final settlement of all monies due to the Contractor in respect of
this Agreement for all the Works arising out of this Agreement, except for any
monies due to either Party on account of any Defect. Provided that such discharge
shall become effective only after the payment due has been made in accordance
with the Final Payment Certificate issued pursuant to Clause 17.12.

17.12 Final Payment Certificate

17.12.1Within 30 (thirty) days after receipt of the Final Payment Statement under
Clause 17.10, and the written discharge under Clause 17.11, and there being no
disputed items of claim, the Authority Engineer shall deliver to the Authority, with
a copy to the Contractor, a final payment certificate (the “Final Payment
Certificate”) stating the amount which, in the opinion of the Authority Engineer,
is finally due under this Agreement or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, before
issuing the Final Payment Certificate, the Authority Engineer shall ascertain from
the Authority all amounts previously paid by the Authority, all sums due to the
Authority, and the balance, if any, due from the Authority to the Contractor or from
the Contractor to the Authority, as the case may be.

17.12.2The Authority shall, in accordance with the provisions of Clause 17.7, pay
to the Contractor the amount which is specified as being finally due in the Final
Payment Certificate.

17.13 Change in law

17.13.1If as a result of Change in Law, the Contractor suffers any additional costs
in the execution of the Works or in relation to the performance of its other
obligations under this Agreement, the Contractor shall, within 15 (fifteen) days
from the date it becomes reasonably aware of such addition in costs, notify the
Authority with a copy to the Authority Engineer of such additional costs due to
Change in Law.

113
17.13.2If as a result of Change in Law, the Contractor benefits from any reduction
in costs for the execution of this Agreement or in accordance with the provisions of
this Agreement, either Party shall, within 15 (fifteen) days from the date it becomes
reasonably aware of such reduction in costs, notify the other Party with a copy to
the Authority Engineer of such reduction in costs due to Change in Law.

17.13.3The Authority Engineer shall, within15 (fifteen) days from the date of
receipt of notice from the Contractor or the Authority, as the case may be, determine
any addition or reduction to the Contract Price, as the case may be, due to the
Change in Law.

17.14 Correction of Interim Payment Certificates

The Authority Engineer may by an Interim Payment Certificate make any

correction or modification in any previous Interim Payment Certificate issued by
the Authority Engineer.

17.15 Authority’s claims

If the Authority considers itself to be entitled to any payment from the Contractor
under any Clause of this Agreement, it shall give notice and particulars to the
Contractor 20 (twenty) days before making the recovery from any amount due to
the Contractor, and shall take into consideration the representation, if any, made by
the Contractor in this behalf, before making such recovery.

17.16 Bonus for early completion

In the event that the Project Completion Date occurs prior to the Scheduled
Completion Date, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive a payment of bonus
equivalent to 0.03% (zero point zero three per cent) of the Contract Price for each
day by which the Project Completion Date precedes the Scheduled Completion
Date, but subject to a maximum of 5% (five per cent) of the Contract Price.
Provided, however, that the payment of bonus, if any, shall be made only after the
issue of the Completion Certificate. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree
that for the purpose of determining the bonus payable hereunder, the Contract Price
shall always be deemed to be the amount specified in Clause 17.1.1, and shall
exclude any revision thereof for any reason.

114
 ARTICLE 18
INSURANCE

18.1 Insurance for Works

18.1.1 The Contractor shall effect and maintain at its own cost the insurances
specified in Schedule-N and as per the requirements of Applicable Laws.

18.1.2 Subject to the provisions of Clause 19.6, the Contractor shall, in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement, be liable to bear the cost of any loss or
damage that does not fall within the scope of this Article 18 or cannot be recovered
from the insurers.

18.1.3 Subject to the exceptions specified in Clause 18.1.4 below, the Contractor
shall fully indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Authority from and against any
and all losses, damages, costs, charges and/or claims with respect to:

(a) the death of or injury to any person; or

(b) the loss of or damage to any property;

that may arise out of or in consequence of any breach by the Contractor of this
Agreement during the execution of the Works or the remedying of any Defects
therein.

18.1.4 Notwithstanding anything stated above in Clause 18.1.3, the Authority shall
fully indemnify the Contractor from and against any and all losses, damages, costs,
charges, proceedings and/or claims arising out of or with respect to

(a) the use or occupation of land or any part thereof by the Authority;

(b) the damage to property which is the unavoidable result of the execution and
completion of the Works, or the remedying of any Defects therein, in accordance
with this Agreement; and

(c) the death of or injury to persons or loss of or damage to property resulting

from any act or neglect of the Authority, its agents, servants or other contractors,
not being employed by the Contractor.

Provided, that in the event of any injury or damage as a result of the contributory
negligence of the Contractor, the Authority shall be liable to indemnify the
Contractor from and against any and all losses, damages, costs, charges,
proceedings and/or claims to the extent proportionate to the liability of the
Authority, its servants or agents or other contractors not associated with the
Contractor in such injury or damage.

18.1.5 Without prejudice to the obligations of the parties as specified under

Clauses 18.1.3 and 18.1.4, the Contractor shall maintain or effect such third party
insurances as may be required under Applicable Laws.

115
18.1.6 The Contractor shall provide to the Authority, within 30 days of the
Appointed Date, evidence of professional liability insurance maintained by its
Design Director and/or consultants to cover the risk of professional negligence in
the design of Works. The professional liability cover shall be for a sum of not less
than 3% (three per cent) of the Contract Price and shall be maintained until the end
of the Defects Liability Period.

18.1.7 In case of extension of Schedule Completion Date, the additional cost of

insurance/premium if any shall be borne by the contractor.

18.2 Notice to the Authority

No later than 15 (fifteen) days after the date of this Agreement, the Contractor shall
by notice furnish to the Authority, in reasonable detail, information in respect of
the insurances that it proposes to effect and maintain in accordance with this Article
18. Within 15 (fifteen) days of receipt of such notice, the Authority may require the
Contractor to effect and maintain such other insurances as may be necessary
pursuant hereto, and in the event of any difference or disagreement relating to any
such insurance, the Dispute Resolution Procedure shall apply.

18.3 Evidence of Insurance Cover

18.3.1 All insurances obtained by the Contractor in accordance with this Article 18
shall be maintained with insurers on terms consistent with Good Industry Practice.
Within 10(ten) days of obtaining any insurance cover, the Contractor shall furnish
to the Authority notarised true copies of the certificate(s) of insurance, copies of
insurance policies and premia payment receipts in respect of such insurance, and
no such insurance shall be cancelled, modified, or allowed to expire or lapse until
the expiration of at least 45 (forty-five) days after notice of such proposed
cancellation, modification or non-renewal has been delivered by the Contractor to
the Authority. The Contractor shall act in accordance with the directions of the
Authority.

18.3.2 The Contractor shall procure and ensure the adequacy of the insurances at
all times in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

18.4 Remedy for failure to insure

If the Contractor shall fail to effect and keep in force all insurances for which it is
responsible pursuant hereto, the Authority shall have the option to either keep in
force any such insurances, and pay such premia and recover the costs thereof from
the Contractor, or in the event of computation of a Termination Payment, treat an
amount equal to the Insurance Cover as deemed to have been received by the
Contractor. If either the Contractor or the Authority fails to comply with any
condition of the the insurances effected under the contract, the Party so failing to
comply shall indemnify the other Party against all direct losses and claims
(including legal fees and expenses) arising from such failure.

116
18.5 Waiver of subrogation

All insurance policies in respect of the insurance obtained by the Contractor

pursuant to this Article 18 shall include a waiver of any and all rights of subrogation
or recovery of the insurers thereunder against, inter alia, the Authority, and its
assigns, successors, undertakings and their subsidiaries, Affiliates, employees,
insurers and underwriters, and of any right of the insurers to any set-off or
counterclaim or any other deduction, whether by attachment or otherwise, in respect
of any liability of any such person insured under any such policy or in any way
connected with any loss, liability or obligation covered by such policies of
insurance.

18.6 Contractor’s waiver

The Contractor hereby further releases, assigns and waives any and all rights of
subrogation or recovery against, inter alia, the Authority and its assigns,
undertakings and their subsidiaries, Affiliates, employees, successors, insurers and
underwriters, which the Contractor may otherwise have or acquire in or from or in
any way connected with any loss, liability or obligation covered by policies of
insurance maintained or required to be maintained by the Contractor pursuant to
this Agreement (other than third party liability insurance policies) or because of
deductible clauses in or inadequacy of limits of any such policies of insurance.

18.7 Cross liabilities

Any such insurance maintained or effected in pursuance of this Article 18 shall

include a cross liability clause such that the insurance shall apply to the Contractor
and to the Authority as separately insured.

18.8 Accident or injury to workmen

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement, it is hereby expressly

agreed between the Parties that the Authority shall not be liable for or in respect of
any damages or compensation payable to any workman or other person in the
employment of the Contractor or Sub-contractor, save and except as for death or
injury resulting from any act, omission or default of the Authority, its agents or
servants. The Contractor shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Authority from
and against all such claims, proceedings, damages, costs, charges, and expenses
whatsoever in respect of the above save and except for those acts, omissions or
defaults for which the Authority shall be liable.

18.9 Insurance against accident to workmen

The Contractor shall effect and maintain during the Agreement such insurances as
may be required to insure the Contractor’s personnel and any other persons
employed by it on the Railway Project from and against any liability incurred in
pursuance of this Article 18 Provided that for the purposes of this Clause 18.9, the
Contractor’s personnel/any person employed by the Contractor shall include the
Sub-contractor and its personnel. Provided further that in respect of any persons
employed by any Sub-contractor, the Contractor's obligations to insure as aforesaid
under this Clause 18.9 shall be discharged if the Sub-contractor shall have insured

117
against any liability in respect of such persons in such manner that the Authority is
indemnified under the policy. The Contractor shall require such Sub-contractor to
produce before the Authority, when required, such policy of insurance and the
receipt for payment of the current premium within 10 (ten) days of such demand
being made by the Authority.

18.10 Application of insurance proceeds

The proceeds from all insurance claims, except for life and injury, shall be applied
for any necessary repair, reconstruction, reinstatement, replacement, improvement,
delivery or installation of the Railway Project and the provisions of this Agreement
in respect of construction of Works shall apply mutatis mutandis to the Works
undertaken out of the proceeds of insurance.

18.11 Compliance with policy conditions

The Contractor expressly acknowledges and undertakes to fully indemnify the

Authority from and against all losses and claims arising from the Contractor’s
failure to comply with conditions imposed by the insurance policies effected in
accordance with this Agreement.

118
 Part V
Force Majeure and Termination

119
 ARTICLE 19
FORCE MAJEURE

19.1 Force Majeure

As used in this Agreement, the expression “Force Majeure” or “Force Majeure

Event” shall mean occurrence in India of any or all of Non-Political Event, Indirect
Political Event and Political Event, as defined in Clauses 19.2, 19.3 and 19.4
respectively, if it affects the performance by the Party claiming the benefit of Force
Majeure (the “Affected Party”) of its obligations under this Agreement and which
act or event (a) is beyond the reasonable control of the Affected Party, and (b) the
Affected Party could not have prevented or overcome by exercise of due diligence
and following Good Industry Practice, and (c) has Material Adverse Effect on the
Affected Party.

19.2 Non-Political Event

A Non-Political Event shall mean one or more of the following acts or events:

(a) act of God, epidemic, extremely adverse weather conditions, lightning,

earthquake, landslide, cyclone, flood, volcanic eruption, chemical or radioactive
contamination or ionising radiation, fire or explosion (to the extent of
contamination or radiation or fire or explosion originating from a source external
to the Site);

(b) strikes or boycotts (other than those involving the Contractor, Sub-
contractors or their respective employees/representatives, or attributable to any act
or omission of any of them) interrupting supplies and services to the Railway
Project for a continuous period of 24 (twenty-four) hours and an aggregate period
exceeding 10 (ten) days in an Accounting Year, and not being an Indirect Political
Event set forth in Clause 19.3;

(c) any failure or delay of a Sub-contractor but only to the extent caused by
another Non-Political Event;

(d) any judgement or order of any court of competent jurisdiction or statutory

authority made against the Contractor in any proceedings for reasons other than (i)
failure of the Contractor to comply with any Applicable Law or Applicable Permit,
or (ii) on account of breach of any Applicable Law or Applicable Permit or of any
contract, or (iii) enforcement of this Agreement, or (iv) exercise of any of its rights
under this Agreement by the Authority;or (v) breach of its obligations by the
Contractor under its sub-contracts;

(e) the discovery of geological conditions, toxic contamination or

archaeological remains on the Site that could not reasonably have been expected to
be discovered through a site inspection; or

(f) any event or circumstances of a nature analogous to any of the foregoing.

120
19.3 Indirect Political Event

An Indirect Political Event shall mean one or more of the following acts or events:

(a) an act of war (whether declared or undeclared), invasion, armed conflict or

act of foreign enemy, blockade, embargo, riot, insurrection, terrorist or military
action, civil commotion or politically motivated sabotage;

(b) industry-wide or State-wide strikes or industrial action for a continuous

period of 24 (twenty-four) hours and exceeding an aggregate period of 10 (ten) days
in an Accounting Year;

(c) any civil commotion, boycott or political agitation which prevents

construction of the Railway Project by the Contractor for an aggregate period
exceeding 10 (ten) days in an Accounting Year;

(d) failure of the Authority to permit the Contractor to continue with its
Construction Works, with or without modifications, in the event of stoppage of such
work after discovery of any geological or archaeological finds;

(e) any failure or delay of a Sub-contractor to the extent caused by any Indirect
Political Event;

(f) any Indirect Political Event that causes a Non-Political Event; or

(g) any event or circumstances of a nature analogous to any of the foregoing.

19.4 Political Event

A Political Event shall mean one or more of the following acts or events by or on
account of any Government Instrumentality:

(a) Change in Law, only if consequences thereof cannot be dealt with under and
in accordance with the provisions of Clause 17.13;

(b) compulsory acquisition in national interest or expropriation of any Project

Assets or rights of the Contractor or of the Sub-Contractors;

(c) unlawful or unauthorised or without jurisdiction revocation of, or refusal to

renew or grant without valid cause, any clearance, licence, permit, authorisation, no
objection certificate, consent, approval or exemption required by the Contractor or
any of the Sub-contractors to perform their respective obligations under this
Agreement; provided that such delay, modification, denial, refusal or revocation
did not result from the Contractor’s or any Sub-contractor’s inability or failure to
comply with any condition relating to grant, maintenance or renewal of such
clearance, licence, authorisation, no objection certificate, exemption, consent,
approval or permit;

(d) any failure or delay of a Sub-contractor but only to the extent caused by
another Political Event; or

(e) any event or circumstances of a nature analogous to any of the foregoing.

121
19.5 Duty to report Force Majeure Event

19.5.1 Upon occurrence of a Force Majeure Event, the Affected Party shall by
notice report such occurrence to the other Party forthwith. Any notice pursuant
hereto shall include full particulars of:

(a) the nature and extent of each Force Majeure Event which is the subject of
any claim for relief under this Article 19 with evidence in support thereof;

(b) the estimated duration and the effect or probable effect which such Force
Majeure Event is having or will have on the Affected Party’s performance of its
obligations under this Agreement;

(c) the measures which the Affected Party is taking or proposes to take for
alleviating the impact of such Force Majeure Event; and

(d) any other information relevant to the Affected Party’s claim.

19.5.2 The Affected Party shall not be entitled to any relief for or in respect of a
Force Majeure Event unless it shall have notified the other Party of the occurrence
of the Force Majeure Event as soon as reasonably practicable, and in any event no
later than 10 (ten) days after the Affected Party knew, or ought reasonably to have
known, of its occurrence, and shall have given particulars of the probable material
effect that the Force Majeure Event is likely to have on the performance of its
obligations under this Agreement.

19.5.3 For so long as the Affected Party continues to claim to be affected by such
Force Majeure Event, it shall provide the other Party with regular (and not less than
weekly) reports containing information as required by Clause 19.5.1, and such other
information as the other Party may reasonably request the Affected Party to provide.

19.6 Effect of Force Majeure Event on the Agreement

19.6.1 Upon the occurrence of any Force Majeure

(a) prior to the Appointed Date, both Parties shall bear their respective Force
Majeure costs.

(b) after the Appointed Date, the costs incurred and attributable to such event
and directly relating to this Agreement (the “Force Majeure costs”) shall be
allocated and paid as follows:

(i) upon occurrence of a Non-Political Event, the Parties shall bear their
respective Force Majeure costs and neither Party shall be required to pay to the
other Party any costs thereof;

(ii) upon occurrence of an Indirect Political Event, all Force Majeure costs
attributable to such Indirect Political Event, and not exceeding the Insurance Cover
for such Indirect Political Event, shall be borne by the Contractor, and to the extent
Force Majeure costs exceed such Insurance Cover, one half of such excess amount
shall be reimbursed by the Authority to the Contractor for the Force Majeure events;
and

122
(iii) upon occurrence of a Political Event, all Force Majeure costs attributable to
such Political Event shall be reimbursed by the Authority to the Contractor.

For the avoidance of doubt, Force Majeure costs may include costs directly
attributable to the Force Majeure Event, but shall not include debt repayment
obligations, if any, of the Contractor.

19.6.2 Save and except as expressly provided in this Article 19, neither Party shall
be liable in any manner whatsoever to the other Party in respect of any loss, damage,
cost, expense, claims, demands and proceedings relating to or arising out of
occurrence or existence of any Force Majeure Event or exercise of any right
pursuant hereto.

19.6.3 Upon the occurrence of any Force Majeure Event during the Construction
Period, the Project Completion Schedule for and in respect of the affected Works
shall be extended on a day for day basis for such period as performance of the
Contractor’s obligations is affected on account of the Force Majeure Event or its
subsisting effects, as may be determined by the Authority Engineer.

19.6.4 Force Majeure costs for any event which results in any offsetting
compensation being payable to the Contractor by or on behalf of its sub-contractors
shall be reduced by such amounts that are payable to the Contractor by its Sub-
contractors.

19.7 Termination Notice for Force Majeure Event

If a Force Majeure Event subsists for a period of 60 (sixty) days or more within a
continuous period of 120 (one hundred and twenty) days, either Party may in its
discretion terminate this Agreement by issuing a Termination Notice to the other
Party without being liable in any manner whatsoever, save as provided in this
Article 19, and upon issue of such Termination Notice, this Agreement shall,
notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, stand terminated
forthwith; provided that before issuing such Termination Notice, the Party
intending to issue the Termination Notice shall inform the other Party of such
intention and grant 15 (fifteen) days time to make a representation, and may after
the expiry of such 15 (fifteen) days period, whether or not it is in receipt of such
representation, in its sole discretion issue the Termination Notice.

19.8 Termination Payment for Force Majeure Event

19.8.1 In the event of this Agreement being terminated on account of a Non-

Political Event, the Termination Payment shall be an amount equal to the sum
payable under Clause 21.5.

19.8.2 If Termination is on account of an Indirect Political Event, the Termination

Payment shall include:

(a) any sums due and payable under Clause 21.5; and

(b) the reasonable cost, as determined by the Authority Engineer, of the Plant
and Materials procured by the Contractor and transferred to the Authority for use

123
in Construction, only if such Plant and Materials are in conformity with the
Specifications and Standards;

19.8.3 If Termination is on account of a Political Event, the Authority shall make

a Termination Payment to the Contractor in an amount that would be payable under
Clause 21.6.2 as if it were an Authority Default.

19.9 Dispute resolution

In the event that the Parties are unable to agree in good faith about the occurrence
or existence of a Force Majeure Event, such Dispute shall be finally settled in
accordance with the Dispute Resolution Procedure; provided that the burden of
proof as to the occurrence or existence of such Force Majeure Event shall be upon
the Party claiming relief and/or excuse on account of such Force Majeure Event.

19.10 Excuse from performance of obligations

If the Affected Party is rendered wholly or partially unable to perform its

obligations under this Agreement because of a Force Majeure Event, it shall be
excused from performance of such of its obligations to the extent it is unable to
perform on account of such Force Majeure Event; provided that:

(a) the suspension of performance shall be of no greater scope and of no longer

duration than is reasonably required by the Force Majeure Event;

(b) the Affected Party shall make all reasonable efforts to mitigate or limit
damage to the other Party arising out of or as a result of the existence or occurrence
of such Force Majeure Event and to cure the same with due diligence; and

(c) when the Affected Party is able to resume performance of its obligations
under this Agreement, it shall give to the other Party notice to that effect and shall
promptly resume performance of its obligations hereunder.

124
 ARTICLE 20
SUSPENSION OF CONTRACTOR’S RIGHTS

20.1 Suspension upon Contractor Default

Upon occurrence of a Contractor Default, the Authority shall be entitled, without

prejudice to its other rights and remedies under this Agreement including its rights
of Termination hereunder, to (a) suspend carrying out of the Works or any part
thereof, and (b) carry out such Works itself or authorise any other person to exercise
or perform the same on its behalf during such suspension (the “Suspension”).
Suspension hereunder shall be effective forthwith upon issue of notice by the
Authority to the Contractor and may extend up to a period not exceeding 90 (ninety)
days from the date of issue of such notice.

20.2 Authority to act on behalf of Contractor

During the period of Suspension hereunder, all rights and liabilities vested in the
Contractor in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall continue to
vest in the Contractor and all things done or actions taken, including expenditure
incurred by the Authority for discharging the obligations of the Contractor under
and in accordance with this Agreement shall be deemed to have been done or taken
for and on behalf of the Contractor and the Contractor undertakes to indemnify the
Authority for all costs incurred during such period. The Contractor hereby licences
and sub-licences respectively, the Authority or any other person authorised by it
under Clause 20.1 to use during Suspension, all Intellectual Property belonging to
or licenced to the Contractor with respect to the Railway Project and its design,
engineering, construction and maintenance, and which is used or created by the
Contractor in performing its obligations under the Agreement.

20.3 Revocation of Suspension

20.3.1 In the event that the Authority shall have rectified or removed the cause of
Suspension within a period not exceeding 60 (sixty) days from the date of
Suspension, it shall revoke the Suspension forthwith and restore all rights of the
Contractor under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties expressly
agree that the Authority may, in its discretion, revoke the Suspension at any time,
whether or not the cause of Suspension has been rectified or removed hereunder.

20.3.2 Upon the Contractor having cured the Contractor Default within a period
not exceeding 60 (sixty) days from the date of Suspension, the Authority shall
revoke the Suspension forthwith and restore all rights of the Contractor under this
Agreement.

20.4 Termination

20.4.1 At any time during the period of Suspension under this Article 20, the
Contractor may by notice require the Authority to revoke the Suspension and issue
a Termination Notice. The Authority shall, within 15 (fifteen) days of receipt of
such notice, terminate this Agreement under and in accordance with Article 21 as
if it is a Contractor Default under Clause 21.1.

125
20.4.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, in
the event that Suspension is not revoked within 90 (ninety) days from the date of
Suspension hereunder, the Agreement shall, upon expiry of the aforesaid period, be
deemed to have been terminated by mutual agreement of the Parties and all the
provisions of this Agreement shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to such Termination as
if a Termination Notice had been issued by the Authority upon occurrence of a
Contractor Default.

126
 ARTICLE 21
TERMINATION

21.1 Termination for Contractor Default

21.1.1 Save as otherwise provided in this Agreement, in the event that any of the
defaults specified below shall have occurred, and the Contractor fails to cure the
default within the Cure Period set forth below, or where no Cure Period is specified,
then within a Cure Period of 60 (sixty) days, the Contractor shall be deemed to be
in default of this Agreement (the “Contractor Default”), unless the default has
occurred as a result of any breach of this Agreement by the Authority or due to
Force Majeure. The defaults referred to herein shall include:

(a) The Contractor fails to provide, extend or replenish, as the case may be, the
Performance Security in accordance with this Agreement;
(b) subsequent to the replenishment or furnishing of fresh Performance Security
in accordance with Clause 7.3, the Contractor fails to cure, within a Cure Period of
30 (thirty) days, the Contractor Default for which the whole or part of the
Performance Security was appropriated;
(c) the Contractor does not achieve the latest outstanding Project Milestone due
in accordance with the provisions of Schedule-I, subject to any Time Extension,
and continues to be in default for 45 (forty five) days;
(d) the Contractor abandons or manifests intention to abandon the construction
of the Railway Project without the prior written consent of the Authority;
(e) the Contractor fails to proceed with the Works in accordance with the
provisions of Clause 10.1 or stops Works for 30 (thirty) days without reflecting the
same in the current programme and such stoppage has not been authorised by the
Authority Engineer;
(f) the Project Completion Date does not occur within the period specified in
Schedule-I for the Scheduled Completion Date, or any extension thereof;
(g) failure to complete the Punch List items within the periods stipulated
therefor in Clause 12.3;
(h) the Contractor fails to rectify any Defect, the non-rectification of which
shall have a Material Adverse Effect on the Project, within the time specified in this
Agreement or as directed by the Authority Engineer;
(i) the Contractor subcontracts the Works or any part thereof in violation of
this Agreement or assigns any part of the Works without the prior approval of the
Authority;

(j) the Contractor creates any Encumbrance in breach of this Agreement;

(k) an execution levied on any of the assets of the Contractor has caused a
Material Adverse Effect ;
(l) the Contractor is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or if a trustee or receiver
is appointed for the Contractor or for the whole or material part of its assets that has
a material bearing on the Project;
127
(m) the Contractor has been, or is in the process of being liquidated, dissolved,
wound-up, amalgamated or reconstituted in a manner that would cause, in the
reasonable opinion of the Authority, a Material Adverse Effect;
(n) a resolution for winding up of the Contractor is passed, or any petition for
winding up of the Contractor is admitted by a court of competent jurisdiction and a
provisional liquidator or receiver is appointed and such order has not been set aside
within 90 (ninety) days of the date thereof or the Contractor is ordered to be wound
up by a court except for the purpose of amalgamation or reconstruction; provided
that, as part of such amalgamation or reconstruction, the entire property, assets and
undertaking of the Contractor are transferred to the amalgamated or reconstructed
entity and that the amalgamated or reconstructed entity has unconditionally
assumed the obligations of the Contractor under this Agreement; and provided that:
(i) the amalgamated or reconstructed entity has the capability and experience
necessary for the performance of its obligations under this Agreement; and
(ii) the amalgamated or reconstructed entity has the financial standing to
perform its obligations under this Agreement and has a credit worthiness at least as
good as that of the Contractor as at the Appointed Date;
(o) any representation or warranty of the Contractor herein contained which is,
as of the date hereof, found to be materially false or the Contractor is at any time
hereafter found to be in breach thereof;
(p) the Contractor submits to the Authority any statement, notice or other
document, in written or electronic form, which has a material effect on the
Authority’s rights, obligations or interests and which is false in material particulars;
(q) the Contractor has failed to fulfil any obligation, for which failure
Termination has been specified in this Agreement;
(r) the Contractor has failed to make any payment to the Authority within the
period specified in this Agreement; or

(s) the Contractor commits a default in complying with any other provision of
this Agreement if such a default causes a Material Adverse Effect on the Project or
on the Authority.

21.1.2 Without prejudice to any other rights or remedies which the Authority may
have under this Agreement, upon occurrence of a Contractor Default, the Authority
shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement by issuing a Termination Notice to the
Contractor; provided that before issuing the Termination Notice, the Authority shall
by a notice inform the Contractor of its intention to issue such Termination Notice
and grant 15 (fifteen) days to the Contractor to make a representation, and may after
the expiry of such 15 (fifteen) days, whether or not it is in receipt of such
representation, issue the Termination Notice.

21.1.3 After termination of this Agreement for Contractor Default, the Authority
may complete the Works and/or procure its completion through any other entity.
The Authority and such entity may, for this purpose, use any Materials, Plant and
equipment, Contractor’s documents and other design documents made by or on
behalf of the Contractor.

128
21.2 Termination for Authority Default

21.2.1 In the event that any of the defaults specified below shall have occurred,
and the Authority fails to cure such default within a Cure Period of 90 (ninety) days
or such longer period as has been expressly provided in this Agreement, the
Authority shall be deemed to be in default of this Agreement (the “Authority
Default”) unless the default has occurred as a result of any breach of this
Agreement by the Contractor or due to Force Majeure. The defaults referred to
herein shall include:

(a) the Authority commits a material default in complying with any of the
provisions of this Agreement and such default has a Material Adverse Effect on the
Contractor;
(b) the Authority has failed to make payment of any amount due and payable
to the Contractor within the period specified in this Agreement;
(c) the Authority has failed to provide, within a period of 180 (one hundred and
eighty) days from the Appointed Date, the environmental clearances and forest
clearances required for construction of the Railway Project;
(d) the Authority repudiates this Agreement or otherwise takes any action that
amounts to or manifests an irrevocable intention not to be bound by this Agreement;
or
(e) the Authority Engineer fails to issue the relevant Interim Payment
Certificate within 60 (sixty) days after receiving a statement and supporting
documents.

21.2.2 Without prejudice to any other right or remedy which the Contractor may
have under this Agreement, upon occurrence of an Authority Default, the
Contractor shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement by issuing a Termination
Notice to the Authority; provided that before issuing the Termination Notice, the
Contractor shall by a notice inform the Authority of its intention to issue the
Termination Notice and grant 15 (fifteen) days to the Authority to make a
representation, and may after the expiry of such 15 (fifteen) days, whether or not it
is in receipt of such representation, issue the Termination Notice.

21.3 Right of Authority to Determine the Contract

Notwithstanding anything hereinabove, the Authority shall be entitled to determine

and terminate the contract at any time should, in the Authority’s opinion, the
cessation of work becomes necessary owing to paucity of funds or from any other
cause whatever, in which case it shall be treated as Authority Default and
Termination Payment shall be made as per clause 21.6 below. Notice in writing
from the Authority of such determination and the reasons therefor shall be
conclusive evidence thereof. The termination shall take effect 30 (thirty) days from
the date of notice hereunder.

21.4 Requirements after Termination

129
Upon Termination of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of this
Article 21, the Contractor shall comply with and conform to the following:

(a) deliver to the Authority all Plant and Materials which shall have become the
property of the Authority under this Article 21;
(b) deliver all relevant records, reports, Intellectual Property and other licences
pertaining to the Works, other design documents and in case of Termination
occurring after the Provisional Certificate has been issued, the “as built”Drawings
for the Works;
(c) transfer and/or deliver all Applicable Permits to the Authority to the extent
permissible under Applicable Laws; and
(d) vacate the Site within 15 (fifteen) days.

21.5 Valuation of Unpaid Works

21.5.1 Within a period of 45 (forty-five) days after Termination under Clause 21.1,
21.2 or 21.3, as the case may be, has taken effect, the Authority Engineer shall
proceed in accordance with Clause 16.5 to determine as follows the valuation of
unpaid Works (the “Valuation of Unpaid Works”):

(a) value of the completed stage of the Works, less payments already made; and
(b) reasonable value of the partially completed stages of works as on the date
of Termination, only if such works conform with the Specifications and Standards.

and shall adjust from the sum thereof (i) any other amounts payable or recoverable,
as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; and (ii)
all taxes due to be deducted at source.

21.5.2 The Valuation of Unpaid Works shall be communicated to the Authority,

with a copy to the Contractor, within a period of 45 (forty five) days from the date
of Termination.

21.6 Termination Payment

21.6.1 Upon Termination on account of Contractor Default under Clause 21.1, the
Authority shall:
(a) encash and appropriate the Performance Security and Retention Money and
in the event the Contractor has failed to replenish or extend the Performance
Security, claim the amount stipulated in Clause 7.1.1, as agreed pre-determined
compensation to the Authority for any losses, delays andcost of completing the
Works, if any;
(b) encash and appropriate the bank guarantee, if any, to the extent of the
outstanding Advance Payment and interest thereon; and
(c) pay to the Contractor, by way of Termination Payment, an amount
equivalent to the Valuation of Unpaid Works after adjusting any other sums payable
or recoverable, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement, and all taxes due to be deducted at source.

130
21.6.2 Upon Termination on account of an Authority Default under Clause 21.2 or
under Clause 21.3, the Authority shall:

(a) return the Performance Security and Retention Money forthwith;

(b) encash and appropriate the bank guarantee, if any, to the extent of the
outstanding Advance Payment, including interest thereon; and
(c) pay to the Contractor, by way of Termination Payment, an amount equal to:
(i) Valuation of Unpaid Works;
(ii) the reasonable cost, as determined by the Authority Engineer, of the Plant
and Materials procured by the Contractor and transferred to the Authority for its
use, only if such Plant and Materials are in conformity with the Specifications and
Standards;
(iii) the reasonable cost of temporary works, as determined by the Authority
Engineer; and

shall adjust from the sum thereof (i) any other amounts payable or recoverable, as
the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and (ii) all
taxes due to be deducted at source.

21.6.3 Termination Payment shall become due and payable to the Contractor
within 30 (thirty) days of a demand being made by the Contractor to the Authority
with the necessary particulars, after the Valuation of Unpaid Works has been
communicated by the Authority Engineer, and in the event of any delay, the
Authority shall pay interest at the Bank Rate plus 3% (three percent), calculated at
quarterly rests, on the amount of Termination Payment remaining unpaid; provided
that such delay shall not exceed 90 (ninety) days. For the avoidance of doubt, it is
expressly agreed that Termination Payment shall constitute full discharge by the
Authority of its payment obligations in respect thereof hereunder.

21.6.4 The Contractor expressly agrees that Termination Payment under this
Article 21 shall constitute a full and final settlement of all claims of the Contractor
on account of Termination of this Agreement and that it shall not have any further
right or claim under any law, treaty, convention, contract or otherwise.

21.7 Other rights and obligations of the Parties

Upon Termination for any reason whatsoever

(a) property and ownership in all Materials, Plant and Works and the Railway
Project shall, as between the Contractor and the Authority, vest in the Authority in
whole, free from any and all Encumbrances; provided that the foregoing shall be
without prejudice to Clause 21.6;
(b) risk of loss or damage to any Materials, Plant or Works and the care and
custody thereof shall pass from the Contractor to the Authority; and
(c) the Authority shall be entitled to restrain the Contractor and any person
claiming through or under the Agreement from entering upon the Site or any part
of the Project except for taking possession of materials, stores, implements,

131
construction plants and equipment of the Contractor, which have not been vested in
the Authority in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

21.8 Survival of rights

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement any

Termination pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall be without prejudice
to the accrued rights of either Party including its right to claim and recover money
damages, insurance proceeds, security deposits, and other rights and remedies,
which it may have in law or Agreement. All rights and obligations of either Party
under this Agreement, including Termination Payments, shall survive the
Termination to the extent such survival is necessary for giving effect to such rights
and obligations.

132
 Part VI
Other Provisions

133
 ARTICLE 22

ASSIGNMENT AND CHARGES

22.1 Restrictions on assignment and charges

This Agreement shall not be assigned by the Contractor to any person, save and
except with the prior consent in writing of the Authority, which consent the
Authority shall be entitled to decline without assigning any reason.

22.2 Hypothecation of Materials or Plant

Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 22.1, the Contractor may pledge or

hypothecate to its lenders, any Materials or Plant prior to their incorporation in the
Works. Further, the Contractor may, by written notice to the Authority, assign its
right to receive payments under this Agreement either absolutely or by way of
charge, to any person providing financing to the Contractor in connection with the
performance of the Contractor’s obligations under this Agreement. The Contractor
acknowledges that any such assignment by the Contractor shall not relieve the
Contractor from any obligations, duty or responsibility under this Agreement. For
the avoidance of doubt, all Materials and Plants shall, upon their incorporation into
Works, be free from any and all Encumbrances without the Authority being
required to make any payment to any person on account of any costs, compensation,
expenses and charges for such Materials, Plants and Works.

134
 ARTICLE 23
LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY

23.1 General indemnity

The Contractor will indemnify, defend, save and hold harmless the Authority and
its officers, servants, agents, Government Instrumentalities and Government owned
and/or controlled entities/enterprises, (the “Authority Indemnified Persons”)
against any and all suits, proceedings, actions, demands and third party claims for
any loss, damage, cost and expense of whatever kind and nature, whether arising
out of any breach by the Contractor of any of its obligations under this Agreement
or from any negligence under the Agreement, including any errors or deficiencies
in the design documents, or tort or on any other ground whatsoever, except to the
extent that any such suits, proceedings, actions, demands and claims have arisen
due to any negligent act or omission, or breach or default of this Agreement on the
part of the Authority Indemnified Persons.

23.2 Indemnity by the Contractor

23.2.1 Without limiting the generality of Clause 23.1, the Contractor shall fully
indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Authority and the Authority Indemnified
Persons from and against any and all loss and/or damages arising out of or with
respect to:

(a) failure of the Contractor to comply with Applicable Laws and Applicable
Permits;

(b) payment of taxes required to be made by the Contractor in respect of the

income or other taxes of the Sub-contractors, suppliers and representatives; or

(c) non-payment of amounts due as a result of Materials or services furnished

to the Contractor or any of its Sub-contractors which are payable by the Contractor
or any of its Sub-contractors.

23.2.2 Without limiting the generality of the provisions of this Article 23, the
Contractor shall fully indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Authority
Indemnified Persons from and against any and all suits, proceedings, actions,
claims, demands, liabilities and damages which the Authority Indemnified Persons
may hereafter suffer, or pay by reason of any demands, claims, suits or proceedings
arising out of claims of infringement of any domestic or foreign patent rights,
copyrights or other Intellectual Property, proprietary or confidentiality rights with
respect to any materials, information, design or process used by the Contractor or
by the Sub-contractors in performing the Contractor’s obligations or in any way
incorporated in or related to the Project. If in any such suit, action, claim or
proceedings, a temporary restraint order or preliminary injunction is granted, the
Contractor shall make every reasonable effort, by giving a satisfactory bond or
otherwise, to secure the revocation or suspension of the injunction or restraint order.
If, in any such suit, action, claim or proceedings, the Railway Project, or any part
thereof or comprised therein, is held to constitute an infringement and its use is
permanently enjoined, the Contractor shall promptly make every reasonable effort

135
to secure for the Authority a licence, at no cost to the Authority, authorising
continued use of the infringing work. If the Contractor is unable to secure such
licence within a reasonable time, the Contractor shall, at its own expense, and
without impairing the Specifications and Standards, either replace the affected
work, or part, or process thereof with non-infringing work or part or process, or
modify the same so that it becomes non-infringing.

23.3 Notice and contest of claims

In the event that either Party receives a claim or demand from a third party in respect
of which it is entitled to the benefit of an indemnity under this Agreement (the
“Indemnified Party”) it shall notify the other Party (the “Indemnifying Party”)
within 15 (fifteen) days of receipt of the claim or demand and shall not settle or pay
the claim without the prior approval of the Indemnifying Party, which approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. In the event that the Indemnifying
Party wishes to contest or dispute the claim or demand, it may conduct the
proceedings in the name of the Indemnified Party, subject to the Indemnified Party
being secured against any costs involved, to its reasonable satisfaction.

23.4 Defence of claims

23.4.1 The Indemnified Party shall have the right, but not the obligation, to contest,
defend and litigate any claim, action, suit or proceeding by any third party alleged
or asserted against such Party in respect of, resulting from, related to or arising out
of any matter for which it is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, and reasonable
costs and expenses thereof shall be indemnified by the Indemnifying Party. If the
Indemnifying Party acknowledges in writing its obligation to indemnify the
Indemnified Party in respect of loss to the full extent provided by this Agreement,
the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled, at its option, to assume and control the
defence of such claim, action, suit or proceeding, liabilities, payments and
obligations at its expense and through the counsel of its choice; provided it gives
prompt notice of its intention to do so to the Indemnified Party and reimburses the
Indemnified Party for the reasonable cost and expenses incurred by the Indemnified
Party prior to the assumption by the Indemnifying Party of such defence. The
Indemnifying Party shall not be entitled to settle or compromise any claim, demand,
action, suit or proceeding without the prior written consent of the Indemnified
Party, unless the Indemnifying Party provides such security to the Indemnified
Party as shall be reasonably required by the Indemnified Party to secure the loss to
be indemnified hereunder to the extent so compromised or settled.

23.4.2 If the Indemnifying Party has exercised its rights under Clause 23.3, the
Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to settle or compromise any claim, action,
suit or proceeding without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party
(which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

23.4.3 If the Indemnifying Party exercises its rights under Clause 23.3, the
Indemnified Party shall nevertheless have the right to employ its own counsel, and
such counsel may participate in such action, but the fees and expenses of such

136
counsel shall be at the expense of the Indemnified Party, when and as incurred,
unless:

(a) the employment of counsel by such party has been authorised in writing by
the Indemnifying Party; or

(b) the Indemnified Party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a
conflict of interest between the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party in
the conduct of the defence of such action; or

(c) the Indemnifying Party shall not, in fact, have employed independent
counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, to assume the defence of
such action and shall have been so notified by the Indemnified Party; or

(d) the Indemnified Party shall have reasonably concluded and specifically
notified the Indemnifying Party either:

(i) that there may be specific defences available to it which are different from
or additional to those available to the Indemnifying Party; or

(ii) that such claim, action, suit or proceeding involves or could have a material
adverse effect upon it beyond the scope of this Agreement:

Provided that if Sub-clauses (b), (c) or (d) of this Clause 23.4.3 shall be applicable,
the counsel for the Indemnified Party shall have the right to direct the defence of
such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding on behalf of the Indemnified Party,
and the reasonable fees and disbursements of such counsel shall constitute legal or
other expenses hereunder.

23.5 No consequential claims

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 23, the

indemnities herein provided shall not include any claim or recovery in respect of
any cost, expense, loss or damage of an indirect, incidental or consequential nature,
including loss of profit, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

23.6 Survival on Termination

The provisions of this Article 23shall survive Termination.

137
 ARTICLE 24
DISPUTE RESOLUTION

24.1 Conciliation of Disputes

24.1.1 All disputes and differences of any kind whatsoever arising out of or in
connection with the contract, whether during the progress of the work or after its
completion and whether before or after the determination of the contract, shall be
referred by the Contractor to the "Authority" through “Notice of Dispute” provided
that no such notice shall be served later than 30 days after the date of issue of
Completion Certificate by the Authority Engineer. Authority shall, within 30 days
after receipt of the Contractor’s “Notice of Dispute”, notify the name of
conciliator(s) to the Contractor. In case Authority fails to fix Conciliator within 30
days, Contractor shall be free to approach Dispute Adjudication Board (DAB) for
adjudication of Dispute.
24.1.2 The Conciliator(s) shall assist the parties to reach an amicable settlement in
an independent and impartial manner within the terms of contract. If the parties
reach agreement on a settlement of the dispute, they shall draw up and sign a written
settlement agreement duly signed by Authority Engineer, Contractor and
conciliator(s). When the settlement agreement is signed, it shall be final and binding
on the parties. The conciliators shall be paid fee as fixed by Ministry of Railways
time to time, which shall be shared equally by the parties.
24.1.3 The parties shall not initiate, during the conciliation proceedings, any
reference to DAB or arbitral or judicial proceedings in respect of a dispute that is
the subject matter of the conciliation proceedings.
24.1.4 The conciliation shall be carried out as per ‘The Arbitration and
Conciliation Act, 1996’ and the proceedings may be terminated as per Section 76
of the above Act.

24.2 Dispute Adjudication Board (DAB)

24.2.1 A dispute/s if not settled through conciliation, shall be referred to DAB. The
DAB shall consist of a panel of three Retired Railway Officers not below senior
administrative grade (SAG). The DAB shall be formed within 90 days of signing
of Contract Agreement. For this purpose, the Authority will maintain a panel of
DAB members. The complete panel, which shall not be less than five members,
shall be sent by Authority to the Contractor to nominate one member of the DAB
from the panel as Contractor’s nominee within two weeks of receipt of the panel.
On receipt of Contractor’s nominee, the Authority shall nominate one member from
the same panel as Authority’s nominee for the DAB. Both above nominees shall
jointly select presiding member of the DAB from the same panel.
24.2.2 The appointment of DAB shall be effectuated by way of a tri-partite
agreement among the Authority, Contractor and the respective DAB members. The
terms of the remuneration of each member shall be as fixed by Ministry of Railways
from time to time. Each party shall be responsible for paying one-half of this
remuneration.

138
24.2.3 If one or more of the members appointed refuses to act as DAB member, or
is unable or unwilling to perform his functions as DAB member for any reason
whatsoever or dies or in the opinion of the Authority fails to act without undue
delay, the parties shall terminate the mandate of such DAB member and thereupon
new DAB member shall be appointed in the same manner, as the outgoing DAB
member had been appointed.
24.2.4 The appointment of any member may be terminated by mutual agreement
of both Parties, but not by the Authority or the Contractor acting alone. Unless
otherwise agreed by both the Parties, the appointment of the DAB (including each
member) shall expire upon expiry of this Contract Agreement.
24.2.5 Before start of DAB proceedings, each DAB member shall give the
following certificate to the Authority and the Contractor:
“I have no any past or present relationship in relation to the subject matter in
dispute, whether financial, business, professional or other kind. Further, I have no
any past or present relationship with or interest in any of the parties whether
financial, business, professional or other kind, which is likely to give rise to
justifiable doubts as to my independence or impartiality.”
24.2.6 DAB proceedings shall be conducted as decided by the DAB. The DAB
shall give its decision within 90 days of a Dispute referred to it by any of the Parties,
duly recording the reasons before arriving at the decision. The DAB shall decide
the issue within terms and conditions of the contract. This time limit shall be
extendable subject to the Parties mutual agreement.
24.2.7 The DAB decision shall not be binding on both the Parties. In case any party
is not satisfied by the decision of DAB, then the aggrieved party may approach
Standing Arbitral Tribunal for arbitration proceedings. However, even if the
aggrieved party had proceeded for Arbitration as per provisions of this agreement,
75% of award amount, pending adjudication by Standing Arbitral Tribunal/Court
of Law, shall be made by party to other party. In case payment is to be made by
Authority to Contractor, the terms & conditions as incorporated in the Ministry of
Railways letter No. 2016/CE(I)/CT/ARB/3(NITI Aayog)/Pt. dated 08th Mar,2017
as amended time to time shall be followed. However, in case Contractor has to pay
to the Authority, then 75% of the award amount shall be deducted by the Authority
from the running bills or other dues of the Contractor, pending adjudication by
Standing Arbitral Tribunal/Court of Law.
24.2.8 No dispute shall be referred to Standing Arbitral Tribunal unless the same
has been referred to DAB for adjudication. However, in case DAB is not formed
due to any reason, the disputes can be directly referred to Standing Arbitral Tribunal
to adjudicate the dispute.
24.2.9 In the specific cases of any misconduct by any of the members of the DAB,
the parties shall have the right to specifically bring it to the notice of the DAB such
conduct, through a statement filed with necessary documents in proof of such
misconduct and the DAB, after taking NOTICE of such conduct initiate the
replacement of the member concerned, in the same manner the member to be
replaced was appointed.
24.2.10 Once the decision is given by DAB, DAB cannot review the decision
at its own or on the request of one party, unless both parties agree for review of
decision by DAB.
139
24.2.11In case DAB decision is not challenged by either party within 180 days of
receipt of decision of DAB, the decision shall be considered as final and parties
would be barred for referring the same to Standing Arbitral Tribunal for
adjudication.
24.2.12 The obligation of the Authority and the Contactor shall not be
altered by reasons of issue being or under reference to DAB.
24.2.13 The DAB shall conduct the proceedings at [Delhi] or any other convenient
venue which shall be decided by DAB in consultations with parties.
24.2.14 It is a term of this contract that the Parties shall not approach any
Court of Law for settlement of such disputes or differences unless an attempt has
first been made by the parties to settle such disputes or differences through DAB
and Standing Arbitral Tribunal.

24.3 Standing Arbitral Tribunal

24.3.1 The arbitration proceedings shall be conducted as per ‘The Arbitration and
Conciliation Act, 1996’. The Arbitral Tribunal shall consist of a panel of three
Retired Railway Officers not below senior administrative grade (SAG). The
Standing Arbitral Tribunal shall be formed within 90 days of signing of Contract
document. For this purpose, the Authority shall maintain a panel of arbitrators. The
complete panel, which shall not be less than five members, shall be sent by
Authority to the Contractor to nominate one arbitrator from the panel as
Contractor’s nominee within two weeks of receipt of the panel. On receipt of
Contractor’s nominee, the Authority shall appoint above contractor’s nominee as
well as another from the same panel as Authority’s nominee as arbitrators. Both
above arbitrators shall jointly select presiding arbitrator from the same panel.
24.3.2 If the Contractor fails to select the contractor’s nominee from the panel
within two weeks of the receipt of the said panel, the Authority shall, after giving
one more opportunity to contractor to nominate one as contractor’s nominee within
next two weeks, appoint two arbitrators from the same panel. Both above
arbitrators shall jointly select presiding arbitrator from the same panel.
24.3.3 If one or more of the Arbitrators appointed refuses to act as Arbitrator,
withdraws from his office as Arbitrator, or vacates his office or is unable or
unwilling to perform his functions as Arbitrator for any reason whatsoever or dies
or in the opinion of the Authority fails to act without undue delay, the parties shall
terminate the mandate of such arbitrator and thereupon new arbitrator shall be
appointed in the same manner, as the outgoing arbitrator had been appointed.
24.3.4 Before start of arbitration proceedings, each appointed arbitrator shall give
the following certificate to the Authority and the Contractor:
“I have no any past or present relationship in relation to the subject matter in
dispute, whether financial, business, professional or other kind. Further, I have no
any past or present relationship with or interest in any of the parties whether
financial, business, professional or other kind, which is likely to give rise to
justifiable doubts as to my independence or impartiality in terms of The Arbitration
and Conciliation Act, 1996.”

140
24.3.5 In the specific cases of any misconduct by any of the members of the
TRIBUNAL, the parties shall have the right to specifically bring it to the notice of
the TRIBUNAL such conduct, through a statement filed with necessary documents
in proof of such misconduct and the TRIBUNAL, after taking NOTICE of such
conduct initiate the replacement of the member concerned, in the same manner the
member to be replaced was appointed.
24.3.6 Each party has to prepare and furnish to Standing Arbitral Tribunal and
other party, once in a every six months, an account giving full and detailed
particulars of all claims, which even after decision of DAB are unsettled, to which
the parties may consider themselves entitled to during the last preceding six months.
If any dispute has arisen as regards execution of the works under the contract, while
submitting the said half yearly claims, the parties shall give full particulars of such
dispute in the said submission. After signing Contract agreement, within 6 months,
the parties shall submit all the claims from date of award of contract in first
submission of claims.
24.3.7 The said communication will be the reference of the dispute to the
ARBITRAL TRIBUNAL appointed under the present agreement.
24.3.8 The parties shall submit all the relevant documents in support of their claims
and the reasons for raising the dispute to the TRIBUNAL.
24.3.9 The said claims of the parties so referred to ARBITRAL TRIBUNAL so
far it relates to the disputed claims, shall be treated as Statement of Claims of the
parties and the ARBITRAL TRIBUNAL shall call upon the other party to submit
its reply. The ARBITRAL TRIBUNAL after giving an opportunity of being heard
to both the parties, decide the dispute within a period of Four months from the date
of communication of the dispute under clause 24.3.6 above. The Arbitral Tribunal
will pass a reasoned award in writing, while deciding the Dispute. Once the award
is declared, the Arbitral Tribunal cannot review the same except what is permissible
in terms of provisions contained in Arbitration and Conciliation Act. The parties
shall be entitled to the remedies under the Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 or
any amendment thereof.
24.3.10 The parties agree that all the claims of any nature whatsoever, which the
parties may have in respect of the work of the preceding six months, should be made
in the said Statements of half yearly claims. If the parties do not raise the claim, if
any, arising from the work done in the preceding six months in the statement of half
yearly claim, to Standing Arbitral Tribunal, the parties shall be deemed to have
waived and given up the claims. The ARBITRAL TRIBUNAL shall not entertain
such disputes, which have not been raised in the statement of half yearly Claim
before the Standing Arbitral Tribunal and such claims will stand excluded from the
scope of arbitration and beyond the terms of reference to the ARBITRAL
TRIBUNAL.
24.3.11 The parties agree that where the Arbitral award is for payment of
money, no interest shall be payable on the whole or any part of the money for any
period till the date on which the award is made.
24.3.12 The obligation of the Authority and the Contactor shall not be altered by
reasons of arbitration being conducted during the progress of work. Neither party
shall be suspended the work on account of arbitration and payments to the
contractor shall continue to be made in terms of the contract and /or as awarded

141
(except when Award is challenged in the Court in which case the payments would
be as per the court's orders )
24.3.13 The ARBITRAL TRIBUNAL shall remain in force during the entire
period the PRINCIPAL CONTRACT is in force and until the closure of the
PRINCIPAL CONTRACT with the final no claim certificate, which will be filed
with ARBITRAL TRIBUNAL.
24.3.14 The Arbitral Tribunal shall conduct the Arbitration proceedings at [Delhi]
or any other convenient venue which shall be decided by Tribunal in consultation
with both parties.
24.3.15 The cost of arbitration shall be borne equally by the respective parties.
The cost shall inter-alia include fee of the arbitrators as per the rates fixed by the
Indian Railways from time to time.
24.3.16 It is a term of this contract that the Contractor shall not approach any Court
of Law for settlement of such disputes or differences unless an attempt has first
been made by the parties to settle such disputes or differences through conciliation,
DAB and Standing Arbitral Tribunal.
24.3.17 Even in case arbitration award is challenged by a party in the Court
of Law, 75% of award amount, pending adjudication by Court of Law, shall be
made by party to other party. In case payment is to be made by Authority to
Contractor, the terms & conditions as incorporated in the Ministry of Railways
letter No. 2016/CE(I)/CT/ARB/3(NITI Aayog)/Pt. dated 08th Mar,2017 as amended
time to time shall be followed. However, in case Contractor has to pay to the
Authority, then 75% of the award amount shall be deducted by the Authority from
the running bills or other dues of the Contractor, pending adjudication by Court of
Law.
24.3.18The contract shall be governed by the law for the time being in force in the
Republic of India. In case of any disputes/differences resulting in court cases
between Contractor & Authority, the jurisdiction shall be of Courts at [Delhi] only.

142
 ARTICLE 25
MISCELLANEOUS

25.1 Governing law and jurisdiction

This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with and governed
by the laws of India, and the courts at [Delhi] shall have exclusive jurisdiction over
matters arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

25.2 Waiver of immunity

Each Party unconditionally and irrevocably:

(a) agrees that the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement
constitute commercial acts done and performed for commercial purpose;

(b) agrees that, should any proceedings be brought against it or its assets,
property or revenues in any jurisdiction in relation to this Agreement or any
transaction contemplated by this Agreement, no immunity (whether by reason of
sovereignty or otherwise) from such proceedings shall be claimed by or on behalf
of the Party with respect to its assets;

(c) waives any right of immunity which it or its assets, property or revenues
now has, may acquire in the future or which may be attributed to it in any
jurisdiction; and

(d) consents generally in respect of the enforcement of any judgement or award

against it in any such proceedings to the giving of any relief or the issue of any
process in any jurisdiction in connection with such proceedings (including the
making, enforcement or execution against it or in respect of any assets, property or
revenues whatsoever irrespective of their use or intended use of any order or
judgement that may be made or given in connection therewith).

25.3 Delayed payments

The Parties hereto agree that payments due from one Party to the other Party under
the provisions of this Agreement shall be made within the period set forth therein,
and if no such period is specified, within 30 (thirty) days of receiving a demand
along with the necessary particulars. In the event of delay beyond such period, the
defaulting Party shall pay interest for the period of delay calculated at a rate equal
to Bank Rate plus 3% (three percent), save and except as otherwise specified in this
Agreement. All interest payment under this Agreement shall, save and except as
otherwise specified, be calculated at quarterly rests, and recovery thereof shall be
without prejudice to the rights of the Parties under this Agreement including
Termination thereof.

143
25.4 Waiver

25.4.1 Waiver, including partial or conditional waiver, by either Party of any

default by the other Party in the observance and performance of any provision of or
obligations under this Agreement:

(a) shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other or subsequent

default hereof or of other provisions of or obligations under this Agreement;

(b) shall not be effective unless it is in writing and executed by a duly authorised
representative of the Party; and

(c) shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement in any
manner.

25.4.2 Neither the failure by either Party to insist on any occasion upon the
performance of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement or any
obligation thereunder nor time or other indulgence granted by a Party to the other
Party shall be treated or deemed as waiver of such breach or acceptance of any
variation or the relinquishment of any such right hereunder.

25.5 Liability for review of Documents and Drawings

Except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement:

(a) no review, comment or approval by the Authority or the Authority Engineer

of any Document or Drawing submitted by the Contractor nor any observation or
inspection of the construction of the Railway Project nor the failure to review,
approve, comment, observe or inspect hereunder shall relieve or absolve the
Contractor from its obligations, duties and liabilities under this Agreement,
Applicable Laws and Applicable Permits; and

(b) the Authority shall not be liable to the Contractor by reason of any review,
comment, approval, observation or inspection referred to in Sub-clause (a) above.

25.6 Exclusion of implied warranties etc.

This Agreement expressly excludes any warranty, condition or other undertaking

implied at law or by custom or otherwise arising out of any other agreement
between the Parties or any representation by either Party not contained in a binding
legal agreement executed by both Parties.

144
25.7 Survival

25.7.1 Termination shall:

(a) not relieve the Contractor or the Authority, as the case may be, of any
obligations hereunder which expressly or by implication survive Termination
hereof; and

(b) except as otherwise provided in any provision of this Agreement expressly

limiting the liability of either Party, not relieve either Party of any obligations or
liabilities for loss or damage to the other Party arising out of, or caused by, acts or
omissions of such Party prior to the effectiveness of such Termination or arising
out of such Termination.

25.7.2 All obligations surviving Termination shall only survive for a period of 3
(three) years following the date of such Termination.

25.8 Entire Agreement

This Agreement and the Schedules together constitute a complete and exclusive
statement of the terms of the agreement between the Parties on the subject hereof,
and no amendment or modification hereto shall be valid and effective unless such
modification or amendment is agreed to in writing by the Parties and duly executed
by persons especially empowered in this behalf by the respective Parties. All prior
written or oral understandings, offers or other communications of every kind
pertaining to this Agreement are abrogated and withdrawn. For the avoidance of
doubt, the Parties hereto agree that any obligations of the Contractor arising from
the Request for Proposal and bid submissions, as the case may be, shall be deemed
to form part of this Agreement and treated as such.

25.9 Severability

If for any reason whatsoever, any provision of this Agreement is or becomes

invalid, illegal or unenforceable or is declared by any court of competent
jurisdiction or any other instrumentality to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the
validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected
in any manner, and the Parties will negotiate in good faith with a view to agreeing
to one or more provisions which may be substituted for such invalid, unenforceable
or illegal provisions, as nearly as is practicable to such invalid, illegal or
unenforceable provision. Failure to agree upon any such provisions shall not be
subject to the Dispute Resolution Procedure set forth under this Agreement or
otherwise.

25.10 No partnership

This Agreement shall not be interpreted or construed to create an association, joint

venture or partnership between the Parties, or to impose any partnership obligation
or liability upon either Party, and neither Party shall have any right, power or

145
authority to enter into any agreement or undertaking for, or act on behalf of, or to
act as or be an agent or representative of, or to otherwise bind, the other Party.

25.11 Third parties

This Agreement is intended solely for the benefit of the Parties, and their respective
successors and permitted assigns, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed
to create any duty to, standard of care with reference to, or any liability to, any
person not a Party to this Agreement.

25.12 Successors and assigns

This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of the Parties and
their respective successors and permitted assigns.

25.13 Notices

Any notice or other communication to be given by any Party to the other Party
under or in connection with the matters contemplated by this Agreement shall be in
writing and shall:

(a) in the case of the Contractor, be given by facsimile or e-mail and by letter
delivered by hand to the address given and marked for attention of the person set
out below or to such other person as the Contractor may from time to time designate
by notice to the Authority; provided that notices or other communications to be
given to an address outside [Delhi] may, if they are subsequently confirmed by
sending a copy thereof by registered acknowledgement due, air mail or by courier,
be sent by facsimile or e-mail to the person as the Contractor may from time to time
designate by notice to the Authority;
[*****]

(b) in the case of the Authority, be given by facsimile or e-mail and by letter
delivered by hand and be addressed to the [Head of the Authority] with a copy
delivered to the Authority Representative or such other person as the Authority may
from time to time designate by notice to the Contractor; provided that if the
Contractor does not have an office in [Delhi], it may send such notice by facsimile
or e-mail and by registered acknowledgement due, air mail or by courier; and

(c) any notice or communication by a Party to the other Party, given in

accordance herewith, shall be deemed to have been delivered when in the normal
course of post it ought to have been delivered and in all other cases, it shall be
deemed to have been delivered on the actual date and time of delivery; provided
that in the case of facsimile or e-mail, it shall be deemed to have been delivered on
the working day following the date of its delivery.

146
25.14 Language

All notices required to be given by one Party to the other Party and all other
communications, Documentation and proceedings which are in any way relevant to
this Agreement shall be in writing and in English language.

25.15 Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, each of which, when

executed and delivered, shall constitute an original of this Agreement.

25.16 Confidentiality

The Parties shall treat the details of this Agreement as private and confidential,
except to the extent necessary to carry out obligations under it or to comply with
Applicable Laws. The Contractor shall not publish, permit to be published, or
disclose any particulars of the Works in any trade or technical paper or elsewhere
without the previous consent of the Authority.

25.17 Copyright and Intellectual Property rights

25.17.1As between the Parties, the Contractor shall retain the copyright and other
Intellectual Property rights in the Contractor’s Documents and other design
documents made by (or on behalf of) the Contractor. The Contractor shall be
deemed (by signing this Agreement) to give to the Authority a non-terminable
transferable non-exclusive royalty-free licence to copy, use and communicate the
Contractor’s Documents, including making and using modifications of them. This
licence shall:

(a) apply throughout the actual or intended working life (whichever is longer)
of the relevant parts of the Works,

(b) entitle any person in proper possession of the relevant part of the Works to
copy, use and communicate the Contractor’s Documents for the purposes of
completing, operating, maintaining, altering, adjusting, repairing and demolishing
the Works, and

(c) in the case of Contractor’s Documents which are in the form of computer
programs and other software, permit their use on any computer on the Site and other
places as envisaged by this Agreement, including replacements of any computers
supplied by the Contractor:

25.17.2The Contractor’s Documents and other design documents made by (or on

behalf of) the Contractor shall not, without the Contractor’s consent, be used,
copied or communicated to a third party by (or on behalf of) the Authority for
purposes other than those permitted under this Clause 25.17.

25.17.3As between the Parties, the Authority shall retain the copyright and other
Intellectual Property rights in this Agreement and other documents made by (or on
behalf of) the Authority. The Contractor may, at its cost, copy, use, and obtain
communication of these documents for the purposes of this Agreement. They shall

147
not, without the Authority’s consent, be copied, used or communicated to a third
party by the Contractor, except as necessary for the purposes of the contract.

25.18 Limitation of Liability

25.18.1 Neither Party shall be liable to the other Party for loss of use of any Works,
loss of profit, loss of any contract or for any indirect or consequential loss or
damage which may be suffered by the other Party in connection with this
Agreement.

25.18.2 The total liability of one Party to the other Party under and in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement, save and except as provided in Articles 21
and 23, shall not exceed the Contract Price. For the avoidance of doubt, this Clause
shall not limit the liability in any case of fraud, deliberate default or reckless
misconduct by the defaulting Party.

148
 ARTICLE 26
DEFINITIONS

26.1 Definitions

In this Agreement, the following words and expressions shall, unless repugnant to
the context or meaning thereof, have the meaning hereinafter respectively assigned
to them:

“Accounting Year” means the financial year commencing from the first day of
April of any calendar year and ending on the thirty-first day of March of the next
calendar year;

“Advance Payment” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 17.2.1;

“Affected Party” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 19.1;

“Affiliate” means, in relation to either Party {and/or Members}, a person who

controls, is controlled by, or is under the common control with such Party {or
Member} (as used in this definition, the expression “control” means, with respect
to a person which is a company or corporation, the ownership, directly or indirectly,
of more than 50% (fifty per cent) of the voting shares of such person, and with
respect to a person which is not a company or corporation, the power to direct the
management and policies of such person, whether by operation of law or by contract
or otherwise);

“Agreement” means this Agreement, its Recitals, the Schedules hereto and any
amendments thereto made in accordance with the provisions contained in this
Agreement;

“Applicable Laws” means all laws, brought into force and effect by GOI or the
State Government(s) including rules, regulations and notifications made
thereunder, and judgements, decrees, injunctions, writs and orders of any court of
record, applicable to this Agreement and the exercise, performance and discharge
of the respective rights and obligations of the Parties hereunder, as may be in force
and effect during the subsistence of this Agreement;

“Applicable Permits” means all clearances, licences, permits, authorisations, no

objection certificates, consents, approvals and exemptions required to be obtained
or maintained under Applicable Laws in connection with the construction of the
Railway Project during the subsistence of this Agreement;

“Appointed Date” means that date which is later of:

(a) the 15th day from the date of signing of this Agreement,

(b) the 30th day from the date on which the Contractor has delivered the
Performance Security in accordance with the provisions of Article 7;

(c) the date on which the Authority has provided the Right of Way and
environmental and forest clearances of at least 95% (ninety five per cent) of the

149
core land length and 90% (ninety percent ) of the non core land length of the
Railway Project in conformity with the provisions of Clause 4.3 and 8.2;

“Arbitration Act” means the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 and shall
include modifications to or any re-enactment thereof, as in force from time to time;

“Authority” shall have the meaning attributed thereto in the array of Parties
hereinabove as set forth in the Recitals;

“Authority Default” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 21.2;

“Authority Engineer” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 16.1;

“Authority Representative” means such person or persons as may be authorised

in writing by the Authority to act on its behalf under this Agreement and shall
include any person or persons having authority to exercise any rights or perform
and fulfil any obligations of the Authority under this Agreement;

“Bank” means a Nationalised bank incorporated in India when a Bank Guarantee

for Advance Payment (Clause 17.2) is to be submitted and a Scheduled Commercial
Bank incorporated in India for all other purposes, or any other bank acceptable to
the Authority;

“Bank Rate” means the rate of interest specified by the Reserve Bank of India from
time to time in pursuance of section 49 of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 or
any replacement of such Bank Rate for the time being in effect;

“Base Date” means the last date of the calendar month, which precedes the Bid
Due Date by at least 28 (twenty eight) days.

“Base Month” means the month just prior to Bid Due Date month. The Quarter for
applicability of price adjustment shall be commence from next month after Base
Month;

“Bid” means the documents in their entirety comprised in the bid submitted by the
selected bidder/Consortium in response to the Request for Proposal in accordance
with the provisions thereof;

“Bid Security” means the bid security provided by the Contractor to the Authority
in accordance with the Request for Proposal, and which is to remain in force until
substituted by the Performance Security;

“Change in Law” means the occurrence of any of the following after the Base
Month:

(a) the enactment of any new Indian law;

(b) the repeal, modification or re-enactment of any existing Indian law;
(c) the commencement of any Indian law which has not entered into effect until
the Base Month;

150
(d) a change in the interpretation or application of any Indian law by a
judgement of a court of record which has become final, conclusive and binding, as
compared to such interpretation or application by a court of record prior to the Base
Month; or
(e) any change in the rates of any of the Taxes or royalties that have a direct
effect on the Project;

“Change of Scope”shall have the meaning as set forth in Article 13;

“Change of Scope Notice” shall have the meaning asset forth in Clause 13.2.1;

“Change of Scope Order”shall have the meaning asset forth in Clause 13.2.4;

“Completion Certificate” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 12.4;

{“Consortium/Joint Venture” means the Consortium/Joint Venture of entities

which have formed a consortium/joint venture for implementation of this
Project;}3$

“Construction” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 1.2.1 (f);

“Construction Period”means the period commencing from the Appointed Date

and ending on the date of the Completion Certificate;

“Contract Price” means the amount as specified in Clause 17.1.1;

“Contractor” shall have the meaning attributed thereto in the array of Parties
hereinabove as set forth in the Recitals;

“Contractor Default” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 21.1;

“Core Land” means the part of Land essentially needed to open & operationalize
the mainline for traffic including the Land required for laying the mainline tracks
and its Signalling/ Telecom/ Overhead Electrification/ Power Supply
Installations, Operational Buildings(station building, huts, gumties etc), as
shown in item No. 3(a) of Annexure-I of Schedule-A;

“Cure Period” means the period specified in this Agreement for curing any breach
or default of any provision of this Agreement by the Party responsible for such
breach or default and shall:

(a) commence from the date on which a notice is delivered by one Party to the
other Party asking the latter to cure the breach or default specified in such notice;

(b) not relieve any Party from liability to pay Damages or compensation under
the provisions of this Agreement; and

(c) not in any way be extended by any period of Suspension under this
Agreement; provided that if the cure of any breach by the Contractor requires any
reasonable action by the Contractor that must be approved by the Authority or the

151
Authority Engineer hereunder, the applicable Cure Period shall be extended by the
period taken by the Authority or the Authority Engineer to accord their approval;

“Damages” shall have the meaning as set forth in paragraph (w) of Clause 1.2.1;

“Defect” means any defect or deficiency in Construction of the Works or any part
thereof, which does not conform with the Specifications and Standards;

“Defects Liability Period” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 15.1;

“Dispute” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 24.1.1;

“Dispute Resolution Procedure” means the procedure for resolution of Disputes

as set forth in Article 24;

“Drawings” means all of the drawings, calculations and documents pertaining to

the Railway Project as set forth in Schedule-H, and shall include ‘as built’ drawings
of the Railway Project;

“Document” or “Documentation” means documentation in printed or written

form, or in tapes, discs, drawings, computer programmes, writings, reports,
photographs, films, cassettes, or expressed in any other written, electronic, audio or
visual form;

“Emergency” means a condition or situation that is likely to endanger the safety or

security of the individuals on or about the Railway Project, including Users thereof,
or which poses an immediate threat of material damage to the Works or any of the
Project Assets;

“Encumbrances” means, in relation to the Railway Project, any encumbrances

such as mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, hypothecation, security interest, assignment,
privilege or priority of any kind having the effect of security or other such
obligations, and shall include any designation of loss payees or beneficiaries or any
similar arrangement under any insurance policy pertaining to the Railway Project,
where applicable herein but excluding utilities referred to in Clause 9.1;

“EPC” means engineering, procurement and construction;

“Final Payment Certificate” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 17.12.1;

“Final Payment Statement” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 17.10.1;

“Force Majeure” or “Force Majeure Event” shall have the meaning ascribed to
it in Clause 19.1;

“GAD” or “General Arrangement Drawings” shall have the meaning as set forth
in Clause 4.1.3 (c);

“GOI” or “Government” means the Government of India;

“Good Industry Practice” means the practices, methods, techniques, designs,

standards, skills, diligence, efficiency, reliability and prudence which are generally

152
and reasonably expected from a reasonably skilled and experienced contractor
engaged in the same type of undertaking as envisaged under this Agreement and
which would be expected to result in the performance of its obligations by the
Contractor in accordance with this Agreement, Applicable Laws and Applicable
Permits in reliable, safe, economical and efficient manner;

“Government Instrumentality” means any department, division or sub-division

of the Government or the State Government and includes any commission, board,
authority, agency or municipal and other local authority or statutory body, including
panchayat, under the control of the Government or the State Government, as the
case may be, and having jurisdiction over all or any part of the Railway Project or
the performance of all or any of the services or obligations of the Contractor under
or pursuant to this Agreement;

“IEEMA” means Indian Electrical and Electronics Manufacturers Association

“Important Bridge” means a bridge having a linear waterway of 300 metres or a

total water way of 1000 sqm or more;

“Indemnified Party” means the Party entitled to the benefit of an indemnity

pursuant to Article 23;

“Indemnifying Party” means the Party obligated to indemnify the other Party
pursuant to Article 23;

“Indirect Political Event” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 19.3;

“Insurance Cover” means the aggregate of the maximum sums insured under the
insurances taken out by the Contractor pursuant to Article18, and includes all
insurances required to be taken out by the Contractor under Clauses 18.1 and 18.9
but not actually taken, and when used in the context of any act or event, it shall
mean the aggregate of the maximum sums insured and payable or deemed to be
insured and payable in relation to such act or event;

“Intellectual Property” means all patents, trade marks, service marks, logos, get-
up, trade names, internet domain names, rights in designs, blue prints, programmes
and manuals, drawings, copyright (including rights in computer software), database
rights, semi-conductor, topography rights, utility models, rights in know-how and
other intellectual property rights, in each case whether registered or unregistered
and including applications for registration, and all rights or forms of protection
having equivalent or similar effect anywhere in the world;

“Interim Payment Certificate” or “IPC” means the interim payment certificate

issued by the Authority Engineer for payment to the Contractor in respect of
Contractor’s claims for payment raised in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement;

{“Lead Member” shall, in the case of a Consortium/Joint Venture, mean the

member of such Consortium/Joint Venture who shall have the authority to bind the

153
contractor and each member of the Consortium/Joint Venture; and shall be deemed
to be the Contractor for the purposes of this Agreement;}4$

“LOA” or “Letter of Acceptance” means the letter of acceptance referred to in

Recital (D);

“Maintenance Manual” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Clause 10.6;

“Major Bridge” means a bridge having a linear waterway of 18 metres or more or

which has a clear opening of 12 metres or more in spans;

“Manuals” shall mean the manuals specified in Schedule-D;

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect of any act or event on
the ability of either Party to perform any of its obligations under and in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement and which act or event causes a material
financial burden or loss to either Party;

“Materials” are all the supplies used by the Contractor for incorporation in the
Works or for the maintenance of the Railway Project;

“Minor Bridge” means a bridge having a linear waterway of less than 18 metres or
which has a clear opening of less than 12 metres or in spans;

“Non-Core Land” means the Land required for the project line other than the
Core-Land, as shown in item No. 3(b) of Annexure-I of Schedule-A;

“Non-Political Event” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 19.2;

“Parties” means the parties to this Agreement collectively and “Party” shall mean
any of the parties to this Agreement individually;

“Performance Security” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 7.1;

“Plant” means the apparatus and machinery intended to form or forming part of the
Works;

“Political Event” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 19.4;

“Power Block” means the length of the railway line between two railway stations,
or within yard on which the overhead equipment (OHE) is de-energised and
earthed to enable the Contractor to execute construction or maintenance works;

“Programme” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 10.1.3;

“Project” means the construction and maintenance of the Railway Project in

accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and includes all works, services
and equipment relating to or in respect of the Scope of the Project;

154
“Project Assets” means all physical and other assets relating to (a) tangible assets
such as civil works and equipment including [foundations, embankments,
pavements, road surface, interchanges, bridges, culverts, road over-bridges,
drainage works, traffic signals, sign boards, kilometre-stones, electrical systems,
communication systems, rest areas, relief centres, maintenance depots and
administrative offices]; and (b) Project Facilities situated on the Site;

“Project Completion Date” means the date on which the last Completion
Certificate is issued;

“Project Completion Schedule” means the progressive Project Milestones set

forth in Schedule-I for completion of the Railway Project on or before the
Scheduled Completion Date;

“Project Facilities” means all the amenities and facilities to be constructed on the
Site, as described in Schedule-C;

“Project Milestone” means the project milestone set forth in Schedule-I and
includes the Scheduled Completion Date;

“Proof Consultant” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 10.2.2;

“Provisional Certificate” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 12.2;

“Punch List” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 12.2.1;

“Quality Assurance Plan” or “QAP” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause
11.2.1;

“Railway Project” means the Works specified in this Agreement onthe railway
line from Ch. -2.219 (Km. 249.141) to Ch. 28.200 (Km. 279.560) having a length
of 30.419 kms in Northern Railway Zone;

“Re.”, “Rs.” or “Rupees” or “Indian Rupees” means the lawful currency of the
Republic of India;

“Request for Proposals” or “RFP” shall have the meaning as set forth in Recital
‘C’;
“Retention Money” shall have the meaning set forth in Clause 7.5.1;

“Right of Way” means the constructive possession of the Site free from
encroachments and encumbrances, together with all way leaves, easements,
unrestricted access and other rights of way, howsoever described, necessary for
construction of the Railway Project in accordance with this Agreement;

“RINL” means Rashtriya Ispat Nigam Limited

“Safety Consultant” shall have the meaning as set forth in clause 10.2.11

“Scheduled Completion Date” shall be the date as set forth in Clause 10.3.1;

“Scope of the Project” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 2.1;

155
“Section” means the portion of the railway line between two block stations;

“Site” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 8.1;

“Specifications and Standards” means the specifications and standards relating to

the quality, quantity, capacity and other requirements for the Railway Project, as
set forth in Schedule-D, and any modifications thereof, or additions thereto, as
included in the design and engineering for the Railway Project submitted by the
Contractor to, and expressly approved by, the Authority;

“Stage Payment Statement” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 17.4;

“Structures” means an elevated railway line or a flyover, as the case may be;

“Sub-contractor” means any person or persons to whom a part of the Works has
been subcontracted by the Contractor and the permitted legal successors in title to
such person, but not an assignee to such person;

“Suspension” shall have the meaning as set forth in Article 20;

“Taxes” means any Indian taxes including excise duties, customs duties, value
added tax, sales tax, local taxes, GST, cess and any impost or surcharge of like
nature (whether Central, State or local) on the goods, Materials, equipment and
services incorporated in and forming part of the Railway Project charged, levied or
imposed by any Government Instrumentality, but excluding any interest, penalties
and other sums in relation thereto imposed on any account whatsoever. For the
avoidance of doubt, Taxes shall not include taxes on corporate income;

“Termination” means the expiry or termination of this Agreement;

“Termination Notice” means the communication issued in accordance with this

Agreement by one Party to the other Party terminating this Agreement;

“Termination Payment” means the amount payable by either Party to the other
upon Termination in accordance with Article 21;

“Terms of Reference” or “TOR” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause
16.2.1;

“Tests” means the tests set forth in Schedule-J to determine the completion of
Works in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;

“Time Extension” shall havethe meaning as set forth in Clause 10.4.1;

“Traffic Block” means the length of railway line between two railway stations or
within yard, on which traffic is blockedwith or without OHE being de-energised
to enable construction or maintenance works to be undertaken.

“User” means a person who travels or intends to travel on the Railway Project or
any part thereof on any train or vehicle;

“Valuation of Unpaid works” shall have the meaning as set forth in Clause 21.5.1;

156
“Works” means all works including survey and investigation, design, engineering,
procurement, construction, Plant, Materials, temporary works and other things
necessary to complete the Railway Project in accordance with this Agreement; and

“WPI” means the wholesale price index for various commodities as published by
the Ministry of Commerce and Industry, GOI and shall include any index which
substitutes the WPI, and any reference to WPI shall, unless the context otherwise
requires, be construed as a reference to the WPI published for the period ending
with the preceding month.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF THE PARTIES HAVE EXECUTED AND

DELIVERED THIS AGREEMENT AS OF THE DAY, MONTH AND YEAR
FIRST ABOVE WRITTEN.

SIGNED, SEALED AND SIGNED, SEALED AND

DELIVERED DELIVERED

For and on behalf of For and on behalf of

Northern Railway by: THE CONTRACTOR by:

(Signature) (Signature)

(Name) (Name)

(Designation) (Designation)

In the presence of:

1.

2.

{COUNTERSIGNED and accepted by:

Name and particulars of other members of the Consortium/Joint Venture}

157
Schedules

158
 SCHEDULE - A
(See Clauses 2.1 and 8.1)
SITE OF THE PROJECT

1 The Site

1.1 Site of the Railway Project shall include the land, buildings, structures and
track works as described in Annex-I of this Schedule-A.

1.2 The dates of handing over Right of Way to the Contractor are specified in
Annex-II of this Schedule-A.

1.3 An inventory of the Site including the land, buildings, structures, track
works, trees and any other immovable property on, or attached to, the Site shall be
prepared jointly by the Authority’s Representative and the Contractor, and such
inventory shall form part of the memorandum referred to in Clause 8.2.1 of this
Agreement.

1.4 The alignment plans of the Railway Project are specified in Annex-III.

1.5 The status of the environment clearances and forest clearances obtained or
awaited is given in Annex IV.

159
 Annex - I
(Schedule-A)
Site16
(Existing Structures’ details of The Section)
[Note: Through suitable drawings and description in words, the land, buildings,
structures and track works comprising the Site shall be specified briefly but
precisely in this Annex-I.]

[For new railway line]

1. Site

The Site of the Railway Project comprises the section commencing from km (-)
2.219 (Km. 249.141) to km 28.076 (KM. 279.436) (i.e. 30.295 Km) section in the
State of Haryana & Himachal Pradesh in the Northern Railway zone. The land and
other structures comprising the Site are described below:

2. Route Length

The route length of the Railway Project comprises the section as described below:

Name Name
S. Start End
of of Length
N Chainage Chainage Remarks
locatio locatio (km)
o (km) (km)
n From n To

Chandi
1 Baddi -2.219 28.076 30.295 NIL
Mandir
3. a. Core Land

The Site of the Railway Project comprises the land described below:

Detail of Railway Land Boundaries Chandigarh (CDG) – Baddi Section

Left Hand Right Hand
Name of Name of Chainag Side from Side from
S.
location location e Centre of Centre of
No. From To existing existing Track
(m)
Track (m) (m)

1. CNDM Nanakpur 988.141 - 17.678/27.126

2. CNDM Nanakpur 1582.167 21.030 27.126
3. CNDM Nanakpur 1612.646 24.078 30.174
4. CNDM Nanakpur 1825.996 24.078 30.174
5. CNDM Nanakpur 1856.475 21.335 27.431
6. CNDM Nanakpur 1886.954 18.592 24.688
7. CNDM Nanakpur 1917.433 15.849 21.945

160
8. CNDM Nanakpur 2161.261 15.849 21.945
9. CNDM Nanakpur 2191.74 18.287 24.383
10. CNDM Nanakpur 2831.789 18.287 24.389
11. CNDM Nanakpur 2862.268 21.030 27.126
12. CNDM Nanakpur 2923.225 21.030 27.126
13. CNDM Nanakpur 2953.704 24.078 30.174
14. CNDM Nanakpur 3075.618 24.078 30.174
15. CNDM Nanakpur 3106.097 27.216 33.222
16. CNDM Nanakpur 3136.576 30.478 36.574
17. CNDM Nanakpur 3288.969 30.478 36.57
18. CNDM Nanakpur 3319.448 27.126 33.222
19. CNDM Nanakpur 3349.927 24.078 30.173
20. CNDM Nanakpur 3532.798 24.078 30.173
21. CNDM Nanakpur 3563.277 28.040 34.136
22. CNDM Nanakpur 3654.713 28.040 34.136
23. CNDM Nanakpur 3685.192 24.078 30.174
24. CNDM Nanakpur 3729.995 24.078 30.174
25. CNDM Nanakpur 3806.191 24.078 25.602
26. CNDM Nanakpur 3871.415 24.078/16.458 21.334/18.382
27. CNDM Nanakpur 4849.470 16.458 19.834/22.554
28. CNDM Nanakpur 5087.202 16.458 22.554
29. CNDM Nanakpur 5117.681 13.411 19.506
30. CNDM Nanakpur 6565.410 13.411 19.506
31. CNDM Nanakpur 6812.35 - 17.13
32. CNDM Nanakpur 6878.119 19.810 21.335
33. CNDM Nanakpur 6936.028 29.869 22.554
34. CNDM Nanakpur 6964.983 37.183 22.554
35. CNDM Nanakpur 7200 14/10 14/10
36. CNDM Nanakpur 7300 10/15 10/15
37. CNDM Nanakpur 7425 15/10 15/10
38. CNDM Nanakpur 11275 10/20 10/20
39. CNDM Nanakpur 11500 20/15 20/15
40. CNDM Nanakpur 11550 15/12 15/12
41. CNDM Nanakpur 12000 12/15 12/15

161
 42. CNDM Nanakpur 12200 15/12 15/12
43. CNDM Nanakpur 12375 12/20 12/20
44. CNDM Nanakpur 12450 20/13 20/13
45. CNDM Nanakpur 12925 13/15 13/15
46. CNDM Nanakpur 13150 15/10 15/10
47. CNDM Nanakpur 14025 10/20 10/20
48. CNDM Nanakpur 14625 20/10 20/10
49. CNDM Nanakpur 15050 10/20 10/20
50. CNDM Nanakpur 15725 20/10 20/10
51. CNDM Nanakpur 17300 10/20 10/20
52. CNDM Nanakpur 17850 20/40 20/50
53. Nanakpur Baddi 18700 40/50 -
54. Nanakpur Baddi 19375 50/10 50/10
55. Nanakpur Baddi 20175 10/20 -
56.. Nanakpur Baddi 23150 20/15 20/15
57. Nanakpur Baddi 23725 15/20 15/20
58. Nanakpur Baddi 24125 20/10 20/10
59. Nanakpur Baddi 24375 10/20 10/20
60. Nanakpur Baddi 24850 20/15 20/15
64. Nanakpur Baddi 27825 90/80 -

b. Non-Core Land: NIL

4. Details of existing structures and facilities on adjoining railway track

(from chainage km 249.141 to km 258.360, the new line shall be parallel to the
existing Chandigarh – Kalka Railway Line within existing Railway boundary)

4.1 Permanent Way

Details of the Permanent Way on the Right of Way are:

Minimum and
No. of km from km to
S. Route Maximum
railway Remarks
No. km Implantation
line
(if electrified)

258.360/
Single 249.141/ Existing
1 7.000 9.214 2.8m & 3.5m
Line -2.218 Electrified
(new line
162
 (new line chainage CDG-
chainage) ) KLK Line

4.2 Important Bridges

The Site includes the following Important Bridges: NIL

4.3 Major Bridges

The Site includes the following Major Bridges:

Bridge No. Type of Structure No. of Spans

S.
and Location Sub- Super- with span
No. Foundation
(km) structure Structure length (m)

1. 332 Open Brick PSC Slab 1 x 6.50 + 2

Foundation Masonary x 5.75m
(km 256/0-1)

4.4 Minor Bridges/culverts

The Site includes the following Minor Bridges and culverts:

4.3 Minor Bridges/culverts

The Site includes the following Minor Bridges and culverts:

S. Bridge Type of Structure No. of

No. No. and Spans
Location with span
(km) length (m)
Foundation Sub- Super-
structure Structure

1 316 and Open Brick Plate 1 x 12.2m

Km Foundation Masonary Girder
249/10-11

163
2 316-A and Open Brick Hume 1 x 0.46m
Km Foundation Masonary Pipe
249/10-11

3 317 and Open Brick PSC U- 2 x 6.10m

Km Foundation Masonary SLAB
249/14-15

4 317-A and Open Brick Hume 1 x 0.61m

Km Foundation Masonary Pipe
249/14-15

5 318 and Open Stone Arch 1 x 0.9m

Km Foundation Masonary
250/3-4

6 319 and Open Stone Arch 1 x 0.46m

Km Foundation Masonary
250/3-4

7 320 and Open Stone Hume 1x

Km Foundation Masonary Pipe 250mm
251/13-14

8 321 and Open Stone Arch 1 x 1.83m

Km Foundation Masonary
251/15-
252/1

9 322 and Open Brick Hume 1 x 0.46m

Km252/6-7 Foundation Masonary Pipe

164
10 323 and Open Stone Arch 1 x 1.83m
Km 252/8- Foundation Masonary
9

11 324 and Open Stone Arch 1 x 0.96m

Km Foundation Masonary
252/14-15

12 326 and Open Stone RCC 1 x 0.25m

Km Foundation Masonary Box
253/10-11

13 327 and Open Stone Arch 1 x 1.83m

Km Foundation Masonary
253/16-17

14 328 and Open Stone Arch 1 x 0.46m

Km Foundation Masonary
253/16-17

15 329 and Open Stone Arch 1 x 1.83m

Km Foundation Masonary
255/12-13

16 330 and Open Brick RCC Slab 1 x 6.10m

Km Foundation Masonary
255/16-17

17 331 and Open Brick PSC Slab 1 x 6.0m

Km 256/0- Foundation Masonary
1

165
 18 332 and Open Stone PRC Slab 3 x 6.0m
Km 256/2- Foundation Masonary
3

19 333 and Open Brick RCC Slab 1 x 6.0m

Km 256/5- Foundation Masonary
6

20 334 and Open Stone PSC Slab 1 x 6.0m

Km 256/9- Foundation Masonary
10

21 335 and Open Stone PRC Slab 2 x 6.1m

Km 257/1- Foundation Masonary
2

22 336 and Open Stone PSC Slab 1 x 6.1m

Km 257/8- Foundation Masonary
9

23 337 and Open Stone PSC Slab 2 x 6.1m

Km 258/1- Foundation Masonary
2

4.5 Tunnels: NIL

4.6 Railway Flyovers: NIL

4.7 Road under-bridges (RUB): NIL

4.8 Road Over-bridges (ROB): NIL

4.9 Railway level crossings

The Site includes the following railway level crossings:

166
 LC
Block LC
S. No. Chainage TVUs Classi- Remarks
Section No
fication

This LC shall be
CDG- closed by
1 -333.093 134 12765 C- Class
CNDM construction of
RUB.

2 CNDM-
1980.91 135 11609 B- Class These LC shall be
KLK
retained on the
CNDM- Chandigarh-Kalka
3 2983.69 136 10789 C- Class Rail Line.
KLK

4.10 Railway stations on Railway Project

The Site includes the following railway stations

Station
Nos.
S. C.L. Buildi Nos. of P.F. & Remarks(Whether
Station of
No. km ng Length Jn. Station)
Lines
Area

3 & High
Level – 180 x At present it is a
9.15m, Low station. This station
Chandi 251.36 494.67 Level – 349 x shall become
1 3
Mandir 0 m2 16.15m & junction station after
Goods commissioning of
Platform – this project.
50m x 10m

4.11 Railway yards

The Site includes the following railway yards:

S. No. Name of Yard No. of Lines Remarks

The existing
1. Chandi Mandir 3 Main Line,
Loop Line &
Main Loop Defence Defence sidings
Line Line Siding shall be
dismantled for

167
 regrading of
2 No. the yard.
2 No. (CSR
1 No. (CSR
135m &
(CSR 362.78m
CSR
362.78m) & CSR
137.59)
183.42)

4.11 Foot over bridges on Railway Project: NIL

4.12 Existing track formation details

The details of existing track formation width and embankment height is mentioned
on L-section attached with the tender document.

4.13 Signalling cables crossing the Right of Way:

The Site includes the following Signalling cables crossing the Right of Way:

S.No Block Type of

Chainage OH/UG Height/Depth
. Section Cable

1 CNDM- km 253.000 OFC and UG 1m from General

KLK Telecom Ground Level
Cable

4.14 Underground power line crossing the Right of Way

The Site includes the following Underground Power Line Crossings

System Distance of Structure

Sr. No. Location Remarks
Voltage from centre of Track

1 CNDM yard LT UG near PF Shimla side 0.8m from General Ground

220V Level

2 CNDM yard LT UG near PF Shimla 0.8m from General Ground

220V side Level

4.15 Signalling infrastructure

The Site includes the following signalling infrastructure:

168
 Standard
Existing Signalling Type of Signals (Single
of
S. No. Station System (RRI/TBM distant/ double distant/
Interlockin
Rly etc.) colour light etc.
g

CHANDI
1 STD-III PI Single Distant
MANDIR

4.16 Telecommunication infrastructure

The Site includes the following telecommunication infrastructure:

Control Any other Availability

S. No. Station DOT
Phone Communication of OFC

CHANDI Availa
1 Available -- Available
MANDIR ble

4.17 Non railway utilities (Way Leave facilities)

No diversion of any way leave is involved as per existing conditions; however, the
contractor shall take due care to protect existing way leave facilities and any
damage caused to any facility during working of contractor either in the presence
or absence of Railway Representative, shall be the sole responsibility of the
contractor and any repair, damage claim whatsoever made by the owner of facility
shall be settled by the 181 contractor and no claim on this account under any
circumstances will be entertained by the Railway.

4.18 Detection of hidden utilities

Although utmost care has been taken to detect all existing utilities and list them in
this document; however, the possibility of any hidden utility remaining un-traced
cannot be ruled out. Therefore, contractor on taking over land from railway shall
carry out a survey using ground penetrating Radar or any other similar equipment
to trace all such utilities which may require shifting for execution of project
activity(ies) and are not mentioned in this document. He shall bring the existence
of all such utilities to the notice of Authority’s Engineer immediately and
consequently take further action as advised by the Authority’s Engineer and as per
conditions of this document. Due care is to be taken to avoid any damage to
cables/pipelines or any other utility. Any cable/utility that comes in way has to
identified and those will have to be shifted by the agency.

169
 Annex - II
(Schedule-A)
Dates for providing Right of Way

The following are complete details of the Right of Way showing the dates on which the
Authority shall provide the different sections of the Right of Way to the Contractor:

Distance of Railway
Boundry from C/L
of [UP/DN] line (in
Chainage Length m) Date of providing
Sl. No (m) (km) Right of Way
Right Left
Hand Hand
Side Side

1 2 3 4 5 6

Part A:
Right of Way being
95% (ninety five As given Within 15 (fifteen)
percent) of the core below in days of the signing
land length and 90 % Table –I. of the Agreement
(ninety percent) of or within 30
the non core length of 1.125 to (thirty) days of the
23.65
the Project, under 24.775 date of receiving
Clauses 4.1.3 read the Performance
with Clauses 8.2 and Security from the
8.3 of the Agreement Contractor,
whichever is later.

Part B:

Balance of the Right As given Within 540 (five

of Way not covered in -2.219 to below in hundred and forty)
Part A above. 1.125 Table – days of the signing
II. of the Appointed
and 6.645 Date.

24.775 to
28.076

Total length 30.295 km

170
 Table –I
Part-A : 95% Land width to be handed over to the contractor for project
related activities with inWithin 15 (fifteen) days of the signing of the
Agreement or within 30 (thirty) days of the date of receiving the
Performance Security from the Contractor, whichever is later. :-

Detail of Railway Land Boundaries Chandigarh (CDG) – Baddi Section

Right Hand
Name Name Left Hand Side
S. Chainage Side from
of of from Centre of
Centre of
No. location location (m) existing Track
existing Track
From To (m)
(m)

Nanakp
1. CNDM 988.141 - 17.678/27.126
ur
Nanakp
2. CNDM 1582.167 21.030 27.126
ur
Nanakp
3. CNDM 1612.646 24.078 30.174
ur
Nanakp
4. CNDM 1825.996 24.078 30.174
ur
Nanakp
5. CNDM 1856.475 21.335 27.431
ur
Nanakp
6. CNDM 1886.954 18.592 24.688
ur
Nanakp
7. CNDM 1917.433 15.849 21.945
ur
Nanakp
8. CNDM 2161.261 15.849 21.945
ur
Nanakp
9. CNDM 2191.74 18.287 24.383
ur
Nanakp
10. CNDM 2831.789 18.287 24.389
ur
Nanakp
11. CNDM 2862.268 21.030 27.126
ur
Nanakp
12. CNDM 2923.225 21.030 27.126
ur
Nanakp
13. CNDM 2953.704 24.078 30.174
ur
Nanakp
14. CNDM 3075.618 24.078 30.174
ur
Nanakp
15. CNDM 3106.097 27.216 33.222
ur

171
 Nanakp
16. CNDM 3136.576 30.478 36.574
ur
Nanakp
17. CNDM 3288.969 30.478 36.57
ur
Nanakp
18. CNDM 3319.448 27.126 33.222
ur
Nanakp
19. CNDM 3349.927 24.078 30.173
ur
Nanakp
20. CNDM 3532.798 24.078 30.173
ur
Nanakp
21. CNDM 3563.277 28.040 34.136
ur
Nanakp
22. CNDM 3654.713 28.040 34.136
ur
Nanakp
23. CNDM 3685.192 24.078 30.174
ur
Nanakp
24. CNDM 3729.995 24.078 30.174
ur
Nanakp
25. CNDM 3806.191 24.078 25.602
ur
Nanakp
26. CNDM 3871.415 24.078/16.458 21.334/18.382
ur
Nanakp
27. CNDM 4849.470 16.458 19.834/22.554
ur
Nanakp
28. CNDM 5087.202 16.458 22.554
ur
Nanakp
29. CNDM 5117.681 13.411 19.506
ur
Nanakp
30. CNDM 6565.410 13.411 19.506
ur
Nanakp
31. CNDM 6812.35 - 17.13
ur
Nanakp
32. CNDM 6878.119 19.810 21.335
ur
Nanakp
33. CNDM 6936.028 29.869 22.554
ur
Nanakp
34. CNDM 6964.983 37.183 22.554
ur
Nanakp
35. CNDM 7200 14/10 14/10
ur

172
 Nanakp
36. CNDM 7300 10/15 10/15
ur
Nanakp
37. CNDM 7425 15/10 15/10
ur
Nanakp
38. CNDM 11275 10/20 10/20
ur
Nanakp
39. CNDM 11500 20/15 20/15
ur
Nanakp
40. CNDM 11550 15/12 15/12
ur
Nanakp
41. CNDM 12000 12/15 12/15
ur
Nanakp
42. CNDM 12200 15/12 15/12
ur
Nanakp
43. CNDM 12375 12/20 12/20
ur
Nanakp
44. CNDM 12450 20/13 20/13
ur
Nanakp
45.. CNDM 12925 13/15 13/15
ur
Nanakp
46.. CNDM 13150 15/10 15/10
ur
Nanakp
47. CNDM 14025 10/20 10/20
ur
Nanakp
48. CNDM 14625 20/10 20/10
ur
Nanakp
49. CNDM 15050 10/20 10/20
ur
Nanakp
50. CNDM 15725 20/10 20/10
ur
Nanakp
51. CNDM 17300 10/20 10/20
ur
Nanakp
52. CNDM 17850 20/40 20/50
ur
Nanakp
53. Baddi 18700 40/50 -
ur
Nanakp
54. Baddi 19375 50/10 50/10
ur
Nanakp
55. Baddi 20175 10/20 -
ur

173
 Nanakp
56. Baddi 23150 20/15 20/15
ur
Nanakp
57. Baddi 23725 15/20 15/20
ur
Nanakp
58. Baddi 24125 20/10 20/10
ur
Nanakp
59. Baddi 24375 10/20 10/20
ur
Nanakp
60. Baddi 24850 20/15 20/15
ur

Part-B : Land width to be handed over to the contractor for project related
activities with in within 360 (Three Hundred and Sixty) days of the signing of
the Appointed Date :-

Detail of Railway Land Boundaries Chandigarh (CDG) – Baddi Section

Right Hand
Name Name Left Hand Side
S. Chainage Side from
of of from Centre of
Centre of
No. location location (m) existing Track
existing Track
From To (m)
(m)

1. CDG CNDM -2143.899 24.382 24.383

2. CDG CNDM -2042.060 24.382 24.383/36.574
3. CDG CNDM -1950.624 24.382/45.717 36.574/22.859
4. CDG CNDM -1859.189 45.717/30.478 22.859/36.574
5. CDG CNDM -1645.839 30.478/45.717 36.574/38.708
6. CDG CNDM -1526.973 45.717/51.813 38.708/24.383
7. CDG CNDM -1219.140 51.813 -
8. CDG CNDM -1179.507 20.725 -
9. CDG CNDM -1163.659 20.725 -
10. CDG CNDM -1136.234 - 24.383
11. CDG CNDM -1066.743 - 24.383/31.088
12. CDG CNDM -1047.234 20.725/27.430 -
13. CDG CNDM -988.108 - 31.088/46.937
14. CDG CNDM -919.228 27.430/43.889 -
15. CDG CNDM -893.322 43.889 -
16. CDG CNDM -891.49 - 48.156
17. CDG CNDM -820.477 - 47.24
174
 18. CDG CNDM -816.821 59.736 -
19. CDG CNDM -797.314 - 58.519
20. CDG CNDM -773.541 - 46.936
21. CDG CNDM -767.751 - 45.412
22. CDG CNDM -760.741 32.00 45.108
23. CDG CNDM -668.087 32.00 40.231
24. CDG CNDM -621.760 38.707 42.669
25. CDG CNDM -580.615 43.890 49.984
26. CDG CNDM -309.052 43.890/60.96 49.98/106.68
27. CDG CNDM 0.000 60.96 106.68
Nanakp
28. CNDM 306.947 60.96/18.287 106.68/24.383
ur
Nanakp
29. CNDM 728.769 18.287 24.38
ur
Nanakp
30. CNDM 759.248 18.29/21.030 27.126
ur
Nanakp
31. CNDM 861.655 - 27.126/17.678
ur
Nanakp
32. CNDM 988.141 - 17.678/27.126
ur
Nanakp
33. Baddi 24850 20/15 20/15
ur
Nanakp
34. Baddi 25100 15/10 15/10
ur
Nanakp
35. Baddi 25550 10/45 10/15
ur
Nanakp
36. Baddi 26275 45/90 15/60
ur
Nanakp
37. Baddi 27825 90/80 -
ur
Nanakp
38. Baddi 28200 80 60
ur

For Electrification Work

The dates on which the Authority shall provide the Right of Way to the Contractor
on different sections of the Site are specified below:

175
 From km to Length Width Date of Providing
Sl. No
km (Rkm) (TKM) Right of way

1 2 3 4 5

For OHE work

(a) CNDM-Baddi Section (new (km 00.450 to 27.750 38.733 Along with Civil
line Electrification) km 28.200) Engineering works.

(b) CDG-KLK Section (new line (km 248.801 to 3.00 9.648 Along with Civil
Electrification along with km 251.975) Engineering works.
CNDM station)

For Traction Sub-Station NIL

work

For Switching Posts

Along with Civil

(a) BADDI/SSP KM:25/400 02 BM
Engineering works.

(b) CNDM/SP (Modification in

KM: 151/150 04 BM During Bypass line
existing SSP)

After completion of
(km -02.219 to
Site for Service Buildings 30.419 - Civil Engineering
km 28.200)
works.

Tower Wagon Sheds, Quarters After completion of

Civil Engineering
(a) Baddi Station OHE depot 01 Nos works.
Tower Wagon 01 Nos
shed (8W)
12
Staff Quarters

176
 Annex - III
(Schedule-A)
Plan and Profile

The proposed alignment plan, L-sections, Engineering Scale Plans (ESPs),

Signaling Interlocking Plans (SIPs) of the Railway Project Line are attached. This
is based on survey conducted by the Authority. The Contractor shall verify
alignment plan, L-sections, ESPs, SIPs for ensuring technical feasibility within the
Right of Way boundaries. (Any deviation [positive/negative] from the enclosed
Engineering Scale Plans, Approved Alignment plan, L section and Signal
Interlocking Plan will be treated as Change of scope.)

For Railway Electrification

The proposed sectioning diagram, General Power Supply & Wiring arrangement of
the 25 KV OHE Railway Electrification Project is attached. The drawings enclosed
all are provisional in nature and for general guidelines to the contractor. Final
drawings (i.e. sectioning, GPS & Wiring arrangement etc.) have to be prepared by
the contractor as per site requirement and approval will be taken from concerned
Railway authority.

Design, Supply, Erection, Testing & Commissioning of 25 KVAC single phase

conventional OHE for new BG line between Chandigarh- Baddi section.

a) Chandi Mandir (CNDM) - Baddi section from km -2.219 to km 28.200,

b) Construction of new Chandi Mandir (CNDM) station along with yard as per
ESP with required OHE modifications for commissioning of CNDM-Baddi
Section.

c) Construction of new switching post SSP at Baddi Station.

d) Modification of existing switching post CNDM/SSP and conversion in

CNDM/SP for double line section.

e) Provision of OHE mast/structure on each Pier cap of Major Bridges and Viaduct
portion

177
 Annex - IV

(Schedule-A)
Environment Clearances and Forest Clearances

1. Environment clearances: Not required.

2. Forest clearances

(a) The following forest clearances have been obtained: NIL

(b) The following forest clearances are awaited: The forest clearance shall be
made available by Railway before the award of the Contract, which is already under
process.

***

SCHEDULE - B

178
 (See Clause 2.1)
Development of the Railway Project
1. Development of the Railway Project

Development of the Railway Project shall include design and construction of the
Railway Project as described in Annex 1 to this Schedule-B and in Schedule-C.

2. Specifications and Standards

The Railway Project shall be designed and constructed in conformity with the
Specifications and Standards specified in Schedule-D, Schedule-Q
(Important/Special conditions & Drawings/Plans).

Annex - I

179
 (Schedule-B)
Description of Railway Project

1. Construction of Civil and Track Works

1.1 Operational Requirements

1.1.1 The Permanent Way shall be single line and designed to permit the
Authority to operate satisfactorily at a maximum design speed of 100 km/h. All the
bridges substructure and formation shall be constructed for 32.5t loading standard.
Track and bridge superstructure shall be constructed for an axle load of 25t. The
Laying of track may be done by NTC or by Manual methods.

1.2 Alignment

1.2.1 The alignment of the Railway Project shall be as per the alignment plans
given in Schedule-Q. The Contractor is required to review and revalidate
Engineering Scale Plans, Alignment & L section, SIPs for technical feasibility.

1.3 Geometric design and general features

1.3.1 Geometric design, gradients, curves and all other general features of the
Railway Project shall be in accordance with provisions of the Indian Railway
Permanent Way Manual.

1.3.2 The formation level at various chainages along the alignment is indicated in
the project sheets. These shall be verified and corrected by the Contractor in the
final alignment design in conformity with the Specification and Standards specified
in the Permanent Way Manual.

1.3.3 Earthwork & Blanketing: Earth work in formation (1.125 km to

24.775 km) to be designed according to the type of existing soil and to be used
for making embankment. The design of blanketing material and thickness to
be decided as per RDSO specifications and Railway Board Guidelines and got
approved from Competent Authority. The soil conforming the SQ1
classification shall not be allowed in the earthwork above the lower fill. The
earthwork and blanketing should be done in compacted layers of specified
thickness as per approved profile/cross-sections. Necessary works of surface
Erosion control to be done as per latest RDSO guidelines. Slope stability
analysis to be done for high embankments.
Latest RDSO guidelines to be used while designing earth work and
blanketing layer.

1.4 Bridges

180
1.4.1 All bridges shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the design
standards and specifications as per codes and manuals specified in Schedule-D.

1.4.2 All bridges shall be designed for the following minimum recurrence interval
of floods:

a) For Important and Major Bridges: 1 in 100 years

b) For Minor Bridges: 1 in 50 years

1.4.3 Width and cross-sections features of bridges as per tentative GADs.

1.4.4 Minimum size of RCC box shall be in accordance with the Specifications
and Standards.

1.4.5 Important Bridges shall be constructed at the following locations: NA

1.4.6 Major Bridges shall be constructed at the following locations:

S. Brid Proposed Height/Clearan

Span (m) OHE Bridge
N ge Location ce above bed-
mast
o. No level (m)
1 Ch. As per tentative
332 3 x 6.1m
4812.640 GAD
Ch. As per tentative Arrangements
2 10 4 x 12.2m
17990.486 GAD of bridge mast
Ch. As per tentative to be done by
3 14 7 x 24.4m contractor.
21490.476 GAD
Ch. As per tentative
4 24 12 x 24.4m
24634.206 GAD
Note: -
1. The major Bridges shall be designed & constructed to such length that
under no circumstances, the existing water way of any water body shall be
restricted & reduced. The superstructures are to be constructed using
standard RDSO approved drawings.

2. Tentative GADs (General arrangement Drawings) enclosed in relevant

section of drawings.

1.4.7 Minor Bridges shall be constructed at the following locations:

a) Slab Bridges

Proposed Linear length

S. Type of Super
Bridge No Location of Bridge
No. structure
(in m)
1. 331 4635.850 1 x 6.1m PSC Slab
2. 335 5703.53 1 x 12.2m PSC U-Slab

181
 3. 336 6170.33 1 x 6.1m PSC Slab
4. 337 6694.00 1 x 12.20m PSC U-Slab
5 4 12431.766 1 x 6.1m PSC Slab
6. 5 12687.396 1 x 6.1m PSC Slab
7. 6 12943.076 1 x 6.1m PSC Slab
8. 7 13035.776 1 x 6.1m PSC Slab
9. 8 14174.976 1 x 6.1m PSC Slab
10. 16 22298.385 1 x 6.1m PSC Slab
11. 17 22479.776 1 x 6.1m PSC Slab
12. 18 22718.276 1 x 6.1m PSC Slab
13. 19 22817.216 1 x 6.1m PSC Slab
14. 20 23002.246 1 x 6.1m PSC Slab
15. 21 23181.106 1 x 6.1m PSC Slab
16. 23 24424.056 1 x 6.1m PSC Slab

b) RCC Box Bridges: NA

Note: Tentative GADs enclosed in relevant section of drawings. The

arrangement provided in GADs is fixed. Standard RDSO drawings are to be
used for superstructure. Any deviation from the standard will require
approval from competent Railway Authority/RDSO.

1.4.8 Pipe Culvert: NA

1.4.9 Viaduct:

Viaducts shall be provided at the following crossings as per GAD attached:

Note: Tentative GADs enclosed in relevant section of drawings. The

arrangement provided in GADs is fixed. Standard RDSO drawings are to be
used for superstructure. Structural drawings are to be prepared by the agency
and got approved by the Authority.

Viaduct Viaduct
S. Start End Length (in Span OHE Bridge
No. (Chaina (Chaina m) Arrangment mast
ge) ge)

182
 24.4m & 18.3m
Composite Steel
Girder, 12.2m
1. 1125 4500 3375
PSC U-Slab &
15.8m Non-
Standard Span

24.4m & 18.3m

Composite Steel
2. 4950 5375 425 Girder & 12.2m
Non- Standard
Span

24.4m Composite
Steel Girder,
12.2m PSC U-
Slab, 45.7m Open
Web Steel Girder
3. 7425 11275 3850 Arrangements of
& 12.263m,
31.925m, mast on the
15.899m & Viaduct to be
done by
14.588m Non-
contractor.
Standard Span

24.4m & 18.3m

Composite Steel
4. 13150 17300 4150 Girder & 16.8m
Non- Standard
Span

24.4m & 18.3m

Composite Steel
5. 19250 20175 925 Girder & 20.8m
Non- Standard
Span

1.4.10 Road under bridges (RUB)

183
Road under-bridges (RUB) shall be provided at the following crossings as per tentative
GAD enclosed in relevant section of this document. The arrangement provided in GADs
is fixed. Standard RDSO drawings are to be used for superstructure

Vertical Clearence
Bridge/RUB Crossing
S. No. Span Arrangment above Road level
No (Chainage)
(in m)

1. 1 11354.196 1 x 12.20m 6.046

2. 9 15400.896 1 x 12.20m 6.731

3. 11 19107.456 1 x 5.5 x 5.5m 5.5

4. 12 20779.376 1 x 12.20m 6.233

5. 13 21262.846 1 x 12.20m 5.542

6. 15 21621.516 1 x 12.20m 5.55

7. 22 23945.766 1 x 12.20m 5.8

1.4.11 Road over bridges (ROB): NIL

1.5 Track

1.5.1 The track layout shall be based on the provisions contained in the Indian
Railways Permanent Way Manual & Specifications given in this document and
latest Railway Board Guidelines.

1.5.1.1 The P-way material which includes single length rails, SS rails (service
rails and rails required for fabrication of guard rails), Long Rail Panels &
ordinary/wide Base line sleepers shall only be provided by Railways; however,
contractor shall plan to lead the various Permanent Way (P-Way) materials
from specified locations, such as PSC sleepers will be lead from the Sleeper
plants at Chandigarh, Kandrori, Pathri, Veerbhadra, Lohta and Solaka etc.,
Service Rails shall be made available by Railway from the Ambala Division or

184
adjoining divisions. All other materials such as wooden blocks, fish plates, rail
screw etc. will have to be arranged by contractor. All leads, lifts &
transportation etc. shall have to be done by contractor including depositing
back the material after completion of works at his own cost. Supplying, loading,
leading and unloading of various Permanent Way (P-Way) material like loose
rails, special rails, point and X-ings including tongue rails, check rails, sleepers,
Switch Expansion Joints (SEJs) including sleepers, Glued Joints, trap fittings,
fixture and fastening, Pre-stressed Concrete (PSC) sleepers and other
Permanent Way (P-Way) material required for lying of track shall be done in
stages. It is included in the scope of this contract.
1.5.1.2 The track structures shall consist of 60 kg Rail, 1660 per km sleeper
density (PSC wider sleepers to be used) and thick web switch, over riding
switches, improved SEJ, 350 mm ballast cushion on main line, & weldable
crossings etc. Standard track structure as per IRPWM and latest CE circulars
will be followed..

1.5.1.3 The procurement, loading, leading, unloading and laying of ballast in

the track structure is included in the scope of this contract.

1.5.1.4 All activities related to handling, laying, providing of Long rail panels
once the rail DMT has arrived at the site i.e. unloading, stacking, rehandling etc.
are under the scope of this tender.

1.5.1.5 Space required for stacking of various P-Way material, Construction

Materials, Machineries and equipments should be properly identified and got
approved from Authority's Engineer.

1.5.1.6 Weldable joints shall be Flash Butt joints to the extent possible. AT
(Alumino –Thermit) welds shall be provided only at such locations where
Flash butt welding is not possible; Authority’s engineer shall be advised in
advance about all such locations with proper remarks where Flash butt
welding is not possible and hence AT welds to be provided.

1.5.1.7 Trolley refuses shall be provided at specified locations not exceeding

200m along the track formation as per latest SOD and directions of Authority’s
Engineer.

1.5.2 The final designs of the track layouts, including horizontal and vertical
alignment, station yard layouts, LWR plans etc shall be reviewed by the Authority
Engineer in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement.

185
1.6 Railway level crossings

Extension of following Level crossing shall be required as per approved plan and
latest railway guidelines:

S. No. Level Crossing Details

1 LC No 135-B km 249.379
2 LC No 136-C km 248.376

Note: Level crossing work includes dismantling of existing structures like road
work, height gauges, lifting barrier, sliders etc. including all civil works and their
reconstruction and extension works according to the approved plans. The complete
surface of the level crossing (including existing surface) shall be provided with
rubberised road surface as per latest RDSO guidelines. The work of extension of
existing level crossing shall be executed with minimum disturbance to road traffic.
For this purpose, the work of road extension shall be executed in half width at a
time so that the road traffic is regulated through other half. The extension of existing
road of Level crossings will be done as per IRPWM and is included in the scope of
this work. The dismantled material cannot be reused for LC gate
modification/Extension works.

1.7 Track layouts in station yards

Station yards shall be constructed as per the final engineering scale plans. (ESP
enclosed in relevant section of this document).

1.8 Building Works:

All items of building works shall conform to specification of works of concerned

zonal railway. The building work shall include electrical internal wiring with allied
work, system electrical power supply arrangement with transformer/main
distribution supply, sanitary fittings, sewerage system, water supply arrangement
(bore wells, pump house, water tanks) and internal fittings, approach roads, street
lighting, boundary wall, fencing, site levelling, landscape elements, water
harvesting and other works incidental to buildings. Building works shall be deemed
to include railway stations, staff quarters, service buildings, buildings required for
installation of equipment for signalling, telecommunication and electrification
works, and facilities along the railway line.

Dismantling work: - The details of the existing buildings/structures lying in the

alignment of the project are given below:

Affected Structure List for Chandigarh - Baddi New BG Rail Link

Land Use Structure
Sl.No. Village Khara No. Chainage Floors
Pattern type
Manakpur Temporary
1 89 7400 Agriculture 1
Nanakchand Structure
Manakpur Permanent
2 108 7720 Agriculture 1
Nanakchand Structure

186
 Permanent
3 Lohgarh 97 8990 Agriculture 1
Structure
Permanent
4 Dhamala 610 10250 Agriculture 1
Structure
64, 274, Permanent
5 Dhamala 10750 Residential 2
275 Structure

64, 274, Permanent

6 Dhamala 10750 Residential 2
275 Structure

64, 274, Permanent

7 Dhamala 10750 Residential 1
275 Structure
64, 274, Permanent
8 Dhamala 10750 Residential 1
275 Structure
Permanent
9 Majri Jattan 381 11350 Residential 1
Structure
Permanent
10 Majri Jattan 772/388 11425 Agriculture 1
Structure
224, 225,
Permanent
11 Basolan 226, 227, 12200 Agriculture 1
Structure
228
224, 225,
Permanent
12 Basolan 226, 227, 12200 Residential 3
Structure
228
224, 225,
Permanent
13 Basolan 226, 227, 12200 Residential 2
Structure
228
224, 225,
Permanent
14 Basolan 226, 227, 12200 Residential 1
Structure
228
224, 225,
Permanent
15 Basolan 226, 227, 12200 Residential 1
Structure
228
224, 225,
Residential + Permanent
16 Basolan 226, 227, 12220 1
Commercial Structure
228
224, 225,
Permanent
17 Basolan 226, 227, 12230 Residential 2
Structure
228
224, 225,
Permanent
18 Basolan 226, 227, 12250 Residential 2
Structure
228
224, 225,
Permanent
19 Basolan 226, 227, 12250 Residential 1
Structure
228

187
 Permanent
20 Greeda 8 14000 Residential 1
Structure
Permanent
21 Kiratpur 616 14010 Residential 2
Structure
Permanent
22 Kiratpur 710/615 14020 Residential 1
Structure
Permanent
23 Kiratpur 710/615 14020 Residential 2
Structure
Permanent
24 Kiratpur 66 14920 Agriculture 1
Structure
Permanent
25 Kiratpur 11 15250 Agriculture 1
Structure
Agriculture & Permanent
26 Charniyan 29/2 15600 1
Residential Structure
Permanent
27 Naankpur 264 19150 Agriculture 1
Structure
Agriculture & Permanent
28 Rampur Jungi 216 20310 1
Residential Structure
Permanent
29 Kona 136 20470 Agriculture 1
Structure
Permanent
30 Kona 750/336/2/2 20800 Residential 2
Structure
Permanent
31 Kona 325 20890 Residential 1
Structure
Agriculture & Permanent
32 Mandawala 1091 21080 1
Residential Structure
Agriculture & Permanent
33 Mandawala 1006 21200 1
Residential Structure
Permanent
34 Mandawala 467 21550 Agriculture 1
Structure
Permanent
35 Mandawala 221 22140 Agriculture 1
Structure
Permanent
36 Khokhra 336 24450 Agriculture 1
Structure

1.8.1 Railway stations

Railway stations shall be constructed at the following locations:

[Provide preliminary drawings and other details to explain the Authority’s
requirements]

188
S. Nos.
N N C Nos. of Min Nos. of Lifts PF Wateri Parki
o. a en platfor imu of Sub / Shel ng Line ng/Ci
m tr m and m foot way Esc ter rcula
e e their widt over on alat (Nos ting
of li individ h of brid each ors .)*L area
St ne ual platf ge platf *B (sqm.
at ch length orm with orm Esca )
io ai and (m) widt lato
n na width h rs
ge (m) (m)

N
C
a 2 Nos. 6.0m 2x
h. Prov
n & High Wid 16.0
18 10.0 ision
1. a Level e 1 mx - 675
67 m of
k 600x10. Sub 10.8
5. Lift
p 0m way 0m
00
ur

In addition to above, each station shall be provided with minimum passenger

amenities as per Railway Board letter no 2018/LA(PA)/03/06 dated 09-04-2018
(Annexure-III/A is reproduced below). Nanakpur & Baddi stations are categorized
as NSG6. The stations and Circulating areas shall be lit as per the latest Railway
Electrical Specifications for General Lightning. The underground provision for
utilities i.e. Cable Ducts for electrical and signal Cables to be provided as per
tentative station platform plans and as per advice of Engineer in charge. Existing
Platforms are to be dismantled, the tentative details of which is given in ESPs
attached in this document. Trolley pathways shall be provided at both ends of all
the platforms at Nanakpur station as per standard norms.

189
 ANNEXURE-III/A
NORMS OF MINIMUM ESSSENTIAL AMENITIES AT VARIOUS
CATTEGORIES OF NON-SUBURABAN STATIONS
S. Amenity STATION CATEGORY
No. NSG1 NSG2 NSG3 NSG4 NSG5 NSG6
1 Drinking water ^
(No. of taps/PF) $ ^^ 20 20 20 20 8 2*

2 Waiting hall @ Sqm

250 250 125 75 30 15
3 Seating arrangement
(No. of seats/PF) 150 150 125 100 50 10

4 Platform shelter (on

each PF)# 500 500 400 200 50 50 sqm
sqm sqm sqm sqm sqm+ +

5 Urinals # #
12 12 10 6 4 1
6 Latrines # #
12 12 10 6 4 1

7 Platforms High High High High High High

Level Level Level Level Level Level
8 Lighting ++ As per Annexure II of Board’s letter No. 2004/Elec
(Lux level) (G)/109/1 dated 18.5.2007

9 Fans © As given below

10 Foot over bridge ® 1 with 1 1 1 ®® 1
cover with with
cover cover
11 Time table Display As per extant instructions.
12 Clock To be decided by zonal railways.
13 Water cooler $$ 20 on 20 on 20 on 20 on 1 on -
each each each each PF main
PF PF PF PF

190
14 Public Address system/ As per extant instructions
Computer based
announcement
15 Parking-cum-circulatory As per extant instructions
area, with lights
16 Electronic Train As per extant instructions
indicator board.
17 Signage Yes Yes Yes Yes - -
(standardized)

18 Dustbins*** Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

% At NSG1-5 category of stations, the booking counters to operate round

the clock except at stations where there is no night working.
^ At stations falling in water scarcity zones or where water source dries up
in summer, drinking water facility should be ensured at every platform by
means of syntax tanks/ CANS/Matkas/Piaos etc. as decided by GM of the
Railways. At less important stations, particularly those falling under NSG6 and
HG category stations one water supply source at a location convenient to
passengers may be provided. Drinking water facility would include all
necessary units whether donated by private parties or provided by the
Railways themselves.
$ There should be one drinking water tap suitable for use by disabled
persons on alternate water booths at every platform.
^^ Adequate number of water taps should be suitably located to serve
passengers of GS coaches, i.e. at the end of platforms.
* At NSG6 category stations, wherever piped water supply is not feasible
due to local conditions, separate arrangement for water at each platform shall
be made available with the approval of General Manager of the concerned
Zonal Railway.
** Drinking water arrangements should be made at halt stations by means
of water taps/handpumps/tubewells/sintex tanks/piaos as decided by the
General manager of the concerned Zonal Railway.
*** Adequate number of uniformity designed standard dustbins should be
provided at all categories of stations of NSG/1-5,SG/1-2 & HG1 category of
stations, dustbins should be provided at regular spacing of 50 mt on each
platform. At NSG6, SG-3 & HG/2-3 category stations, adequate number of
dustbins as required should be provided. It must be ensured that provision of
dustbins does not impede the free flow of passengers.
@ If the variation is marginally on the lower side (upto -5 sqm), then t can
be taken to be adequately provided.

191
# Shelter should be suitably spaced ensuring natural light and ventilation
and covering areas from where passengers aboard the General Coach.
+ Preferably light weight shelters.
## 1. Number of latrines/urinals includes provision in waiting room/halls.
1/3 of the toilet may be reserved for ladies. In case of 2 toilets existing, one
rd

each should be earmarked for ladies & gents.

2. Number of latrines/urinals can be reduced in water scarcity areas by the
Railway with the approval of GM.
3. Includes pay and use toilets. The policy for setting up such toilets by referred
in terms of Board’s letter No. 05/TGIV/10/SAN/32/Pay& Use Policy Dt 7.6.06.
® New FOBs should be at least 20 feet wide at NSG1-3 and SG1-3 category
stations wherever feasible. New FOBs at NSG1-3 should be compatible for
installation of escalators amenable for wheelchair users.
®® Foot over-bridges shall be provided at all stations with more than one
platforms during doubling/gauge conversion wherever the same are not
available.
$$ To be provided as per Board’s letter No. 69/Elec(g)/730/8 Dt.
30.03.1971.
**** (a) On all New lines, Gauge Conversion & Doubling projects, minimum
level of platforms shall be high level. No low/medium level platform shall
henceforth be constructed (in supersession of Board’s letter No.
2003/LMB/14/29 Dt. 26.4.2005 and Board’s letter No. 2012/LM
(PA)/03/07/Policy dated 06.07.12).
(b) Wherever platform height gets reduced on account of track works, the
same should be restored (Board’s letter No. 2003/LMB/14/29 Dt. 03.02.2005)
(c) Platform should be high level of notified minimum height wherever EMU
trains are dealt with (clarification to Board’s letter No. 2006/LMB/2/121 Dt.
11.8.2006).
++ Solar energy based lighting needs to be introduced to provide
emergency lighting at NSG1-5, SG1-3 and HG1 category stations, wherever
feasible, in non-electric traction areas.
© For covered platforms having width of 6-9 mts; one row of fans should
be provided @ one fan in the centre of supporting columns. For covered
platforms with more than 9 mts width, fans should be provided in 2 rows.
Note: (1) At stations where only one ASM is posted, inly one booking window
will be provided. In respect of NSG-6 category stations, where the earnings is
less than Rs. 50 lakh per annum, the quantum of amenities to be provided
could be decided by General Managers based on actual requirements.
(2) Scale of all the amenities prescribed above are the bare minimum to be
provided at the appropriate category of stations. Amenities over and above the
prescribed minimum scales will continue to be provided as per norms for
provision of amenities at “Recommended Level”.

1.8.2 Service buildings

192
Service buildings shall be constructed at each station as follows:

[Provide preliminary drawings and other details to explain the Authority’s

requirements]

S. No. Station Service building Area at ground floor

level

S&T rooms 1No, Toilet Blocks 2 523.21 m2 (G.F) &

1. Nanakpur
Nos, 459.69m2 (F.F)

Note: -
1. Drawing for above will be prepared by contractor and got approved by
authority as per specifications mention in this section. The tentative drawings
& type plans are attached in relevant section of this document for guidance of
the contractor.

2. For S&T rooms, relay Huts & Level crossing Duty Huts, to speed up the
completion of project, contractor may construct these structures using pre-fab
panels to the extent agreed upon by Authority’s Engineer.

3. The service buildings, quarters and rest houses with circulating

area/approach road shall be fully electrified by the contractor.

4. 2 nos 1.5 ton split ACs are to be provided (Chandi Mandir, Nanakpur &
Baddi Station) in relay rooms of S&T Building with switching control outside
relay room. Also 1 no Exhaust fan in each battery and IPS room at Chandi
Mandir, Nanakpur & Baddi Station.

General Specification for Offices & other service buildings:

Sr. No.
Description Specification Skirting/Dado

1 All rooms, Flooring with vitrified tiles, With flooring material with 150
Verandah Granite on reception counter mm high

entrancefoyer
2 Toilet/Bath/WC Flooring tiles (antiskid), With flooring material with
Granite Table Topfor Wash 2100mm high
Hand Basin

Basin.

193
3 Kitchen/dining Floor Tiles (Non-Glazed), Flooring material with 100mm
hall Granite table top with high & 600mm above table- top.
stainlesssteelsink
4 Staircase/Porch Kota Stone (Polished) flooring Flooring material with 100 mm
high
5 Internal Finish All walls finishin POP followed by acrylic/oil bound Distamper
and white washing Toilet ceiling.
6 Railing Stainless steel railing
Door/Window Frame Teak Wood
Door Shutter Flush doors, both side decorative

Window Shutter Wooden(Teak wood) with glass

pannel
Grill Mild Steel
Door/Window
7 ventilator
8 External Finish Dholpur/red stone slabs

9 Terrace FPS brick tiles of class designation 10 grouted with cement

finishing mortar 1:3 mixed with 2% of integral water proofing compound
by weight of cement over a 12 mm layer of cement mortar of 1:3
and finished neat.
10 False Ceiling Designed double level using Plaster of Paris (POP) or gypsum
board
11 1.5 T Split AC Approved make by Railway.

12 Gyser Approved make by Railway.

1.8.3 Staff quarters

Construction and development of staff colony comprising of following types of

staff quarters at each station:

194
 Unit Area
Utility
Single Total
Stairc area/
Station / Main ase/ Balcon Plinth
S. Type No. balcon
Multi- Area
No (sqm circul y y
storey (sqm)
. ) ation (sqm) (sqm)
(sqm)
35 x
TYPE 35
Multi 56 3.34 6.98 3.11 69.43 =
-II Units
2430.05
3x
TYPE 3
Multi 65 3.25 6.5 3.5 78.15=
-III UNIT
Nanak 234.45
1
pur

1.8.4 Out-door power supply, distribution, and lighting works

1.8.4.1 Various electrical general services works

1.8.4.2 Modification of EHT power line crossings (rising of height an Horizontal

distance) shifting of obstructions utilities to be done as per the article-9

S Chainage Nominal Single No. of Qty Remarks

No voltage Circuit/Dou Phases
. level ble Circuit

1 3.419 132 KV Single 3 1 Height to be rise

approx. 8 m

2 23.00 132 KV Single 3 1 Height to be rise

approx. 10 m

195
3 23.355 220 KV Single 3 1 Height to be rise
approx. 8 m

4 23.500 to 132 KV Single 3 2 Height to be rise

23.700 approx. 10 m

5 4.145 to 5.30, 33 KV Single 3 25 To be required

7.400 to underground as
10.735, rail track will be
13.400 to viaduct as per site
14.008, condition
14.691 to
15.028,
16.020 to
17.134

6 5.700 to 33 KV Single 3 36 Height required

6.812, 11.351 to be raised as per
to 12.205, site condition &
14.400, Railway norms
15.251 to
15.391,
19.103 to
26.779

1.8.4.3 Modification of HT power lines and crossings (replacement by UG

cabling) shifting of obstructions utilities to be done as per the Article-9.

1.8.4.4. Modification of LT power lines and crossings (Approx.42 nos.)

(replacement by UG cabling)

1.8.4. 5. Extension of LT power supply for CLS Work:

Current capacity/ size

S.No. Location Quantity Remarks
of conductor

Chandi 2x70 sq mm XLPE

1. 1500 Mtrs. NIL
Mandir Aluminium cable

196
1.8.5 Water supply and distribution
Construction of bore wells, pump house, overhead tanks, etc

Bore well Pump House OH Tank

(in nos) with
Additional
S. No Station suitable capacity of In
(in nos) Facilities
submersible kilolitres
pumps
1. Piped water
supply to all staff
quarters &
1 no. (yield not less station/service
1 Nanakpur 110 litres per 1 No. 225kl* buildings etc.
minute) 2. Chlorination
dosing pumps at
each source of
water

*Capacity indicated is minimum. Actual capacity will be as per IRWM

stipulations.

Note: Conceptual Details are marked on relevant plans.

1.8.6 Drainage system

Efficient drainage system for disposal of water from the buildings and for
drainage of the area shall be provided.

S. Platfom
Station Residential colony (job) Yards (Job)
No. (job)
Drainage of existing and
newly proposed Qtrs through
Separate Yard drainage to be
Nanakp underground rain water
1 planned, including platform
ur sewers and through pacca
drainage.
drains of suitable section and
length

The drainage arrangement to prevent water ingress and internal drainage for
SP/SSP is included in the scope of the work.

197
 1.8.7 Sewerage system

Construction of sewerage system as per the below mentioned requirement.

S. No Station Residenial colony Platfoms

(job) (job)
One Septic Tank with
Septic Tanks proposed for each
soakpit proposed for all
1 Nanakpur Toilet block Individually along
the qtrs. To be
with soak pit
constructed.

1.9 Pedestrian Bridges

Foot over bridges for pedestrians crossing railway track/station shall be constructed
at as follows:

S. Station/ Length Width No. of staircase

No. Block
Section

Subway with provision of staircase

1. Nanakpur 29m 6.0m
+ Provision for lift in Future

1.10 Service roads/ internal roads/approach roads and footpaths

Service roads/ internal colony roads/approach roads and footpaths shall be

constructed at the locations and for the lengths and widths indicated below:

S. No. Road/Footpath Length Width Remarks

(m) (m)

Concrete Roads as per

1. Nanakpur 450.00 10.00 approved Design using
CC/VDC

198
 1.11 Boundary walls, boundary pillars

RCC fencing as per Railway’s standard type Plans:

Material/
Appx. Length at Platform
S. No. Station Height
(m)
(m)
1 Nanakpur 1100m or as per actual scope As per type plan

1.12 Signage information boards and posts

All signage, information boards and posts shall be provided which include train
Indication Board (TIB), Coach guidance system (CGS), utility boards (such as
cloak room, parcel, waiting rooms etc.) etc. in accordance with Good Industry
Practice.

1.13 Drainage along the railway line

Drainage system including surface and subsurface drains for the Railway
Project shall be provided in accordance with the Indian Railway P-way/Works
manual and RDSO guidelines.

Chainage (m) Lengh in (m)

S. In
LHS Remarks
No. From To RHS Side between
Side
Tracks
1 571.50 730.72 - 159.22 -
2 730.72 1125 - 394.28 -

3 4635.85 4812.64 - 176.79 -

Open Pacca
4 4812.64 4950 - 137.36 - Drain
alongwith
5 5703.53 6170.03 - 466.5 - suitable
6 6170.03 6694 - 523.97 - discharge
7 6694 6992.639 - 298.64 - point.
11906.6
8 12290 383.364 - -
36
12431.76
9 12360 71.766 71.766 -
6

1.14 Embankment/slope protection works

Requirement and provision of retaining walls, boulder pitching, geo grid, turfing
etc. shall be specified and is included in the scope of work.

199
(1) Retaining Wall: Retaining walls shall be provided at locations to retain
soil slopes, where width of Railway land may not be available enough to
accommodate slope of embankment 2:1 or as approved by Authority’s
Engineer. This shall depend on final L-section and alignment prepared by the
contractor and approved by Authority.

Location Location
S. Length Height Length Height
From Ch. to Ch. From Ch. to
No. (m) (m) (m) ( m)
(m) Ch. (m)

Left Side of Track Right Side of Track

Ch. 4500 to
1. Ch. 4500 to 4950 450 3 to 4.5 450 3 to 4.5
4950
2. Ch. 5375 to
Ch. 5375 to 5425 50 3 to 4 50 3 to 4
5425
Ch. 11275 to Ch. 11275 to
3. 50 4 to 6.5 50 4 to 6.5
11325 11325
Ch. 14025 to Ch. 14025 to
4. 50 7.5 to 8 50 7.5 to 8
14075 14075
Ch. 15675 to Ch. 15675 to
5. 50 Upto 7.5 50 Upto 7.5
15725 15725
Ch. 18640 to
6. - - - 60 3.5 to 6
18700
Ch. 18700 to
7. - - - 300 Upto 4
19000

(2) Boulder Pitching: Boulder pitching shall be provided on

approaches of major bridge and at other locations to the extent required as
per approved drawings/latest Railway board/RDSO guidelines. Non-scour
able bed is not to be provided.

(3) Provision of turfing: Suitable protection works against

Embankment/slope erosion by way of use of techniques as turfing, geo-
grid etc as per extant RDSO guidelines/approved drawings shall be
provided.

1.15 Supply of Materials and Stores NOT APPLICABLE

1.16 Compulsory afforestation and tree plantation NOT APPLICABLE

1.17 Any other requirements: NIL

200
 1.18 Change of Scope

The dimensions of structures and bridges specified hereinabove shall be treated as

an approximate assessment. The actual dimensions as required on the basis of
detailed investigations shall be determined by the Contractor in accordance with
the Specifications and Standards. Any variations in the dimensions specified in this
Schedule-B shall not constitute a Change of Scope, save and except any variations
in the dimensions arising out of a Change of Scope expressly undertaken in
accordance with the provisions of Article 13.
However, the arrangement provided in GADs is fixed. The contractor is free
to design as per the fixed arrangement, however in this process the clear waterway
can not be reduced. Standard RDSO drawings are to be used for superstructure.

2. Signalling and telecommunication

2.1 Signalling works

2.1.1 All signalling works including Survey, design, supply, installation, testing
and commissioning shall be executed in accordance with the provisions of the
Indian Railway Signal Engineering Manual.

2.1.2 Signalling works at wayside stations

The details of signalling works at wayside stations are:
SN Description of Details of wayside stations
work
Na N Std Ty Type Ty Type of Type of Det
me o . of pe of pe point lifting ails
of o inte of block of operatio barrier of
stati f rlo Sig worki trai n & & sidi
on L cki nall ng n locking locking ng
i ng ing det arrange arrange
n ecti ment ment
e on
s sys
te
m
1 Survey, design, Chn 4 Std MA Single DC IRS - 3
supply, di -III CL Line Tra POINT
installation, Man UFSB ck MACHI
testing, dir I with Ckt NE
manuals for HASS .
new technology DAC
equipment Nan 3 Std MA Single DC IRS 1
installed each akpu -III CL Line Tra POINT
place, supply of r UFSB ck MACHI
completion I with Ckt NE
drawings, and HASS .
commissioning DAC

201
 at wayside Bad 6 Std MA Single DC IRS 4
stations di -III CL Line Tra POINT
UFSB ck MACHI
I with Ckt NE &
HASS . THICK
DAC WEB
TYPE

2 Inventory. Supply of signalling [Specify the name of Qty with unit

spares: location(s) and the
quantity of inventory
to be supplied at each
location]
2.1 Electronic Interlocking or Relay Store of 2.1-As per RDSO norms
Interlocking equipment SSE/Sig/C/CW at
Delhi Kishan Ganj,
2.2 Power supply system Delhi 2.2-10% of each mpdule
(min-1no.)
2.3 Data logger system 2.3 – 10% spare digital inputs
bits
2.4 Axle counter system 2.4 -10% (minimum – 1 no)

2.5 Signalling cables 2.5 NIL

2.6 Power cables 2.6 NIL

2.7 Relays 2.7- 10% (Minimum – 1 no.)

2.8 Point machines with accessories 2.8 – 10% (minimum-1 no.)

2.9 Train Detection system 2.9 – DC track cct

2.10 On Board (Cab) equipment for 2.10 –NIL

TPWS system

2.11 Line side equipment for TPWS 2.11- NIL

system

2.12 TMS (with remote operation system) 2.12-NIL

2.13 Any other item/items for functioning 2.13- As per IRSEM &
of Signalling system as per contract approved S-IP
requirement.

202
2.14 Testing and measuring tools and 2.14-In accordance with the
equipment as determined in manufacturer’s manuals
accordance with the manufacturer’s
manuals
3 Integrated testing and Required
commissioning

2.1.3 Signalling works at major or junction stations:

The details of signalling works at major/Junction stations are:

S Description of Details of Major/Junction stations

N work
Na N Std Ty Ty Ty Type Type Det Junc
me o . of pe pe pe of of ails tion
of o int of of of point lifting of arra
stat f erl Si blo trai opera barrie sidi nge
ion L ock gn ck n tion & r & ng ment
i ing all wo det lockin lockin with
n in rki ecti g g adja
e g ng on arran arrang cent
s sys geme ement stati
te nt ons
m
1 Survey, design, i.
supply, ii.
installation, iii.
testing, manuals iv.
for new ...
technology ...
equipment
installed for
each place,
supply of
completion
drawings, and
commissioning
of
major/junction
stations
2 Inventory: [Specify
Supply of the name
signalling of
spares: location(s)
List spares 2.1 and the
to 2.14 as under quantity of
paragraph 2.1.2 inventory
above. to be
supplied at

203
 each
location]

3 Integrated
testing and
commissioning

2.1.4 Block Signalling (BPAC/Token/Tokenless).

Details of block signalling (BPAC/Token/Tokenless) are:

S Description of Details of Block signalling (BPAC/Token/Tokenless)

N work
Details of Sys Type No No. Ty Pro To An
block tem of mi of pe visi ke y
section of block nal asp of on n/ ot
Blo signal len ects tra of To he
Cha Ch ck ling gth for in int ke r
inag ain wo syste of aut de er n de
e age rki m eac om tec me les tai
(Fro (To ng (electr h atic tio dia s ls
m) ) onic, aut sig n te bl (pl
electri o nall sys blo oc sp
cal or sect ing te ck k eci
electr ion m sig wo fy)
omec nal rk
hanic in
al) g

204
1 Survey, design, Cha Cha Abs As per NA NA Bl NI As -
supply, ndig ndi olut appro - oc L pe
installation, arh Ma e ved S- k r
testing, manuals ndir IP ins ap
for new tru pr
technology me ov
equipment nt ed
installedfor wit S-
each place, h IP
supply of H
completion AS
drawings, and SD
commissioning A
of block C
signalling
(BPAC/token/
tokenless)

Cha Na Abs As per NA NA Bl NI As -

di nak olut appro - oc L pe
Man pur e ved S- k r
dir IP ins ap
tru pr
me ov
nt ed
wit S-
h IP
H
AS
SD
A
C

205
 Nan Bad Abs As per NA NA Bl NI As -
akpu di olut appro - oc L pe
r e ved S- k r
IP ins ap
tru pr
me ov
nt ed
wit S-
h IP
H
AS
SD
A
C

2 Inventory: Supply of signalling spares: [Specify the name of Qty. With unit
location(s) and the
quantity of inventory
to be supplied at each
location
Store of
SSE/Sig/C/CW at
Delhi Kishan Ganj ,
Delhi
3 Integrated testing and commissioning Required

2.1.5 Train Protection and Warning System (TPWS)

The details of the Train Protection and Warning System are:

S Description of Details of Train Protection and Warning System

N work On
Details of block Line side equipment Single/ Any
section Board double other

206
 Chainag Chainag Equip Wa Junct Aut line details
e (From) e (To) ment, ysid ion o section (pl
Anten
na,
e statio secti specify
Tacho stati n on )
meter on
1 Survey, design,
supply,
installation,
testing, manuals
for new
technology
equipment
installed for
each place,
supply of
completion
drawings, and
commissioning
of train
protection and
warning system
(TPWS)
2 Inventory, [Specify Quantity with unit
Supply of the name
signalling of
spares: location(s)
List spares 2.1 and the
to 2.14 as under quantity of
paragraph 2.1.2 inventory
above. to be
supplied at
each
location]
Store of
SSE/Sig/C/
CW at
Delhi
Kishan
Ganj ,
Delhi
3 Integrated
testing and
commissioning

207
 2.1.6 Sections

[Specify meaning and description of section, and give each section a unique
name.]

S Description of Details of Sections

N work
Na O S L EI Trai B B P S L LC Inte Ind Tra A
me pe e C /P n l l o i C Ga grat oor in n
of rat ct G I/ Dete o o i g G te ed /Ou Ma y
sect io io a R ction c c n n a tel Po tdo nag o
ion n n t R (TC, k k t a t ep wer or em t
C si e I Axle S P O l e ho sup Inst ent h
on n ( Cou i r p a i ne ply alla Sys e
tro gl N nter, g o e r n at tion tem r
l e/ e AFT n v r r t stat for (T d
Ce D w C a i a a e ion IBS MS e
ntr o / etc.) ll n t n r s /IB )/ t
e u M i g i g l and H Ce a
bl o n A o e o UP or ntra i
e di g x n m c S at AB lise l
li fi l a e k OC S d s
n ca e n n i C Tra (
e ti C d t n ffic p
o o l s g Co l
n) u o y ntr s
n c s ol p
t k t e
e i e c
r n m i
g f
a y
r )
r
a
n
g
e
m
e
n
t

208
1 Survey, CD Lo Si - E DC A A O M U R Yes NI NI -
design, G- ca n I trac s s p A s DS L L-
supply, BA l gl k p p e C i O
installation, DD e cct e e r L n ap
testing, I at r r a g pro
manuals for stat a a t E ve
new ion p p i L d,
technology and p p o B wit
equipment HA r r n a h
installed for SS o o o s voi
each place, DA v v f p ce
supply of C e e p e rec
completion wit d d o r ord
drawings, h S S i a ing
and blo - - n p fac
commissioni ck I I t p ilit
ng inst P P s r y
ru , o
me u v
nt s e
in i d
blo n p
ck g l
sec I a
tio R n
n S s
p
o
i
n
t
m
a
c
h
i
n
e
2 Inventory: [Specify Quantity with unit
Supply of the name of 10% (minimum-1 no.)
signalling location(s)
spares: and the
quantity of
List spares inventory
2.1 to 2.14 as to be
under supplied at
paragraph each
2.1.2 above. location]
3 Integrated Required
testing and

209
 commissioni
ng

Construction must also include verification and validation of system installed and
independent certification for maintenance and operation system during its life
cycle.
All other associated materials and works for completion not limited to items in the
above table as required for execution of the signalling and telecom works to suit 25
KV has to be provided by the Contractor.

2.2 Telecommunication

2.2.1 All telecommunication works including survey, design, supply, installation,

testing and commissioning shall be executed in accordance with the provisions of
the Indian Railway Telecom Manual.

2.2.2 Optic fibre cable system

Optic fibre cable supply, laying in trench in all types of soil including cable laying
through trenchless technique for road/road crossing, jointing, termination, testing
and design, supply, installation, testing and commissioning of STM, P D/I Mux
system including all associated control equipment to achieve the end goal .

SN Description of Details of OFC system

work Chain Na Type of Type Po Control office A
age me STM of wer equipment with ny
of equipment Multi sup Power supply ot
Fr T stati Sho Lon plexer ply Wa H Emer he
o o ons rt g y Q gency r
Ha haul stat contr de
m tai
ul ion ol
equip ls
ment

210
1 Survey, design, C B Cha ST - PD 48 Sec Y - -
supply, ha a ndi M- MUX V tio e Emer P
installation, nd d Man 1 wit n, s gency A
testing, manuals ig d dir , h De Contr E,
for new ar i Nan SM put ol Se
technology h 3 akp PS y, Socke cu
equipment 0.0 6 ur Bat En t re
installed for each 0 . & ter gg, d
place, supply of 1 Bad y S& L
completion 4 di cha T,T C
drawings, and 6 rge PC, G
commissioning r& TL at
of optical fibre 200 C, e
cable AH Em co
Communication VR erg m
system LA enc m
bat y, un
ter SC ica
y AD tio
set A/ n
Yes RC

2 Inventory: Supply of communication spares: Qty

2.1 Optical fibre cable with accessories NIL

2.2 HDPE duct with accessories NIL

2.3 Optical fibre Digital equipment’s (STM with accessories) NIL

2.4 Digital Multiplexer equipment’s (PDH with accessories). NIL

2.5 Power supply of STM/PDH with accessories NIL

2.6 Control office equipment with accessories

a Way station NIL

b HQ NIL

c Power supply NIL

2.7 Emergency communication system with accessories NIL

2.8 Any other item/items for functioning of telecommunication system as per NIL
contract requirement.

211
2.9 Testing and measuring tools and equipment as determined in accordance with NIL
the manufacturer’s manuals

3 Integrated testing and commissioning Required

2.2.3 Six quad telecom cable

Six quad telecom cable supply and laying in trench in all types of soil including
cable laying through trenchless technique for road/road crossing, jointing,
termination and testing including provision of EC sockets at every km for
emergency communication and Level crossing gate.

S Description of work Details of 6 Quad telecom cable system

N
Chainage Name of LC gate Any other
From To stations No. details
1 Survey, design, supply, installation, testing, Chandi Baddi Chandi - Through
manuals for new technology equipment garh 36.146 mandir, Cable
installed for each place, supply of 0.00 Km Nanakp huts,
completion drawings, and commissioning Km ur & Emergenc
of 6 Quad telecom cable system Baddi y sockets
to be
provided
2 Inventory: Supply of communication Quantity with unit
spares:
10% spare of each- emergency sockets with box and
accessories
2.1 Six quad telecom cable and accessories
2.2 Emergency sockets with box and pins
2.3 Any other item/items for functioning
of telecommunication system as per contract
requirement
2.4 Testing and measuring tools and
equipment as determined in accordance with
the manufacturer’s manuals
3 Integrated testing and commissioning Required

2.2.4 Mobile train radio communication

Survey, design, supply, installation, testing and commissioning of mobile train

radio communication, including supply and installation of porta cabins/ service
buildings, towers, power supply equipment and antenna etc.:

212
S Description of work Details of Mobile Train Radio Communication system
N
Chainage Name No. of 3 No. of 2 Any
From To of direction direction base other
station base service Detail
service station s
station.

1 Survey, design, supply, installation,

testing, manuals for new technology
equipment installed for each place,
supply of completion drawings, and
commissioning of mobile train
radio communication system

2 Inventory: Supply of Quantity with unit

communication spares:

2.1 Master switching centre

equipment
2.2 Base switching centre
equipment
2.3 DT/Cab radio/Handheld
2.4 Dispatch/Control terminals
2.5 OPH
2.6 GPH
2.7 GSM Set
2.8 Cab radio
2.9 Any other item/items for
functioning of telecommunication
system as per contract requirement
2.10 Testing and measuring tools
and equipment as determined in
accordance with the manufacturer’s
manuals
3 Integrated testing and
commissioning

213
 2.2.5 Other locations

The details of supply, testing and commissioning of telecommunication equipment

for other locations are:

(A)

S Description of Details of telecommunication equipment

N work
S L O A S O C M B D D OG G C M V T E L E P A
t C p u i p o a a T i P P S A a i e C C a o n
a G e t n t n s s / s HH M B s d l S G r w y
ti a r o g i t t e C p s R t e e o a t e o
o t a m l c r e s a a e a e o p c t h r t
n e t a e a o r w b t t d r s h k e i s h
i t / l l s i R c i C u o e T n u e
o i - f o w t a h o l r n t e g p r
n c d i f i c d e o v e s l a pl D
c s o b f t h i r c e e e r y e
o i u r i c i o / k i x p r e t
n g b e c h n / C s l c h a q a
t n l c e i g H o y l h o n ui il
r a e a e n c a n s a a n g p s
o l l b q g e n t t n n e e m
l l i l u c n d r e c g s m e
c i n e i e t h o m e e e n
e n e e p n e e l S n t
n g s q m t r l t y t w
t b e u e e d e s s it
r l c i n r r t h
e o t p t m e p
( c i m i m r
O k o e n ot
C h n n a e
C u t l ct
) t a s io
n n
d
a
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s

214
1 Survey, design,
supply,
installation,
testing,
manuals for
new technology
equipment
installed for
each place,
supply of NIL
completion
drawings, and
commissioning
of tele-
communication
equipment at
specified
locations

2 Inventory: Quantity with unit

Supply of
communication
spares:
2..1 Optical fibre
cable
communication
system
2.2 Mobile
Radio
communication
system
2.3 CCTV
system
2.4 Electronic
Exchange
system
2.5 Public
address system NIL
2.6 Passenger
Information
display system
2.7 Digital
Clock system
2.8 Control
office
equipment’s
with accessories
2.9 Master
switching centre
equipment

215
 2.10 Base
switching centre
equipment
2.11 DT/Cab
radio/Handheld
2.12Dispatch/Co
ntrol terminals
2.13 OPH
2.14 GPH
2.15 GSM Set
2.16 Cab
radio
2.17 Master
clock system
2.18 Any
other item/items
for functioning
of
telecommunicati
on system as per
contract
requirement.
2.19 Testing
and measuring
tools and
equipment as
determined in
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
manuals.

3 Integrated
testing and
commissioning

(B) Other Equipment

Description of work Details of telecommunication equipment

216
 St L C PA Pas Elect Digital E Power Any
S
ati C C syste sen ronic clock ar Supply othe
N
on G T m ger exch th equipm r
at V info ange in ent with Det
e rma g battery ails
tion ar back up
disp ra
lay n
syst g
em m
en
t
Survey, design, supply, Ba N N Requ No NO No R Require
1 installation, testing, supply dd o o ired eq d
of manuals for new i ui
technology equipment re
installed for each place, d
supply of testing tools and
testing equipment, N N N Requ No No No R Require
completion drawings, and an o o ired eq d
commissioning of tele- ak ui
communication equipment pu re
r d

C N N Requ No No No R Require
ha o o ired eq d
nd ui
i re
M d
an
dir

Inventory: Supply of communication spares: Qty. With unit

2

217
 2..1 Optical fibre cable communication system
2.2 Mobile Radio communication system
2.3 CCTV system
2.4 Electronic Exchange system
2.5 Public address system
2.6 Passenger Information display system
2.7 Digital Clock system
2.8 Control office equipment’s with accessories
2.9 Master switching centre equipment NIL
2.10 Base switching centre equipment
2.11 DT/Cab radio/Handheld
2.12 Dispatch/Control terminals
2.13 OPH
2.14 GPH
2.15 GSM Set
2.16 Cab radio
2.17 Master clock system
2.18 Any other item/items for functioning of telecommunication system as per contract
requirement.
2.19 Testing and measuring tools and equipment as determined in accordance with the
manufacturer’s manuals.

3 Integrated testing and

commissioning

All other associated materials and works for completion not limited to items in the
above table as required for execution of the signalling and telecom works to suit 25
KV has to be provided by the Contractor.

1.3 Automatic Fire Alarm & Detection System:

Way Side Stations

SN Name of Stations
1 Chandi mandir
2 Nanakpur
3 Baddi

1.4 Automatic Fuse Alarm System:

Way Side Stations

SN Name of Stations
1 Chandi mandir
2 Nanakpur
3 Baddi

1.5 Maintenance Free Earthing & Surge Protection System:

Way Side Stations

SN Name of Stations
1 Chandi mandir
218
 2 Nanakpur
3 Baddi

2.6 Any other requirements of signalling and telecommunication:

[Specify with relevant details to explain the Authority’s requirements]

*Guidelines of requirement for S&T works:

Authority’s Requirement of Works

The Authority’s Requirement of Works shall be prepared by Zonal Railways, as

each project has its own scope of works, specific functional requirement, specific
site conditions, specific technical requirements etc. However broad guidelines
mentioned below, but not limited to, will facilitate zonal railways in formulating
Authority’s Requirement of Works.
The Authority’s Requirement of Works should cover in details following
requirements:

a) A section should cover Objective of Project, A System Overview and Scope

of Works.

b) A section should cover Project Planning and Project Management

requirements which stipules requirement of various management plans such as, but
not limited to, Signal Interlocking Plan, Document Management Plan, Design
Management Plan, Interface Management Plan, Procurement Plan, Site
Management Plan, Quality Assurance Plan, Testing & Commissioning
Management Plan, RAMS Management Plan, Training Plan and Defect Liability
Management Plan.

c) A section should cover Project Program requirements which stipules

requirement of various works program such as Overall Works Program, Design
Submission Program, Procurement Program, Installation Program, Testing &
Commissioning Program and Training Program. This should also include
mechanism of monitoring progress through Progress Reports and Progress Review
Meetings.

d) A section should cover Design Requirements which stipules various design

criteria and design specification to be followed by Contractor while preparing
design under the project. It should also cover list of design & documents to prepared
by Contractor. It should also stipulate various stages of design and procedures to be
followed for review and approval of design .

e) A section should cover interface requirements for System Design,

Installation and Testing & Commissioning.

219
f) A section should cover technical requirements which stipulate various
standards and specification of cables, equipment, material, items & accessories to
be followed in project.

g) A section should cover system requirements which stipulates requirements

related with overall system architecture.

h) A section should cover requirements which stipules various standards,

guidelines, procedures, methods to be followed during supply, storage and laying,
construction and installation of cables, equipment, material, items & accessories in
the project.

i) A section should cover testing requirements. This should cover various

stages of testing such as factory, supply, storage, installation, system acceptance
etc. This should cover agency responsible for such testing and procedure to
followed during such testing.

j) A section should cover requirements related with RAMS. This should also
include requirements of redundancy and spare capacity in the system.

k) A section should cover requirements related with Training for Authority’s

Personnel.

l) A section should cover requirements related with Spares to supplied to

Authority’s Personnel.

m) A section should cover requirements related with Operation & Maintenance

Documents. These documents include Operation Manual, Technical Manuals,
Maintenance Manuals, as Built Drawings etc.

n) A section should cover requirements related with Defect Liability Period.

3. Electrification of existing railway line

3.1 Overhead Equipment (OHE)

Design, Supply, Erection, Testing & Commissioning of 25 KVAC single phase

conventional OHE for new BG line between Chandi Mandir- Baddi section From
KM-0.00 to KM -28.200, Railway Electrification From KM-248.800 to KM -
251.975 on CDG-KLK section, including new CNDM station yard including OHE
modification in c/w cut connections with temporary By pass line. Construction of
new switching post (Sub-Sectioning and Paralleling Post) with provision of Isolator
Gantry at Baddi Station and Modification of existing switching post CNDM/SSP
and conversion in CNDM/SP for double line section on Chandigarh –Kalka section
over Ambala division.

220
3.1.1 Regulated conventional type OHE with normal contact wire height 5.80
Metre

S.N. From Station to km to km Total Remarks

Station Track km

1. CNDM-Baddi Km 00.450 38.733 New line

Section to Km partially on
28.200 viaduct

2. CDG-KLK Section Km- 9.648 New line

248.800 to including
Km- New CNDM
251.975) yard station
with OHE
Modificatio
ns and cut
connection
on both ends
of CNDM
yard

3.1.2 Regulated high rise type OHE with normal contact wire height 7.57
Metre: NIL

3.1.3 Regulated Tramway type OHE with normal contact wire height 5.80
metre: NIL

3.1.4 Regulated tramway type high rise OHE with normal contact wire
height 7.57 metre: NIL

3.1.5 Unregulated conventional type OHE with normal contact wire height
5.80 metre: NIL

3.1.6 Unregulated type OHE high rise with normal contact wire height 7.57
metre: NIL

3.2 25 KV Sectioning post (SP) and sub-sectioning post (SSP) (Switching Post)

S.N Location Type of Remarks

o. Switching
Post

221
 1. BADDI/SSP 01(SSP) New SSP with provision
of Isolator Gantry for
yard

2. CNDM/SP 01(Conversi Modification of existing

on of Single SSP in Double line SP
line SSP into with PTFE and feeding
Double line arrangement to Baddi
SP) line

3.3 25 KV Booster Transformer and return conductor arrangement: NA

3.4 25 KV Auxiliary transformer stations

S.N. Location Capacity Quantity Remarks

1. Baddi/Station 25 KVA 02 Station AT

2. Baddi/SSP 10 KVA 01 Post AT

3. Nanakpur/Stn 10 KVA 01 Station AT

4. CNDM/Station 25 KVA 02 Station AT

3.5 Traction sub-stations (TSS): NIL

3.6 High voltage transmission line from grid sub-station to railway TSS:
NA

3.6.1 Overhead transmission line: NA

3.6.2 Monopole overhead transmission line: NA

3.7 Underground high tension cable transmission: NA

3.8 Bay augmentation work at grid sub-station: NA

3.9 Supervisory control and data acquisition system (SCADA).

222
 S.N Item Quantity Remarks
o.

1. Remote Control Centre with 01 Hooking up of

SCADA Hardware and BADDI/SSP with
software existing RCC at Ambala

2. Modification of existing 01 Modification of existing

SCADA System CNDM/SSP in to Double
line SP

SCADA Equipment at
3 Traction Sub-Station NIL

4 SCADA Equipment at 01 Baddi/SSP

Switching Posts (SP/SSP)

3.10 Various electrical general services works

Electrification of station buildings and platforms, Qtrs, Sheds and other

service buildings including street lighting of station circulating areas,
yards and approach
roads at Nanakpur Railway Station and Baddi Railway Station including
washing line, C&W shed and provision of 2x500KVA 11KV/ 0.415 KV
Substation with 500 kVA DG set and HT &LT switch gear at Baddi
Railway station and package type 1x250 KVA 11KV/0.415 KV
Substation with 125 kVA DG set at Nanak pura Station.

3.11 Modification of HT power lines and crossings (raising of height) : NA

Details given in clause 1.8.4.2

3.12 Modification of HT power lines and crossings (replacement by UG

cabling): Details given in clause 1.8.4.2

3.13 Modification of LT power lines and crossings (replacement by UG

cabling) : (Details are given at 1.8.4.4)

3.14 Extension of LT power supply for CLS Work:

Current capacity/
S.N. Location Quantity Remarks
size of conductor

1 NA

223
 3.15 Extension/Augmentation of electrical power supply arrangements and
associated works

S.N. Location Load (KWH) Remarks

1 Nanakpur 200 KW New HT Supply

connection to be
taken and
Package type sub
station 1x250 KVA
11KV/0.415 KV
Substation with
125 kVA DG set to
be provided

2 Baddi 500 KW New HT Supply

connection to be
taken and
2x500KVA 11KV/
0.415 KV
Substation with
500 kVA DG set
along with HT and
LT switchgear to
be provided

3.16 Modifications of existing electrical works

3.16.1 List modifications to existing switching posts, if any.

Conversion of single line CNDM/SSP into double line SP and modification as per
double line scheme with feeding arrangement to Baddi line

3.16.2 List of modifications to existing OHE, including dismantling of OHE,

removal of brackets, cutting of masts, dismantling and removal of existing auxiliary
transformer

Railway Electrification and commissioning From KM-248.800 to KM -251.975 on

CDG-KLK section, including new CNDM station yard involves OHE modification/
partially OHE dismantling of temporary By pass line in c/w cut connections with
temporary By pass line on both ends of CNDM station and Modification of existing
switching post CNDM/SSP and conversion in CNDM/SP for double line section on
Chandigarh –Kalka section over Ambala division.

224
NOTE: Release material of OHE will be the property of Railway to be deposited
by Contactor at Railway stores at JUDW/NDLS.

3.16.3 List modifications to existing traction sub-station, such as augmentation of

bay, addition or replacement of traction transformer, circuit breakers etc.

NIL

3.17 Inventory electrical

Supply of T&P and other items for Baddi depot as per mentioned in ACTM.

3.18 Signalling system (for electrification works)

3.18.1 Modification to existing PI/RRI/EI systems and modification in

signalling system of LC gates

All signalling works including design of signalling plan, route control chart or
selection/control table, panel diagram, wiring/circuit diagram, application logic,
interface details, cable route chart, cable core diagram, termination and equipment
position diagram etc. as part of the modification to the existing signalling system
along with supply, installation, testing and commissioning shall be executed in
accordance with the provision of IRSEM and signal and Interlocking principles
issued in the form of typical designs.
In addition to above, augmentation of existing service buildings to accommodate
additional signalling equipment/ racks etc shall be carried out.
The released materials shall be transported to the railway depot within the Site, as
nominated by the Authority Engineer.

225
 (a) Modification in existing PI/RRI/EI systems.

S Description of Details of modifications

N work
N N S M Rel C T Type P Ty E P B D An
a o t aj ay a y of oi pe ar o l e y
m o d o typ b p train nt of th w o t oth
e f o r e l e detec M lifti in e c a er
o L f (J (me e o tion ot ng g r k i req
f i i u tal s f syste o bar a s w l uire
s n n n to ( S m r rier n u o s me
t e t ct met S ig (rela i & d p r o nt
a s e io al i n y, m loc p p k f
t r n or g al AC, m kin r l i s
i l )/ met / fe AFT u g ot y n i
o o W al T e C ni arra e g d
n c a to e d Etc.) s nge ct i
k y car l (l at me io n
i si bon e o io nt n g
n d ) ) c n
g e al
st o
at r
io re
n m
ot
e)
1 Survey, Design,
Supply,
Installation,
Testing, supply
of manuals for
new technology
equipment for
each place,
supply of
completion
drawings, and
commissioning
of
2 Name of station Quantity with unit

226
 Supply of
signalling
spares:

2.1 Electronic
Interlocking or
Relay
Interlocking
equipment
2.2 Power
supply system
2.3 Data logger
system
2.4 Axle counter
system
2.5 Signalling
cables
2.6 Power cables
2.7 Relays
2.8 Point
machines with
accessories
2.9 Train
Detection system
2.10 Any other
item/items for
functioning of
Signalling
system as per
contract
requirement.
2.11 Testing and
measuring tools
and equipment as
determined in
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
manuals
3 Integrated
testing and
commissioning

227
 (b) Modification in existing LC gate:
S Description of work Details of modifications
N
LC Type Cabl Type of Earthin Po A
Gat of es Signal g and wer ny
e liftin (Sig feed protecti sup ot
No. g /Tel (local on ply he
barrie e) or r
r & remote re
locki ) qu
ng ire
arran m
geme en
nt t
1 Survey, Design, Supply, Installation,
Testing, supply of manuals for new
technology equipment for each
place, supply of completion
drawings, and commissioning of
2 Supply of signalling spares: LC gate No. Quantity with unit

2.1 Electronic Interlocking or Relay

Interlocking equipment
2.2 Power supply system
2.3 Data logger system
2.4 Axle counter system
2.5 Signalling cables
2.6 Power cables
2.7 Relays
2.8 Train Detection system
2.9 Any other item/items for
functioning of Signalling system as per
contract requirement.
2.10 Testing and measuring tools and
equipment as determined in
accordance with the manufacturer’s
manuals
3 Integrated testing and
commissioning

3.18.2 Commissioning of new Electronic Interlocking/Panel Interlocking/

Route Relay Interlocking
All signalling works including design of signalling plan, route control chart or
selection/control table, panel diagram, wiring/circuit diagram, application logic,
interface details, cable route chart, c core diagram, termination and equipment
position diagram etc. as part of the detail design along with supply, installation,

228
 testing and commissioning shall be executed in accordance with the provision of
IRSEM and signal and interlocking principles issued in the form of typical designs.
In addition to above, provision of new service buildings to accommodate signalling
equipment, power supply equipment etc., shall be carried out.
Releasing and transporting the released materials to railway depot nominated by the
Authority Engineer.

S Description of Details of Major/Junction or Wayside stations

N work
N N S T Ju Typ Ty Type of Typ D Junction
a o td yp nct e of pe point e of et arrangement
m o . e ion bloc of operati liftin ai with adjacent
e f o of (m k trai on & g ls stations
o L f Si ajo wor n locking barri o
f i in gn r)/ king det arrange er & f
s n te all W ecti ment lock si
t e rl in ay on ing di
a s o g sid syst arra n
t c e em nge g
i ki sta men
o n tio t
n g n
1 Survey, Design,
Supply,
Installation,
Testing, supply
of manuals for
new technology
equipment for
each place,
supply of
completion
drawings, and
commissioning
of

229
2 Supply of Name of Quantity with unit
signalling station
spares:
2.1 Electronic
Interlocking or
Relay
Interlocking
equipment
2.2 Power supply
system
2.3 Data logger
system
2.4 Axle counter
system
2.5 Signalling
cables
2.6 Power cables
2.7 Relays
2.8 Point
machines with
accessories
2.9 Train
Detection system
2.10 On Board
(Cab) equipment
for TPWS
system
2.11 Line side
equipment for
TPWS system
2.12 TMS (with
remote operation
system)
2.13 Any other
item/items for
functioning of
Signalling
system as per
contract
requirement.
2.14 Testing and
measuring tools
and equipment as
determined in
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
manuals

230
3 Integrated
testing and
commissioning

3.18.3 Diversion of utilities like cables, location boxes and huts and lifting barriers
etc., wherever necessary shall be done prior to taking up of any work in the vicinity
of existing Signalling and Telecom systems.
3.18.4 All other associated materials and works for completion not limited to items
in the above table as required for execution of the signalling and telecom works to
suit 25 KV has to be provided by the Contractor.

3.19 Telecommunication (for electrification works)

3.19.1

a) Where optical fibre cable (OFC) and quad cable already exist in the
section

Where optical fibre cable (OFC) and quad cable already exist in the section , scope
of work includes supply , trenching and laying of 6 quad cables, jointing of quad
cables for provision of emergency sockets in the section and SP/SSP/TSS /LC gates
etc., transferring the existing communication circuits including block on new
cables, supply and installation of power supply equipment, batteries and other
telecom equipment, supply and installation of SDH and PD MUX equipment and
their networking with the existing OFC link for augmenting existing OFC
equipment at stations in the section, supply, installation and testing and
commissioning of HQ and way station control equipment for giving various control
phones at stations, SP/SSP/TSS etc., augmentation of existing service buildings as
required, provision of cable huts and service buildings, protection of telecom lines
entering 25 KV sub-station /switching posts, and protection against surge and
lightning. The scope also includes masonry works for erection and installation of
signalling equipment and all types of painting as per Railway Telecom Manual and
standard practices. Supply of spares to the extent of 10% (minimum 1) of each type
of equipment like SDH, PDMUX, control phones, emergency sockets etc.
All the materials not limited to above as required for execution of the signalling
works to suit 25 KV has to be provided by the Contractor in accordance with the
Good Industry Practice. The Contractor shall transport the released materials
railway depot nominated by the Authority Engineer.

b) Where OFC and quad cable does not exist in the section.

Where OFC and quad cable does not exist in the section, scope of work includes
supply , trenching and laying of OFC and 6 quad cables, jointing of quad cables,
splicing of OFC cable, provision of emergency sockets in the section and
SP/SSP/TSS /LC gates etc., transferring the existing communication circuits
including block on new cables, supply and installation of power supply equipment
, batteries and other telecom equipment, supply and installation of SDH and PD
MUX equipment and their networking with the existing OFC link or forming new
link if OFC is not existing in the section, commissioning of quad cable system ,
supply, installation and testing and commissioning of HQ and way station control
equipment for giving various control phones at stations, SP/SSP/TSS etc., provision
231
 of cable huts and service buildings, protection of telecom lines entering 25 KV sub-
station /switching posts, protection against surge and lightning . The scope also
includes masonry works for erection and installation of signalling equipment and
all types of painting as per Railway Telecom Manual and Good Industry Practice.
Supply of spares to the extent of 10% (ten percent) (minimum 1) of each type of
equipment like SDH, PDMUX , control phones, emergency sockets, etc.
All the materials not limited to above as required for execution of the signalling
works to suit 25 KV has to be provided by the Contractor.
On completion of above works, testing and commissioning of entire system in
totality shall be carried out by the Contractor. The Contractor shall transport the
released materials to railway depots nominated by the Authority Engineer.

3.19.2 Quad cable work

The details of quad cable work are:

S Description of work Details of 6 Quad telecom cable system

N
Chainage Name of LC Loc Any
From To stations gate of other
No. TSS detail
/SP/ s
SSP
1 Survey, design, supply, installation, testing,
supply of manuals for new technology
equipment for each place, supply of
completion drawings, and commissioning
of6 Quad telecom cable system

2 Supply of communication spares: Quantity with unit

2.1 Six quad telecom cable and accessories

2.2 Emergency sockets with box and pins
2.3 Any other item/items for functioning
of telecommunication system as per contract
requirement
2.4 Testing and measuring tools and
equipment as determined in accordance with
the manufacturer’s manuals
3 Integrated testing and commissioning

3.19.3 Optic Fibre Cable work

The details of optic fibre cable work are:

S Description of Details of OFC system

N work
Chaina Na OF Type of Typ Po Control office An
ge me Cabl STM e of wer equipment with y
of e equipment Power supply oth

232
 Fr T stati Shor Lon mult sup Way H Emerg er
om o ons t g iplex ply stati Q ency deta
Haul haul er on contro ils
l
equip
ment
1 Survey, design,
supply
installation,
testing, supply of
manuals for each
place, supply of
completion
drawings, and
commissioning
ofoptical fibre
cable
communication
system

2 Supply of Quantity with unit

communication
spares:

2.1 Optical fibre

cable with
accessories
2.2 HDPE
duct with
accessories
2.3 Optical
fibre Digital
equipment’s
(STM with
accessories)
2.4 Digital
Multiplexer
equipment’s
(PDH with
accessories).
2.5 Power supply
of STM/PDH
with accessories

233
 2.6 Control office
equipment with
accessories
(a) Way station
(b) HQ
© Power supply
2.7
Emergenc
y communication
system with
accessories
2.8 Any other
item/items for
functioning of
telecommunicatio
n system as per
contract
requirement.
2.9 Testing
and measuring
tools and
equipment as
determined in
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
manuals
3 Integrated
testing and
commissioning

3.19.4 Modification in passenger amenity works

The details of modification in passenger amenity works are

Details of telecommunication equipment

234
S Description of S L M C PA P Ele Di Ma Vid Tel EC LC Ea Po An
N work ta C ob C sys as ctr git ste eo eph So Gat rth we y
ti G ile T te se oni al r surv one ck e ing r oth
o a ra V m n c clo Cl eilla exc ets Tel arr su er
n t di ge ex ck oc nce han eph an ppl De
e o r ch k Syst ge one ge y tail
co in an sys em s me eq s
m fo ge te nts uip
m r m me
un m nt
ic at wit
ati io h
on n pro
sy di tec
st sp tio
e la n
m y
sy
st
e
m
1 Survey, Design,
Supply,
Installation,
Testing, supply
of manuals for
new technology
equipment for
each place,
supply of
completion
drawings, and
commissioning
ofTelecommuni
cation
equipment

2 Supply of Quantity with unit

communication
spares: NA
2..1 Mobile
Radio comm.
system
2.1 CCTV
system
2.4 Electronic
Exchange
system

235
 2.5 Public
address system
2.6 Passenger
Information
display system
2.7 Digital
Clock system
2.8 Master clock
system
2.9 Video
surveillance
system
2.10 Telephone
exchange
2.11 EC Sockets
2.12 LC Gate
telephones
2.13 Any
other item/items
for functioning
of
telecommunicati
on system as per
contract
requirement.
2.14 Testing
and measuring
tools and
equipment as
determined in
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
manuals.

3 Integrated N/A
testing and
commissioning

236
2 Inventory: Quantity with unit
Supply of
communication
spares:
2..1 Optical
fibre cable
communication
system
2.2 Mobile
Radio
communication
system
2.3 CCTV
system
2.4 Electronic
Exchange
system
2.5 Public
address system
2.6 Passenger
Information
display system
2.7 Digital Clock
system
2.8 Control
office
equipment’s
with accessories
2.9 Master
switching centre
equipment
2.10 Base
switching centre
equipment
2.11 DT/Cab
radio/Handheld
2.12
Dispatch/Control
terminals
2.13 OPH
2.14 GPH
2.15 GSM Set
2.16 Cab radio
2.17 Master
clock system
2.18 Any
other item/items
for functioning
of
telecommunicati

237
 on system as per
contract
requirement.
2.19 Testing
and measuring
tools and
equipment as
determined in
accordance with
the
manufacturer’s
manuals.

All other associated materials and works for completion not limited to items in the above table as required
for execution of the signalling and telecom works to suit 25 KV has to be provided by the Contractor.

Note:- All items of RDSO specification must be inspected by RDSO. Rest all items value more than Rs. 5
lakh will be inspected by RITES.

3.20 Civil works (for electrification works)

3.20.1 Tower wagon shed and siding:

Construction of tower wagon shed and siding including inspection pit, earthwork,
approach road, water supply arrangement, ballast supply and its spreading,
permanent way work with all Contractor’s permanent way material for M+7 sleeper
density with 60 Kg (90 UTS) rail and sleeper (Drg. No. T/2496), track connection
with main line including thermit welding, insertion of glued joint, internal electrical
wiring with allied works and electrical power supply arrangement with
transformer/main distribution supply, as per the Schedule D.

Description of permanent way associated with the above work is:

S. No. Location Length of No. of turnout and derailing No. of glued

track switch with sleepers, rail joint
components and fittings

1. Baddi 300 meters 01 01

Station TW
Shed

3.20.2 Service buildings

Construction of service buildings including electrical internal wiring with allied

work, electrical power supply arrangement with transformer/main distribution

238
 supply, sewerage system, water supply arrangement, augmentation of water supply,
provision of bore well with electrical pump and pump house, approach road,
levelling and earth filling of land, boundary wall, street lighting arrangement etc.

Sr. No. Description of service building Location Plinth area

1. OHE and PSI depot Baddi Yard As per standard

drawing

239
 SCHEDULE - C
(See Clause 2.1)
PROJECT FACILITIES

1 Project Facilities

The Contractor shall construct the Project Facilities in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement. Such Project Facilities shall include:

A) Office Building & Other Facilities: The Contractor shall construct or

hire an independent office on lease/rent basis as per details given below for
the use of Authority’s Engineer and his team (hereby referred to as Principal
Site Office). In case contractor wants to construct the Office building, design of
the principal Site Offices shall be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to
commencement of the construction of those facilities as per the following
details. In case of hiring of office accommodation, contractor shall get consent
of Authority’s Engineer on the layout of office building to be hired. In case, The
Authority’s Engineer does not agree with the building layout, the contractor
shall arrange another building and get the Authority’s agreed upon before
entering into any agreement with the owner of the building.

The contractor shall maintain this office in good condition and provide
services including, but not limited to maintenance of the office equipment
and furniture, repairing and mending, cleaning, consumable replenishment in
respect of toiletries, cartridges for the plotter and colour laser writers,
first aid box, batteries/battery cells, drinking water etc. These facilities shall
be maintained by the Contractor for the period up to Defect Notification period
to the extent required as directed by the Authority’s Engineer.

Principal Site Office

Plinth Area
Accommodation for Nos.
(sqm)

Chief Project Manager/Team leader +Authority’s

Engineer + Representatives of Authority’s Engineer (02)
+Authority’s Site Engineers (6 No’s) + Conference Room
(20 officials) + Civil Testing Lab (with all equipments as 250 sqm 1 (One)
reuired) + Store Rooms (for OHE spares) and Stock yard
with latest computer, printer etc.

The area mentioned above will be split up in rooms and halls. Each room will
be provided with adequate number of Electric appliances as advised below.

1) Chief Project Manager/Team leader

2) Authority’s Engineer

240
 3) Representatives of Authority’s Engineer (upto two)
4) Authority’s Site Engineers (06 nos.)
5) Visitor’s Room
6) First Aid room
7) Pantry
8) Toilets

Note: Detailed layout of the office accommodation can undergo minor

variations with the approval of the Authority’s Engineer but all these
variations would be within the ceiling of the area indicated above.

1. All building shall be supplied with continuous (24 hours) running potable
cold water to the kitchens (RO water) and wash rooms (raw water). The toilets
may use recycled/raw water for flushing. The contractor shall also arrange for
the constant and hygienic disposal off all effluent, sewage and rubbish from
building.

2. All building shall be supplied with electricity, AC 240 voltage 50 HZ that

shall be distributed to each room in accordance with the regulation. Lighting
and electrical power points shall be provided in each room. The disposition
and location of light and power points will be as directed by the Engineer. 24
hours power supply is to be arranged by contractor to meet full power load.
Each room of Rest house and office building including conference hall/ Visitors
rooms/reception etc. shall be provided with adequate number of Fans, ACs,
heaters/blowers etc. will be provided as decided by the engineer.

3. Fire fighting equipments shall be provided in accordance with the local

department’s recommendations.

4. Each kitchen shall be furnished with worktops, cupboards beneath the

worktop and mounted on the walls, a cooker with 2 gas rings and a microwave
oven and a 5 cu ft. refrigerator. Tea/Coffee making facilities for 15 persons
shall be provided.

5. The office building shall be provided with Project network with project
monitoring software like Trimble Tilos or equivalent along with closed user
telecom group, fax and e-mail facilities and mobile communication network
for project monitoring.

6. The approximate total number of Authority’s Engineer’s staff is expected

to be about 10(ten). The Contractor shall provide the office accommodation
including audio and video conference facilities as per requirements.

7. a. In case of construction of new building:

i.Materials used for the construction of the offices shall be of good quality and
finish. Materials shall be chosen such that the buildings when erected shall
give good heat and sound insulation. Both external and internal walls shall be

241
 sound proof.

ii.Windows to each room shall be of an area not less then 10% of the floor area.
All windows to ground floor offices shall be fitted with burglar bars firmly
attached to the structure of the building. All windows shall be fitted with
mosquito netting. All windows shall be fitted with venetian blinds.

iii.Internal doors shall be hollow core flush doors and shall be fitted with door
closers, lever latches, mortise lock and keys.

iv.External doors shall have barrel bolts both at top and bottom of one leaf and a
Yale lock on the other leaf. External doors shall be of solid external quality and
hung with heavy-duty hinges. All sets of keys shall be delivered to the
Engineer.

v.The Contractor shall make such reasonable amendments to the layout and
furnishings as the Auhority’s Engineer may advise.

b. In case of hired office building, the contractor shall carry out all
necessary repairs to furnish the building as per general guidelines for
construction of new building or to the satisfaction of Authority’s Engineer
within the period specified before setting up the office.

c. All furniture supplied by the Contractor shall be new.

8. The office accommodation shall be retained until the expiry of the

Defects Notification Period unless otherwise instructed to the contrary by the
Engineer.

9. Unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer, the Contractor shall

provide all equipment and furnishing in sufficient time to allow the Engineer
to occupy the offices prior to the commencement of excavation or any
Permanent Works.

10. The accommodation shall be maintained in a clean, stable and secure

condition.

11. Equipment provided for the use of the Engineer shall be maintained in
a clean and serviceable condition and all consumables shall be replenished
when required.

12. Equivalent replacements shall be provided for equipment which are

not in working order or otherwise are not in a serviceable condition or are
being repaired or serviced.

242
13. Parking Facilities

At the office compounds, the Contractor shall provide covered sheds

sufficient for about six (6) vehicles.

14. Authority’s Engineer’s Accommodation for Off Site Work

(i) Where any portion of the Works is prepared or fabricated off-Site or at any
fabrication facilities away from the Site, whether by the Contractor or one of
his subcontractors or suppliers, the Contractor shall provide and maintain
office accommodation, furnishings, and equipment for the use of the
Authority’s Engineer and its staff at each such location for the duration of such
work.

(ii) The accommodation furnishings and equipment shall be suitable and

sufficient for the purposes of the Engineer and shall be according to the
Engineer’s consent.

Where the off-Site work requires the presence of the Authority’s Engineer
and/or any of its staff at any off-Site location for a period exceeding three (3)
calendar months, the Contractor shall provide and maintain office
accommodation, furnishings and equipment, at least to a standard equal to the
Authority’s Engineer’s Site accommodation furnishings and equipment, for
the exclusive use of the Authority’s Engineer, including a facsimile machine,
and a photocopier, together with a telephone for each of the Engineer’s
personnel at the off-Site location.

15. Sanitation and Sewerage

(i) Sanitation and Sewerage systems for the Authority’s Engineer’s site
offices shall be installed and made operational within the specified period of
construction as mentioned above in respect of the respective site offices.

(ii) The Contractor shall provide a properly designed and constructed septic
tank approved by the Engineer for the disposal of domestic sewage from
each building in the Engineer’s site offices.

(iii) Each septic tank shall be regularly emptied, maintained and serviced by
the Contractor to ensure proper functioning.

16. Office cleaning, waste and garbage disposal

243
 (i) The Contractor shall provide personnel and perform daily cleaning of all
rooms in the Authority’s Engineer’s site offices.

(ii) The Contractor shall collect and dispose of, in a location and manner
consented by the Engineer, all domestic waste and garbage from the
Authority’s Engineer’s site offices on daily basis.

17. Survey equipment

All the survey instruments required by the Engineer shall be provided by the
Contractor. The instruments shall include all items necessary for the Engineer
to be able to establish horizontal and vertical control both on the surface and
underground and to check the Contractor’s surveying work.

The Contractor shall present to the Engineer for consent the adequate number
of equipment with proposed make, type, and models with parts and
performance catalogues and manufacturer’s warranty, prior to purchase.

(i) The Contractor shall furnish the survey equipment within 15 days from
appointed Date and maintain them in good conditions until the issue of
Completion Certificate unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer.

(ii) All the survey instruments shall be maintained by the Contractor shall
be regularly checked and calibrated.

(iii) Any instrument which has been damaged or been non-operational

shall be immediately replaced or repaired by the Contractor. Equivalent
replacement shall be provided by the Contractor in such cases.

(iv) The instruments will remain the property of the contractor and will be
taken away after defect liability period.

18. Furnishing requirements

The Contractor shall provide the new furniture and equipment to the
Authority’s Engineer’s Principal site office in the manner required by the
Engineer within the 30 days of appointed date; the same shall be the property
of the contractor on completion of the project. Given below is the indicative
list of items required for Engineer’s office in the Principal Site office.

Principal Site
S.No. Description Office

1 Conference table 1

244
 2 Conference Chairs 30
3 Glass-fronted lockable bookcase 2
4 Double pedestal desk (size 1500 mm x 900 mm) Sufficient to cater
6 Swivel office chair with armrests to the requirement
7 Swivel office chair without armrests of Authorty’s
8 Computer set, printer (with photocopy & scanning facility), Engineer and his
Typist chair and other allied items team.
9 Visitors chair 15
10 3-shelf bookcase 5
11 4-drawer filing cabinet 5
12 Plan chest (A1 size) 1
13 Tables (size 1500mm x 900mm) 5
14 Lock-able cupboard 6 ft high with internal shelves 5
15 AO size drawing hanger for 1000 drawings 1
16 Heavy Duty Paper Shredders 1
17 Floor mounted safe (size -750mm x 450mm x 600mm ) 1
18 A0 size Digital document System (Xerox 8830 DDS or 2
similar) capable of printing, scanning, copying, reduction
and enlargement
19A Required spares, ink cartridges and papers of sizes and As per
types for Scanner, Printer cum Photocopier as mentioned in requirement
items 18 and 19 above including maintenance contract for
the machines to ensure defect free operations for the
period upto Defect Notification period.
19B A3 digital document system capable of printing,scanning, 1
photocopying with features like reduction, enlargement of
size of document etc. of latest configuration
20 A One set tele-facsimile transmission/reception facility 1
connected to a dedicated line at site Office
20 B Telephone switchboard connected to 1 external line at each 1
Site office, as well as Principal Office with independent
internal communication facilities of 8 no. (4 handsets with
auto answering/message recording facility).The above shall
include all charges, rental cost of calls etc. for principal as
well as for other Site offices, if any) throughout the contract
period.
21 Waste paper baskets 30
22 Desk tray sets 30
23 Fully automatic DSLR camera with video recording facility 1
date and time recording facility downloadable to a PC with
latest configuration
24 First aid kits for up to 15 persons 2
25 Safety helmets 40
26 Noise Retarder Ear Caps 40
27 Safety harness 10
28 Pairs steel toed construction boots sizes to be advised 40

245
29 Safety Jacket 40
30 Pairs steel handling gloves 10
31 Pairs industrial safety goggles 10
32 Breathing masks and filters 10
33 2 L kettles 2
34 Potable water dispenser with hot/cold taps and 2
paper/plastic cups
35 Hot water heaters for kitchen and showers 2
36 cups and saucers 30
37 Side plates 30
38 15 piece dinner service 2
39 15-piece cutlery service 2
40 Fire extinguisher 3

41 All stationery as required in principal site office As per

requirement

42 All required Lab equipments (Civil) As per

requirement
43 Power Back up As per
requirement
Note: - Consumable items shall be recouped from time to
time.

In addition to the above listed items, the Contractor shall provide the following
personnel:

S.No Description No. of personnel required

1. Software Engineer well conversant with 01 No for Authority’s
operation of various softwares to be used for this Engineer
project i.e. Trimble TILOS or equivalent, Autocad,
Microsoft office etc. and day to day office working
i.e. typing, printing, scanning etc.
2 Field / Office Attendants 2
3 Messengers 1
4 Watchmen/Security Guard 1 Nos. (round the clock)

Note: - In case of failure to provide the equipments within one monthfrom

appointed date, penalty @ Rs 5000/- per week or part thereof will be imposed.

19. Transport

General

246
The Contractor shall provide road transport for the use of the Authority’s
Engineer/ his team within 30 days from the appointed date.
19.1 Road Transport
a) The vehicles shall be new SUV vehicle and delivered and
maintained by the Contractor in good roadworthy condition including
daily cleaning. The vehicle shall be replaced with a new vehicle after a
maximum run of 75000 Km or three years whichever is earlier.
b) The Contractor shall employ and make available competent drivers
fully licensed to operate the vehicles as and when required by the
Consultant/Employer. The Contractor shall replace drivers at the request
of the Consultant/Employer.
c) The vehicles shall be licensed and insured for use on the public
highway and shall have comprehensive insurance cover for any qualified
driver authorised by the Consultant together with any authorised
passengers and the carriage of goods or samples.
d) The Contractor shall provide fuel, oil for running of each
Vehicle and ensure maintenance in Conformity with the vehicle
manufacturer’s recommendations and all toll and parking charges
incurred in connection with the Works. The vehicle shall be provided
day and night as required by the Railway.
A suitable replacement shall be provided by the contractor for any
vehicle out of service for more than 24 hours/absence. If the contractor any
time fails to provide vehicle(s) or substitute vehicle(s) as specified, the
contractor has to pay actual rental charges of alternate vehicle arranged by the
Authority’s Engineer/his team member with a ceiling limit of Rs. 6000 per
vehicle per day. In such case, where vehicle is not hired by the Auhority’s
Engineer however the vehicle remains absence from contractor’s side, there
will be deduction of Rs. 4000 per vehicle per day from the contractor’s Bills.
19.2 Number of Vehicles
The Contractor shall provide the following type of vehicles as per requirement
indicated by Authority’s Engineer/Representative within 30 days of
appointed date.
Type Numbers
BOLERO/SCORPIO/SUMO/XYLO or similar 100 Vehicle Month

In addition to above, the Contractor shall provide the following type of

vehicles as per requirement indicated by Electrical Authority’s Engineer/
Representative as included in tender schedule.

247
 Type Numbers
Hiring and operating Multi-Utility vehicle of loading
capacity one MT with sitting capacity of 4/6 persons, 4
stroke, 4 cylinder engine , factory -bulit metal body , 32 Vehicle Month
cargo box type or passenger cabin type or both (with 24
hours availability) including cost of fuel.

19.3 Duration of Transport Required

Transport for the Authority’s Engineer/Representative shall be provided
so as to cover the-entire completion period(s) and defect liability,
period(s).
20. Office Maintenance
The contractor is required to maintain the principal site office & other
site offices (as described above) throughout the contract period and
provide the following, but not limited to:
(i) Pay all electricity charges.
(ii) Providing and recouping all stationery, pantry items etc.
(iii) Pay the internet connection bills for the use of Authorty Engineer’s /his
team’s office.
(iv) Pay all water charges.
(v) Carry out necessary repairs to office and equipment as and when
required.

21. Use of Contractor's First Aid Stations

The Contractor’s emergency medical facility and first aid services shall be
made available, for use by Engineer’s site staff.

SCHEDULE - D

248
 (See Clause 2.1)
SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS
1 Construction

The Contractor shall comply with the Specifications and Standards set forth in
Annex-I of this Schedule-D for construction of the Railway Project. The time limit
for the review and clearances by the Authority for design and drawings submitted
by the Contractor shall be as indicated in Annexure-II.

2 Design Standards

The Railway Project including Project Facilities shall conform to design

requirements set out in the following documents:

[“MANUAL OF SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS FOR EPC CONTRACT 2014,

Indian Railways Permanent Way Manual, Indian Railway Bridge Manual, Indian
Railway Schedule of Dimensions & relevant IRS Specifications referred in the
Manual, Indian Railway Signalling Engineering Manual, Indian Railway Telecom
Manual, & relevant IRS/RDSO Specifications referred in the Manual,AC Traction
Manual, Rules for Opening Railways etc.]

[Note: Specify the relevant Manual, Specifications and Standards]

3 Latest Version

Latest version of the Manuals, Specifications and Standards including the

amendments notified/published by the Base Date shall be considered applicable.

4 Terms used in Manuals

The terms [‘Inspector’, ‘AEE’/AXEN/ASTE’, ‘DE’,‘DEN/XEN/SSTE’] used in the

Manuals shall be deemed to be substituted by the term “Authority Engineer”; to
the extent it is consistent with the provisions of the Agreement.

5 Absence of specific provision

In the absence of any specific provision on any particular issue in the aforesaid
Manuals, Specifications, or Standards, the following standards shall apply in order
of priority

[Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS)

Euro Codes or British Standards or American Standards

Any other specifications/standards proposed by the Contractor and reviewed by the

Authority Engineer.]

249
6 Alternative Specifications and Standards

6.1 The requirements specified in the Manuals are the minimum. The
Contractor shall, however, be free to adopt international practices, alternative
specifications, materials and standards to bring in innovation in the design and
construction provided they are better or comparable with the standards prescribed
in the Manuals. The specifications and techniques which are not included in the
Indian Railway Manuals/ RDSO specifications shall be supported with authentic
specifications and standards specified in paragraph 5 above. Such a proposal shall
be submitted by the Contractor to the Authority Engineer. In case, the Authority
Engineer is of the opinion that the proposal submitted by the Contractor is not in
conformity with any of the international standards or codes, then he shall record his
reasons and convey the same to the Contractor for compliance.

6.2 In case, the Contractor is offering an alternative product which is not as

per the designs/specifications stipulated in this Agreement, but the same is
already in the use with satisfactory performance in one or more major world
Railway(s) for more than 5(five) years for the same or higher design speed/rating
(as applicable for project line), such product can be permitted to be used by the
Authority Engineer in accordance with the Cross Approval policy of the Railway
Board as existing at the time of offering of such product. The products covered
for the purpose of this clause shall be as per the list provided in the policy.

7 Conceptual Method Statement and Sequence of Working (Working

Methodology) in connection with Chandigarh (CDG) – Baddi New Railway
Link.

The method statement and sequence of working given here is indicative and
for the guidance of the tenderer only. The brief tentative method statement and
sequence of working is attached at Annex III.

The various activities, but not limited to, involved in execution of the project are as
under:
(1) GENERAL WORKS
(a) Mobilization at work site
(b) Taking over the Land and work site
(c) Detailed survey
(d) Soil investigations & collection of other data
(e) Design of Structures
(f) Leading of Permanent Way (P-Way) material
(g) Execution of construction works at site
(h) Safety at Work Site
(2) CIVIL WORKS
(a) Construction of formation (Earthwork and blanketing)
(b) Construction of Minor Bridges
(c) Construction of Major Bridges.
(d) Construction of Limited Height Subway (LHSs)/Road
Under Bridge (RUBs)
(e) Construction of Building/Structures
(f) Construction of Platforms and Platform structures

250
 (g) Extension & diversion of Level crossings
(h) Track linking
(3) NON-INTERLOCKING (NI) & BEFORE NON-
INTERLOCKING (BNI) WORKS
All the works Civil, Track Linking, Permanent Way (P-
Way) works, Signal & Telecommunication (S&T) works,
Electrical, Traction Distribution (TRD) works, including
testing of assets and track machine working as per approved
schedule shall be executed during Non-Interlocking (NI) &
Before Non-Interlocking (BNI) working in Chandi Mandir
yard.
RAILWAY ELECTRIFICATION & GENERAL
(4) ELECTRIFICATION WORKS
(a) Mobilization at site
(b) Detailed survey
(c) Soil investigation
(d) Design of structure
(e) Material management
(f) Execution of construction work at site
(5) SIGNAL & TELECOMMUNICATION (S&T)
WORKS
(a) Mobilization at site
(b) Detailed survey
(c) Soil investigation
(d) Design of structure
(e) Execution of Signal & Telecommunication (S&T) work at
site
(6) COMMISSIONING OF PROJECT
After completion of all the works Civil, Electrical, Traction
Distribution (TRD) and Signal & Telecommunication
(S&T) and testing of all assets for making the new lines,
existing lines and station yards for train operation, the
project shall be commissioned after obtaining Commission
of Railway Safety (CRS) sanction.

7.1 General works

(a) Mobilization at work site

The agency shall mobilize at site the required resources like labour, material, rest
shelter, site lab, site offices, machinery and all other necessary resources within the
period as stipulated in the tender clause-11.3 (Article-11)

(b) Taking over the core land (95%) and work site
The agency shall take over the core land (minimum 95%), work site, existing
structures and all other assets required for start of work as per contract stipulations.
Joint survey over the entire stretch shall be done to assess and recording the details
of all the features and structures shall be done before taking over the site and land
for work. Balance land shall be taken over by the Contractor within 180 days of
appointed date as per clause-8.2.3 (Article-8).

251
(c) Detailed survey
After taking over the site and land, contractor shall conduct the detailed survey of
the site, collecting data, (overhead, surface and underground data) for various
structures, assets and data required for planning, designing and execution of all
Civil, Electrical, Traction Distribution (TRD) and Signal & Telecommunication
(S&T) works. Some indicative activities are, fixing of points on ground i.e. fixing
the centre line pegs/points, km stones, Temporary Bench Mark (TBM) reference
level and fixing the reference points on ground for all the required and obligatory
points. Selection of resources/borrow pit areas for earth and section of sources for
blanketing material and other construction materials etc. Identification of stack area
for ballast, Permanent Way (P-Way) materials, construction materials, machineries
& equipment’s, labour etc. shall be as per clause-1.5.5 of Annexure-I (Schedule-
B).

(d) Soil investigations & collection of other data

Contractor shall conduct the necessary soil investigations and other tests at required
locations to determine the various design parameters for all the structures. Some
relevant indicative activities are (but not limited to):-
i) Collection of soil samples, boreholes, soil exploration, plate
load tests/initial pile load test, testing of disturbed and undisturbed soil samples
and determination of the bearing capacity of soil shall be undertaken.

ii) Ascertaining various Design parameters for design of all

structures of project.

iii) Finalization of concrete mix design sources/make of various

raw materials, earth quarry and finalization of other parameters for all construction
activities.

(e) Design of Structures

On the basis of various tests and their results contractor shall submit the design
basis reports for all the structures and get them approved from Authority’s
Engineer. After approval of design basis reports from Authority’s Engineer the
detailed Designs of all structures like earth work formation, minor bridges, major
bridges, water channel crossings, Limited Height Subways (LHSs), Road Under
Bridges (RUBs), buildings & structures, platforms, Foot Over Bridge (FOB), Level
crossings, Electrical works, Signal & Telecommunication (S&T) works, Traction
Distribution (TRD) works and all other works/structures required to be designed
shall be done in accordance with various codal and manual provisions as stipulated
in the contract. All the designs shall be proof checked from approved proof
consultant and submitted to Authority’s Engineer within the specified period of
time schedule as per clause-10.2 (Article-10). Work at site should only be started
after final approval of detailed design of the structure. The design of Formation
with blanketing layer and sub grade and embankment fill design including thickness
and type of soil to be used shall be submitted & got approved from Authority’s
Engineer.

(f) Leading of Permanent Way (P-Way) material

252
Contractor shall plan to lead the various Permanent Way (P-Way) materials from
specified locations, such as PSC sleepers will be lead from the Sleeper plants at
Chandigarh, Kandrori, Pathri, Veerbhadra, Lohta and Solaka etc. (Sleeper Plants
names are indicative and allotment can be done from any sleeper plant even if not
mentioned in the list), Service Rails shall be made available by Railway from the
Ambala Division or adjoining divisions. All other materials such as wooden blocks,
fish plates, rail screw etc. will have to be arranged by contractor. All leads, lifts &
transportation etc. shall have to be done by contractor including depositing back the
material after completion of works at his own cost. Loading, leading and unloading
of various Permanent Way (P-Way) material like loose rails, point and X-ings,
Switch Expansion Joints (SEJs) Glued Joints, trap fittings, fixture and fastening
Pre-stressed Concrete (PSC) sleepers and other Permanent Way (P-Way) material
required for lying of track shall be done in stages. Rails panel (260 m long rail)
shall be transported through Departmental Material Trains (DMTs) and contractor
has to unload, shift and stack the rail panels as per Railway Permanent Way (P-
Way) specifications/Manuals. The payment of rail cuts and drilling holes will be
done as per final layout of mainline/loop line/sidings and turnouts etc. Rail
cuts/hole drilling required for temporary working will not be paid.

Procurement of ballast and loading, unloading and stacking the ballast at site, as per
ballast stacking plan and as per railway specifications. Testing of ballast supply
shall be done as prescribed in specification for railway ballast and got approved
from Authority’s Engineer. The stacking of ballast at site shall be done in a pattern
that there would not be any hindrance to any of the construction activity.

(g) Execution of construction works at site

After approval of design and drawings, the construction activities of various works
involved in execution of project shall be started at site as per schedule. Broadly, the
works can be categorized into following groups:-
i) The works which are away from existing railway tracks and in no way can
affect the running trains, such works will hereafter be referred to as “works under
normal conditions”.

ii) The works which can only be executed in temporary suspension of railway
traffic& power block for a pre-approved scheduled time period (traffic cum power
block), such works shall hereafter be referred to as “works under block”.

iii) The works which can be executed under restricted speed (caution) of
railway traffic for a pre-approved scheduled time period; such works shall hereafter
be referred to as “works under speed restriction”.

i) Works under Normal conditions

253
The construction works such as Earthwork, Blanketing, Ballasting, laying of tracks
etc in the block section, Construction of major and minor bridges, construction of
staff quarters, site office, pump house, overhead tanks, colony roads, footpaths,
relay huts, electric sub stations, SP/SSPs etc., which are located away from existing
track, running trains and site is clear as per the Indian Railway Schedule of
Dimensions (IRSOD) provisions i.e. where the safety of railway traffic is not
affected.
However, such works may involve the safety of other railway assets (other than
running trains, track), non-railway assets (private/public), road traffic, workmen &
machinery at site, general public etc. for which contractor shall take due care as per
various safety conditions laid down in the contract in specific and various other
prevailing safety norms/practices in general.

ii) Works under Block

The construction works to be executed on or in vicinity of running track such as

track works, Before Non-Interlocking (BNI) & Non-Interlocking (NI) works,
Launching/de-launching of protection plate/Restricted Height (RH) girders etc.,
insertion of Reinforcement Cement Concrete (RCC) boxes etc. in existing line.
Such works shall be done under block of specified duration duly sanctioned by
railway authority. The works under block shall be completed within the permitted
block period and track/Over Head Equipment (OHE) shall be made fit for train
movement on or before the schedule completion of block time. The planning of
such works and block requirement shall be submitted to Authority’s Engineer in
advance as per clause 11.3 of contract agreement. Authority may permit, amend or
reject the block requirement as per the prevailing conditions and existing practices
for executing similar works. Contractor has to plan the required block durations
within the specified aggregate block hours specified in relevant schedule of
contract. Blocking or suspension of even a single line in yard will also be considered
as block. It shall be ensured that the individual sanctioned block should be cleared
within time. Block bursting if any will subject to penalty as per prescribed
conditions of the contract.

iii) Works under Speed restriction

All works in close proximity to existing track and locations affecting the safety of
track & moving trains such as box pushing, construction of platform walls, attention
to existing track, preparatory works before block and post block attention to track
etc. shall be executed under restricted train speed conditions. The detailed planning
specifying the speed restriction for required duration will be submitted by the
contractor in the same manner as specified for block in contract. Authority may
permit, amend or reject the Speed restriction (SR) requirement as per the prevailing
conditions and existing practices for executing similar works. Contractor shall
ensure completion of work at site within the permitted duration of imposed speed
restriction and track shall be made fit for normal train movement as per the
sanctioned schedule. Contractor shall plan the required speed restriction duration
within the specified aggregate speed restriction period allowed for completion of
project. Contractor shall arrange to complete all works within the permitted speed
restriction schedule.

254
(h) Safety at Work Site
The Contractor and its sub-contractors shall follow the safety instructions and take
all safety measures for Existing structure, Running Track, Public, workmen and
vehicles plying in the work area in accordance with the “Compendium on Safety at
Work Sites” circulated vide Northern Railway Head Quarter, Baroda House letter
No. 1-W/O/Safety Instructions/ Pt-III Dt.28.8.2012 (Updated time to time), other
applicable laws, Good Industry Practice and the provisions of this Agreement.

The Safety instructions from the Railway administration communicated through

Authority’s Engineer in form of Safety Circulars etc. must be strictly followed by
the contractor as per clause-3.10 (Article-3).
7.2 Civil works
(a) Construction of formation (Earthwork and blanketing)
After approval of formation design, the earthwork shall be started at site. The
earthwork shall be executed with the approved quality of earth and approved source
of borrow pits. The earthwork shall be done in layers as per contract conditions.
The blanketing material shall be laid in layers of specified thickness with approved
quality of blanketing material from approved sources, compacting to required
Maximum Dry Density (MDD) conducting the field and lab tests and approval from
Authority’s Engineer. The earthwork and blanketing work shall be done as per laid
down specifications and according to latest guidelines of RDSO for earth work in
Railway Projects. The soil conforming the SQ1 classification shall not be allowed
in the earthwork above the lower fill. The slopes shall be dressed to required profile
and shall be done as per approved design of formation. Slope stability analysis may
be required to be done which has to be conducted as per the provisions of the RDSO
specification “Guidelines for Earthwork in Railway Project” document no. GE-I.
The earthwork shall be started at site by removing all derbies, spoils, loose soil,
undesired soil to required level, cutting and benching of slopes of existing
formation as designed, providing safety arrangements to the existing cut out portion
of formation by using the proper and approved protection arrangements, ensuring
safety of men, material, machinery, road/rail users moving trains, railway assets
and all other assets at site. Compaction of the earthwork should be done by
deploying mechanical compactors and only in exceptional circumstances with the
approval of Authority’s Engineer, manual compaction can be allowed.
The earthwork in general shall be done under normal conditions; however at some
locations such as in yards, between the two running lines, close to track and
locations affecting the safety of track & moving trains, the work shall have to be
done under speed restriction taking proper safety measures.
Turfing of the slopes of the bank has to be ensured along with the construction of
the trolley refugees at the specified distance as per IRPWM. Trolley refuges have
to be properly dressed/finished and side slopes should be turfed.

(b) Construction of Minor bridges

After approval of design and drawings of minor bridges, the construction of minor
bridges shall be started at site in accordance with approved execution plan. The
work shall be started side by side with the execution of earthwork and blanketing

255
work in the section. The execution of minor bridge shall be done at in the following
sequence of activities:-
i) Works under Normal conditions

The construction works on minor bridges shall generally be executed at locations

away from running track as per provisions of Indian Railways Schedule of
Dimensions (IRSOD) and where the safety and movement of running track is not
affected.
[1] Layout of bridge at site as per approved plan.

[2] Provision of safety arrangements at site.

[3] Diversion of water course if required, as per approved plan.

[4] Excavation of bed to required level as per plan.

[5] Casting of Reinforced Cement Concrete (RCC) bed, walls, slabs,

foundations, sub structure and super structures and wing walls as per approved
design and drawings.

[6] Testing the concrete cubes samples as per specification.

[7] Removal of shuttering, shoring and staging after due period.

[8] Removal of loose materials, debris etc. from site and diversion of main
course of water way from already decided location.

[9] Construction of approaches of minor bridges with required and specified

construction material to the required/approved specification.

[10] Completion of minor bridges as per approved plan.

ii) Works under block

The construction work of minor bridges under existing track shall be executed
under block protection with pre and post block speed restriction:
[1] The pre-cast Reinforced Cement Concrete (RCC)
box shall be casted as per approved design and drawing well before block day.

[2] The contractor shall arrange to submit launching

scheme for approval of Authority’s Engineer describing in detail the quantum of
each item of work involved and resources to be deployed i.e. men, material and
machinery to execute the work within stipulated time frame. Details shall include
the number/quantum of excavators, JCBs, Cranes, small track machines, tools and
plants, workmen, consumables etc.to be deployed at site for timely execution of
work in block period,

256
 [3] Contractor shall deploy adequate men, material and
machinery at site as per the approved scheme.

[4] The contractor shall arrange at least one standby

crane of same capacity as that of the working cranes. Also the cranes shall be of
sufficient capacity as per approved scheme.

[5] The contractor shall also keep standby excavators

and other machineries whenever these are deployed for work at site.

[6] Site shall be protected by engineering fixed and hand

signals and as per Railways guidelines.

[7] Safety equipment for 25KV Over Head Equipment

(OHE) will be arranged by contractor and work under power block to be done as
per guidelines.

iii) Works under Speed restriction

The construction work of minor bridges at locations such as in railway yards, in
close proximity to running lines and works required after execution of blocks,
preparatory works before execution of block, and attention to track after execution
of block and any other work where safety of railway track and traffic is involved
shall be done under speed restriction conditions. The detailed planning specifying
the speed restriction for required duration will be submitted by the contractor in the
same manner as specified for traffic block in contract. Authority’s Engineer may
permit, amend or reject the Speed Restriction (SR) requirement as per the prevailing
conditions and existing practices for executing similar works. Contractor shall
ensure completion of work at site within the permitted duration of imposed speed
restriction and track shall be made fit for normal train movement as per the
sanctioned schedule.
After completion of work the site shall made clear of all loose materials, debris,
tool and plants etc.

(c) Construction of Major bridges

After getting the approval of design and drawings of major bridges and ROB, the
work shall be started at site as per approved planning.

i) Works under Normal conditions

[1] Construction of test piles and conducting the initial load test
on the test pile.

[2] On the results of initial load test on the test pile, the pile
foundation shall be designed.

[3] Construction of pile foundation/open foundation/well

foundation as the case may be as per approved drawing and design. Conduct

257
 Routine load test on the pile group and confirming the results with the specified
design parameters/ requirements.

[4] In case of pile foundation, excavation of foundation for pile

caps including protection of sides of earth cut, by sheet piles or by other suitable
measures. The slope of existing formation shall be protected by suitably designed
sheet piles.

[5] Construction of pile caps as per approved drawing and

design.

[6] Construction of piers, pier caps, bearing pedestals as per

approved drawing and design.

[7] Manufacturing of bearing as per pre-approved drawing &

design and conducting the lab test as prescribed for final approval.

[8] Fabrication of super structure in workshop, the fabrication

shall include the testing of materials, drilling holes, welding, riveting, bolting and
quality assurance of fabrication activities as per approved QAP, WPSS and
specification.

[9] In case of RCC/PSC superstructure, casting of various

components shall be done as per approved drawings, specification, methodology
and QAP.

[10] Statutory inspection by RDSO or any other nominated

Inspection Agency shall be arranged by Agency as per specification.

(d) Construction of Limited Height Subway (LHS)/Road Under Bridge

(RUB)s
i) Works under Normal conditions
The construction works of Road Under Bridge (RUB)/Limited Height Subway
(LHS) at locations away from running track, not infringing the provisions of Indian
Railways Schedule of Dimensions (IRSOD) and not affecting the safety of running
trains shall be execute during normal working conditions. Mainly the works on
casting of thrust bed and Reinforced Cement Concrete (RCC) box segments,
approach roads, sump wells and height gauges will be done in normal conditions.
Some of the main activities are listed below:
[1] Closing of roads on Level crossing (LC) and diverting the roads as per
approved diversion plan. Providing proper Warning boards such as diversion
boards at required locations and ensuring free movement of traffic on diversion
routes.

[2] Layout of works at site as per plan. Excavation of approaches and roads

258
 [3] Construction of thrust bed as per approved design and drawing.

[4] Casting of Reinforced Cement Concrete (RCC) boxes as per approved

design and drawings.

[5] Construction of Reinforced Cement Concrete (RCC) base slabs and

retaining walls as per approved design and drawings.

[6] Providing wearing coat for roads as per approved design and drawings.

[7] Provision of height gauges and covering sheds as per approved design and
drawings.

[8] Providing the drainage arrangement, drains and construction of wells as per
approved drawings and design.

ii) Works under Traffic and Power Block

The construction work of Road Under Bridge (RUB)/Limited Height Subway
(LHS) to be done under the running lines, in Railway yards and in close proximity
to running lines where safety of the trains gets hampered during execution of the
work shall be executed under the block protection.
The construction work of Limited Height Subway (LHS) by box pushing method
under existing track shall be executed under block protection with pre and post
block speed restriction:
[1] The pre-cast Reinforced Cement Concrete (RCC) box shall be casted as per
approved design and drawing well before block day.

[2] The contractor shall arrange to submit launching scheme for insertion of
precast Reinforced Cement Concrete (RCC) boxes by cut and cover method or
protection sheets girders (PTW) or Restricted Height (RH) Girder method or any
other advance technique. In case of Box pushing the approval of Authority
describing in detail the quantum of each item of work involved and resources to be
deployed i.e. men, material and machinery to execute the work within stipulated
time frame will be required. Details shall include the number/quantum of
excavators, JCBs, Cranes, small track machines, tools and plants, workmen,
consumables etc.to be deployed at site for timely execution of work in block period,

[3] Contractor shall deploy adequate men, material and machinery at site as per
the approved launching scheme.

[4] The contractor shall arrange standby crane (min. 01) of same capacity as
that of the working cranes and excavators etc. The cranes deployed shall be of
sufficient capacity as per approved launching scheme.

[5] Site will be protected by engineering fixed and hand signals as per the
manual specifications and latest safety circulars.

259
iii) Works under Speed restriction
The pushing of the precast Reinforced Cement Concrete (RCC) boxes under the
track as per approved pushing method shall be done under speed restriction of 20
KMPH for Protection sheets girders (PTW) and 40KMPH for Restricted Height
(RH) Girder.
[1] Pushing of precast Reinforced Cement Concrete (RCC) box under track by
box pushing technique with approved method of pushing by ensuring the safety of
track and structures. The pushing of the Reinforced Cement Concrete (RCC) box
shall be done at required and specified rate of pushing as approved by Authority’s
Engineer.

[2] Packing of track to make it fit for normal speed.

[3] Opening to road traffic after completion of approaches of Limited Height

Subway (LHS) & other allied works.

(f) Construction of Buildings/structures

The work of construction of service buildings, residential quarters, overhead tank,
office building, Station buildings and all other building/structures as per approved
plan shall be executed generally under normal working conditions. These shall be
planned to commence side by side of the earthwork & minor bridges so that their
competition is not delayed. The execution shall be in the in the following sequence
of activities:-
i) Layout of buildings/structures as per approved plan.

ii) Excavation of foundation and construction of foundation as per approved

plan and specifications.

iii) Construction of foundation works etc. as per approved drawings.

iv) Construction of slab as per approved drawing.

v) Construction of 1st/2nd/3rdfloors of buildings as per approved plan and

provision of roof tracing on top floor slab as per approved plan and drawings. All
the construction activities such as shuttering ,staging , fixing reinforcement, casting
Reinforced Cement Concrete (RCC) , removal of shuttering etc shall be done as per
approved drawings and design and as per approved construction schedule.

vi) Provision of finishing works like plastering, flooring, tile work, and white
washing in sequence as per approved plan and specification.

vii) Electrification of building i.e. wiring, appliances and making connection

with the main power line. Simultaneously the provision of sanitary and water
supply fittings and making connection with the main sewerage and water supply
line shall be done as per approved building execution plan.

260
viii) Completion of building structure in all respect to make ready for use by the
user shall be done by execution all misc. and allied works required for completion
of building.

(g) Construction of platforms and platform works

The Construction of new platform and works on new platforms along with new
lines are to be executed in normal working conditions. Works along the existing
running lines such as extension of platform, dismantling work, platform walls and
platform shelters etc. shall be executed under restricted speed conditions. Works
like crossing the pipe line, cables/ services, across running lines shall be done under
block.
i) Works under Normal conditions
[1] Layout of work as per approved plan and drawings.

[2] Dismantling of existing structure if required as per plan.

[3] Construction of platform walls as per approved drawings confirming the

Indian Railways Schedule of Dimensions (IRSOD) w.r.t. the track Centre.

[4] Construction of foundation of platform shelter at required location as per

approved design and drawings.

[5] Filling earth in platform area to required level, compacting and finishing as
per required specification.

[6] Construction of various utilities such as drains, ducts, lying of pipe lines etc.
as per approved plan required for the various structures of passenger amenities.

[7] Construction of foundations of Platform shelters and other structures on

platforms etc. as per approved drawings.

[8] Dressing the earth surface to required level and flooring with base course
and finishing as per approved drawings and specifications.

[9] Fabrication of Platform (PF) shelter as per approved drawings by ensuring

the fabrication quality as per approved QAP and WPSS.

[10] Assembling and erection of platform shelters, steel sub structures as per
approved drawings and specification.

[11] Construction of covering sheds at top of Platform shelter as per approved

drawings.

(h) Extension of Level crossings

261
The work of extension of Level crossings (LCs) shall be done under running train
conditions, work under speed restriction and work under traffic block conditions.
The extension of Level crossings (LCs) work to be done with gate under working
condition.

i) Works under Normal conditions

[1] Dismantling of existing road and approaches.

[2] Const. of foundations of new lifting barrier, of barrier and all other
foundation required for extension of Level crossing (LC).

[3] Fixing of new lifting barrier complete set as per drawing and design.

[4] Construction of approach road as per approved plan and drawings.

[5] Construction of fencing wall on Level crossing (LC) gate at new locations
as per approved drawing.

[6] Provision of signal posts and other Signal & Telecommunication (S&T)
works as per approved plan.

ii) Works under Block

[1] Disconnection with existing lifting barrier system and connection with
newly fixed lifting barrier system

[2] Construction of road surface within existing track and adjoining area of
existing track.

[3] Testing of newly connected lift barrier system

[4] Dismantling of old lift barrier complete set.

[5] Removal of all loose part, tool and plant, released material.

iii) Work under Speed restriction

Preparation of road surface in new line and area adjoining the existing running line.

After completing all the works, the Level Crossing shall be made fit in all respect
and open to traffic. Road diversions already provided shall be removed. Road traffic
diversion shall be cleared and normal road traffic shall be restored with road
signages as per IRPWM.

i) Track linking
After laying and passing of formation & preparation of ballast bed,
the track shall be linked as per provisions of Permanent Way (P-Way) manual.
Track laying works includes the linking of track, point and crossing, Switch

262
Expansion Joints (SEJ’s) insertion of trap in new line as well as in existing running
lines where ever required as per approved plans, and Engineering Scale Plan(ESP),
Track linking work and other Permanent Way (P-Way) works shall be done by
using any suitable and safe method.

i) Works under Normal conditions

The track on new formation and other Permanent Way (P-Way) works on new
formation is generally done in normal working condition. The Permanent Way (P-
Way) works for track linking etc. shall be done in following sequence:
[1] Levelling of newly laid formation as per approved L-section.

[2] Staking the centre line and marking the ballast profile line on formation as
per approved track geometry.

[3] Spreading and rolling by light weight rollers of ballast on the formation to
required thickness by any suitable mechanical method.

[4] Laying of concrete sleepers on spreaded ballast at required spacing as per

approved plan. The special set of sleepers for trap, Points and X-ings, Switch
Expansion Joints (SEJ’s) etc. to be laid at required location as per approved
drawings. Standard drawing for sleeper sets need to be followed for laying of the
sleepers.

[5] Placing of rail fixtures, Rubber pads etc. as required as per approved
Permanent Way (P-Way) drawings and Permanent Way (P-Way) manuals.

[6] The rails shall be laid over the sleepers as per prescribed procedure and
specifications of Permanent Way (P-Way) manual, CE circulars and other manuals
to avoid any damage to Rails and Sleepers. In block section, track shall be initially
linked with the loose service rails properly connected through Fish Plated Joints.
Manual packing shall be done to achieve the track parameters required for the
movement of Rail Departmental Material Train (DMT).

[7] The Rail Departmental Material Train (DMT) will be received on this track
from the Chandi Mandir station yard. Long rail panels upto 260 m length shall be
unloaded from the Departmental Material Train (DMT) along the newly laid track.
The track laid with service Rails shall be renewed with these Long rail panels. The
released service Rails shall be leaded to another location for track linking, if
required. After release of all Loose service Rails, these will be stacked properly at
an identified location. The rails for super structure of points and crossings, Traps,
Switch Expansion Joints (SEJs) and other parts shall be laid as per approved
standard plans and provision of P-Way manual and latest guidelines.

263
[8] Joining the rail joints with fish plates and fish bolts on rail panels and points
and crossing etc. providing liners, Elastic Rail Clips (ERCs) etc. to fix the rails with
sleepers.

[9] Alignment of rail, levelling of rails, sleeper and track to required line and
level as per approved drawing and plans.

[10] Flash Butt Welding shall be done by mobile plants for converting the 260
m Long rail panels and secondary rails in loop lines into Long Welded Rails
(LWR)/Continuous Welded Rails (CWR) as per approved plans, specifications,
Permanent Way (P-Way) manual and latest Railway Board Guidelines. Whenever
Flash Butt welding is not possible such as Turnout area, SEJ’s, Joints created for
distressing, Single Shot AT welding as per manual provisions shall be done after
approval of Authority. Ultrasonic Flaw Detection (USFD) testing of all welds shall
be done as per manual provisions. The welds found defective in Ultrasonic Flaw
Detection (USFD), shall have to be replaced by the contractor at his own cost.

[11] Putting the ballast on shoulders and crib of the sleepers to the required
profile for straight/curved track and point and crossings etc.

[12] Packing of the ballast in the track manually and by track machines for no.
of rounds as prescribed in track/ Permanent Way (P-Way) manual and specification.

[13] Machine working on newly laid track to make it fit for train movement to
the prescribed standard of Permanent Way (P-Way) manual. Track machines are
available with Railway and can be hired by contractor for use on track working as
per requirement on payment of specified hiring changes. Parameters of the track to
be achieved have to conform to Para 520 of IRPWM.

[14] Profiling of track to required standard and removing the deficiencies if

found before allowing the track for train movement.

[15] In case of R260 rail panels, Agency has to follow all guidelines issued by
the Ministry of Railways regarding handling, laying and welding (AT and MFBW)
of R260 rails including compound joints with other rails.

ii) Works under Block

The track linking works under Non-Interlocking (NI) and Before Non-Interlocking
(BNI) period shall be done under traffic and power blocks. The Non-Interlocking
(NI) and Before Non-Interlocking (BNI) works shall be done under block
conditions. Other works such as replacement of rail or track part i.e. sleeper, ballast,
fittings and fastening etc. in existing track and machine working on existing track
shall be allowed under traffic and power block. The prescribed procedures for
sanction of block from Railway and imposition of sanctioned block on track shall
be properly followed.

264
[1] Submission of green notice to Railway for sanction of block as required on
specified date, time and duration.

[2] Acquiring the sanction of traffic and Over Head Equipment (OHE) block
from Railway Authority the block with detailed day to day programmer of traffic
cum power block during Non-Interlocking (NI)/Before Non-Interlocking (BNI)
period.

[3] After sanction of Non-Interlocking (NI)/Before Non-Interlocking

(BNI)Traffic block and Over Head Equipment (OHE) block etc. the block shall be
imposed on track as per approved schedule and fixing of safety signals etc. on track
as prescribed in safety/ Permanent Way (P-Way) manual.

[4] Dismantling of track, points and crossings, trap and other parts of existing
track as per Non-Interlocking (NI)/Before Non-Interlocking (BNI) schedule and
place the dismantled Permanent Way (P-Way) material at pre decided locations so
as that the working under block shall not be hinder due to the dismantled material.

[5] Delinking of Signal & Telecommunication (S&T), Traction Distribution

(TRD) and Electrical fitting and fastening as required at site and keep in safe
custody.

[6] Placing of ballast, sleepers, rails, fittings & fastenings and track to be laid
as required at site as per approved planned Permanent Way (P-Way)
manual/specifications. Linking of track by assembly all the parts of track and make
it fit for operation/trains working as per Permanent Way (P-Way) manual
specifications. Linking of newly laid track with existing track by welding or by
providing fish plates as per approved drawing.

[7] Removing the ballast deficiency by putting additional ballast on cribs and
shoulders of track as per ballast profile.

[8] Packing of track by track machines. Picking up slacks and deficiencies if

available in track and making fit for train working.

[9] The Signal & Telecommunication (S&T) works like reconnection of points,
traps etc. and all other allied Signal & Telecommunication (S&T) works, Traction
Distribution (TRD) works like: joining of electrical Bonds and all other allied work
of Traction Distribution (TRD) shall be done simultaneously with track laying. All
the work shall be completed within the sanctioned block period. Testing of points,
switches, machines, Over Head Equipment (OHE) works and other members for its
proper working shall also be done within the block.

[10] The cut and connection shall be provided at chainage -2219m. The new
track shall be laid up to the non-infringing portion of the safe running of track. The

265
linking of the newly laid alignment with the existing track will be done in block as
per the approved methodology. The continuity of the track will be ensured by
providing the additional closure rail of suitable length. The alignment of the track
will be smoothened manually and using the suitable track machine, whatever will
be required. The caution will be imposed until the track geometry parameters are
achieved as per the Manual provisions. The relaxation of caution /speed
Restrictions shall be done as per Railway Manuals, Codal provisions and latest
Railway Board Guidelines.

[11] Making track fit in all respect for train movement and clearing of sanctioned
traffic cum power block. The passage of first and subsequent trains at specified
speed on newly laid track shall be ensured as per prescribed procedure in
Block/Non-Interlocking (NI)/Before Non-Interlocking (BNI) working.

iii) Work under Speed restriction

The Permanent Way (P-Way) work executed on new lines or an existing line
situated on close proximately of moving trains and Permanent Way (P-Way) works
where the safety of work hampers due to movement of trains at normal speed shall
be done under speed restriction condition.
[1] Acquire the sanction from railway authority for speed restriction at required
location of track and for required location at required speed of train movement.

[2] Imposition of speed restriction on track as sanctioned for the section.

[3] Execution of various Permanent Way (P-Way) works as required during the
imposed speed restriction period. Safety of train men, material, machinery and
other assets to be ensured completely while working under speed restriction
conditions by considering all safety rules and procedures.

[4] Making track fit for train movement and removing the speed restriction
imposed on track, Allowing for train movement at allowed speed. Before clearing
the speed restriction all loose material, machinery, tools and plants, surplus filings
and fastening shall be made clear off the track. Safety signals provided on the track
shall be removed before allowing the passage of train.

[5] Contractor shall plan the duration of speed restriction for particular work
within the allowed/ permitted consolidated Hrs. for imposition of speed restriction
to complete the entire project. Bursting of sanctioned speed restriction duration for
particular specific working shall be allowed.

[6] Complete safety procedure shall be adopted during execution of work on

and near the running track. The safety of men, material, machinery, Railway and
non-Railway assets, structures, track and moving trains shall be ensured as per
prescribed safety rules and regulation. While working on and along/near the track
under running train conditions.

266
 7.3 Working during Non-Interlocking and before Non Inter locking
conditions
The various works to be done during Non-Interlocking (NI) & Before Non-
Interlocking (BNI) includes, dismantling of existing track, points and crossings and
other structures, laying of new points and Xings, trap points, glued joints, changing
of sleepers, fittings and other parts or complete track and making connections of
newly laid tracks with existing track in yards (Chandi Mandir). The work will also
include disconnection of existing Signalling system and commissioning of new
signalling system works and dismantling and erecting and modification of electrical
and Traction Distribution (TRD) structures in station yard to make them compatible
to existing railway working modified with the newly laid double line track. The
various works, Permanent Way (P-Way) works, Signal & Telecommunication
(S&T) works, Traction Distribution (TRD) works, Electrical works and other
modification works are to be executed under traffic and power block blocks
according to the approved programme of Non-Interlocking (NI)/Before Non-
Interlocking (BNI) working.

a) Works to be done during Before Non-Interlocking (BNI)

During Before Non-Interlocking (BNI) period, the various works will be executed
within the sanctioned blocks of required duration for specified No. of days as per
approved programme and schedule for Before Non-Interlocking (BNI) works. One
stations Chandi Mandir will be involved for yard modifications under Before Non-
Interlocking (BNI) working and following works will be executed in blocked
lines/tracks during Before Non-Interlocking (BNI) works:
i) Insertion of points & crossings.

ii) Linking of track at various location

iii) Dismantling of existing track.

iv) Signal & Telecommunication (S&T) works for gears pertaining to blocked
lines/tracks

v) Traction Distribution (TRD) and Electrification works in connection Non-

Interlocking (NI)

vi) Removal of surplus earth, ballast, debris, removal of existing ballast etc. and
leaving the site in tidy condition.

vii) The contractor should submit the schedule and programme of working for
execution of various works during Non-Interlocking (NI) & Before Non-
Interlocking (BNI) period. The requirement of traffic and power block in hours per
day for No. of days during Before Non-Interlocking (BNI) working along with
details of work to be done.

viii) After scrutinising the contractor request the green notice for sanction of
Before Non-Interlocking (BNI) will be submitted by the Authority to Division. The

267
detailed schedule of working, duration of blocks, speed restriction to be imposed
for No. of days will be sanctioned by Railways.

ix) Contractor should manage all the resources, material, labour, machinery
tool and plants, Permanent Way (P-Way) material. Signalling and Electrical
materials etc. complete before sanctioning of Before Non-Interlocking (BNI).

x) Contractor shall execute all the Permanent Way (P-Way) works, Signal &
Telecommunication (S&T) works, Traction Distribution (TRD) and Electrical
works, dismantling works etc. as per schedule.

xi) After completing the schedule works the track shall be made fit for train
operations after removal of all the deficiencies in the track and Signal &
Telecommunication (S&T), Traction Distribution (TRD) works within the
sanctioned period of block.

xii) Clearing the traffic block imposed and imposition of speed restriction on
track as planned after Before Non-Interlocking(BNI) works

The site shall be protected by engineering fixed and hand signals.

b) Works during Interlocking conditions

During Non-Interlocking the complete yard will be disconnected with the operation
of all signals and working of the trains with manual locking of routes. All the
Electrical, Mechanical and Electronically operated interlocking are disconnected
and train movements are regulated by temporary Non-Interlocking (NI) signals.
The various works to be done during Non-Interlocking (NI) working shall be
executed under traffic cum power block of approved duration. These will include:
i) Disconnection of various Signal, points and Xings gaps etc. at start of Non-
Interlocking (NI) working and provision of temporary Non-Interlocking (NI)
signals as per Northern Railway practices.

ii) Dismantling of existing track, points and Xings, switches, traps glued joints
and other structures as per requirement.

iii) Dismantling of existing Traction Distribution (TRD) poles, wires and

Electrical assets and Signal and Tele communication assets like signals, signal
poles, cables, motors, assembling etc. as per approved plan and schedule.

iv) Providing and fixing of tracks and track structure and making connection of
the new laid track with the existing track.

v) Providing and fixing all the new assets and structures of Traction
Distribution (TRD), Signal & Telecommunication (S&T), Electrical, Permanent
Way (P-Way) and all other works to be done during Non-Interlocking (NI)
working. Making connection with the existing system to the newly laid system and
making compatible with each other to act as one unit for Railway working.

268
vi) Testing of the various assets for safe and proper working of newly laid assets
along with the existing area. During the non inter locking working the trains will
more on the restricted speed as approved in Non-Interlocking (NI) working
schedule. All the safety of track train movements at restricted speed shall be
ensured after block period.

vii) Making connection with the existing system of railway working by

connecting all the signals, telecommunication assets, engineering assets, Track
point and Xing traps and switches etc. complete works done during Non-
Interlocking (NI) period.

viii) Testing of all the works shall be done during Non-Interlocking (NI) period
for their proper and safe working and in accordance to the railway working
procedures and regulations.

All the assets track, signal, Over Head Equipment (OHE), Electrical cables
provided for proper railway working in the yard shall be made fit for railway
working.

7.4 Construction methodology for Electrical works

a) Mobilization at site
The agency should mobilize at site the required resources like labour, material,
rest shelter, site offices, machinery and all other necessary resources including
man power.

b) Detailed survey
After taking over the site contractor shall conduct the detailed survey of the site,
collecting data, Over Head Equipments (OHE), structure, surface and underground)
for various structures, assets and data required for planning, designing and
execution of Electrical (G) and Traction Distribution (TRD) works.

c) Soil investigations
Contractor shall conduct the necessary soil investigations and other tests at required
locations to determine the various design parameters like soil bearing pressure for
all the Over Head Equipment (OHE) foundations.

d) Design of structure
On the basis of various tests and their results contractor shall submit the design
basis reports for all the structures and get them approved from authority. After
approval of design basis reports from Authority’s Engineer the detailed Designs of
all structures like LOP, sectioning, General power supply arrangement, wiring, SP
& SSP involved in open route, bridges, Limited Height Subways(LHSs), Road
Under Bridges (RUBs), buildings & structures, platforms, Foot Over Bridge (FOB),
Level crossings (LCs) etc. for Traction Distribution (TRD) work and all other
Electrical (G) works/structures like bridge mast need designing shall be done
according to various codal provisions at required locations. All the designs shall be

269
proof checked from approved proof consultant and submit to Authority’s Engineer
within the specified period of time schedule. Work at site should only be started at
site after final approval of detailed design of the Over Head Equipment (OHE)
structure from Authority’s Engineer.

e) Material management
The materials to be supplied by the agency as per requirement of work & will be
procured from Research Designs & Standards Organisation (RDSO) approved
sources if the item appears in Research Designs & Standards Organisation (RDSO)
approved list. In case of items not appearing in Research Designs & Standards
Organisation (RDSO) approved list of material, the material shall be procured from
reputed suppliers or their authorized representatives, shall be of best quality and
shall confirm to relevant specifications, design and drawings duly inspected by
RITES/Consignee. The agency may be required to produce test certificates from
the manufacturers whenever called for by the Engineer in charge.
Before procuring the material to be supplied by Agency, the Agency shall submit
the names and addresses of suppliers from whom it is proposed to procure the
materials required to be supplied in the tender and shall take approval of Railways
for the same. All materials required for the execution of the contract other than
those specifically shown as being supplied by the Railways in this document shall
be arranged and supplied by the Agency as detailed in the scope so as to realize the
end objectives. The material supplied and used by the Agency shall be of best
quality available.
Contractor shall establish temporary store & well-furnished office with computer,
printer and operator for Traction Distribution (TRD) & Electrical (G) work at site
with availability of all material as per standard specifications. The site for
temporary store & office shall be got approved from Authority’s Engineer. In case
of emergency, the contractor shall arrange all loading and leading of material from
other locations. Contractor shall assess the material requirement of Over Head
Equipment (OHE) and Electrical General work as soon as survey completed and
immediately order the same for procurement. All materials required for execution
of Over Head Equipment (OHE) work and Electrical General work shall arrive at
site within one month after survey completion. Preparation and readiness of
Cantilevers, Bracket tubes, Bonds, Jumpers, Closed Droppers, T&P for manual
erection etc. must be ready within 15 days of arrival of materials. One expert
supervisor skilled in Over Head Equipment (OHE) and Electrical General must be
deputed to store permanently till project completion for ensuring timely availability
and readiness of Over Head Equipment (OHE) and Electrical General material for
smooth execution of the project. The stacking of material at site shall be done in a
pattern that there would not be any hindrance to any of construction activity.

f) Execution of construction work at site

i) After approval of design and drawings, the construction activities after
construction of all works involved in completion of project shall be started at site
accordingly to the project planning. Contractor shall ensure Electrical License
issued to contractor before starting of Over Head Equipment (OHE) and Electrical
General work. One project co-ordinator to be deputed at site before the start of
foundation work till project completion. For Traction Distribution (TRD) work the
contractor has to provide separate gang for foundation work, mast erection work,

270
wiring, dropping & clipping work, ATD erection work, Bonding work, and SED &
Tower wagon checking work, separate gang for SP, SSP modification work to
complete the work as per program. Tentative time taken for various works is as
under:

ii) BFR Crane for mast erection has to be arranged by the contractor, in case
of emergency at inaccessible sites the crane will be provided by Railway on
payment basis.

iii) Wiring train has to be arranged by the contractor, in case of emergency

wiring train will be provided by Railway on payment basis.

iv) Various safety equipment’s (i.e. Discharge Rod etc.) and experienced
manpower for power block to be deployed by contractor. All the supervisors, staffs,
and labours shall wear safety helmet, safety shoes, and safety jacket at all the time
at work site. The imposing of power block for launching/de-launching of protection
girder must be arranged and availed by contractor. The slewing of Over Head
Equipment (OHE), lowering and profiling work of Over Head Equipment (OHE) if
any required for Limited Height Subway (LHS)/Foot Over Bridge (FOB) will be
executed by contractor

v) Tower wagon will be issued only for tower wagon checking after SED is
done. For other than tower wagon checking, Power block and tower wagon for
fitness of Over Head Equipment (OHE) will be arranged by contractor.

vi) OHE released items after modification of existing OHE are the property of
Railway to be deposited at Railway store after accountable by contractor and
loading, leading and transportations will be paid by contractor.

vii) The work is to be executed along the existing railway track under running
train conditions as well as on the existing track, therefore the various construction
works shall be done in different conditions such as:
[1] Under Normal Conditions
The construction work shall be executed at sites located away from track,
running trains, site clear off the Indian Railway SOD provisions and where the
safety of railway and non-Railway assets men and machinery does not hamper due
to construction activities. However, the safety at construction site shall be ensured
during execution of work. The construction work shall be done as per prescribed
procedures and specifications.

[2] Under Traffic and Power Block

At few locations such as within yards, between the two running lines within
existing track, very close to track and locations affecting the safety of track &
moving trains the work would be done under traffic and power block of specified
duration duly sanctioned by railway authority. The works under block conditions
shall be completed in block period and Over Head Equipment (OHE) shall be made
fit for train moment within the sanctioned block duration. The planning to execute
the work under block, its duration, date and time of block required should be
submitted by the contractor in advance at least 15 days so as Railway shall arrange

271
the required block as planned. However, the sanction of planned block may vary on
the basis of train movement schedule at required time. Contractor has to plan the
required block within the specified consolidated block Hours period allowed for
completion of project. It shall be ensured that the individual sanctioned block
should be cleared within time; Bursting of block duration is not permitted. Block
bursting if any will subject to penalty as per prescribed conditions of contract
agreement.

[3] Under Train Speed Restriction Conditions

At locations close to track and works along the existing track and locations
affecting the safety of track & moving trains the construction works would be done
under restricted train speed conditions to ensure the safety at work site. The speed
restriction of specified potential for sanctioned duration will be imposed at required
locations. Contractor should ensure to complete the work at site within the
permitted duration of imposed speed restriction and Over Head Equipment (OHE)
shall be made fit for train moment at normal speed as per prescribed schedule within
the sanctioned duration. The planning to execute the work under restricted train
speed conditions, its duration, date and time as required should be submitted by the
contractor in advance at least 7 days so as Railway shall arrange the required
imposition of speed restriction as planned. However, the sanction of demanded
speed restriction may vary on the basis of train movement schedule at required time.
Contractor has to plan the required speed restriction duration within the specified
consolidated speed restriction Hours period allowed for completion of project. It
shall be ensured that the individual sanctioned speed restriction should be cleared
within time; Bursting of speed restriction duration is not permitted. Bursting speed
restriction if any will subject to penalty as per prescribed conditions of contract
agreement. So the planning of the works shall be done accordingly ensuring the
safety at site.

7.5 Construction methodology for Signal & Telecommunication (S&T)

works
a) Mobilization at site
The agency should mobilize at site the required resources like labour, material,
rest shelter, site offices, machinery and all other necessary resources with man
power.
b) Detailed survey
The agency shall visit the site of work and acquaint himself/themselves with the
conditions of work viz. approach roads and accessibility, nature of soil/rock,
availability of materials, electric power, water for work and drinking purposes, site
for labour camps, stores, godowns, extent of lead/lift in work, availability of skilled
and unskilled labour etc. that may be encountered in the course of execution of
work. In short, he/they should familiarize himself/themselves fully with the
conditions of the site. After taking over the site, agency shall conduct the detailed
survey of the site, collecting data, (Equipments, structure, surface and underground)
for various structures, assets and data required for planning, designing and
execution of Signal & Telecommunication (S&T) works. Work of site Survey shall
be completed within 20 days of taking over the site.
c) Design of system
Based on site survey, agency shall submit the design of T/S-IP based on approved
ESP according to various codal provisions. All the designs may have to be proof

272
checked from approved source and submit to Authority (Railways) within the
specified period of time schedule. Work at site should only be started at site after
final approval of relevant detailed design of S-IP, RCC, Panel diagram/VDU, cable
core plan, cable route plan, power supply arrangement plan, equipment disposition
plan for indoor and outdoor signalling circuits, track circuit jumpering plan wiring
diagrams etc. from Railway Authority.
d) Material management
The materials to be supplied by the agency as per requirement of work & will be
procured from Research Designs & Standards Organisation (RDSO) approved
sources if the item appears in Research Designs & Standards Organisation (RDSO)
approved list. In case of items not appearing in Research Designs & Standards
Organisation (RDSO) approved list of material, the material shall be procured from
reputed suppliers or their authorized representatives, shall be of best quality and
shall conform to relevant specifications, design and drawings duly inspected by
RITES/RDSO/Consignee. The agency may be required to produce test certificates
from the manufacturers whenever called for by the Engineer in charge.
Before procuring the material to be supplied by Agency, the Agency shall submit
the names and addresses of suppliers from whom it is proposed to procure the
materials required to be supplied in the tender and shall take approval of Railways
for the same.
All materials which are as per Research Designs & Standards Organisation (RDSO)
specifications, required for the execution of work should be procured from
Research Designs & Standards Organisation (RDSO) approved sources.
All materials required for the execution of the contract shall be
arranged and supplied by the Agency as detailed in the scope so as to realize the
end objectives. The material supplied and used by the Agency shall be of best
quality available.
The supply of equipment and material shall also include required installation and
other materials and documents etc. which may not be specifically mentioned herein,
but which are usually necessary for completing the work in all respects.
No loading, unloading, lead, lift, stacking, GST, toll tax, royalty or any other
charges will be paid for the materials, tools and plants and tools arranged and
brought by the agency to the site of work.
Agency shall establish temporary store & well-furnished office with computer,
printer and operator for Signal & Telecommunication (S&T) work at site with
availability of all material required for this work as per standard Research Designs
& Standards Organisation (RDSO) specifications. The site for temporary store &
office shall be got approved from Railway authority. Agency shall arrange all
loading and leading of material to site. The stacking of material at site shall be done
in a pattern that there would not be any hindrance to any of construction activity.
e) Execution of Signal & Telecommunication (S&T) work at site
After approval of design and drawings, the construction activities after construction
of all works involved in completion of project shall be started at site accordingly to
the project planning. One project co-coordinator shall be deputed at site before the
start of Signal & Telecommunication (S&T) work till project completion. For
signalling work the agency has to provide separate gang for foundation work, signal
erection work, wiring, track Bonding work, separate gang will be required for
telecommunication work to complete the work within time limit as follow:
i) Supply of location boxes, signal post, signal unit, signalling & telecom
cables and all other material duly inspected by RDSO/RITES/Consignee.

273
ii) Trenching and cable laying (signalling/telecom/power/OFC) in Chandi
Mandir - Baddi section as per approved cable core and cable route plans.

iii) Foundation for location boxes and signals as per approved drawings.

iv) Supply of EI material- Dust proof Relay racks, CT racks, Various EI cards
from RDSO approved Source, VDUs, Maintenance terminal, Data-logger,
Computer for data logger, printer, Relays, IPS, DC-DC converters, lighting and
surge protection devices etc& outdoor signalling material (point machines, point
ground connections and associated material, track feed chargers, chokes, relays,
ELD, disconnecting links, ARA terminals, hylem boards, earthing material etc.

v) Installation of indoor equipments (EI racks, CT racks, relay wiring, Power

supply arrangement –IPS, DC DC converters, data logger, Earth leakage detector.
vi) Preparation of location boxes (cable termination, relay fixing and wiring,
track feed chargers & choke wiring), wiring of Signal/ Sh. signal LEDs, wiring of
crank handles in location boxes.

vii) Testing of FAT, SAT of EI equipments with Railway representative. All

arrangement for FAT & SAT with Railway representative will be made by agency.

viii) Installation, wiring and commissioning of Level crossing (LC) gates, it

include shifting of existing Level crossing (LC) gate where required.

ix) Commissioning of work will be done during non-interlocking of

yard/section or during traffic blocks with the approval of Railway.
The work is to be executed along the existing railway track under running train
conditions as well as on the existing track, therefore the various construction works
shall be done in different conditions such as

i) Under Normal Conditions

The construction work shall be executed at sites located away from track, running
trains, site clear off the Indian Railways Schedule of Dimensions (IRSOD)
provisions and where the safety of railway and non-railway assets men and
machinery does not hampered due to construction activities. However the safety at
construction site shall be ensured during execution of work. The construction work
shall be done as per prescribed procedures and specifications.

ii) Under Traffic and Power Block

At few locations such as within yards, between the two running lines within existing
track, very close to track and locations affecting the safety of track & moving trains
the work would be done under traffic and power block of specified duration duly
sanctioned by Railway authority. The works under block conditions shall be
completed in block period work be made fit for train moment within the sanctioned
block duration.

7.6 Commissioning of Project

274
 Phase-I

a) Chandi Mandir Yard & Station: (To be done separately, not in the
scope of this tender)

A temporary new Electrified track taking off at Ch. 2219 m short of centre line of
existing Chandimandir Station having one slip siding and one loop line with CSR
of 384m will be laid on left hand side, along the existing Chandigarh-Kalka railway
line to bye pass existing Chandimandir yard with complete panel interlocking
arrangements. This temporary line will again merge in existing Kalka Rail line at
Ch 410.078 m ahead of Existing Chandimandir Station. This phase of working will
consist of Shifting of utilities, const. of Battery room, relay hut, const. of 6 Minor
Bridges, 1 No. RUB/LHS, earthwork and blanketing for making formation for
Temporary line, construction of retaining wall on left hand side in proposed new
station yard (CNDM) of Chandimandir station on Chandigarh-Kalka Rail line.

Two line Chandimandir station will be developed in this phase

i)One main line will be of 384 m length with Slip siding of 90 m length this will be
the part of temporary line and later on it will be converted into line no. 5.
ii)One additional loop line will be constructed of 384 m capacity with overrun of 120
m on both sides to facilitate crossing of trains at Chandimandir station. This line
shall be dismantled during Before Non-Interlocking (BNI) & Non-Interlocking (NI)
works
iii)OHE (Traction & Distribution), Signal & telecommunication works and Electrical
general works shall be done along with the above works.
iv)Construction of other structures like Station buildings, platforms.

b) Chandi Mandir to Baddi ( Covered in the scope of this tender)

i) All the works consisting of Shifting of utilities, earthwork and blanketing
for making formation, Const. of Viaduct , Major & Minor Bridges, Retaining Walls,
RUB/LHS, linking of track and other allied works between chainage km 1125 m to
Baddi (Dead End) km 28.076 shall be performed in parallel to item (A) above.
ii) OHE ( Traction & Distribution), Signal & telecommunication works and
Electrical general works shall be done along with the above works.
iii) Construction of other structures like Station buildings, platforms in Nanak
pur yard.

Phase-2:
a) Chandi Mandir Yard & Station: (To be done separately, not in the
scope of this tender)

275
 The cut and connection of temporary line with existing Chandigarh-Kalka line
shall be done on both sides, in this phase along with OHE, Signal &
telecommunication works and Electrical works. The traffic shall be diverted
through this track.

b) Chandi Mandir to Baddi ( Covered in the scope of this tender)

i) All the works consisting earthwork and blanketing for making formation, Const.
of Viaduct , Major & Minor Bridges, Retaining Walls, Drains,RUB/LHS and other
allied works between chainage km 1.125 to km 24.775 shall be performed in this
phase. .
ii) OHE (Traction & Distribution), Signal & telecommunication works and
Electrical general works shall be done along with the above works.
iii) Construction of other structures like Station buildings, platforms in Nanak pur
yard.
Phase-3:
a) Chandi Mandir Yard & Station: (To be done separately, not in the
scope of this tender)

i)This phase will consist of dismantling of all existing lines, rebuilding/extension of

minor bridges, executing earthwork, blanketing to re-grade the formation.
ii)Station building, service buildings and other passenger/Defence amenities at
Chandimandir will be developed in this phase.
b) Chandi Mandir to Baddi ( Covered in the scope of this tender)
i) All the works consisting of Shifting of utilities, earthwork and blanketing
for making formation, Const. of Viaduct, Major & Minor Bridges, Retaining Walls,
RUB/LHS, and other allied works between chainage km 1.125 to Km.24.775. shall
be completed in this phase.
ii) Ballasting and Linking of track from Km.24.775 to Km. 28.076 (Dead End).
iii) OHE (Traction & Distribution), Signal & telecommunication works and
Electrical general works shall be done along with the above works.
iv) Station building, service buildings and other passenger amenities at
Nanakpur Station shall be developed in this phase.

Phase-4: ( Covered in the scope of this tender)

a) Chandi Mandir Yard & Station:
i) New Railway tracks will be laid in Chandimandir yard from Ch.(-)2219m to
1125m as per approved ESP along with OHE and S&T works.
ii). The cut and connection of new line with the existing line and Before Non-
Interlocking (BNI) & Non-Interlocking (NI) works will be done in this phase along
with other allied works.

276
iii) OHE (Traction & Distribution), Signal & telecommunication works and
Electrical general works in Chandimandir Yard shall be done along with the above
works.
iv) The project shall be commissioned after successful completion of this phase and
CRS sanction for opening of section for traffic.

b) Chandi Mandir to Baddi ( Covered in the scope of this tender)

i) Linking of track and other allied works between chainage km -2.219 to
Baddi (Dead End) km 28.076 shall be Completed
ii) Station building, service buildings and other passenger amenities at
Nanakpur shall be completed in this phase.
iii) OHE (Traction & Distribution), Signal & telecommunication works and
Electrical general works shall also be completed with the above works.
iv) The project shall be commissioned after successful completion of this phase
and CRS sanction for opening of section for traffic.

277
 Annex - I
(Schedule-D)
Specifications and Standards for Construction

1 Specifications and Standards

All Materials, works and construction operations shall conform to the following
manuals:

1.1 For civil works:

(a) Indian Railways Permanent Way Manual

(b) Indian Railway Bridge Manual
(c) Indian Railway Schedule of Dimensions
(d) The relevant IRS Specifications referred to in the above documents listed
at (a), (b) and (c)
(e) Specifications of Works of Northern Railway and CE circulars etc.
(f) Manual of Specifications and Standards for EPC Contract 2014
(Attached at the end of the Document)
(g) Latest RDSO guidelines to be used while designing earth work
and blanketing layer; Rationalisation of Formation Layer Thickness, including
Blanketing will be done as per specification no. RDSO/2020/GE: IRS-0004, of
September 2020 for 32.5 T Axle loading.
(h) In case of any contradiction in the various codal provisions, the order of
precedence shall be as follows:-

aa) Provisions of this Annex I.

bb) IRS Codal provisions

cc) IRC Codal provisions

dd) IS (BIS) Codal provisions

278
1.2 For signalling and telecommunication works:

(a) Indian Railway Signal Engineering Manual for signalling; and

(b) Indian Railway Telecom Manual for telecommunication works.

(c) Latest IRS / RDSO specifications

1.3 For electrification works:

(a) Indian Railways Manual AC Traction, Volume-II Part-I and Volume-II

Part-II.

(b) Manual of Standards & Specification for Railway Electrification

(c) Indian Railways Standards of Dimension

2 Deviations from the Specifications and Standards

[Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Paragraph 1 above, the

following Specifications and Standards shall apply to the Railway Project, and for
purposes of this Agreement, the aforesaid Specifications and Standards shall be
deemed to be amended to the extent set forth below:]

[Specify the deviations, if any]

[Note: Deviations from the aforesaid Specifications and Standards shall be listed
out here. Such deviations shall be specified only if they are considered essential in
view of project-specific requirements.]

279
 Annex - II
(Schedule-D)

(See Clause 10.2.7(c))

Time Schedule for Review of Drawings by the Authority:

Sl. Item Prepa- Authority’s Review by Open Line/

No. ration Review with RDSO
time limit
1. Alignment plan - - Approved copy enclosed
with RFP.
2. L Section - - Approved copy enclosed
with RFP.
3. LWR Plans Contractor CE/C (45 days) Copy to CTE to give
remarks in 30 days, if
any.
4. Design basis report for Contractor CE/C (60 days) CBE and RDSO to give
important bridges remarks in 45 days.
5. GAD of important bridges Contractor CE/C (45 days), Contractor to submit
CBE and RDSO to GAD after clearance of
give remarks in 30 design basis report.
days
6. GAD of major and minor Contractor CE/C (45 days) Copy to CBE to give
bridges, affecting the remarks in 30 days, if
existing bridge (requiring any.
load sharing or imposition of
SR during construction)

7. GAD of major and minor Contractor CE/C (30 days)

bridges (without any
reduction in waterway/
vertical clearance and not
affecting the existing bridge)

8. Structural drawings of Contractor CE/C (30 days)

important and major bridges
9. Structural drawings of minor Contractor Dy.CE/C
bridges (30 days)
10. GADs of RUBs - - Approved copy enclosed
with RFP.
11. Structural Drawings of Contractor CE/C (30 days)
ROBs/RUBs
12. GADs of FOB (Foot Over Contractor CE/C (45 days) Copy to CBE and DRM
Bridge) including to give remarks in 30
launching scheme days, if any.

280
 Sl. Item Prepa- Authority’s Review by Open Line/
No. ration Review with RDSO
time limit
13. Structural Drawings of FOBs Contractor CE/C (30 days)
(Foot Over Bridge)s
14. Engineering Scale Plans - - Approved copy enclosed
(ESPs) with RFP.

15. Signal Interlocking Plans - - Approved copy enclosed

(SIPs) with RFP.
16. Route Control Charts Contractor CSTE/C Remarks to be given
(RCCs) ,Interface circuit, (14 Days) within one month of
Logic circuit, Cable core submission and approval
plan, Bonding plan, VDU by Railways to be
diagram, SWARD, SWR, furnished to the
Telecom jointing plan contractor within one
month of submission of
compliance of remarks by
contractor.
17. Cable Route Plan Contractor CSTE/C Remarks to be given
(45 days) within one month of
submission and approval
by Railways to be
furnished to the
contractor within one
month of submission of
compliance of remarks by
contractor.
18 Interface and logic circuits Contractor CSTE/C Remarks to be given
(to be submitted within 30 (30 Days for Both) within one month of
days after receipt of submission and approval
approved RCCs). by Railways to be
furnished to the
contractor within one
month of submission of
compliance of remarks by
contractor.
19 Station Working Rule Contractor CSTE/C Remarks to be given
Diagrams & Station (30 Days) within one month of
Working Rules. (to be submission and approval
submitted within 21 days, by Railways to be
after receipt of approved furnished to the
RCCs) contractor within one
month of submission of
compliance of remarks by
contractor.
20 Technical System Approval Contractor CSTE/C Remarks to be given
for EI (30 Days) within one month of
submission and approval
by Railways/RDSO to be

281
 furnished to the
contractor within one
month of submission of
compliance of remarks by
contractor.
21 Track circuit and traction Contractor CSTE/C and Remarks to be given
Bonding plan (to be CEE/C. within one month of
submitted within 21 days, (21 Days) submission and approval
after receipt of approved by Railways to be
SIPs) furnished to the
contractor within one
month of submission of
compliance of remarks by
contractor.
22 Power supply scheme (to be Contractor CSTE/C Remarks to be given
submitted 21 days, after (21 Days) within one month of
receipt of approved SIPs) submission and approval
by Railways to be
furnished to the
contractor within one
month of submission of
compliance of remarks by
contractor.
23 Cable Core Plan, (to be Contractor CSTE/C Remarks to be given
submitted within 21 days, (21 Days) within one month of
after receipt of approved submission and approval
SIPs) by Railways to be
furnished to the
contractor within one
month of submission of
compliance of remarks by
contractor.
24. Building Plans - - Approved copy enclosed
with RFP.
25. Drainage Plans Contractor Dy.CE/C
(30 days)
26. Protection Work Design and Contractor CE/C (30 days)
Drawings

Note: Proof check of design and drawings of girders is required from a third party
or IIT before its approval from Competent Railway Authority/RDSO.

282
Time Schedule for Review of Drawings by the Authority for electrification works:

Sl. Item Prepa- Authority’s Review by Open Line/

No. ration Review with RDSO
time limit
1. Final Layout Plan based on
CEE(C)/CPD/RE
Pegging Plan supplied by Contractor NIL
(21 days)
Railway
2. Cross Sectioning Drawings CEE(C)/CPD/RE
Contractor NIL
(21 days)
3. Structure Erection Drawings CEE(C)/CPD/RE
Contractor NIL
(21 days)
4. Long Section drawings of
OHE under over line CEE(C)/CPD/RE
Contractor NIL
structures and overhead (21 days)
crossings
5. Other design and drawings CEE(C)/CPD/RE
where there is any deviation Contractor (15 days)) NIL
from RDSO standards
6. As erected SED and CSD CEE(C)/CPD/RE
Contractor NIL
(30 days)
7. Any special arrangement, Contractor CEE(C)/CPD/RE CEE of the concerned
including bridge masts, (45 days) Railway. CBE in case of
FOB/ROB modification, or bridge masts, FOB/ROB,
structural modifications. engineering structure
modification ( CEE or
CBE to review and return
to
CEE(C)/CPD/REwithin
30 days)
8. All PSI Drawings/Designs Contractor CEE(C)/CPD/RE NIL
(21 days)
9. Relay setting calculation of Contractor CEE(C)/CPD/RE Sr DEE (TRD) of
TSS (21 days) concerned Division. (
Review to be returned to
CPM/RE within 14 days)
10. HT Crossing and LT Contractor CEE(C)/CPD/RE Sr DEE(TRD) of
crossing modifications (45 days) concerned Division (
Review and return to
CPM/RE within 30 days).
11. Bonding Plan of Yard Area Contractor CEE(C)/CPD/RE Sr DEE(TRD) of
(28 days) concerned Division (
Review and return within
21 days to
CEE(C)/CPD/RE)

283
 12. Signalling Plan for each - - Approved copy
interlocked station, enclosed with RFP.
including interlocked level
crossings situated outside
station limits and inter
locked mid-section
sidings.
13. Locking Table and locking Contractor CSTE Divn/HQ of concerned
diagrams for each ( 45 days) Railway. ( within 75
interlocking frames, days to
station master’s slide
control, frame,
interlocking key box,
power frame with
mechanical locking.
14. Selection Table for each Contractor CSTE Remarks to be given
EI/Relay Interlock Station (14 Days) within one month of
submission and
approval by Railways,
to be furnished to the
contractor within one
month of submission
of compliance of
remarks by contractor.
15 All other Contractor CSTE ( 60 days) Remarks to be given
Signalling/Telecom within one month of
Drawings/Designs submission and
approval by Railways,
to be furnished to the
contractor within one
month of submission
of compliance of
remarks by contractor.
16. All other drawings not Contractor 21 days where As per the case.
mentioned above, where CPD/RE is
mandatory review by approving
Railway is necessary to Authority. 45
comply with provision of days where
Manuals/Codes. approval has to
be taken from
Open Line
Railway.

Note: All other drawings/designs which are not mentioned herein will fall under the
review of Authority Engineer ( Dy. CEE/ Dy. CE/ Dy. CSTE as the case may be) and the
time limit thereof will be as per the terms and conditions mentioned in the Contract
Document.
******

284
 Annex - III
(Schedule-D)
(See Clause 7 of Schedule-D)

TENTATIVE METHOD STATEMENT AND SEQUENCE OF

WORKING FOR CHANDIGARH – BADDI NEW LINE
PROJECT

A. General:
1. NAME OF THE PROJECT: Construction and Commissioning of
Chandigarh-Baddi New Broad Gauge Railway Line {30.295 km (Ch.-2219 m to
28076m)} including Electrification and Signalling & Telecommunication works
on Engineering, Procurement & Construction (EPC) Mode under Dy. CE/C-
II/Chandigarh in Ambala Division of Indian Railway.

2. Scope of the project:

i) Execution of Engineering, Procurement & Construction works including Civil
Engineering works i.e. Earthwork, blanketing, const. of major bridges, minor
bridges, Viaducts, Limited Height Subway (LHS)/Road Under Bridges (RUBs),
Extension of Level Crossings including all ancillary works from Km.1.125 to
Km.24.775in Connection with Construction of new Broad Gauge Railway line
ii) Construction of Station Building, service Buildings, residential buildings,
Passenger and Goods Platforms, Platform Shelters, Circulating Areas, Station and
colony approach roads, providing all passenger amenities etc. at Nanakpur Station.
iii) Execution of Ballast supply and P-Way works (except supply of PSC Line
sleepers and Rails), Signal & Telecommunication (S&T) works, Railway
Electrification works, General Electrification works and other allied works from
Km. (-)2.219 to Km.28.076 i.e including Chandimandir, Nanakpur and Baddi
yards.

3. This project shall connect Baddi, the Industrial Town of Himachal Pradesh
to the Capital city of Chandigarh via Chandi Mandir. The Project shall lie in the
states of Haryana and Himachal Pradesh. The project is planned to be executed
through EPC contract. Some track, Bridge, formation, RUB, Traction &
distribution, and signalling connection works at existing Chandi mandir Yard will
be done in the initial phase of the project.

4. Stations involved in the project:

Chandi Mandir, and Baddi: Ballast supply, track work, OHE work and S&T
works only
Nanakpur: Construction of Station Building, service Buildings, residential
buildings, Passenger and Goods Platforms, Platform Shelters, Circulating Areas,

285
Station and colony approach roads, providing all passenger amenities and
Earthwork, blanketing, Ballast supply, track works , OHE works and S&T works.

5. Tentative alignment of Railway track: The proposed alignment of the

new track after taking off at 2219 m short of centre line of existing Chandi Mandir
Station, will run on left hand side, along the existing Chandigarh-Kalka railway
line, within existing Railway land in first 7.00 Kms starting from Centre line of
existing Chandi Mandir Railway Station. Thereafter it will get diverted through
acquired land as per alignment plan approved by the Railway Authority upto to
Baddi (Km 27.075) via Nanakpur (Km 18.675). and will terminate at Km 28.076.

B. Tentative Working Methodology:

The tentative working methodology for this project has been developed on the basis
of project needs, site requirements and Railway working Rules. The execution of
Civil, Railway Electrification, General Electrification, Signal &
Telecommunication works is planned under following working conditions:

1) Under Normal working condition

2) Under Traffic & Power block
3) Under Speed Restriction.
4) Before Non Interlocking (BNI or PNI) works
5) Non Interlocking (NI) works

The tentative Points of working for taking up various works are summarised as
below:

S.N. Item
(1) General works
(2) Civil works
(3) Track linking
(4) Non-Interlocking (NI) & Before Non-Interlocking (BNI) works
(5) Railway Electrification works
(6) General Electrification works
(7) Signal& Telecommunication (S&T) works
(8) Block requirement
(9) Details of block for Non - Interlocking (NI) & Before Non-Interlocking
(BNI) works

C. Sequence of Working and commissioning of the Project:

Chandi Mandir shall become the Junction station after the completion of this
project. The project can be divided into 4 phases and the Project shall be
commissioned after successful completion of Phase-4 works:

Phase-I

286
a) Chandi Mandir Yard & Station: (To be done separately, not in the
scope of this tender)

A temporary new Electrified track taking off at Ch. 2219 m short of centre line of
existing Chandimandir Station having one slip siding and one loop line with CSR
of 384m will be laid on left hand side, along the existing Chandigarh-Kalka railway
line to bye pass existing Chandimandir yard with complete panel interlocking
arrangements. This temporary line will again merge in existing Kalka Rail line at
Ch 410.078 m ahead of Existing Chandimandir Station. This phase of working will
consist of Shifting of utilities, const. of Battery room, relay hut, const. of 6 Minor
Bridges, 1 No. RUB/LHS, earthwork and blanketing for making formation for
Temporary line, construction of retaining wall on left hand side in proposed new
station yard (CNDM) of Chandimandir station on Chandigarh-Kalka Rail line.

Two line Chandimandir station will be developed in this phase

i) One main line will be of 384 m length with Slip siding of 90 m length this will
be the part of temporary line and later on it will be converted into line no. 5.
ii) One additional loop line will be constructed of 384 m capacity with overrun of
120 m on both sides to facilitate crossing of trains at Chandimandir station. This
line shall be dismantled during Before Non-Interlocking (BNI) & Non-Interlocking
(NI) works
iii) OHE (Traction & Distribution), Signal & telecommunication works and
Electrical general works shall be done along with the above works.
iv) Construction of other structures like Station buildings, platforms.
b) Chandi Mandir to Baddi ( Covered in the scope of this tender)
i) All the works consisting of Shifting of utilities, earthwork and blanketing for
making formation, Const. of Viaduct , Major & Minor Bridges, Retaining Walls,
RUB/LHS, linking of track and other allied works between chainage km 1125 m to
Baddi (Dead End) km 28.076 shall be performed in parallel to item (A) above.
ii) OHE (Traction & Distribution), Signal & telecommunication works and
Electrical general works shall be done along with the above works.
iii) Construction of other structures like Station buildings, platforms in Nanak pur
yard.
Phase-2:
a) Chandi Mandir Yard & Station: (To be done separately, not in the
scope of this tender)
The cut and connection of temporary line with existing Chandigarh-Kalka line shall
be done on both sides, in this phase along with OHE, Signal & telecommunication
works and Electrical works. The traffic shall be diverted through this track.
b) Chandi Mandir to Baddi ( Covered in the scope of this tender)
i) All the works consisting earthwork and blanketing for making formation, Const.
of Viaduct , Major & Minor Bridges, Retaining Walls, Drains,RUB/LHS and other

287
allied works between chainage km 1.125 to km 24.775 shall be performed in this
phase. .
ii) OHE (Traction & Distribution), Signal & telecommunication works and
Electrical general works shall be done along with the above works.
iii) Construction of other structures like Station buildings, platforms in Nanak pur
yard.
Phase-3:
a) Chandi Mandir Yard & Station: (To be done separately, not in the
scope of this tender)

i) This phase will consist of dismantling of all existing lines, rebuilding/extension

of minor bridges, executing earthwork, blanketing to re-grade the formation.
ii) Station building, service buildings and other passenger/Defence amenities at
Chandimandir will be developed in this phase.
b) Chandi Mandir to Baddi ( Covered in the scope of this tender)
i) All the works consisting of Shifting of utilities, earthwork and blanketing for
making formation, Const. of Viaduct, Major & Minor Bridges, Retaining Walls,
RUB/LHS, and other allied works between chainage km 1.125 to Km.24.775. shall
be completed in this phase.
ii) Ballasting and Linking of track from Km.24.775 to Km. 28.076 (Dead End).
iii) OHE (Traction & Distribution), Signal & telecommunication works and
Electrical general works shall be done along with the above works.
iv) Station building, service buildings and other passenger amenities at Nanakpur
Station shall be developed in this phase.

Phase-4: ( Covered in the scope of this tender)

a) Chandi Mandir Yard & Station:
i) New Railway tracks will be laid in Chandimandir yard from Ch.(-)2219m to
1125m as per approved ESP along with OHE and S&T works.
ii). The cut and connection of new line with the existing line and Before Non-
Interlocking (BNI) & Non-Interlocking (NI) works will be done in this phase along
with other allied works.
iii) OHE (Traction & Distribution), Signal & telecommunication works and
Electrical general works in Chandimandir Yard shall be done along with the above
works.
iv) The project shall be commissioned after successful completion of this phase and
CRS sanction for opening of section for traffic.

b) Chandi Mandir to Baddi

i) Linking of track and other allied works between chainage km -2.219 to Baddi
(Dead End) km 28.076 shall be Completed

288
ii) Station building, service buildings and other passenger amenities at Nanakpur
shall be completed in this phase.
iii) OHE (Traction & Distribution), Signal & telecommunication works and
Electrical general works shall also be completed with the above works.
iv) The project shall be commissioned after successful completion of this phase and
CRS sanction for opening of section for traffic.

D. Tentative requirement of Blocks, Speed Restrictions etc:

Tentative requirement of blocks and speed restrictions in Chandimandir yard and block
sections during Before Non-Interlocking & Non-Interlocking (BNI/NI) works and other
works have been worked out and the summarised requirement is as under:
(i) Total Block Requirement = 70 Hrs.
(ii) Total SR Requirement= 09 Days
(iii) The relaxation of caution /speed Restrictions shall be done as per Railway
Manuals, Circulars, Codal provisions, specification & drawings and latest Railway
Board Instructions.

289
 SCHEDULE - E
(See Clause 3.1.6(a))
APPLICABLE PERMITS

1 Applicable Permits

1.1 The Contractor shall obtain, as required under Applicable Laws, the
following Applicable Permits:

(a) Permission of the State Government for extraction of boulders from quarry;

(b) Permission of Village Panchayats and Pollution Control Board for

installation of crushers;

(c) Licence for use of explosives;

(d) Permission of the State Government for drawing water from river/reservoir;

(e) Licence from inspector of factories or other competent Authority for setting
up batching plant;

(f) Clearance of Pollution Control Board for setting up batching plant;

(g) Clearance of Village Panchayats and Pollution Control Board for setting up
asphalt plant;

(h) Permission of Village Panchayats and State Government for borrow earth;
and

(i) Any other permits or clearances required under Applicable Laws.

1.2 Applicable Permits, as required, relating to environmental protection and

conservation shall have been or shall be procured by the Authority in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement.
__

290
 SCHEDULE - F

(See Clauses 7.1.1, 7.5.3 and 17.2)

FORM OF BANK GUARANTEE

Annex-I
(See Clause 7.1.1)
Performance Security
FA & CAO/C
Kashmere Gate
Northern Railway
Delhi.

WHEREAS:

(A) ……………………………………(insert name and address of the

contractor) (hereinafter called the “Contractor") and (insert name and address of
the project authority), (hereinafter called the“Authority”) have entered into an
agreement (hereinafter called the “Agreement”) for the construction of the new
railway line between ……..-…….. in the ……..…….. Railway zone on
Engineering, Procurement and Construction (the “EPC”) basis, subject to and in
accordance with the provisions of the Agreement
(B) The Agreement requires the Contractor to furnish a Performance Security
for due and faithful performance of its obligations, under and in accordance with
the Agreement, during the {Construction Period/ Defects Liability Period } (as
defined in the Agreement) in a sum of Rs….. cr. (Rupees ………..….. crore) (the
“Guarantee Amount”).

(C) We, ………………….. through our branch at …………………. (the

“Bank”) have agreed to furnish this bank guarantee (hereinafter called
the“Guarantee”) by way of Performance Security.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Bank hereby, unconditionally and irrevocably,

guarantees and affirms as follows:

1. The Bank hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the dueand

faithful performance of the Contractor’s obligations during the {Construction
Period/ Defects Liability Period}under and in accordance with the Agreement, and
agrees and undertakes to pay to the [mention Finance of Authority], upon its mere
first written demand, and without any demur, reservation, recourse, contest or
protest, and without any reference to the Contractor, such sum or sums up to an
aggregate sum of the Guarantee Amount as the Authority shall claim, without the
Authority being required to prove or to show grounds or reasons for its demand
and/or for the sum specified therein.

2. A letter from the Authority, under the hand of an officer not below the rank
of [***in the ***]Railway, that the Contractor has committed default in the due and
faithful performance of all or any of its obligations under and in accordance with
the Agreement shall be conclusive, final and binding on the Bank. The Bank further
agrees that the Authority shall be the sole judge as to whether the Contractor is in
291
default in due and faithful performance of its obligations during and under the
Agreement and its decision that the Contractor is in default shall be final and
binding on the Bank, notwithstanding any differences between the Authority and
the Contractor, or any dispute between them pending before any court, tribunal,
arbitrators or any other authority or body, or by the discharge of the Contractor for
any reason whatsoever.

3. In order to give effect to this Guarantee, the Authority shall be entitled to

act as if the Bank were the principal debtor and any change in the constitution of
the Contractor and/or the Bank, whether by their absorption with any other body or
corporation or otherwise, shall not in any way or manner affect the liability or
obligation of the Bank under this Guarantee.

4. It shall not be necessary, and the Bank hereby waives any necessity, for the
Authority to proceed against the Contractor before presenting to the Bank its
demand under this Guarantee.

5. The Authority shall have the liberty, without affecting in any manner the
liability of the Bank under this Guarantee, to vary at any time, the terms and
conditions of the Agreement or to extend the time or period for the compliance
with, fulfilment and/ or performance of all or any of the obligations of the
Contractor contained in the Agreement or to postpone for any time, and from time
to time, any of the rights and powers exercisable by the Authority against the
Contractor, and either to enforce or forbear from enforcing any of the terms and
conditions contained in the Agreement and/or the securities available to the
Authority, and the Bank shall not be released from its liability and obligation under
these presents by any exercise by the Authority of the liberty with reference to the
matters aforesaid or by reason of time being given to the Contractor or any other
forbearance, indulgence, act or omission on the part of the Authority or of any other
matter or thing whatsoever which under any law relating to sureties and guarantors
would but for this provision have the effect of releasing the Bank from its liability
and obligation under this Guarantee and the Bank hereby waives all of its rights
under any such law.

6. This Guarantee is in addition to and not in substitution of any other

guarantee or security now or which may hereafter be held by the Authority in
respect of or relating to the Agreement or for the fulfilment, compliance and/or
performance of all or any of the obligations of the Contractor under the Agreement.

7. Notwithstanding anything contained hereinbefore, the liability of the Bank

under this Guarantee is restricted to the Guarantee Amount and this Guarantee will
remain in force for the period specified in paragraph 8 below and unless a demand
or claim in writing is made by the Authority on the Bank under this Guarantee all

292
rights of the Authority under this Guarantee shall be forfeited and the Bank shall be
relieved from its liabilities hereunder.

8. The Guarantee shall cease to be in force and effect on ****5$. Unless a

demand or claim under this Guarantee is made in writing before expiry of the
Guarantee, the Bank shall be discharged from its liabilities hereunder.

9. The Bank undertakes not to revoke this Guarantee during its currency,
except with the previous express consent of the Authority in writing, and declares
and warrants that it has the power to issue this Guarantee and the undersigned has
full powers to do so on behalf of the Bank.

10. Any notice by way of request, demand or otherwise hereunder may be sent
by post addressed to the Bank at its above referred branch, which shall be deemed
to have been duly authorised to receive such notice and to effect payment thereof
forthwith, and if sent by post it shall be deemed to have been given at the time when
it ought to have been delivered in due course of post and in proving such notice,
when given by post, it shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope containing the
notice was posted and a certificate signed by an officer of the Authority that the
envelope was so posted shall be conclusive.

11. This Guarantee shall come into force with immediate effect and shall remain
in force and effect for up to the date specified in paragraph 8 above or until it is
released earlier by the Authority pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement.

Signed and sealed this ………. day of ……….., 20……… at ………..

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED

For and on behalf of the Bank by:

(Signature)
(Name)
(Designation)
(Code Number)
(Address)

NOTES:

(i) The bank guarantee should contain the name, designation and code number
of the officer(s) signing the guarantee.

(ii) The address, telephone number and other details of the head office of the
Bank as well as of issuing branch should be mentioned on the covering letter of
issuing branch.

5$ Insert date being 2 (two) years from the date of issuance of this Guarantee (in accordance with
Clause 7.2 of the Agreement).

293
294
 Annex – II
(Schedule - F)
(See Clause 7.5.3)
Form of Guarantee for Withdrawal of Retention Money

FA & CAO/C,
Kashmere Gate
Northern Railway,
New Delhi – 110006.

WHEREAS:

(A) [insert name and address of the contractor] (hereinafter called the
“Contractor") has executed an agreement (hereinafter called the “Agreement”)
with the [name and address of the project authority), (hereinafter called the
“Authority”) for the construction of the new railway line between ****-**** in
the **** Railway zone on Engineering, Procurement and Construction (the “EPC”)
basis, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement.

(B) In accordance with Clause 7.5.3 of the Agreement, the Contractor may
withdraw the retention money (hereinafter called the “Retention Money”) after
furnishing to the Authority a bank guarantee for an amount equal to the proposed
withdrawal.

(C) We, ………………….. through our branch at …………………. (the

“Bank”) have agreed to furnish this bank guarantee (hereinafter called the
“Guarantee”) for the amount of Rs. ………… cr. (Rupees…………crore) (the
“Guarantee Amount”).

NOW, THEREFORE, the Bank hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees

and affirms as follows:

1. The Bank hereby unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to pay to the

Authority, upon its mere first written demand, and without any demur, reservation,
recourse, contest or protest, and without any reference to the Contractor, such sum
or sums up to an aggregate sum of the Guarantee Amount as the Authority shall
claim, without the Authority being required to prove or to show grounds or reasons
for its demand and/or for the sum specified therein.

2. A letter from the Authority, under the hand of an officer not below the rank
of [*** in the ***Railway], that the Contractor has committed default in the due
and faithful performance of all or any of its obligations for under and in accordance
with the Agreement shall be conclusive, final and binding on the Bank. The Bank
further agrees that the Authority shall be the sole judge as to whether the Contractor
is in default in due and faithful performance of its obligations during and under the
Agreement and its decision that the Contractor is in default shall be final, and
binding on the Bank, notwithstanding any differences between the Authority and
the Contractor, or any dispute between them pending before any court, tribunal,
arbitrators or any other authority or body, or by the discharge of the Contractor for
any reason whatsoever.

295
3. In order to give effect to this Guarantee, the Authority shall be entitled to
act as if the Bank were the principal debtor and any change in the constitution of
the Contractor and/or the Bank, whether by their absorption with any other body or
corporation or otherwise, shall not in any way or manner affect the liability or
obligation of the Bank under this Guarantee.

4. It shall not be necessary, and the Bank hereby waives any necessity, for the
Authority to proceed against the Contractor before presenting to the Bank its
demand under this Guarantee.

5. The Authority shall have the liberty, without affecting in any manner the
liability of the Bank under this Guarantee, to vary at any time, the terms and
conditions of the Retention Money and any of the rights and powers exercisable by
the Authority against the Contractor, and either to enforce or forbear from enforcing
any of the terms and conditions contained in the Agreement and/or the securities
available to the Authority, and the Bank shall not be released from its liability and
obligation under these presents by any exercise by the Authority of the liberty with
reference to the matters aforesaid or by reason of time being given to the Contractor
or any other forbearance, indulgence, act or omission on the part of the Authority
or of any other matter or thing whatsoever which under any law relating to sureties
and guarantors would but for this provision have the effect of releasing the Bank
from its liability and obligation under this Guarantee and the Bank hereby waives
all of its rights under any such law.

6. This Guarantee is in addition to and not in substitution of any other

guarantee or security now or which may hereafter be held by the Authority in
respect of or relating to the Retention Money.

7. Notwithstanding anything contained hereinbefore, the liability of the Bank

under this Guarantee is restricted to the Guarantee Amount and this Guarantee will
remain in force for the period specified in paragraph 8 below and unless a demand
or claim in writing is made by the Authority on the Bank under this Guarantee all
rights of the Authority under this Guarantee shall be forfeited and the Bank shall be
relieved from its liabilities hereunder.

8. The Guarantee shall cease to be in force and effect 15 (fifteen) days after
the date of the Completion Certificate specified in Clause 12.4 of the Agreement.

9. The Bank undertakes not to revoke this Guarantee during its currency,
except with the previous express consent of the Authority in writing, and declares
and warrants that it has the power to issue this Guarantee and the undersigned has
full powers to do so on behalf of the Bank.

10. Any notice by way of request, demand or otherwise hereunder may be sent
by post addressed to the Bank at its above referred branch, which shall be deemed
to have been duly authorised to receive such notice and to effect payment thereof
forthwith, and if sent by post it shall be deemed to have been given at the time when
it ought to have been delivered in due course of post and in proving such notice,
when given by post, it shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope containing the
notice was posted and a certificate signed by an officer of the Authority that the
envelope was so posted shall be conclusive.

296
11. This Guarantee shall come into force with immediate effect and shall remain
in force and effect up to the date specified in paragraph 8 above or until it is released
earlier by the Authority pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement.

Signed and sealed this ………. day of ……….., 20……… at ………..

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED

For and on behalf of the Bank by:

(Signature)

(Name)

(Designation)

(Code Number)

(Address)

NOTES:

(i) The bank guarantee should contain the name, designation and code number
of the officer(s) signing the guarantee.

(ii) The address, telephone number and other details of the head office of the
Bank as well as of issuing branch should be mentioned on the covering letter of
issuing branch.

297
 Annex – III
(Schedule - F)
(See Clause 17.2)
Form of Guarantee for Advance Payment

FA & CAO/C,
Kashmere Gate
Northern Railway,
New Delhi – 110006.

WHEREAS:

(A) [name and address of the contractor] (hereinafter called the “Contractor”)
has executed an agreement (hereinafter called the “Agreement”) with the [name
and address of the project authority], (hereinafter called the “Authority”) for the
construction of the new railway line between ***in the ***Railway zone on
Engineering, Procurement and Construction (the “EPC”) basis, subject to and in
accordance with the provisions of the Agreement.
(B) In accordance with Clause 17.2 of the Agreement, the Authority shall make
to the Contractor advance payment (herein after called “Advance Payment”) equal
to 10% (ten per cent) of the Contract Price; and that the Advance Payment shall be
made in two installments subject to the Contractor furnishing an irrevocable and
unconditional guarantee by a Bank for an amount equivalent to 110% (one hundred
and ten percent) of such installment to remain effective till the complete and full
repayment of the installment of the Advance Payment as security for compliance
with its obligations in accordance with the Agreement. The amount of
{first/second} installment of the Advance Payment is Rs. ……cr. (Rupees
……crore) andthe amount of this Guarantee is Rs. …… cr. (Rupees ……
crore)(the“Guarantee Amount”)6$.

(C) We, ………………….. through our branch at …………………. (the

“Bank”) have agreed to furnish this bank guarantee (hereinafter called
the“Guarantee”) for the Guarantee Amount.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Bank hereby, unconditionally and irrevocably,

guarantees and affirms as follows:

1. The Bank hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the due and
faithful repayment on time of the aforesaid instalment of the Advance Payment
under and in accordance with the Agreement, and agrees and undertakes to pay to
the Authority, upon its mere first written demand, and without any demur,
reservation, recourse, contest or protest, and without any reference to the
Contractor, such sum or sums up to an aggregate sum of the Guarantee Amount as

6$The Guarantee Amount should be equivalent to 110% of the value of the applicable installment.

298
the Authority shall claim, without the Authority being required to prove or to show
grounds or reasons for its demand and/or for the sum specified therein.

2. A letter from the Authority, under the hand of an officer not below the rank
of [***in the ***Railway], that the Contractor has committed default in the due and
faithful performance of all or any of its obligations for the repayment of the
instalment of the Advance Payment under and in accordance with the Agreement
shall be conclusive, final and binding on the Bank. The Bank further agrees that the
Authority shall be the sole judge as to whether the Contractor is in default in due
and faithful performance of its obligations during and under the Agreement and its
decision that the Contractor is in default shall be final and binding on the Bank,
notwithstanding any differences between the Authority and the Contractor, or any
dispute between them pending before any court, tribunal, arbitrators or any other
authority or body, or by the discharge of the Contractor for any reason whatsoever.

3. In order to give effect to this Guarantee, the Authority shall be entitled to

act as if the Bank were the principal debtor and any change in the constitution of
the Contractor and/or the Bank, whether by their absorption with any other body or
corporation or otherwise, shall not in any way or manner affect the liability or
obligation of the Bank under this Guarantee.

4. It shall not be necessary, and the Bank hereby waives any necessity, for the
Authority to proceed against the Contractor before presenting to the Bank its
demand under this Guarantee.

5. The Authority shall have the liberty, without affecting in any manner the
liability of the Bank under this Guarantee, to vary at any time, the terms and
conditions of the Advance Payment or to extend the time or period of its repayment
or to postpone for any time, and from time to time, any of the rights and powers
exercisable by the Authority against the Contractor, and either to enforce or forbear
from enforcing any of the terms and conditions contained in the Agreement and/or
the securities available to the Authority, and the Bank shall not be released from its
liability and obligation under these presents by any exercise by the Authority of the
liberty with reference to the matters aforesaid or by reason of time being given to
the Contractor or any other forbearance, indulgence, act or omission on the part of
the Authority or of any other matter or thing whatsoever which under any law
relating to sureties and guarantors would but for this provision have the effect of
releasing the Bank from its liability and obligation under this Guarantee and the
Bank hereby waives all of its rights under any such law.

6. This Guarantee is in addition to and not in substitution of any other

guarantee or security now or which may hereafter be held by the Authority in
respect of or relating to the Advance Payment.

7. Notwithstanding anything contained hereinbefore, the liability of the Bank

under this Guarantee is restricted to the Guarantee Amount and this Guarantee will
remain in force for the period specified in paragraph 8 below and unless a demand
or claim in writing is made by the Authority on the Bank under this Guarantee all

299
rights of the Authority under this Guarantee shall be forfeited and the Bank shall be
relieved from its liabilities hereunder.

8. The Guarantee shall cease to be in force and effect on ****.7$ Unless a

demand or claim under this Guarantee is made in writing on or before the aforesaid
date, the Bank shall be discharged from its liabilities hereunder.

9. The Bank undertakes not to revoke this Guarantee during its currency,
except with the previous express consent of the Authority in writing, and declares
and warrants that it has the power to issue this Guarantee and the undersigned has
full powers to do so on behalf of the Bank.

10. Any notice by way of request, demand or otherwise hereunder may be sent
by post addressed to the Bank at its above referred branch, which shall be deemed
to have been duly authorised to receive such notice and to effect payment thereof
forthwith, and if sent by post it shall be deemed to have been given at the time when
it ought to have been delivered in due course of post and in proving such notice,
when given by post, it shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope containing the
notice was posted and a certificate signed by an officer of the Authority that the
envelope was so posted shall be conclusive.

11. This Guarantee shall come into force with immediate effect and shall remain
in force and effect up to the date specified in paragraph 8 above or until it is released
earlier by the Authority pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement.

Signed and sealed this ………. day of …….. 20……… at ………..

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED

For and on behalf of the Bank by:

(Signature)
(Name)
(Designation)
(Code Number)
(Address)
NOTES:

(i) The bank guarantee should contain the name, designation and code number
of the officer(s) signing the guarantee.

(ii) The address, telephone number and other details of the head office of the
Bank as well as of issuing branch should be mentioned on the covering letter of
issuing branch.

7$Insert a date being 90 (ninety) days after the end of one year from the date of payment of the
Advance payment to the Contractor (in accordance with Clause 17.2 of the Agreement).

300
 SCHEDULE - G
(See Clauses10.1.4 and 17.3)
Contract Price Weightages

1.1 The Contract Price for this Agreement is Rs. ****** (Rs. ******) [It is assigned for different components of the Railway Project as
follows:]20

For works consisting of civil works, signalling and telecom works with railway electrification:

Civil and track works 92.71 % of the Contract Price

Signalling works and telecommunication 2.92 % of the Contract Price

works

Electrification works (TRD) 3.16% of the Contract Price

Electrification (G) 1.22% of the Contract Price

1.2 Proportions of the Contract Price for different stages of Construction of the Railway Project shall be as specified below:

1. Civil and track works

Item Weightage Stage for Payment Percentage Payment Procedure

in weightage
percentage
to the

301
 Contract
Price
1 2 3 4 5

302
 1.1 3.86% 1.1.1 Earthwork in embankment/ [30.47%] (a) Unit of measurement is linear length. Payment
Earthwork cutting including compaction up to of each stage shall be made on pro rata basis on
H*/4 from ground level complete in completion of a stage in a continuous length of
all respects. minimum 50 m.

1.1.2 Earthwork in embankment/ (b) Provided that payment for the blanketing layer
cutting including compaction from [25.58%] shall be made on completion of minor bridges including
H/4 to H/2 from ground level slab/RCC box(item no 1.4)/pipe culverts (item 1.5) in
complete in all respects. the length for which stage payment is claimed. For the
avoidance of doubt, payment for minor Bridges shall be
1.1.3 Earthwork in embankment/ payable separately in accordance with item 1.4 and pipe
cutting including compaction from culverts shall be payable separately in accordance with
H/2 to 3H/4 from ground level [21.67%] item 1.5.
complete in all respects

1.1.4 Earthwork in embankment/ *H = Height of formation from ground level miunus

cutting including compaction from blanketting thickness
3H/4 level to H from ground level [22.28%]
complete in all respects. Note:- The whole Project length may be divided in
sections depending on average Formation Height/depth
Upto 3 m, 3 to 6 m, 6 to 9 m and 9 m and above. In
each section Km number shall be grouped according to
average formation Ht and separate EW payment
milestone may be made as it is made for item No. 1.1. (
i.e. 1.1A, 1.1 B, 1.1C, 1.1D)

100%

303
 1.2 2.96% 1.2.1 Blanketting work complete in all [24.37 %] Unit of measurement is linear length. Payment of each
Blanketing respect stage shall be made on pro rata basis on completion of a
stage in a continuous length of minimum 50 m.
1.2.2 Slope Protection by Turfing of [2.92 %]
formation Slope

1.2/3 Pitching of Formation Slope [18.33 %]

1.2.4 Retaining wall/toe wall and other [54.38 %]

misc works.

Total 100%
1.3. NIL 1.3.1 Foundation: Completion of the (a) Cost of each bridge shall be determined on pro
Important foundation work including pile caps/ rata basis with respect to the total linear length of the
Bridges well caps and foundations for wing Important Bridges.
and return walls, and testing.
(b) In case a particular component of a bridge is not
1.3.1/a Foundation of pier/ Abutment. [***%] complete in full linear waterway, Cost of each
individual component of that bridge shall be determined
1.3.1/b Foundation of return/ [***%] in proportion to that particular span with respect to the
wing wall full linear waterway of that bridge.

(c) Payment shall be made on completion of each

1.3.2 Sub-structure: Completion of component/stage of an Important Bridge as per the
abutment/piers including bed blocks weightage given in this schedule.
(without bearings).

1.3.2/a Pier/Abutment shaft.

[***%]

304
1.3.2/b Pier/Abutment cap (d) For item no 1.3.4 if a bridge is constructed using
[***%] pre-cast concrete element/composite girders/plate
1.3.3 Completion of the wing walls, girders/open web girdersetc : 60 % payment shall be
return walls in all respects released upon finishing casting of concrete pre-cast
elements/Assembled plate girders/Assembled open web
1.3.4 Super-structure: Completion of girders etc & transportation to site
the super structure except deck slab [***%]
and bearings (e) For item no 1.3.1/a and 1.3.1/b if a bridge is
constructed with pile/well foundation : 70% payment
1.3.5 Completion of the deck slab, shall be released upon finishing the piling/well sinking
bearings/ expansaion joints and actvitity.
making bridge ready for track linking [***%]
including Bearings.

1.3.6 Miscellaneous works:

Completion of the remaining works [***%]
including hand rails, walls, all
protection works, pitching, turfing,
river training works, if any, tests, etc.,
complete in all respects and fit for
use.

305
 Total NIL
1.4 Major 71.33 % 1.4.1 Foundation: Completion of the
Bridges foundation work including pile caps/ a. Cost of each bridge shall be determined on pro
well caps and foundations for wing rata basis with respect to the total linear length of the
and return walls, and testing. Major Bridges.
1.4.1/a Foundation of pier/abutments [18.43%]
b. In case any component of bridge is not complete
in full, then Cost of each component of individual bridge
1.4.1/b Foundation of return/ wing [0.005%] shall be determined on pro rata basis with respect to the
wall total linear length of that bridge.

c. Payment shall be made on completion ofeach

1.4.2 Sub-structure: Completion of component/stage of an Major Bridgeas perthe weightage
abutment/piers including bed blocks given in this schedule.
(without bearings).
1.4.2/1 Pier/Abutment [3.35%] d. For item no 1.4.4 if a bridge is constructed using
[5.83%] pre-cast concrete element/composite girders/plate
1.4.2/b Pier/Abutment cap
girders/open web girders etc : 70% payment shall be
released upon finishing casting of concrete pre-cast
1.4.3 Completion of the wing walls, [0.25%] elements/Assembled plate girders/Assembled open web
return walls in all respects girders etc & transportation to site

e. For item no 1.4.1/a and 1.4.1/b if a bridge is

1.4.4 Super-structure: Completion of [56.05%] constructed with pile/well foundation : 70% payment
the super structure except deck slab shall be released upon finishing the piling/well sinking
and bearings actvitity.
[15.45%]

306
 1.4.5 Completion of the deck slab,
bearings/ expansaion jointsand
making bridge ready for track linking
including Bearings.

1.4.6 Miscellaneous works: [0.64%]

Completion of the remaining works
including hand rails, walls, all
protection works, pitching, turfing,
river training works, if any, tests, etc.,
complete in all respects and fit for
use.
Total 100%

1.5. 3.36 % 1.5.1 On completion of the RCC (a) Cost of each bridge shall be determined on pro
Minor boxes, Abutments, pier & slab for [47.73 %] rate basis with respect to the total clear span of the
Bridges slab bridges including Wing wall and Minor Bridges.
Return wall.
(b) Payment shall be made on completion of each
1.5.2 On completion of the Wing wall component/stage of an Minor Bridge as per the
and Return wall [29.97 %] weightage given in this schedule.

1.5.3 On completion of Balance

works of apron, curtain wall, drop
wall and other protection works in all [22.30 %]
respects

307
 1.6 Pipe ***% 1.5 Pipe culvert 100% Cost of each pipe culvert shall be determined on pro rata
Culverts basis with respect to the total barrel length (in linear
metre) of the culverts. Payment shall be made on
completion of a formation above culvert in a continuous
length of minimum 100 m.

1.7. ROB ***% 1.7.1 Foundation: Completion of the (a) Cost of each ROB shall be determined on pro
foundation work including pile caps/ rate basis with respect to the total linear length of the
well caps and foundations for wing ROB.
and return walls ( in any), and testing.
(b) In case any compent of bridge is not complete
1.7.1/a Foundation of pier/abutment [***%] full, then Cost of each component of
foundation/substructure of ROB shall be determined on
1.7.1/b Foundation of return/wing [***%] pro rate basis with respect to the total linear length of
wall the individual ROB.

1.7.2 Sub-structure: (c) Payment shall be made on completion of each

Completion of abutment/piers stage of a ROB as per the weightage given in this
including bed blocks (without schedule.
bearings).
[***%] (d) For item no 1.7.1/a and 1.7.1/b if a bridge is
1.7.2/a Pier/abutment shaft constructed with pile foundation : 70% payment shall
[***%] be released upon finishing the piling actvitity.
1.7.2/b Pier/Abutment cap
[***%]
1.7.2/cReturn/wing wall

308
 1.7.3 Super-structure: Completion of
the super structure
[***%]
1.7.3/a Construction of Super
strutiure except deck slab, expansion
joint , bearings
[***%]
1.7.3/b Construction of deck slab,
expansion joint, bearings and making
superstrutre fit for laying road
carpeting [***%]

1.3.3 1.7.4 Miscellaneous works:

Completion of the remaining works
including bearings, hand rails, walls,
all protection works, pitching, turfing,
load tests, etc., complete in all
respects [***%]

1.7.5 Completion of approaches in all

respect and fit for offering the asset
for CRS inspection..
Total NIL
1.8 2.10 % 1.8.1 On completion of the RCC [38.24 %] (a) Cost of each RUB/LHS shall be determined on
RUB/LHS boxes barrel/Abutments, pier & slab pro rate basis with respect to the total clear span of the
for slab bridges. RUB/LHS.

[26.22 %]

309
 1.8.2 On completion of works of (b) Payment shall be made on completion of ea ch
Wing wall/return wall and making component/stage of an RUB/LHS as per the weightage
bridge Fit for track linking given in this schedule

1.8.3 On completion of Retaining wall [21.93%]

of Approach Roads and Road works
in all respect

1.8.4 On completion height gauge,

Roofing of approaches, drainage [13.60 %]
arrangement and all other ancillary
works in all respects
Total 100%
1.9. ***% 1.9.1 Foundation: Completion of the a. Cost of each flyover shall be determined on pro
Flyovers foundation work (open rate basis with respect to the total linear length of the
foundations/pile foundations flyovers.
including pile caps) and testing.
b. In case any compent of Flyover is not complete
1.9.1/a Foundation work of [***%] full, then cost of each component of
abutment/piers foundation/substructure of flyover shall be determined
on pro rate basis with respect to the total linear length
1.9.1/b Foundation work of return [***%] of the individual flyover.
walls
c. Payment shall be made on completion of each
1.9.2 Sub-structure: stage of a flyover as per the weightage given in this
Completion of substructure, schedule.
abutment/piers including bed blocks
(without bearings)

310
 1.9.2/a Pier/abutment shaft [***%] d. For item no 1.9.1/a and 1.9.1/b if a bridge is
constructed with pile foundation : 70% payment shall
1.9.2/b Pier/abutment caps [***%] be released upon finishing the piling actvitity

1.9.2/c return walls [***%] e. For item no 1.9.3 if a bridge is constructed using pre-
cast concrete element/composite girders/plate
1.9.3 Super-structure: Completion of girders/open web girders etc : 70% payment shall be
the super structure ready for track released upon finishing casting of concrete pre-cast
linking including bearings. elements/Assembled plate girders/Assembled open web
girders etc & transportation to site
1.9.3/a Casting /launching of super str [***%]
without deck slab and baering .
1.9.3/b Casting of deck slab, [***%]
expansion joints and fixing bearings
and making bridge fit for track linking

1.9.4 Miscellaneous works:

Completion of the remaining works, [***%]
hand rails, walls, all protection works
road works etc., complete in all
respects and fit for use

Total 100%

1.10 Track 4.04 % 1.10.1 Supply of ballast and staking [56.37 %] (a) Unit of measurement is cum for
works item No. 1.10.1 cum. [80% ] payment may
1.10.2 Bed Ballast laying, compacting initial layer of 200 [3.07 %] be will be relased after taking indeminity
mm to facilitate mechanized track laying. bond. The unit of measurement of cum

311
 ballast is only for releasing interim
1.10.3 Mechanized/Manual track laying in block section payment. After completion of track work
between station limits on PSC sleepers complete in all qty of ballast will be reconciled on basis of
respects including laying [60 Kg] PSC sleepers at sleeper minimum ballast cushion of [350] mm on
density of [1600/km], laying of rails, supplying and fixing main line and [250] mm on loop line.
switch expansion joints, glued joints, gaurd rails, check rails,
along with welding of rails, supply and fixing all rail sleeper (b) Unit of measurement is linear
fittings etc. complete linkage of track as per track diagram. length. For items from 1.10.2 to 1.10.4.
Payment of each stage shall be made on pro
1.10.3/a Skelton linking without supplying and fixing rata basis on completion of a stage in a
switch expansion joints, glued joints, gaurd rails, check rails, [4.87 %] continuous length of minimum 100 m.
along with welding of rails, supply and fixing all rail sleeper (c) For item no 1.10.3 Payment shall
fittings etc. complete linkage of track be made on completion of a track work in
block section on pro rata basis with
1.10.3/b Supplying and fixing switch expansion joints, glued reference to the total length of main lines.
joints, gaurd rails, check rails, along with welding of rails, [9.35 %]
supply and fixing all rail sleeper fittings etc. complete linkage (d) For item no 1.10.4 Payment shall
of track be made on completion of a yard on pro
rata basis with reference to the total length
1.10.4 Mechanized/Manual Track laying in yards (within of all loop lines in all the yards.
station limits) on PSC sleepers complete in all respects
including supply of new [60 kg] PSC sleepers, laying of (e) On supply of complete T/O
sleepers at sleeper density of [1600/km on main line and sleepers sets payments of [50%] of item
1540/Km on loop line], providing and laying points and No. 1.10.4/a and 1.10.4/b will be relased on
crossings, switch expansion joints, glued joints, derailing prorate basis after taking indeminity bond.
switch in all lines in yards etc. complete to ensure continuous
and complete linkage of track in the yard as per yard plan.
(f) On supply of T/O switches, Xings
and fittings, payments of [50%] of item

312
 1.10.4/a Skelton linking without providing and laying points [4.15 %] No. 1.10.4/a and 1.10.4/b will be relased on
and crossings, switch expansion joints, glued joints, derailing prorate basis after taking indeminity bond.
switch in all lines in yards etc. complete to ensure continuous
Note: In case option of item No. 1.10.1 is
and complete linkage of track in the yard as per yard plan.
not operated,then this item will be added in
item No. 1.10.2 and 1.10.5
1.10.4/b providing and laying points and crossings, switch
expansion joints, glued joints, derailing switch in all lines in [11.62 %]
yards etc. complete to ensure continuous and complete
linkage of track in the yard as per yard plan.

1.10.5 Ballast laying to facilitate lifting of track, making of

full ballast cushion and profile, distressing of long welded [10.57 %]
rails, machine tamping of track.
Total 100%
1.11. [***%] 1.11.1 On completion of tunnel portals including protection of [***%] (a) Cost of each tunnel shall be
Tunnels earth slopes above and around portals. determined on pro rate basis with respect to
the total linear length of all tunnels.
1.11.2 On completion of tunnelling including all activities of [***%]
drilling, blasting or use of TBM etc. complete with final lining. (b) Payment shall be made on
completion of each stage of a tunnel as per
1.11.3 On completion of tunnel safety works and tunnel the weightage given in this schedule.
ventilation works. [***%]

1.11.4 On completion of track works inside the tunnel.

[***%]
Total NIL

313
1.12 Other 2.21 % 1.12.1(a) Construction of platforms including [11.39 %] For 1.12.1(a), (b), (c) unit of measurement
Engineerin platform fencing/Wall but excluding items is square metres, Payment shall be made on
g works mentioned in item no 1.12.1(b) and (c) as per yard pro rata basis on completion of each
diagram. platform.

1.12.1(b) Surfacing of platform with [kota [5.54 %] 1.12.2 Unit of measurement is number.
stone/ CC] including passenger amenities. Payment of each level crossing shall be
made on completion on prorate basis with
1.12.1(c) Provision of platforms including [3.59 %] respect to total number of level crossings
shelters
1.12.3 Unit of measurement is linear
1.12.2 Railway level crossings and gate lodges [***%] length including landings and stairs.
including water supply, sewer line, approach road, Payment shall be made on completion of a
fencing and electrification. foot over bridge on pro rata basis with
respect to total length of all foot over
1.12.3 Foot over bridges on railway stations and [***%] bridges.
pedestrian foot over bridges at other locations
1.12.4 Unit of measurement is plinth area
1.12.4 Construction of railway station buildings in square metres. For the buildings having
and service buildings complete in all respects [23.45 %] more than one storey, the total area shall be
including fixing doors, windows, sanitary, water found out by adding the area of each
supply works, electrification, lifts, escalators and storey. Unit cost shall be determined on
all other specified and incidental works pro rata basis with respect to the total area
of all stations and service buildings.
1.12.5 Construction of staff quarters complete in all [47.44 %] ● 50% Payment shall be paid after
respects including fixing doors, windows, sanitary, completion of structural works i.e beam,
water supply works, electrification, lifts, escalators columns & slab in case of framed structure
and all other specified and incidental works or walls & slabs in case of other buildings
and

314
1.12.6 On completion of circulation area, parking ● 30% Payment shall be paid after
area, boundary wall, internal roads, drainage, water 8.60 %] completion of finishing and
supply works including bore well, pump house,
power supply, lighting, landscaping and all other ● 20% Final completion of works in
incidental works in railway station/colony area. all respects ready for use.

1.12.7 Boundary walls, boundary pillars, fencing, 1.12.5 Unit of measurement is plinth area
roads, footpaths in block sections in square metres. For the staff quarters
having more than one storey, the total area
1.12.7.1 Boundary walls [**%] shall be found out by adding the area of
1.12.7.2 Boundary pillars [**%] each storey.
1.12.7.3 Fencing [**%]
1.12.7.4 Roads [**%] Unit cost shall be determined on pro rata
1.12.7.5 Footpaths [**%] basis with respect to the total area of all
staff quarters. 50% Payment shall be paid
after completion of structural works i.e
1.12.8 Signage, information boards and posts [***%] beam, columns & slab in case of framed
structure or walls & slabs in case of other
buildings and 50% Final completion of
works in all respects ready for use.

1.12.6 Payment shall be made on pro rata

1.12.9 Drainage along the railway line [***%] basis on completion of these works for the
area and buildings covered as completed
works for stage payment under Items
1.12.4 and 1.12.5.
1.12.10 Compulsory afforestation and tree [***%]
plantation

315
 1.12.7 Unit of measurement is linear
length. Payment shall be made on pro rata
basis with respect to the total length on
completion of work in a block section.
1.12.8 Unit of measurement is linear
length. Payment shall be made on pro rata
basis with respect to the total length on
completion of installation of all signage,
boards and posts in a block section.
1.12.9 Unit of measurement is linear
length. Payment shall be made on pro rata
basis with respect to the total length on
completion of work in a block section.
1.12.10Payment shall be made for
surviving plants, at least two years old, on
pro rata basis with respect to the specified
number of plants.
Total 100%
1.13 0.69 % 1.13 Transportation/shifting of Rails and Sleepers 100% The payment shall be made on basis of
actual work done as per [SOR] rates. On
pro-rata basis w.r.t. the track work
completion.
1.14 2.16 % 1.14 Supply of material as per the inventory 100% On completion of supply of full inventory
Inventory at least three months before the issue of the
for civil & Provisional Certificate.
track
works

316
 1.15 [***%] 1.15 Successful completion of Integrated testing 100% On issue of Completion Certificate. In case
Integrated and commissioning. the Completion Certificate is for part of the
testing and Railway Project, the payment shall be
commissio made for the route km covered by the
ning. Completion Certificate pro rata to the total
route km for the Project.

Total 92.71%

Note – 1. The Above list is illustrative not Exhaustive and may require modification as per the scope of the work
2. Percentage weightage of item No. 1.12.2,1.12.3, 1.12.7,1.12.8,1.12.9,1.12.10 having very meagre value has not been illustrated in this
schedule, however these activities are very much part of this contract and their amount has been adjusted in other.similar items

2.0 Signalling and telecommunication works:

Note : The above list is illustrative and may require modification as per the scope of the work.

Item Weightage Stage for Payment Percentage Payment Procedure

in weightage
percentage
to the
Contract
Price
2.1 Signalling works 2.524 % 2.1.1 Survey & Design of signalling [***%] 2.1.1 Payment shall be made on completion of Survey and
works at wayside station Design of signalling works at wayside stations and
approval of all drawings, designs and schemes. Unit of
2.1.2 Signalling works at wayside measurement shall be no. of way side stations. Payment
stations [19.10%]

317
Supply, installation, testing, shall be made on the pro rata basis for work completion
manuals for Signalling & with respect to total no. of way side stations.
telecommunication equipment
installed for each place, supply of 2.1.2 Unit of measurement shall be no. of stations. Payment
completion drawings, and shall be made on completion of signalling work at a
commissioning of wayside stations wayside station on pro rata basis with respect to the total
except EI/ Underground Signalling number of wayside stations.
Cable, Power Cable, 6Quad
Cable/Axle Counters/Various types
of Relays/IPS.
2.1.3 Payment shall be made on completion of Survey and
2.1.3 Survey &Design works at Design works at major or junction stations and approval of
[***%]
major or Junction station all drawings, designs and schemes. Unit of measurement
shall be no. of stations. Payment shall be made on the pro
2.1.4 Major or Junction stations rata basis for work completion with respect to total no. of
[***%]
Supply, installation, testing, , stations.
manuals for Signalling &
Telecommunication equipment 2.1.4 Unit of measurement shall be major/junction station.
installed for each place, supply of Payment shall be made on completion of signalling work at
completion drawings, and a major or junction station on pro rata basis with respect to
commissioning of major/junction the total number of major or junction stations.
stations except EI/Underground
Signalling Cable, Power Cable, Six
Quad Cable/ Axle Counters /Various
types of Relays/IPS.

[***%]

318
2.1.5 Survey & Design works for 2.1.5 Payment shall be made on completion of Survey and
block signalling Design works for Block signalling and approval of all
drawings, designs and schemes. Unit of measurement shall
2.1.6 Block Signalling (BPAC/ be no. of block sections. Payment shall be made on the pro
Token/Tokenless) [***%] rata basis for work completion with respect to total no. of
Supply, installation, testing, block sections.
manuals for Signalling &
Telecommunication equipment
installed for each place, supply of 2.1.6 Unit of measurement shall be block station. Payment
completion drawings, and shall be made on completion of each block signalling work
commissioning of block signalling on pro rata basis with respect to the total number of block
Underground Signalling Cable, signalling work (BPAC/Token/Tokenless/ Automatic)
Power Cable,Six Quad Cable/ Axle
Counters /Various types of
Relays/IPS.

2.1.7 Payment shall be made on completion of Survey and

2.1.7 Survey & Design works for [***%] Design works for Automatic Train protection system after
Automatic Train protection system approval and submission of all drawings, schemes etc. on
pro rata basis after work completion in atleast one block
2.1.8 Automatic Train protection section with respect to required work in total km of route
system length.
Supply, installation, testing,
manuals for Signalling & 2.1.8 Payment shall be made on completion of work on pro
[***%]
Telecommunication equipment rata basis for each block section for track side equipments.
installed for each place, supply of For cab equipment, payment shall be made for [10%] locos
completion drawings, and on a pro rata basis.

319
commissioning of Automatic Train
protection system except Axle
Counter
1.8.7 Payment shall be made on completion of Survey
2.1.9 Survey & Design works at [***%] and Design works at sections
Sections
2.1.10 Payment shall be made on completion of signalling
2.1.10 Sections work for a section on pro rata basis with respect to the total
Supply, installation, manuals for number of sections.
[***%]
new technology equipment installed
for each place, supply of completion
drawings, and commissioning of
sections. 2.1.11 [70%] payment shall be made on completion of
[29.27%]
supply of EI system, [10%] payment shall be made on
2.1.11 EI system including various completion of supply of Various indoor Relays and [20%]
type of indoor Relays Supply and payment shall be made on completion of installation and
Installation. commissioning of work on pro rata with respect to total no.
of EI. Supply may be planned as per Para 10.1.5 of EPC
document.

[41.32%] 2.1.12 [80%] payment shall be made on completion of

2.1.12 Signalling Underground supply and [20%] payment shall be made on completion of
Signalling Cable, Power Cable, 6 installation of work on pro rata with respect to total no. of
Quad Cable Supply and Installation stations.

[3.99%] 2.1.13 [ 80%] payment shall be made on completion of

2.1.13 Axle Counters supply and [20%] payment shall be made on completion of

320
Supply and Installation installation and commissioning of work on pro rata with
respect to total no. of stations.

[5.62%] 2.1.4 [ 80%] payment shall be made on completion of

2.1.14 IPS Supply and Installation supply and [20%] payment shall be made on completion of
installation and commissioning of work on pro rata with
respect to total no. of stations/locations.
Note:

1. [80%] payment against 2.1.11, 2.1.12, 2.1.13 and 2.1.14

shall not be more than 80% of percentage weightage against
each item respectively.

2.1.15 payments shall be made on completion of

2.1.15 Commissioning of [***%]
Commissioning on pro rata with respect to total no. of
EI/Underground Signalling Cable,
stations.
Power Cable, 6 Quad Cable/Axle
Counters/Various types of
Relays/IPS.
For item No. 2.1.11, 2.1.12, 2.1.13, and 2.1.14 payment
against supplies under these items shall be made for
quantities as per the approved layout, on receipt of material
at contractor depot and production of inspection certificates
and other documents and against BG of equivalent amount.
Note: payment made for supplies under these items shall
not be counted for completion of Project milestone under
schedule-I.
Total 100%

321
2.2 Inventory : Supply 0.137% 2.1.1 Inventory for wayside stations [100%] Payment for inventory (supply of signalling spares) for
of signalling spares each stage shall be made on completion of works (item 2.1)
2.1.2 Inventory for Major or [***%] and supply of entire quantity of spares.
Junction stations There will not be any payment for part supply of inventory.

2.1.3 Inventory for block signaling [***%]

(BPAC /Token / Token less)

2.1.4 Inventory for Automatic [***%]

Train protection system

2.1.5 Inventory for Sections [***%]

Total 100
2.3 Integrated testing [***%] Integrated testing and 100% On the issuance of Completion Certificate. In case the
and commissioning of commissioning of the signalling Completion Certificate is for part of the Railway Project,
signalling works works of railway project along with the payment shall be made for the route km covered by the
supply of all as made drawing of Completion Certificate on pro rata basis with reference to
signalling works. the total route km for the Project.
2.4 Telecommunication 0.259% 2.4.1 Optical fibre cable system [***%] 2.4.1 Unit of measurement is distance in track km between
works including its survey, design, testing, two stations. Payment shall be made on completion of work
manuals for new technology between two stations on pro rata basis with respect to the
Telecommunication equipment total track km length.
installed for each place, supply of
completion drawings, and
commissioning.
2.4.2 As in the case of 2.4.1 above
2.4.2 6 Quad telecom cable system [***%]
including survey, design, testing,

322
manuals for new technology
equipment installed for each place,
supply of completion drawings, and
commissioning of 6 Quad telecom
cable system.

2.4.3 Mobile train radio

[***%] 2.4.3 Payment shall be made on completion of the entire
communication system including
work
survey, design, supply, installation,
testing, manuals for each place,
supply of completion drawings, and
commissioning of mobile train radio
communication system.

2.4.4 Other locations including their

[***%] 2.4.4 Work on five Locations on pro rata basis with respect
survey, design, supply, installation,
testing, supply of manuals for new to total numbers of locations.
technology equipment installed for
each place, supply of completion
drawings, and commissioning of
telecommunication equipment at
specified locations.

2.4.5 Other communication 2.4.5 Payment shall be made on completion of the entire
Equipment including the survey, [***%] work.
design, supply, installation, testing,
supply of manuals for new

323
technology equipment installed
supply of completion drawings, and
commissioning of the other
telecommunication equipment

2.4.6 Supply and Installation of OFC [45.43%] 2.4.6 [80%] payment shall be made on completion of
supply and [20%] payment shall be made on completion of
installation work between two stations on pro rata basis
with respect to total track kilometre (TKM) length.
2.4.7 Supply and Installation of 6
(six) Quad telecom cable 2.4.7 [80%] payment shall be made on completion of
[54.57%]
supply and [20%] payment shall be made on completion of
installation work between two stations on pro rata basis
with respect to total track kilometre (TKM) length.

For item No. 2.4.6 and 2.4.7 payment for supplies, to the
extant of maximum [10%] of the total quantity involved in
scope of work may be done.

Payment against supplies under these items shall be made

for quantities as per the approved layout, on receipt of
material at contractor depot and production of inspection
certificates and other documents and against BG of
equivalent amount. Note: payment made for supplies under
these items shall not be counted for completion of Project
milestone under schedule-I.
Total 100%

324
2.5 [***%] 2.5.1 Inventory for optical fiber [***%] Payment for inventory (supply of communication spares)
Inventory : Supply of cable system for each stage shall be made on completion of works (item
communication spares 2.5.2 Inventory for six quad telecom [***%] 2.4) and supply of entire quantity of spares. There will not
cable system be any payment for part supply of inventory.
2.5.3 Inventory for Mobile train [***%]
radio communication system
2.5.4 Inventory for Other [***%]
locations
2.5.5 Inventory for other [***%]
communication equipment
Total 100%
2.6 [***%] Integrated testing and 100% On the issuance of Completion Certificate. In case the
Integrated testing and commissioning of the Completion Certificate is for part of the Railway Project,
commissioning of communication works of railway the payment shall be made for the route km covered by the
communication works project along with supply of all as Completion Certificate pro rata to the total route km for the
made drawing of communication Project.
works.
2.7 Passenger Supply, installation, testing and 90% payment shall be made on completion of supply &
Amenities [***%] commissioning of various 100% installation & 10% payment shall be made on completion
passenger amenities on testing & commissioning
Total 2.92 %

3. Railway Electrification Works

325
Item Weightage Stage for Payment Percentage Payment Procedure
in weightage
percentage
to the
Contract
Price]
1 3 4 5 6
1. Overhead 2.116 % 1.1 Completion of [10.5%] Payment for each stage shall be made after completion
Equipment Work Design & drawing and of a previous stage for a Section and its yards,
Foundation work for measured in track kilo metre(TKM) pro rata with
block sections including reference to the total TKM.
stations and yards
Note- In case completion of work in any yard is
1.2 Supply of steel [24.0%] delayed on account of Authority, work of yard may be
(Mast and Portals delinked from the rest of the section with approval of
components only) CPD for the purpose of payment

1.3 Completion of Steel [10.27%] For item 1.2 and 1.5 of stage payment, payment for
erection (Mast & Portal) supplies for additional sections, to the extant of
& grouting with painting maximum 10% of the total TKM, in addition to the
of location Numbers payment admissible under item 1.0 above may be
done. Payment against supplies under this item shall
1.4 Completion of be made for quantities as per the approved layout, on
erection of Bracket, Guy [10.5%] receipt of material at contractor depot and production
Rod, anticreep ( of inspection certificates and other documents and
Complete pre wiring against BG of equivalent amount. Note: payment
activity), Height gauge made for additional supplies under item 2.0 above
& protection screen

326
 shall not be counted for completion of Project
[20.5%] milestone under schedule-I.
1.5 Supply of Contact &
Catenary wire only
[19.23%] For item No. 1.6 Stage payment will be released on
1.6 Completion of completion of work under item no. 12 ( modification
wiring along with of HT power lines and crossing replacement of UG
erection of balance cabling) and item 13 modification of LT power lines
weight, dropping & and crossings ( replacement of UG cabling) and Item
clipping including no 2.1, 4.1, 10, 14.1,
antitheft charging [5.0%]

1.7 Commissioning

For item No. 1.7 Stage payment will be released on

completion of work under
Item no [2.2, 4.2 ],

Total 100%
2.Switching Posts 0.077 % 2.1 Completion of all [85.0%] Payment shall be made for each stage after completion
works of all the switching posts work for a Section and its
yards, measured in number of switching posts on pro
2.2 Commissioning and [15.0%] rata basis with reference to the total switching posts
charging at 25 KV. for the Railway Project.

Total 100%

327
3.Booster Transformer [***%] 3.1 Completion of all [***%] Payment shall be made for each stage after completion
and Return Conductor works including testing. of each booster transformer and related work on pro
rata basis with reference to the total of the booster
3.2 Commissioning [***%] transformers for the Railway Project.

Total 100%
4. Auxiliary 0.012% 4.1 Completion of all [85.0%] Payment shall be made for each stage after completion
Transformer Stations works including testing. of each auxiliary transformer station and related work
on pro rata basis with reference to the total of the
4.2 Commissioning [15.0%] auxiliary transformer stations for the Railway Project.

Total 100%
5. Traction Sub- [***%] 5.1Completion of all [***%] Payment for each stage shall be made after
Station (TSS) civil works for the TSS completion of all the TSS work measured in number
(works like earth filling, of TSS on pro rata basis with reference to the total
retaining wall, approach TSS for the Railway Project
road, control building,
fencing
5.2 Completion of all [***%]
supply and erection
works of TSS except
supply and erection of
Transformers
5.3 Supply and erection
of transformers. [***%]

328
 5.4 Completion and [***%]
Commissioning of TSS
and charging at 25 KV.

Total 100%
6. High voltage [***%] 6.1Completion of [***%] 6.1 Payment shall be made for each stage after
Transmission Line erection of all completion of each transmission line overhead and
Overhead from grid towers/poles associated related work. The unit of measurement is linear metre
sub-station to TSS with a TSS on pro rata basis with reference to the total length of
all the transmission line overhead for the Railway
6.2 Stringing of
[***%] Project.
conductors
[***%]
6.3 Commissioning
Total 100%
7. Underground High 7.1Completion of cable [***%] 7.1 Payment shall be made for each stage after
Tension Cable [***%] trench and laying of completion of each underground high tension cable
Transmission Line cable transmission line. The unit of measurement is linear
metre on pro rata basis with reference to the total
7.2 Commissioning [***%] length of all the underground high tension cable
transmission line for the Railway Project.
Total 100%
8. Bay Augmentation [***%] 8.1 Completion of [***%] 8.1 Payment shall be made for each stage after
work at Grid Sub- erection including completion of each bay augmentation work at grid
Station/Terminal testing sub-station/terminal arrangement at TSS. The unit of
Arrangement at TSS measurement is unit on pro rata basis with reference
8.2 Commissioning [***%] to the total of all the bay augmentation work at grid
sub-station/terminal arrangement at TSS for the
Railway Project.
Total 100%

329
9. SCADA 0..021% 9.1 Supply and erection [***%] Payment shall be made after completion of the work
of SCDA at remote of each stage.
control centre at
division [80.0%]
9.2 Supply and erection
of remote terminal units
at switching post/ TSS.
9.3 Commissioning of [15.0%]
SCADA per switching
post/TSS
9.4 Final [5.0%]
commissioning of
SCADA system for the
division
Total 100%

10.Various electrical [***%] 10.1 Completion and [***%] Payment shall be made after the completion and
general services works commissioning of commissioning of works under this item of work.
various electrical
general services.
11. Modification of HT [***%] 11.1Completion of work [***%] Payment shall be made after completion of all work of
power lines and including testing a HT power line crossing, on pro-rata basis with
crossings (raising of 11.2Commissioning [***%] reference to the total number of HT power line
height) crossings in accordance with concerned SEB.
Total 100%
12. Modification of 12.1Completion of work [***%] Payment shall be made after completion of all work of
HT power lines and including testing a replacement of HT power line crossing by UG
crossings (replacement 12.2Commissioning [***%] cabling, on pro-rata basis with reference to the total
by UG cabling)

330
 number of replacements of HT power line crossing by
UG cabling in accordance with concerned SEB.
Total 100%
13. Modification of [NA] 13.1Completion of work [***%] Payment shall be made after completion of all work of
LT power lines and including testing a replacement of LT power line crossing by UG
crossings (replacement 13.2Commissioning [***%] cabling, on pro-rata basis with reference to the total
by UG cabling number of replacements of LT power line crossing by
UG cabling in accordance with concerned SEB.
Total 100%
14 Extension of LT NA 14.1Completion of work [***%] Payment shall be made after completion of all work at
power supply for CLS including testing 5 locations, on pro-rata basis with reference to the
Work 14.2Commissioning [***%] total number of locations.
Total 100%
15 Extension/ [NA] 15 Completion including [***%] Payment shall be made after completion of the work.
Augmentation of commissioning
general power supply
16 Modifications of 0.918 % 16.1 Modification of Payment shall be made for completion of work at
existing electrical electrical works every 5 (five) locations on pro-rata basis with
works including all associated reference to the total number of locations. It will be
works and testing at made separately for SP, OHW, and TSS.
existing [15%]
16.1.1 Switching posts
[85%]
16.1.2 OHE works

16.1.3 TSS
Total 100%

331
17 Inventory electrical 0.016 % 17.1 Supply of tools, 100% 17.1 Payment shall be made on completion of the
equipment, Materials for supply of the entire inventory items.
supply to stores
18. Signalling System [NA] 18.1 Modification of For item No. 18.1. 1 and 18.1.2 payment for each
Modification existing signalling stage shall be made on completion of work at a
system (except supply and location on pro rata basis with respect to the total
Installation of Signalling number of locations
Cables) including
survey, design, supply, 95% of respective stage payment may be made on
installation, testing, supply of concerned Drawings and approval thereafter
supply of manuals for by Railway and commissioning of associated works.
each place, supply of as Balance 5% to be linked with supply of as made
made drawings (wiring drawing.
diagram of location,
relay room, circuit, SIP,
selection table, cable
route plan etc), testing
and measuring tools and
equipment and
commissioning at

18.1.1 PI/RRI/EI [***%]

systems

18.1.2 LC gate [***%] For item No. 18.2.1. Payment for each stage shall be
made on completion of work at [5 (five)] wayside
18.2 New Panel stations on pro rata basis with respect to the total
Interlocking/ Route number of wayside stations
Relay Interlocking

332
(except supply and For item No. 18.2.2. Payment for each stage shall be
Installation of Signalling made on completion of work at [2 (two)]
Cables) including Major/Junction stations on pro rata basis with respect
survey, design, supply, to the total number of Major/Junction stations
installation, testing,
supply of manuals for For item no 18.2.1 and 18.2.2 95% of respective stage
each place, supply of as payment may be made on supply of concerned
made drawings (wiring Drawings and approval thereafter by Railway and
diagram of location, commissioning of associated works. Balance 5% to be
relay room, circuit, linked with supply of as made drawing
cable route plan etc),
testing and measuring For Item No. 18.3 Payment shall be made on
tools and equipment and completion of the entire work
commissioning at
18.4 [80%] payment shall be made on completion of
18.2.1 Way side stations supply and [20%] payment shall be made on completion of
[***%] installation work between two stations on pro rata basis
18.2.2 Major/Junction with respect to total track kilometre (TKM) length.
stations [***%] For item No. 18.4 payment for supplies, to the extant of
maximum [10%] of the total quantity involved in scope of
18.3 Diversion of work may be done. Payment against supplies under these
utilities [***%] items shall be made for quantities as per the approved
layout, on receipt of material at contractor depot and
18.4 Supply and production of inspection certificates and other documents
Installation of Signalling [***%] and against BG of equivalent amount. Note: payment made
Cables for supplies under these items shall not be counted for
completion of Project milestone under schedule-I.
Total 100%

333
19. Signalling [NA] 19.1 Completion of 100% 19.1 Payment shall be made after completion of the
Inventory the entire supply of signalling work item 18 above. There will not be any
inventory at nominated payment for part supply of inventory.
locations
20. Integrated [NA] 20. Integrated 100% Payment shall be made after issue of Provisional
testing and testing and commission Acceptance Certificate. In case the Provisional
commissioning of of Signalling works and Acceptance Certificate is for part of the railway
Signalling works supply of as made Project, the Payment shall be made for the route Km
drawings covered by the Provisional Acceptance certificate on
pro rata basis with respect to the total route Km of the
Project.
21. [NA] 21.1 Cable works
Telecommunications For item No. 21.1.1 Unit of measurement is section.
modifications 21.1.1 Sections with [***%] Payment shall be determined on pro rata basis on track
existing optical fibre rout km completed on pro rata basis with respect to
cable and quad cable. total route km to be completed as per the final design.
Completion of
theworkspecified in For item No. 21.1.2 Unit of measurement is section.
Schedule B, Annex I. Payment shall be determined on pro rata basis on track
rout km completed on pro rata basis with respect to
21.1.2 Sections without [***%] total route km to be completed as per the final design.
optical fibre cable and
quad cable. Completion
of the work specified in
Schedule B, Annex I. For Item No. 21.2Payment shall be made on
completion of each set of [1 (one)] section ( cable hut
21.2 Quad cable work [***%] to cable hut including station connected) on pro rata
including survey, basis with respect to the total number of sections.
design, supply,

334
installation, testing, 95% of respective stage payment may be made on
supply of manuals for supply of concerned Drawings and approval thereafter
each place, supply of as by Railway and commissioning of associated works.
made drawings ( cable Balance 5% to be linked with supply of completion
core plan and numbering drawing
scheme, schematic and
wiring diagram, cable
route drawing, etc) , and
commissioning of 6
Quad telecom cable
system
For Item No. 21.3 Payment shall be made on
21.3 Optical fibre completion of each set of [1 (one)] section ( cable hut
cable including Survey, [***%] to cable hut including station connected) on pro rata
design, supply basis with respect to the total number of sections.
installation, testing,
supply of manuals for 95% of respective stage payment may be made on
each place, supply of as supply of concerned Drawings and approval thereafter
made drawings ( layout by Railway and commissioning of associated works.
in equipment rack, Balance 5% to be linked with supply of completion
channelling plan, drawing
schematic and wiring
diagram etc), and For item No. 21.4Payment shall be made on
commissioning of completion of each set of [1 (one)] location on pro rata
optical fibre cable basis with respect to the total number of locations.
communication system

[***%]

335
 21.4 Modification in
passenger amenity
works

Total 100%

22.Telecommunication [NA] 22.1 Completion of 100% 22.1 Payment shall be made after completion of the
inventory the entire supply of signalling work item 21 above. There will not be ay
inventory at nominated payment for part supply of inventory.
locations
23. Integrated [NA] 23. Integrated 100% Payment shall be made after issue of Provisional
testing and testing and commission Acceptance Certificate. In case the Provisional
commissioning of of the Acceptance Certificate is for part of the railway
Telecommunication Telecommunication Project, the Payment shall be made for the route Km
works works and supply of as covered by the Provisional Acceptance certificate on
made drawings. pro rata basis with respect to the total route Km of the
Project.
24. Civil [NA] 24.1Completion of [***%] For item No. 24.1 Unit of measurement is plinth
Engineering works buildings (staff quarters, area in square metres. For the staff quarters having
service buildings) more than one storey, the total area shall be found out
including sanitation, by adding the area of each storey. Unit cost shall be
electricity, water supply determined on pro rata basis with respect to the total
and final handing over of area of all staff quarters/service buildings. 50%
building. payment shall be paid after completion of structural
works i.e beam, columns & slab in case of framed
structure or walls & slabs in case of other buildings
24.2 Completion of [***%] and 50% final completion of works in all respects
tower wagon shed ready for use.
including siding,

336
 sanitation, electricity, For item No. 24.2 and 24.3 payment shall be made
water supply and final after completion of the work in all respects
handing over of building
For item No. 24.4 unit of measurement is linear length
24.3 Completion of trip [***%] including landings and stairs. Payment shall be made
shed including siding, on completion of modification work of a FOB on pro
sanitation, electricity, rata basis w.r.t total length of all FOBs
water supply and final For item No. 24.5 Cost of each ROB shall be
handing over of building determined on pro rata basis with respect to the total
linear length (m) of the two lane ROBs including
24.4 Completion of FOB [***%] approaches. For ROBs other than two lane, a
modification works in multiplying factor in proportion to number of lanes
all respects shall be applied. Payment shall be made on
completion of modification work of an ROB
24.5 Completion of [***%] including approaches complete in all respects and fit
ROB modification for use.
works in all respects
Total 3.16 % Total 100%

4. Electrification Works (G)

Item Weightage in Stage for Payment Percentage Payment Procedure

percentage weightage
to the
Contract
Price

337
 1 2 3 4 5
Various 1.22% Completion and commissioning of 100 % Payment shall be made after the completion and
electrical various electrical general services. commissioning of works of electrical general services
general in Service Buildings, Quarters, Platform sheds, FOBs,
services etc. under this item of work.
works
Total 1.22 % Total 100%

338
 SCHEDULE - H
(See Clause 10.2.7)
DRAWINGS

1 Drawings

In compliance of the obligations set forth in Clause 10.2 of this Agreement, the
Contractor shall furnish to the Authority Engineer, free of cost, all Drawings listed in
Annex-I of this Schedule-H.

2 Additional Drawings

If the Authority Engineer determines that for discharging its duties and functions
under this Agreement, it requires any drawings other than those listed in Annex-I, it
may by notice require the Contractor to prepare and furnish such drawings forthwith.
Upon receiving a requisition to this effect, the Contractor shall promptly prepare and
furnish such drawings to the Authority Engineer, as if such drawings formed part of
Annex-I of this Schedule-H.

339
 Annexure-I

(Schedule-H)
List of Drawings

List of Drawings and Documents to be furnished by the Contractor shall include,

but not be limited to:

1. General & Civil Engineering:

(a) General map of the country traversed by the Project, scale about 20 km to 1
cm;
(b) Index map, scale about 1 km to 1 cm;
(c) Index Plan and Sections prepared in accordance with the terms of Engineering
Code;
(d) Schematic Plans of Station Yards;
(e) General arrangement drawings of Structures; and
(f) River training/ Protection work.
(g) Details of level Crossing and RUB/LHS and RFOs.
(h) Station Yard Layout including details of connectivity with existing yards
(i) Station Building including cabins, approach connectivity etc.
(j) Details of Track Structure & its component.
(k) Details of Integrated Maintenance Depots (IMD & ISMD) if any.
(l) Details of existing utilities in Row and plan for their shifting.

2. Signal Engineering:

(a) Signal interlocking plan (station/auto huts/gate huts)

(b) Route Control table (station/auto huts/gate huts)
(c) Panel/ VDU diagram (station/ gate huts)
(d) Cable Core Chart.
(e) Cable Route Plan (Separate for station & blocks sections)
(f) Power Supply Diagram (station/auto huts/ control)
(g) Equipment sizing (station/ auto huts/gate huts/control)
(h) Equipment lay out and details including cable troughs required(station/ auto
huts/gate huts/control)
(i) Track circuit diagram (station/ auto huts/gate huts/control)
(j) Bonding plan (station/ auto huts/gate huts/control)
(k) Circuit Diagrams.
(l) Station/Gate working Rule/Rule diagrams
(m) Equipment Rack details
(n) Cable Termination Rack Diagram
(o) Fuse Details
(p) Location/junction boxes lay out & wiring details
(q) Lightening, surge protection & earthing plan.

3. Telecommunication Engineering:

(a) Location and connectivity of all equipment’s and cables

(b) Schematic and wiring diagrams

340
(c) Cable core plan and numbering scheme
(d) Equipment mounting details
(e) Cable route drawings
(f) Layouts in equipment racks, in equipment rooms, trackside, and all other
equipment locations
(g) Channelling plan.

4. Electrical Engineering (Traction):

(a) General arrangement of the Traction substation for (2 1 x 25 KV) system single
transformer and the double transformer with incoming as 220 KV or 132 KV 3 phase.
(These substations will be remotely controlled and operated): NA
(b) General arrangement of SP (Sectioning Post) (The SSP is remotely controlled
and operated from UMB/RCC): CNDM/SP
(c) General arrangement of the SSP (Sub sectioning post). (These substations
will be remotely controlled and operated): Baddi/SSP
(d) Power supply arrangement for (25 KV) conventional OHE and sectioning
drawing for the traction arrangement:CDG-Baddi section.
(e) Power supply arrangement for the signals at the stations (Auxiliary
transformer and the arrangement of 230 volt supply)
(f) Typical layout of the control room at the traction substation SP, SSP.:
CNDM/SP & Baddi/SSP
(g) Typical layout of the remote control centre.: UMB
(h) General arrangement of the implementation of the SCADA system.
CNDM/SP & Baddi/SSP
(i) Earthing arrangement at the TSS, SP and SSP.: CNDM/SP &
Baddi/SSP
(j) Typical arrangement of the regulated OHE for (2 1 X 25 KV) system with
the feeder arrangement.: CNDM/SP & Baddi/SSP
(k) Power supply arrangement with IR at interface point.: Parwanoo/GHG TSS

5. Electrical Engineering (General Power supply):

(a) General arrangement of the 11/33/66 KV substations for the station and the
service buildings.
(b) General arrangement of the distribution of the 415 V 50 Hz supply to various
loads

6. Tabulated details which shall consist of important characteristics of the

railway or a portion of railway to be constructed, which shall, as may be applicable,
include, but not be limited to the following:

(a) Curve Abstract;

(b) Gradient abstract;
(c) Bridge abstract;
(d) Important bridges-particulars of waterway and construction;
(e) Ballast and permanent way;
(f) Station and station sites;
(g) Station accommodation;
(h) Station machinery;
(i) Level crossing abstract;

341
(j) Brief particular of tractions installations;
(k) Power supply installation abstract;
(l) Traction maintenance depot abstract;
(m) Restricted overhead equipment clearance abstract; and
(n) Electrical crossing over railway track abstract;

342
 SCHEDULE - I
(See Clause 10.3.2)
PROJECT COMPLETION SCHEDULE

1 Project Completion Schedule

During Construction period, the Contractor shall comply with the requirements set
forth in this Schedule-I for each of the Project Milestones and the Scheduled
Completion Date. Within 15 (fifteen) days of the date of each Project Milestone, the
Contractor shall notify the Authority of such compliance along with necessary
particulars thereof.

2 Project Milestone-I

2.1 Project Milestone-I shall occur on the date falling on the 240th (two hundred
and fortieth) day from the Appointed Date (the “Project Milestone-I”).

2.2 Prior to the occurrence of Project Milestone-I, the Contractor shall have
commenced construction of the Railway Project and submitted to the Authority duly
and validly prepared Stage Payment Statements for an amount not less than 10% (ten
per cent) of the Contract Price.

3 Project Milestone-II

3.1 Project Milestone-II shall occur on the date falling on the 480th (four hundred
and eightieth) day from the Appointed Date (the “Project Milestone-II”).

3.2 Prior to the occurrence of Project Milestone-II, the Contractor shall have
continued with construction of the Railway Project and submitted to the Authority
duly and validly prepared Stage Payment Statements for an amount not less than 35%
(thirty five per cent) of the Contract Price.

4 Project Milestone-III

4.1 Project Milestone-III shall occur on the date falling on the 700th (seven
hundredth) day from the Appointed Date (the “Project Milestone-III”).

4.2 Prior to the occurrence of Project Milestone-III, the Contractor shall have
continued with construction of the Railway Project and submitted to the Authority
duly and validly prepared Stage Payment Statements for an amount not less than 70%
(seventy per cent) of the Contract Price.

5 Scheduled Completion Date

5.1 The Scheduled Completion Date shall be the 910th

(nine hundred and tenth) day from the Appointed Date.

5.2 On or before the Scheduled Completion Date, the Contractor shall have
completed construction in accordance with this Agreement.

6 Extension of time

Upon extension of any or all of the aforesaid Project Milestones or the Scheduled
Completion Date, as the case may be, under and in accordance with the provisions of
343
this Agreement, the Project Completion Schedule shall be deemed to have been
amended accordingly.

____

344
 SCHEDULE - J
(See Clause 12.1.2)
Tests on Completion
1 Schedule for Tests

1.1 The Contractor shall, no later than 30 (thirty) days prior to the likely
completion of construction, notify the Authority Engineer and the Authority of its
intent to subject the Railway Project to Tests, and no later than 10 (ten) days prior to
the actual date of Tests, furnish to the Authority Engineer and the Authority detailed
inventory and particulars of all works and equipment forming part of Works.

1.2 The Contractor shall notify the Authority Engineer of its readiness to subject
the Railway Project to Tests at any time after 10 (ten) days from the date of such
notice, and upon receipt of such notice, the Authority Engineer shall, in consultation
with the Contractor, determine the date and time for each Test and notify the same to
the Authority who may designate its representative to witness the Tests. The Authority
Engineer shall thereupon conduct the Tests itself or cause any of the Tests to be
conducted in accordance with Article 12 and this Schedule-J.

2 Tests

2.1 Visual and physical test: The Authority Engineer shall conduct a visual and
physical check of construction to determine that all works and equipment forming part
thereof conform to the provisions of this Agreement. The physical tests shall include
all tests mandated as per relevant Indian Railway Manuals, codes and
Specifications.

2.2 Integrated Testing of system followed by a period of trial running. The test
sequence may be as shown below:-

a) Tests on Equipment

b) Installation Test and sub-system individually

c) System Integrated Test

d) Final Acceptance Test

e) Trial Running

2.3 Sanction of Commissioner of Railway Safety (CRS) is required before

opening of track in terms of Chapter XIII of Indian Railway Permanent Way Manual.

2.4 Riding quality of track and recording of various track parameters on electronic
track recording car will be arranged and run by the Authority. This run will be
scheduled after the floating parameters recorded are found to be within acceptable
limits. The TGI value of this trial run shall be more than (specify value).

2.5 Tests for bridges: All major and minor bridges shall be subjected to the tests
as prescribed in Specifications and Standards in Schedule D.

345
2.6 Other tests: The Authority Engineer may require the Contractor to carry out or
cause to be carried additional tests, in accordance with Good Industry Practice, for
determining the compliance of the Railway Project with Specifications and Standards.

2.7 Environmental audit: The Authority Engineer shall carry out a check to
determine conformity of the Railway Project with the environmental requirements set
forth in Applicable Laws and Applicable Permits.

2.8 Safety Audit: The Authority Engineer shall carry out, or cause to be carried
out, a safety audit to determine conformity of the Railway Project with the safety
requirements and Good Industry Practice.

3 Agency for conducting Tests

All Tests set forth in this Schedule-J shall be conducted by the Authority Engineer or
such other agency or person as it may specify in consultation with the Authority.

4 Completion Certificate

Upon successful completion of Tests, the Authority Engineer shall issue the
Provisional Certificate in accordance with the provisions of Article 12. For the
avoidance of doubt, the Completion Certificate shall not be issued by the Authority
Engineer unless authorisation of the Commissioner for Railway Safety has been
obtained.

____

346
 SCHEDULE - K
(See Clause 12.2 and 12.4)
1. PROVISIONAL CERTIFICATE

1 I/We, …………………………. (Name of the Authority Engineer), acting as

the Authority Engineer, under and in accordance with the Agreement dated
……………. (the “Agreement”), for construction of the ........ section (km ....to km
...) in the State of ........in ........-........ Railway (the “Railway Project”) on
Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) basis through
………………………… (Name of Contractor), hereby certify that the Tests in
accordance with Article 12 of the Agreement have been undertaken to determine
compliance of the Railway Project with the provisions of the Agreement.
2 Certain minor works are incomplete and these are not likely to cause material
inconvenience to the Users of the Railway Project or affect their safety or the
movement of rail traffic in any manner. These works have been specified in the Punch
List appended hereto, and the Contractor has agreed and accepted that it shall complete
all such works in the time and manner set forth in the Agreement.
3 In view of the foregoing, I/We am/are satisfied that the Railway Project from
km ........ to km ........ can be safely and reliably placed in service of the Authority for
railway freight and passenger traffic, subject to authorisation by the Commissioner of
Railway Safety in accordance with Applicable Laws. In terms of the Agreement, the
Railway Projectis hereby provisionally declared fit for entry into operation on this the
………… day of ……….. 20…...

ACCEPTED, SIGNED, SEALED SIGNED, SEALED AND

AND DELIVERED DELIVERED
For and on behalf of For and on behalf of
CONTRACTOR by: AUTHORITY ENGINEER by:

(Signature) (Signature)

347
 2. COMPLETION CERTIFICATE

1 I/We, ……………………. (Name of the Authority Engineer), acting as the

Authority Engineer, under and in accordance with the Agreement dated ………… (the
“Agreement”), for construction of the ........section (km ........ to km ........) of
……………………in the State of ........ in ........-........ Railway (the “Railway
Project”) on Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) basis through
…………………. (Name of Contractor), hereby certify that the Tests in accordance
withArticle 12 of the Agreement have been successfully undertaken to determine
compliance of the Railway Projectwith the provisions of the Agreement,and the
authorisation by the Commissioner for Railway Safety under Applicable Laws has
been obtained.

2 It is certified that, in terms of the aforesaid Agreement, all works forming part
of Railway Projecthave been completed, and the Railway Projectis hereby declared fit
for entry into operation on this the ……… day of ……… 20…..

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED

For and on behalf of

the Authority Engineer by:

(Signature)

(Name)

(Designation)

(Address)

348
 SCHEDULE - L
(See Clause 16.1.1)

SELECTION OF AUTHORITY ENGINEER

1 Selection of Authority Engineer

1.1 Generally, a railway officer of Selection Grade (SG)/Junior Administrative

Grade (JAG)/Project Management Consultant (PMC) shall be appointed as Authority
Engineer.

2 Terms of Reference

The Terms of Reference for the Authority Engineer (the “TOR”) shall substantially
conform with Annex - I to this Schedule L.

349
 Annex – I
(Schedule - L)

DUTIES & RESPONSIBILITIES FOR AUTHORITY ENGINEER

1 Scope

1.1 These Duties & Responsibilities (DR) shall apply to construction and
maintenance (wherever applicable) of the Railway Project.

2 Definitions and interpretation

2.1 The words and expressions beginning with or in capital letters and not defined
herein but defined in the Agreement shall have, unless repugnant to the context, the
meaning respectively assigned to them in the Agreement.

2.2 References to Articles, Clauses and Schedules in this DR shall, except where
the context otherwise requires, be deemed to be references to the Articles, Clauses and
Schedules of the Agreement, and references to Paragraphs shall be deemed to be
references to Paragraphs of this DR.

2.3 The rules of interpretation contained in Clauses 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4 of the
Agreement shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to this DR.

3. General

3.1 The Authority Engineer shall discharge its duties in a fair, impartial and
efficient manner, consistent with the highest standards of professional integrity and
Good Industry Practice.

3.2 The Authority Engineer shall perform the duties and exercise the authority in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, but subject to obtaining prior
written approval of the Authority (where Authority Engineer is designated as the
Authority, the compliance of these conditions have to be ensured by him/her) before
determining:

(a) any Time Extension;

(b) any additional cost to be paid by the Authority to the Contractor;

(c) the Termination Payment;

(d) providing Power Block or Traffic Block to the Contractor;

(e) approval of signalling plan and signalling plan and route control chart;

(f) approval of disconnections for modification of signalling and telecom works;

(g) any other matter which is not specified in (a) to (f) above and which creates an
obligation or liability on either Party for a sum exceeding Rs.5,000,000/- (Rupees fifty
lakh).

3.3 The Authority Engineer shall submit regular periodic reports, at least once
every month, to the Authority in respect of its duties and functions assigned to him for

350
the project. Such reports shall be submitted by the Authority Engineer within 10 (ten)
days of the beginning of every month.

3.4 The Authority Engineer shall aid and advise the Authority on any proposal for
Change of Scope under Article 13.

3.5 In the event of any disagreement regarding the meaning, scope and nature of
Good Industry Practice, as set forth in any provision of the Agreement, the Authority
Engineer shall specify such meaning, scope and nature by issuing a reasoned written
statement relying on Good Industry Practice and authentic literature.

3.6 The Authority Engineer shall verify the as built drawings submitted by the
Contractor after completion of the works. These drawings will be signed by the
Authority Engineer after due verification.

4. Construction Period

4.1 During the Construction Period, the Authority Engineer shall review the
Drawings furnished by the Contractor along with supporting data, including the geo-
technical and hydrological investigations, characteristics of materials from borrow
areas and quarry sites and topographical surveys. The Authority Engineer shall
complete such review and send its observations to the Authority and the Contractor
within 15 (fifteen) days of receipt of such Drawings; provided, however that in case
of an Important Bridge, a Major Bridge or Structure, and interlocking and telecom
switching equipment the aforesaid period of 15 (fifteen) days may be extended up to
30 (thirty) days. In particular, such comments shall specify the conformity or
otherwise of such Drawings with the Scope of the Project and Specifications and
Standards.

4.2 The Authority Engineer shall review any revised Drawings sent to it by the
Contractor and furnish its comments within 10 (ten) days of receiving such Drawings.

4.3 The Authority Engineer shall review the Quality Assurance Plan submitted by
the Contractor and shall convey its comments to the Contractor within a period of 21
(twenty-one) days stating the modifications, if any, required thereto.

4.4 The Authority Engineer shall complete the review of the methodology
proposed to be adopted by the Contractor for executing the Works, and convey its
comments to the Contractor within a period of 10 (ten) days from the date of receipt
of the proposed methodology from the Contractor. The Authority Engineer shall draw
the non-interlocking programme for works involving existing yards and issue a jointly
agreed NI programme for each such yard.

4.5 The Authority Engineer shall grant written approval to the Contractor, where
necessary, for interruption and diversion of the flow of traffic in the existing lane(s)
of the Railway Project for purposes of maintenance during the Construction Period in.

4.6 The Authority Engineer shall review the monthly progress report furnished by
the Contractor and send its comments thereon to the Authority and the Contractor
within 7 (seven) days of receipt of such report.

4.7 The Authority Engineer shall inspect the Construction Works and the Railway
Project and shall submit a monthly Inspection Report bringing out the results of

351
inspections and the remedial action taken by the Contractor in respect of Defects or
deficiencies.

4.8 The Authority Engineer shall conduct the pre-construction review of

manufacturer's test reports and standard samples of manufactured Materials, and such
other Materials as the Authority Engineer may require.

4.9 For determining that the Works conform to Specifications and Standards, the
Authority Engineer shall require the Contractor to carry out, or cause to be carried out,
tests at such time and frequency and in such manner as specified in the Agreement
and in accordance with Good Industry Practice for quality assurance. For purposes of
this Paragraph 4.9, the tests specified in Manuals or any modification/substitution
thereof shall be deemed to be tests conforming to Good Industry Practice for quality
assurance.

4.10 The Authority Engineer shall test check prescribed in this agreement for each
category or type of test for quality control by the Contractor.

4.11 The timing of tests referred to in Paragraph 4.9, and the criteria for acceptance/
rejection of their results shall be determined by the Authority Engineer in accordance
with the Quality Control Manuals. The tests shall be undertaken on a random sample
basis and shall be in addition to, and independent of, the tests that may be carried out
by the Contractor for its own quality assurance in accordance with Good Industry
Practice.

4.12 In the event that results of any tests conducted under Clause 11.10 establish
any Defects or deficiencies in the Works, the Authority Engineer shall require the
Contractor to carry out remedial measures.

4.13 The Authority Engineer may instruct the Contractor to execute any work
which is urgently required for the safety of the Railway Project, whether because of
an accident, unforeseeable event or otherwise; provided that in case of any work
required on account of a Force Majeure Event, the provisions of Clause 19.6 shall
apply.

4.14 In the event that the Contractor fails to achieve any of the Project Milestones,
the Authority Engineer shall undertake a review of the progress of construction and
identify potential delays, if any. If the Authority Engineer shall determine that
completion of the Railway Project is not feasible within the time specified in the
Agreement, it shall require the Contractor to indicate within 15 (fifteen) days the steps
proposed to be taken to expedite progress, and the period within which the Project
Completion Date shall be achieved. Upon receipt of a report from the Contractor, the
Authority Engineer shall review the same and send its comments to the Authority and
the Contractor forthwith.

4.15 The Authority Engineer shall obtain from the Contractor a copy of all the
Contractor’s quality control records and documents before the Completion Certificate
is issued pursuant to Clause 12.4.

4.16 Authority Engineer may recommend to the Authority suspension of the whole
or part of the Works if the work threatens the safety of the public and pedestrians.
After the Contractor has carried out remedial measure, the Authority Engineer shall
inspect such remedial measures forthwith and make a report to the Authority
recommending whether or not the suspension hereunder may be revoked.
352
4.17 In the event that the Contractor carries out any remedial measures to secure
the safety of suspended works and the public, and requires the Authority Engineer to
inspect such works, the Authority Engineer shall inspect the suspended works within
3 (three) days of receiving such notice, and make a report to the Authority forthwith,
recommending whether or not such suspension may be revoked by the Authority.

4.18 The Authority Engineer shall carry out, or cause to be carried out, all the Tests
specified in Schedule-J and issue a Completion Certificate or Provisional Certificate,
as the case may be. For carrying out its functions under this Paragraph 4.18 and all
matters incidental thereto, the Authority Engineer shall act under and in accordance
with the provisions of Article 12 and Schedule-J.

5. Determination of costs and time

5.1 The Authority Engineer shall determine the costs, and/or their reasonableness,
that are required to be determined by it under the Agreement.

5.2 The Authority Engineer shall determine the period of Time Extension that is
required to be determined by it under the Agreement.

5.3 The Authority Engineer shall consult each Party in every case of determination
in accordance with the provisions of Clause 16.5.

6. Payments

6.1 The Authority Engineer shall withhold payments for the affected works for
which the Contractor fails to revise and resubmit the Drawings to the Authority
Engineer in accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.2.7 (d).

6.2 Authority Engineer shall -

(a) within 10 (ten) days of receipt of the Stage Payment Statement from the
Contractor pursuant to Clause 17.4, determine the amount due to the Contractor and
recommend the release of 80 (eighty) percent of the amount so determined as part
payment, pending issue of the Interim Payment Certificate; and

(b) within 20 (twenty) days of the receipt of the Stage Payment Statement referred
to in Clause 17.4, deliver to the Authority and the Contractor an Interim Payment
Certificate certifying the amount due and payable to the Contractor.

7. Other duties and functions

The Authority Engineer shall perform all other duties and functions as specified in the
Agreement.

8. Miscellaneous

8.1 A copy of all communications, comments, instructions, Drawings or

Documents sent by the Authority Engineer to the Contractor pursuant to this TOR,

353
and a copy of all the test results with comments of the Authority’s Engineer thereon,
shall be furnished by the Authority’s Engineer to the Authority forthwith.

8.2 The Authority Engineer shall retain at least one copy each of all Drawings and
Documents received by it, including ‘as-built’ Drawings, and keep them in its safe
custody.

8.3 Within 90 (ninety) days of the Project Completion Date, the Authority
Engineer shall obtain a complete set of as-built Drawings, in 2 (two) hard copies and
in micro film form or in such other medium as may be acceptable to the Authority,
reflecting the Railway Project as actually designed, engineered and constructed,
including an as-built survey illustrating the layout of the Railway Project and setback
lines, if any, of the buildings and structures forming part of Project Facilities; and shall
hand them over to the Authority against receipt thereof.

8.4 The Authority Engineer shall inform the Authority and the Contractor of any
event of Contractor’s Default within one week of its occurrence.

354
 SCHEDULE - M
(See Clauses 17.4.1, 17.6.1, and 17.6.1)
Forms of Payment Statements

1. Stage Payment Statement for Works

The Stage Payment Statement for Works shall state:

(a) the estimated amount for the Works executed in accordance with Clause
17.3.1 subsequent to the last claim;
(b) amounts reflecting adjustments in price for the aforesaid claim;
(c) the estimated amount of each Change of Scope Order executed subsequent to
the last claim;
(d) amounts reflecting adjustment in price, if any, for (c) above in accordance
with the provisions of Clause 13.2.3 (a);
(e) total of (a), (b), (c) and (d) above;
(f) Deductions:
(i) Any amount to be deducted in accordance with the provisions of the
Agreement except taxes;
(ii) Any amount payable by the Contractor to the Authority under the provisions
of the Agreement; and
(iii) Any amount towards deduction of taxes at source under Applicable Laws.
(iv) Total of (i) to (iii) above.
(g) Net claim: (e) – (f) (iv);
(h) The amounts received by the Contractor up to the last claim:
(i) For the Works executed (excluding Change of Scope orders);
(ii) For Change of Scope Orders, and
(iii) Taxes deducted at source under Applicable Laws

2. Contractor’s claim for Damages

Note: The Contractor shall submit its claims in a form acceptable to the Authority.

___

355
 SCHEDULE - N
(See Clause 18.1)
INSURANCE

1. Insurance during Construction Period

1.1 The Contractor shall effect and maintain at its own cost, from the Appointed
Date till the date of issue of the Completion Certificate, the following insurances for
any loss or damage occurring on account of Non Political Event of Force Majeure,
malicious act, accidental damage, explosion, fire and terrorism:

(a) insurance of Works, Plant and Materials and an additional sum of 15% (fifteen
per cent) of such replacement cost to cover any additional costs of and incidental to
the rectification of loss or damage including professional fees and the cost of
demolishing and removing any part of the Works and of removing debris of
whatsoever nature; and

(b) insurance for the Contractor's equipment and Documents brought onto the Site
by the Contractor, for a sum sufficient to provide for their replacement at the Site.

1.2 The insurance under paragraph 1.1 (a) and (b) above shall cover the Authority
and the Contractor against all loss or damage from any cause arising under paragraph
1.1 other than risks which are not insurable at commercial terms.

1.3 In case of extension of Schedule Completion Date, the additional cost of

insurance if any shall be borne by the contractor.

2. Insurance for Contractor’s Defects Liability

The Contractor shall effect and maintain insurance cover for the Works from the date
of issue of the Completion Certificate until the end of the Defects Liability Period for
any loss or damage for which the Contractor is liable and which arises from a cause
occurring prior to the issue of the Completion Certificate. The Contractor shall also
maintain other insurances for maximum sums as may be required under Applicable
Laws and in accordance with Good Industry Practice.

3. Insurance against injury to persons and damage to property

3.1 The Contractor shall insure against its liability for any loss, damage, death or
bodily injury, or damage to any property (except things insured under Paragraphs 1
and 2 of this Schedule) or to any person (except persons insured under Clause 18.9),
which may arise out of the Contractor's performance of this Agreement. This
insurance shall be for a limit per occurrence of not less than the amount specified
below with no limit on the number of occurrences.
The insurance cover shall be not less than: Rs. 25 Lakhs.

3.2 The insurance shall be extended to cover liability for all loss and damage to
the Authority’s property arising out of the Contractor’s performance of this
Agreement excluding:
(a) the Authority's right to have the construction works executed on, over, under,
in or through any land, and to occupy this land for the Works; and

356
(b) damage which is an unavoidable result of the Contractor's obligations to
execute the Works.

4. Insurance to be in joint names

The insurance under paragraphs 1 to 3 above shall be in the joint names of the
Contractor and the Authority.
___

357
 SCHEDULE - O
(See Clauses 4.6 & 4.7)
Provisionof Traffic Blocks and Power Blocks

1. Provision of Traffic Blocks Power Blocks and Disconnections

1.1 The authority shall provide Power Blocks or Traffic Blocks or Power Blocks,
or both, during day or night, as the case may be, to enable the Contractor to execute
the construction works of overhead equipment, or such other work as may be
determined by the Authority Engineer. The maximum aggregate duration of blocks
for the Railway Project shall be 70 hours as per following details:

(1) Max. Aggregate Traffic cum Power block duration during execution of
works other than BNI & NI works – 32 Hours

(2) Max. Aggregate Traffic cum Power block duration during BNI – 16 Hours

(3) Max. Aggregate Traffic cum Power block duration during NI – 22 Hours

1.2 The Contractor is entitled to execute the construction work within the block
period specified in this Schedule-O. The total duration of Power Block or Traffic
Block or both, as the case may be, shall not exceed 20% of the period specified in this
Agreement. In case such total duration exceeds 20%, the Contractor shall pay
Damages at the rate of Rs. 1,00,000/- per hour or part thereof for the exceeded Block
periods in works other than BNI & NI.

1.3 Total duration of Before Non-Interlocking (BNI) of Chandi Mandir Yard will
be 16 hours and total duration of Non-Interlocking (NI) of Chandi Mandir yard will
be 22 hours.

In case, total duration exceeds, the Contractor shall pay Damages at the rate of
Rs.25000/- per hour or part thereof for the exceeded Before Non-Interlocking (BNI)
period and at the rate of Rs. 50000/- per hour or part thereof for the exceeded Non-
Interlocking (NI) period.

1.4 The Contractor executing the works adjacent to the existing Railway track will
take care for avoiding any damage or cutting to the Signal & Telecommunication (S
& T) cables during the work. However, if any damage occurs during execution of
work, penalty to be imposed for damages to cable shall be as under:

Cable damaged Penalty per location ( Rs.)

Only Quad cable or signaling cable 1.0 Lakh
Only OFC 1.25 Lakh
Both OFC & Quad 1.5 Lakh

(As per CCE letter No. 247-Sig/OFC Cut/Rail-Tel/Pt.II dated 08-01-2020.)

1.5 The Contractor shall plan various works to be executed under Traffic blocks
or power blocks or both in such a way that he is able to execute such works at multiple
sites in parallel under any permitted power/traffic block so that total blocks availed for
the project shall be bare minimum.

358
1.6 Bursting of block: - Once a block of approved duration & schedule is availed
by the contactor on a particular day; it shall be the responsibility of contractor to clear
the block on time. If Contractor exceeds the time of block (generally referred to as
bursting of block) and fails to clear the same within scheduled time; the contractor
shall pay Damages to the Authority at the rate of Rs. 5000/- for first 15(fifteen) minutes
or part thereof of bursting and thereafter Rs. 20000/- per fifteen (15) minutes or part
thereof of block bursting.

2. Provision of Speed Restriction

2.1 Total duration of the Speed restriction will be 09 days which includes the period
of Speed relaxation.

2.2 The Contractor is entitled to execute the construction work as per the Speed
Restriction specified in this Schedule-O. The total duration of Speed restriction shall
not exceed the period specified in this Agreement. In case such total duration exceeds,
the Contractor shall pay Damages at the rate of Rs. 20,000/- per day or part thereof for
the exceeded Days during the entire project.

359
 SCHEDULE - P
(See Clauses 4.4)
Machinery and equipment

1. The Authority shall provide the following machinery and equipment to the
Contractor at the daily rates fixed for machinery and equipment. The tentative daily
rates for each machinery and equipment are as given below:

Serial Particulars of each type of Tentative daily rate in rupees

No. machinery and equipment in rounded figures.
1. CSM 63,817/- (per km)
2. DGS/DTS 60,868/- (per km)
3. WST 66,305/- (per km)
4. UNIMAT 71,320/- (per km)
5. T-28 2,52,547/- (per Turnout)
6. BRM 38,196/- (per km)
7. Tower wagon 76,480/-

Note: These rates are exclusive of fuel charges. Fuel charges as per actual
consumption shall be borne by the contractor.

2. The approximate tentative requirement of various machines during the work will
be as given below:

Type of machinery and Requirement

Serial No.
equipment in Days
1. WST or CSM 10
2. DGS/DTS 10
3. UNIMAT 10
4. BRM 10
5. Tower Wagon 48

Note: For Machines and T&P whose hire charges on not mentioned above, the
monthly rate for those machines/ equipment shall be equal to 2% (two per cent) of the
cost of such machine or equipment, as published in the latest Pink Book of Ministry
of Railways. If the cost of any machine or equipment has not been published in the
latest Pink Book, then the last purchase price thereof shall be applicable for
determining the charges for such machine or equipment. The rates charged for hiring
of machinery will be as per the prevailing rates at the time of requirement.

3. Machinery and equipment for Railway Electrification work: All machine

and equipments required for RE/TRD work (i.e. Rail/Road Crane, Tower wagon,
wiring train, BRN etc.) has to be arranged by the contractor. In case of emergent
situation/non accessibility of site, Railway may provide machine and equipments at
the daily rate basis shown against each machine and equipment. The Tower Wagon
will be provided by railway side only for joint tower wagon checking. These rates are
exclusive of fuel charges. Fuel charges as per actual consumption shall be borne by
the contractor.

__

360
 SCHEDULE – Q

Important/Special conditions & List of drawings/Plans

1. Standards and codes for EPC contract

The following list of standards and codes for EPC contract works was issued by
railway board in the year 2014 and shall be applicable on this contract along with
other railway board/RDSO/Zonal railway guidelines as mentioned in various
schedules of this document. If standards/codes/Guidelines mentioned herein, have
been modified/replaced/corrected in due course of time till base period, the latest
version of the same shall be deemed to be applicable for this EPC contract. The
contractor shall take due care while submitting bid & no claim on this account shall
be admissible later on.

Item
No. Items

1 General

2 Standards

3 Geotechnical Investigation

4 Earthworks

5 Road Works

6 Material for Structures

7 Handling and Storage of Materials

8 Piling Work

9 Concrete Works

10 Pre-stressing

11 Architectural and Building Works

Fixing RCC Land Boundary Pillers around Railway
12 Boundary

13 Track Works

14 Miscellaneous Works

15 Well Foundation

361
 16 Structural Steel Works for Railway Bridges

1.1 GENERAL

1.1.1 This Manual is applicable for Planning, Design & Construction of Rail System
(“the Project”) through EPC mode. The scope of the work shall be as defined in the
Agreement. This Manual shall be read harmoniously with the intent of the
Agreement.

1.1.2 The Project and the project facilities shall conform to the requirements of
design and specifications set out in this Manual, which are the minimum
prescribed. The project report and other information provided by the Authority
shall be used by the Contractor only for its own reference and for carrying out
further investigations. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for undertaking
all the necessary surveys, investigations and detailed designs in accordance with
good industry practice and due diligence, and shall have no claim against the
Authority for any loss, damage, risk, costs, liabilities or obligations arising
out of or in relation to the project report and other information provided by the
Authority.

1.1.3 At least 2 weeks prior to commencement of the work, the Contractor shall draw
up a Quality Assurance Manual (QAM) covering the Quality System (QS), Quality
Assurance Plan (QAP) and documentation for all aspects of the Project works and
send three copies each to the Authority’s Engineer for review. The QAM shall
conform to Applicable Laws, Good Industry Practice in vogue and the provisions of
the Agreement.

1.1.4 The codes, standards and specifications applicable for design of the
components of the Rail System are listed in Clause 2.

1.1.5 The latest version of the codes, standards and specifications, which have been
published before the last date of bid submission shall be considered applicable.

1.1.6 The terms ‘Inspector’ and ‘Engineer’ used in codes, standards or

specifications shall be deemed to be substituted by the term “Authority’s
Engineer”, to the extent it is consistent with the provisions of the Agreement
and this Manual. The role of the Independent Engineer (IE) shall be defined in the
Agreement.

1.1.7 In the absence of any specific provision on any particular issue in the
aforesaid codes, standards or specifications read in conjunction with the
Specifications and Standards contained in this Manual, the Contractor shall be at
liberty to rely on any International Standard in consultation with Authority’s
Engineer .

1.1.8 All items of building works shall conform to the standards specified in the
National Building Code (NBC) and the relevant codes issued by BIS. For this purpose,
building works shall be deemed to include station buildings, Depot and workshop,

362
OCC, buildings comprising Project Facilities, traffic integration works, landscape
elements and/or any other works incidental to the building works.

1.1.9 The Contractor shall develop fire-fighting system in consultation with

Authority’s Engineer complying with the local fire safety regulations and Good
Industry Practice in vogue. Fire detection and suppression shall generally be as per
NBC-2005.

1.1.10 The design of a rail system shall be fully integrated and compatible with
all other sub - systems that constitute the Rail System so that the overall requirements
of the Rail System are met. As far as possible, uniformity of design standards shall be
maintained throughout the rail system.

1.1.11 Alternative Standards and Specifications

The requirements stated in the Manual are the minimum. The Contractor
will, however, be free to adopt international practices, alternative specifications,
materials and standards to bring in innovation in the design and construction
provided they are better or comparable with the standards prescribed in the Manual.
The specifications and techniques which are not included in the codes, standards or
specifications shall be supported with authentic standards and specifications
reflected in other internationally recognized codes, standards and specifications.
Such a proposal shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Authority’s Engineer.
In case, the Authority’s Engineer is of the opinion that the proposal submitted
by the Contractor is not in conformity with any of the international codes, standards
and specifications, then he will record his reasons and convey the same to the
Contractor for compliance. A record shall be kept by the Authority’s Engineer,
of the non-compliance by the Contractor of the minimum Specifications and
Standards specified in the Manual. Adverse consequences, if any arising from any such
non- compliance, shall be treated as “Contractor Default” and shall be dealt in
accordance with the provisions of the Agreement.

1.1.12 General considerations for planning, design and construction

The Contractor shall take measures to overcome the physical and operational
constraints and plan, design and construct the Project using appropriate methods,
management techniques and technologies. General consideration shall, without being
limited to, be as follows:

(a) The constraints

The physical constraints in the Project could be in the form of limitation of right
of way, existing train services in the vicinity, inadequate approach roads and
underpasses, at- grade yards & stations etc. The operation constrains arise out of
the necessity or possibility of closing a portion of the road for construction and/or
diverting the traffic to temporary diversions, thereby reducing the capacity and
safety of the existing network. The solutions evolved by the Contractor shall be such
that these constraints are overcome through appropriate planning, design and
construction method, techniques and technologies and by adopting suitable traffic

363
management measures.

(b) Safety of design

All designs shall be safe to ensure that the Project or any part thereof (for
example embankment, pavement, retaining structures, bridges, tunnels, culverts,
etc.) does not collapse (global stability) nor its serviceability/performance (for
example settlement, roughness, undulations, deflections, etc) deteriorates below
acceptable level as prescribed in relevant schedule of Agreement and as recognized
by Good Industry Practice.

(c) Durability

The Project shall not only be safe but also durable. This would mean that the
deteriorating effects of climate and environment (for example wetting and drying,
freezing and thawing, if applicable, temperature differences,
aggressive environment leading to corrosion, etc) in addition to the traffic shall
be duly considered in design and construction to make the Project durable.

(d) Mitigating disruptive effects of construction

The planning, design and construction of the Project shall be such that the
construction does not have adverse impact on the environment and does not disrupt
the lives and business activities of the people living close to the Project.

1.1.13 General considerations for rail systems design

The rail systems including all the subsystems designed to be utilized by the
Contractor shall be of proven technology and should have been in service in other
similar systems for at least 03 years .

1.1.14 Safety during Construction

(a) The Contractor shall develop, implement and administer a surveillance and
safety program for providing a safe environment on or about the Project, and
shall comply with the safety requirements set forth in the Agreement.

(b) Before taking up any construction work, the Contractor shall prepare a
Traffic Management Plan for each work zone and furnish it to the Authority’s
Engineer for comments duly incorporating the following:

(i) Designate a Site Safety Team headed by a qualified Safety Officer.

(ii) Traffic safety devices as per IRC:SP:55 with the following specifications:

[1] Signages of retro-reflective sheet of high intensity grade.

[2] Delineators in the form of cones/drums (300 to 500 mm dia and 1000 mm
high) made of plastic/rubber having retro reflective red and white band, at a spacing

364
of maximum 5 m along with a reflective tape (red and white band) to be tied in
between the gaps of cones/drums. A bulb/flasher using solar energy is to be placed
on the top of the cone/drum for night delineation.

[3] Barricades using iron sheet (plain) with adequate iron railing/frame painted
with retro-reflective paint in alternate black and white (or yellow and black) strips.
Warning lights at 5.0 m spacing shall be mounted on the barricades and kept lit
in the dark hours and night.

(i) Sprinkling of water for dust control at work zones, haul roads and
plant/camp sites.

(ii) Noise/Pollution suppression measures at work zones haul roads and

plant/camp sites.

(iii) Mechanical, electrical and fire safety practices.

(iv) Safety measures like PPE (Personal Protection Equipment) for workers
engaged.

(v) First Aid and Emergency Response Arrangements i.e. First aid Box,
Ambulance, paramedical staff, alarms, etc.

(vi) Safety training/awareness programmes.

(vii) Formats to maintain the accident records/emergency response provided

during accidents.

(viii) A penalty scheme for violations in provision of adequate traffic control

devices and proper traffic management should be proposed by the
Contractor. In case of default, the amount of penalty shall be paid by the Contractor
to the Authority.

(ix) A compensation scheme including insurance cover for third party for
works/road users and road side residents in case of death/injury/damage to the
vehicle/property resulting from accidents on the Project, irrespective of the
person at a fault should be proposed by the Contractor.

(c) The Contractor shall also be responsible for ensuring compliance of all
labour laws and regulations including those relating the welfare of workers
engaged both directly and indirectly on the Project, besides their occupational safety
and health.

1.1.15 The Contractor shall set up field laboratory for testing of materials and finished
products as stipulated in QAM. It shall make necessary arrangements for additional/
conformity testing of any materials/products at the government accredited
laboratory, for which facilities at site laboratory is not available.

1.1.16 Environment Mitigation Measures

365
The Contractor shall carry out tests/monitor various parameters impacting
the environment of the Project keeping in view the guidelines of the Ministry of
Environment and Forests and submit proposals for mitigation of adverse
environment impact including provision of noise barriers, etc. for review and
comments of the Authority’s Engineer, if any and undertake implementation of the
proposals in consultation with theAuthority’s Engineer.

The Contractor shall take measures as may be necessary in accordance with the
Applicable Laws and Good Industry Practice in vogue to control and mitigate
the noise and vibration arising from the Rail System and their impact on the users and
the neighbourhood. Noise mitigation measures shall be employed to ensure that the
prescribed noise limits within the neighbourhood buildings and rail vehicles are not
exceeded.

1.1.17 Utilities

The details of the new utilities which are to be constructed or provided for along or
across the Project shall be as specified in relevant schedule of the Agreement.

1.1.18 Review and comments by the Authority’s Engineer

In cases where the Contractor is required to send any drawings or documents to the
Authority’s Engineer for review and comments, and in the event such comments are
received by the Contractor, it shall duly consider such comments in
accordance with the Agreement and Good Industry Practice in vogue for taking
appropriate action thereon. The correspondence between the Contractor and
the Authority’s Engineer shall be deemed valid only if a copy thereof endorsed to and
received by the Authority.

1.1.19 Definitions and Interpretation

Unless specified otherwise in this Manual, the definitions contained in the Model EPC
Agreement for Railways as published by Ministry of Railways (Railway Board),
Government of India shall apply.

1.2 Standards

1.2.1 Introduction

The Materials and workmanship specification given herein under is based on

Indian Railway Rules, Standard Codes, Manuals and Specifications, Indian Standards
and International Standards as scheduled below. Apart from the basic data,
specifications etc. all items of works shall be governed by the Codes & Specifications
as detailed hereunder and as revised / corrected / amended up to the due date of
submission of the Bid Proposal.

The Contractor will be responsible for detailing in his specification of the standards
on which his materials and workmanship will be based, and these will be of similar

366
or higher standard than those listed below.

The Contractor is required to review in the first instance the relevant Standards and
Codes as mentioned. The specifications will be primarily based on the said standards
to the extent that they are applicable.Some of the Standards are also mentioned in
schedule –D of this agreement; in case of repetition, the latest version of standards,
specification shall be deemed to be applicable.

1.2.2 Relevant Standards

Subject to the provisions of the Agreement, all items of works shall be governed by
the following Rules, Codes, and Specifications as on the bid date. In case of any
contradiction in various documents mentioned above, the order of precedence shall
be as follows:

(a) Indian Railway Rules;

(i) Indian Railway General and Subsidiary Rules.

(ii) Indian Railway Rules for Opening New Railway Lines.

(iii) Indian Railway Standard Schedule of Dimensions for Broad Gauge.

(iv) Other Railway Rules specified in 1.2.2(g).

(b) IRS Codal provisions.

(c) IRC Codal Provisions.

(d) IS Codal Provisions.

(e) Provisions in other International Codes.

(f) Indian Explosive Act.
(g) Indian Explosive Rules.

Note:- In case of road related structures, IRC Codal provisions will prevail over
IRS Codal provisions.

1.2.3 Indian Railway Rules, Codes and Specifications

(a) Indian Railway Brides Rules.

(b) Indian Railway – Engineering Code.

(c) Indian Railway Code for Practice of Plan/Reinforced and Pre- stressed
concrete for general / bridge construction (Concreted Bridge Code).

(d) IRS : Welded Bridge Code for steel bridge girders.

367
(e) IRS Standard Code of Practice for design of Sub-structure & Foundation.

(f) IRS: T-12 2009 Rail Specifications.

(g) IRS Specifications for Steel Bridges Code.

(h) RDSO Specification No. GE: IRS-2 (Final): Specification for mechanically
produced blanketing material for railway formation including guidelines for laying.

(i) IR Standard Specification for Fusion of Welding of Rails by Alumino

Thermit Welding Process 2006.

(j) IRS T 29-2000 Cast Manganese Steel Crossings.

(k) IRS T 39-1985 Prestressed Concrete Sleepers.

(l) IRS GE: 1 June 2004 Ballast specification.

(m) IRS T 1966 Fish Plates and Fish Bolts.

(n) IRS Fabrication and Erection of Steel Girder Bridges & Locomotive Turn Tables
(BI-1979).

(o) RDSO/M&C/RP-194/94 – Wiper seal & dust seal.

1.2.4 Indian Road Congress (IRC) Codes and Specifications

(a) IRC: 5 Standard Specifications and Codes of Practice for Road Bridges
Section – I –General features of design.

(b) IRC: 6 Standard Specifications and Codes of Practice for Road Bridges –
Section – II – Loads and Stresses – Seismic provisions of this standard are to be
adopted for the bridge design.

(c) IRC:18 Design Criteria for Pre-stress Concrete Road Bridges (Post- tensioned
concrete).

(d) IRC: 21 Standard Specifications and Codes of Practice for Road Bridges –
Section – III –Cement concrete (Plain & reinforced).

(e) IRC: 22 Standard Specifications and Codes of Practice for Road Bridges –
Section – VI –Composite Construction.

(f) IRC:24 Standard Specifications and Codes of Practice for Road Bridges –
Section V, Steel Road Bridges.

(g) IRC: 54 – 1974 – Lateral and Vertical Clearances for Vehicular Traffic.

(h) IRC: 83 (Part – III) - Standard Specifications and Codes of Practice

368
for Road Bridges –Section – IX – Bearings Part –III, Pot, POT cum PTFE Pin and
Metallic Guide Bearings.

(i) IRC-78:Sub-structure for Road Bridges.

(j) IRC-87: Design and erection of false work for road bridges.

(k) Specifications for Road and Bridge Works issued by Ministry of Road
Transport & Highways (MORTH).

(l) The Manual for Construction and Supervision of Bituminous Works.

(m) The Asphalt Institute Manual MS-2.

(n) SP 6, 7, 16, 21, 22, 23, 24, 34, 36, 52, 60, 70.

1.2.5 Indian Standard Specifications:

(a) IS: 34 White lead for paints.

(b) IS: 57 Red lead for paints and other purposes.

(c) IS: 75 Linseed oil, raw and refined.

(d) IS: 77 Linseed oil, boiled for paints.

(e) IS: 102 Ready mixed paints, brushing, red lead, non-settling priming.

(f) IS: 104 Ready mixed paint, brushing, zinc chrome, priming.

(g) IS: 123 Ready mixed paints, brushing, finishing, semi-gloss, for general
purposes to Indian Colours etc.

(h) IS: 280 Mild steel wire for general purposes.

(i) IS: 383 Coarse and fine aggregate from natural sources for concrete.

(j) IS: 432 (Part-I & Part-I) – 1982 – Mild Steel, Medium Tensile Steel Bars and
Hard Drawn.

(k) IS: 487 Brush, paint and varnish.

(l) IS: 456 Plain and reinforced concrete.

(m) IS: 516 Method of test for strength of concrete.

(n) IS: 786 Conversion factors and conversion tables.

(o) IS: 819 - Resistance spot welding for light assemblies in mild steel.
369
(p) IS: 875 (Part 3) – 1987 – Code of Practice for Design Loads (Other than
Earthquakes) for Buildings and Structures – Wind Loads (Second Revision).

(q) IS: 887 Animal tallow.

(r) IS: 975 (all 5 parts) – Design loads (other than earthquakes) for buildings
and structures.

(s) IS: 1024-1999 Use of Welding in Bridges and Structures subject to

Dynamic Loading – code of Practice – Second Revision (Reaffirmed 1998).

(t) IS: 1024 Welding in bridges and structures subject to dynamic loading.

(u) IS: 1030 Grade 280-520W- Cast Steel.

(v) IS: 1080-1985 Code of practice for design and construction of shallow
foundations in soils (other than raft, ring and shell).

(w) IS: 1199 Indian Standard Specifications for Method of Sampling and
analysis of concrete.

(x) IS: 1200 (all relevant parts) – Method of measurement of building and civil
Engineering works.

(y) IS: 1261 – 1959 – Seam Welding in Mild Steel (Reaffirmed 1998)

(z) IS: 1270 Metric steel tape measure.

(aa) IS: 1323 – 1982-Oxy-acctylene Welding for Structural Work in Mild

Steel (Second Revision).

(bb) IS: 1343 Prestressed concrete.

(cc) IS: 1493 Design of Bored and Cast in Situ Piles Founded in Rock. - Guide
lines.

(dd) IS: 1725-1982 Specification for soil based blocks used in general building
construction

(ee) IS: 1786-1985-High Strength Deformed Steel Bars & Wires for Concrete
Reinforcement (Third Revision).

(ff) IS: 1791 Batch type concrete mixers.

(gg) IS: 1893-2002 Criteria for Earthquake Resistance Design of

Structures.

(hh) IS: 1904-1986 Code of practice for design and construction of

foundations in soils: General Requirements.
370
(ii) IS: 1915 Steel bridge code.

(jj) IS: 2074 Ready mixed paint, air drying, red oxide-zinc chrome.

(kk) IS: 2339 Aluminum paints for general purposes, in dual container.

(ll) IS: 2386 (all 8 parts) – Tests for aggregates for concrete

(mm) IS: 2502 Code of practice for bending and fixing of Bars for concrete
reinforcement.

(nn) IS: 2722 Indian Standard Specifications for Portable Swing Weight batches
for concrete (Single and Double Bucket type).

(oo) IS: 2751 Code of Practice for Welding of Mild Steel Bars used for reinforced
concrete construction.

(pp) IS: 2809-1972 Glossary of Terms and Symbols Relating to Soil

Engineering.

(qq) IS: 2911 (Part I to IV) - Code of practice for design and
construction of pile Foundations.

(rr) IS: 2974-1982 Part-I: Code of Practice for Design and

Construction of Machine Foundations - Part I: Foundation for Reciprocating Type
Machines.

(ss) IS: 3016:1965 Code of practice for Fire precaution in welding and cutting
operations.

(tt) IS: 3025 (all 49 parts) – Methods of sampling and test for water and waste
water.

(uu) IS: 3085 Method of test for permeability of cement mortar and concrete.

(vv) IS: 3400 (all 22 parts) – Methods of tests for vulcanized rubbers.

(ww) IS: 3502:1994-Steel Chequered Plates – Specifications (Second

Revision).

(xx) IS: 3696:1987 (Part – I & Part-II)) Safety code for scaffolds and Ladders.

(yy) IS: 3764 Safety code for excavation work.

(zz) IS: 3955 Design and construction of well foundations.

(aaa) IS: 4031 (all 15 parts) – Physical tests for hydraulic cement.

(bbb) IS: 4081 Safety code for blasting and related drilling operations.
371
(ccc) IS: 4082 Recommendations of stacking and storage of construction
materials at site.

(ddd) IS: 4091-1979 Code of Practice for Design and Construction of

Foundations for Transmission Line Towers and Poles.

(eee) IS: 4138 – Safety Code for Working on Compressed Air.

(fff) IS: 4326 Earthquake Resistance Design and Construction of Building

– Code of Practice.

(ggg) IS: 4634 Methods of testing performance of batch type concrete mixers.

(hhh) IS: 4756 – Safety Code for Tunneling Work.

(iii) IS: 4880 (Pt.-IV) – Code of Practice for Design of Tunnel – Structural
Design of Concrete Lining in Rock.

(jjj) IS: 4880 (Pt.-V) – Code of Practice for Design of Tunnel – Structural Design
of Concrete Lining in Soft Strata and Soils.

(kkk) IS: 4880 (Pt.-VI) – Code of Practice for Design of Tunnel – Tunnel Support.

(lll) IS: 4926 Indian Standard Specifications for Ready Mixed Concrete.

(mmm) IS: 5513 Vicat apparatus.

(nnn) IS: 5515 Compaction factor apparatus.

(ooo) IS: 5666 Etch primer.

(ppp) IS: 5878 (Pt.-I) – Code of Practice for Construction of Tunnels–Precision

Survey and Setting Out.

(qqq) IS: 5878 (Pt.-II, Section-I) – Code of Practice for Construction of Tunnels –
Underground Excavation in Rock – Drilling and Blasting.

(rrr) IS: 5878 (Pt.-II, Section-II) – Code of Practice for Construction of Tunnels
– Underground Excavation in Rock – Ventilation, Lighting, Mucking & Dewatering.

(sss) IS: 5878 (Pt.-III) – Code of Practice for Construction of Tunnels –

Underground Excavation in Soft Strata.

(ttt) IS: 5878 (Pt.-IV) – Code of Practice for Construction of Tunnels–Tunnel

Support.

(uuu) IS: 5878 (Pt.-V) – Code of Practice for Construction of Tunnels–Concrete

Lining.

372
(vvv) IS: 5878 (Pt.-VII) – Code of Practice for Construction of Tunnels – Grouting.

(www) IS: 6586 Metal spraying for protection of iron steel.

(xxx) IS: 6911 – Stainless Steel.

(yyy) IS: 6925 Methods of test for determination of water soluble chlorides
in concrete admixtures.

(zzz) IS: 7205-1974-Safety Code for erection of Structural Steel Work (Fifth
Reprint July, 2001).

(aaaa) IS: 7293 Safety code for working with construction machinery.

(bbbb) IS: 7320 Concrete slump test apparatus.

(cccc) IS: 8629 (Parts I to III) – 1977 – Protection of Iron and Steel Structures
from Atmospheric Corrosion (Reaffirmed 2002).

(dddd) IS: 9103 Admixtures for concrete.

(eeee) IS: 10080 Vibration machine for casting standard cement mortar cubes.

(ffff) IS: 10262 Concrete mix design.

(gggg) IS: 13920 Ductile detailing of reinforced concrete structures subjected

to seismic forces.

(hhhh) IS: 14268 Prestressing Strands.

(iiii) IS: 14881:2001Method for Blast Vibration Monitoring – Guidelines.

(jjjj) IS: 15594 – Mechanical Vibration – Measurement of Vibration

Generated Intervally in Railway Tunnels by Passage of the Trains. SP 22 (S&T): 1992
Explanatory Hand Book on codes for Earth Quake Engineering.

(kkkk) SP 70: 2001 Handbook on construction safety practices.

1.2.6 IS Codes for soil testing

S.No. IS Code No. Description

1. IS: 2720 (all parts) Methods of test for soils.

2. IS: 2810 Glossary of terms relating to soils dynamics.

3. IS: 4434 Code of practice for in-situ vane shear test for soils.

373
4. IS: 4968 Method of subsurface sounding for soils.
Part-I Dynamic method using 50mm cone without
bentonite slurry.
5. IS: 4968 Method of subsurface sounding for soils.
Part-II Dynamic method using cone without
bentonite slurry.
6. IS:4968 Method of subsurface sounding for soils.
Part III Static cone penetration test.
7. IS: 5249 Method of test for determination of in- situ dynamic
properties of soils.
8. IS: 460 Specification of test sieves. Wire cloth test sieves.

9. IS:460-1985 Part 2 Specification of test sieves. Perforated plate test

Revision 3 sieves.
10. IS: 460-1983 Part3 Specification of test sieves
Revision 3 Part III Methods of examination of apertures of
test sieves.
11. IS: 1498- Classification and identification of soils for general
1970 engineering purposes.
Revision 1

12. IS: 1607-1977 Methods for test sieving.

13. IS:5421-1981 Glossary of terms relating to test sieves and tests
Revision 1 sieving.
14. IS:1888-1982 Method of load test on soils.
Revision 2
15. IS: 1892-1979 Code of practice for site investigations for
foundations (With amendment no.1).
16. IS:2131-1981 Method for standard penetration test fir soils.
Revision 1 (Reaffirmed 1987).
17. IS: 2132-1972 Code of practice for thin walled tube sampling of
Revision 1 soils.

374
 18. IS: 10074-1982 Specification for compaction mould assembly
for light and heavy
compaction test of soils.
19. IS: 10077-1982 Specification for equipment for
determination of shrinkage factors.
20. IS: 10379-1982 Code of practice for field control of moisture and
compaction of soils for embankment and sub- grade.

21. IS: 10837-1984 Specification for moulds and accessories

for determination of
density index (relative density) of cohesion less
soils.
22. IS: 11196-1985 Specification for equipment for determination of
liquid limit of soils- cone penetration method.
23. IS: 11229-1985 Specification of mould assembly for determination
of permeability of soils
24. IS: 11209-1985 Specification for shear box for testing of soils.
25. IS 9179-1979 Method for preparation of rock specimen for
laboratory testing.
26. IS 9143 : 1979 Method for the determination of unconfined
compressive strength of
rock materials.
27. IS 9221 : 1979 Method for the determination of modulus of
elasticity and Poison’s ratio of rock materials in
uniaxial compression.
28. IS 10782: 1983 Method for laboratory determination of dynamic
modulus of rock core
specimens.
29. IS 11315: Part 12 Method for the quantitative description of
: 1992 discontinuities in rock mass: Part 12
Drill core study.
30. IS 11315: Part 11 Method for the quantitative description of
: 1985 discontinuities in rock mass: Part 11
Core recovery and rock quality.

1.2.7 IS Codes for cement

(a) Ordinary Portland Cement, 33 Grade, conforming to IS:269.

(b) Rapid Hardening Portland Cement, conforming to IS:8041.

(c) Ordinary Portland Cement, 43 Grade, conforming to IS:8112.

(d) Ordinary Portland Cement, 53 Grade, conforming to IS:12269.

(e) Sulphate Resistant Portland Cement, conforming to IS:12330.

375
1.2.8 IS codes for pre-stressing steel

(a) Uncoated Stress relieved low relaxation strands conforming to IS: 1426.

(b) Plain hard drawn steel wire conforming to IS: 1785 (Part I).

(c) High tensile steel bar conforming to IS: 2090.

(d) Uncoated stress relieved strands conforming to IS: 6006.

1.2.9 IS Codes for structural steel:

(a) IS: 226: Structural Steel (Standard Quality)

(b) IS: 808: Specifications for Rolled Steel Beam, Channel and Angle
Sections.

(c) IS: 961: Structural Steel (High Tensile)

(d) IS: 1148 : Hot rolled rivet bars (upto 40mm dia) for structural
purposes

(e) IS: 1149: High tensile rivet bars for structural purposes

(f) IS: 1161: Steel tubes for structural purposes

(g) IS: 1239: Mild Steel Tubes

(h) IS: 1730: Dimension for Steel Plate, sheet and strip for structural
and general engineering purposes

(i) IS: 1731: Dimension for Steel flats for structural and general
engineering purposes

(j) IS: 1732: Dimension for round and square steel bars for structural
and general engineering purposes

(k) IS: 1852 : Rolling and cutting tolerances for hot rolled steel products

(l) IS: 2062: Weldable Structural Steel

(m) IS: 4923: Hollow Steel sections for structural use

(n) IS: 8500: Weldable Structural Steel (medium & high strength
qualities)

(o) IS: 11587: Structural weather resistant steel

376
1.2.10 IS codes for fasteners

(a) IS: 1363 Hexagon head bolts, screw and nuts product grade C.

(b) IS: 1364 Hexagon head bolts, screw & nuts product grade A & B.

(c) IS: 1367 Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fastener (Parts 1 to
18).

(d) IS: 1929 Hot forged steel rivets for hot closing (12-36mm dia).

(e) IS: 2155 Cold forged steel rivets for hot closing (6-16mm dia).

(f) IS: 3640 Hexagon fit bolts.

(g) IS: 3757 High tensile friction grip bolts.

(h) IS: 6623 High strength structural nuts.

(i) IS: 6639 Hexagon bolls for steel structure.

(j) IS: 5624 Foundation bolts.

(k) IS: 7002 Prevailing torque type steel hexagon lock nuts.

(l) IS: 5369 Plain washers and lock washers - general requirements.

(m) IS: 5370 Plain washers with outside dia = 3 X inside dia.

(n) IS: 5372 Taper washers for channels (ISMC).

(o) IS: 5374 Taper Washers for I beam (ISMB).

(p) IS: 6610 Heavy washers for steel structures.

(q) IS: 6649 Hardened and tempered washers For high strength structural bolts
and nuts

1.2.11 IS codes for welding consumables

(a) 1S:814 (Part 1) Covered Electrodes for Metal Arc Welding of structural steel
for welding other than sheets.

(b) IS: 814 (Part 2) for welding sheets.

(c) IS: 1278 Filler rods and wires for gas welding.

(d) IS: 1395 Low and medium alloy Steel covered electrodes for manual Metal Arc
Welding.

377
(e) IS: 3613 Acceptance Tests for wire flux combinations for submerged arc
welding of structural steel.

(f) IS: 7280 Bare wire electrodes for gas shielded arc welding of structural steel.

(g) IS: 6419 Welding rods and bare electrodes for gas shielded arc welding of
structural steel.

(h) IS: 6560 Molybdenum and chromium-molybdenum low alloy steel welding
rods and bare electrodes for gas shielded arc welding.

1.2.12 Codes for structural steel work for railway bridges

(a) IRS: Steel Bridge Code.

(b) IRS: Welded Bridge Code.

(c) IRS: Code of Practice For Electric Welding Of Mild Steel Structures.

(d) IRS: Fabrication & Erection of Steel Girder Bridges &

Locomotive Turn Tables (B1-2001).

(e) IRS: Standard Specification for Classification, Testing and Approval

of Metal-Arc Welding Electrodes, Serial No M.28-76.

(f) IRS: Standard Specification for Classification, Testing and Approval

of Submerged Arc Welding Wire-Flux Combinations for Use On Indian Railways Serial
No M.39-68.

(g) IRC: 22 (2008) Standard specifications and code of practice for road
bridges – Section VI (Composite Construction).

(h) BS: 5400-6 (1999) Steel, concrete and composite bridges-

Specifications of material and workmanship, Steel.

(i) IS: 800 (1984) Code of Practice for General Construction in Steel.

(j) IS: 808 (1989) Dimensions for Hot Rolled Steel Beam, Column,
Channel and Angle Sections.

(k) IS: 814 (1991) Covered Electrodes for Manual Metal Arc Welding of
Carbon & Carbon - Manganese Steel.

(l) IS: 816 (1969) Code of Practice for Use of Metal Arc Welding for
General Construction in Mild Steel.

(m) IS: 817 (1969) Code of Practice for Training and Testing of Metal Arc
Welder.

378
(n) IS: 919 (1993) ISO System of Limits & Fits (Part 1 & Part 2).

(o) IS: 1148 (1982) Hot Rolled Rivet Bars (up to 40mm) for Structural
Purposes.

(p) IS: 1182 (1983) Recommended Practice for Radio Graphic

Examination of Fusion Welded Butt Joints in Steel Plates.

(q) IS: 1363 (1992) Hexagon Head Bolts, Screws and Nuts of Product
grade C (Part 1 to Part3).

(r) IS: 1364 (1992) Hexagon Head Bolts, Screws and Nuts of Product
Grades A &B (Part 1 to 5).

(s) IS: 1367 (1991) Technical Supply Conditions for Threaded Steel
Fasteners.

(t) IS: 1852 (1985) Rolling & Cutting Tolerances for Hot-Rolled Steel
Product.

(u) IS: 2016 (1967) Plain Washers.

(v) IS: 2062 (2006) Hot Roiled Low, Medium and High Tensile Structural
Steel.

(w) IS: 2595 (1978) Code of Practice for Radio Graphic Testing.

(x) IS: 3600 (1985) Methods of Testing Fusion Welding Joints (Part 1 to
Part 9).

(y) IS: 3613 (1974) Acceptance Tests for Wire Flux Combinations for
Submerged Arc Welding.

(z) IS: 3658 (1981) Code of Practice for Liquid Penetrant Flow Detection.

(aa) IS: 3757 (1985) High Strength Structural Bolts.

(bb) IS: 4000 (1992) High Strength Bolts In Steel Structures-Code of

Practice.

(cc) IS: 4353 (1967) Recommendations for Submerged Arc Welding of

Mild Steel and Low Alloy Steel.

(dd) IS: 4943(1968) Assessment of Butt and Fillet Fusion Welds in Steel
Sheet, Plate and Pipe.

(ee) IS: 5334 (1981) Code of Practice for Magnetic Particle Flow Detection
of Welds.

(ff) IS: 5369 (1975) General Requirements for Plain Washers and Lock
379
Washers.

(gg) IS: 5372 (1975) Taper Washers for Channels.

(hh) IS: 5374 (1975) Taper Washers for I Beams.

(ii) IS: 6623 (1985) Specification for High Strength Structural Nuts.

(jj) IS: 6649 (1985) Specifications for hardening and tempering washers
for high strength structural nuts.

(kk) IS: 6755 (1980) Double Coil Helical Spring Washers.

(ll) IS: 7215 (1974) Tolerances for Fabrication of Steel Structure.

(mm) IS: 7318 (1974) (Part I) Approval Tests for Welders When Welding
Procedure Approval is not required -fusion Welding of Steel.

(nn) IS: 8910 (1978) General requirements of Supply of Weldable

Structural Steel.

(oo) IS: 9595 (1996) Recommendations for Metal Arc Welding of Carbon
& Carbon-Manganese Steels.

1.2.13 Indian Standard Specifications for Electrical Works

(a) IS: 694 PVC insulated Electric cable working voltage up to and
including 11000 volts.

(b) IS: 732 Codes of Practice for Electrical Wiring Installations.

(c) IS: 1255 Code of Practice for Installation and Maintenance of Power
Cables up to and including 33kV rating.

(d) IS: 1293 Three Pin Plugs and Socket Outlets Rated Voltage up to and
including 250 Volts and rated Current up to and including 160 Amps.

(e) IS: 1554 PVC Insulated (Heavy Duty) Electric Cables for Working up
to and Including 1100 Volts.

(f) IS: 1913 General and safety Requirements for Fluorescent Lamp
Luminaries Tubular.

(g) IS: 2026 Power Transformers.

(h) IS: 10561: 1983 / IEC 606 (1978) Application Guide for Power
Transformers.

(i) IS: 2309 Protection of Buildings and Allied Structures Against

Lightning – Code of Practice.
380
(j) IS: 2705 Current Transformers.

(k) IS: 3043 Code of Practice for Earthing.

(l) IS: 3156 Voltage Transformers.

(m) IS: 3480 Flexible Steel Conduits for Electrical Wiring.

(n) IS: 3636 Code of Practice for Interior Illumination.

(o) IS: 3837 Accessories for Rigid Steel Conduit for Electric Wiring.

(p) IS: 3842 Application Guide for Electric Relays for AC Systems.

(q) IS: 3961 Recommended Current Ratings for Cables.

(r) IS: 4615 Switch Socket Outlets.

(s) IS: 5133 Boxes for the Enclosure of Electrical Accessories.

(t) IS: 5831 PVC Insulation and Sheath of Electrical Cables.

(u) IS: 6665 Code of Practice for Industrial Lighting.

(v) IS: 7098 XLPE Cables.

(w) IS: 8623 (Part-I) Factory Built Assemblies of Switchgear and Control
Gear for Voltage up to and Including 1000V AC and 1200V DC.

(x) IS: 8623 (Part-II) Bus Bar Trunking.

(y) IS: 8828 Miniature Circuit Breakers.

(z) IS: 9224 HRC Cartridge Fuse.

(aa) IS: 9537 Rigid Steel Conduits for Electrical Wiring (Second
Revision).

(bb) IS: 9676 Reference Ambient Temperature for Electrical

Equipment.

(cc) IS: 10028 Selection, Installation and Maintenance of

Transformers.

(dd) IS: 0118 Code of Practice for Selection, Installation and

Maintenance for Switchgear and Control Gear.

(ee) IS: 11171 Dry Type Power Transformers.

381
(ff) IS: 12640 Earth Leakage Circuit Breakers.

(gg) IS: 12729 High Voltage Switchgear.

(hh) IS: 13234 Short Circuit Calculation in Three Phase AC Systems.

(ii) IS: 13947 (Part-I) Degrees of Protection.

(jj) IS: 2551- 1982 Danger Notice Plates.

(kk) IS: 5424- 1969 Rubber Mats for Electrical Purposes.IS: 4648-1968
Guide for Electrical Layout in Residential Buildings.

(ll) SP 31: 1986 Special Publication: Chart on Treatment for Electric

Shock.

(mm) IS: 13779 Digital Measuring Instrument and Testing

Accessories.

(nn) IS: 13947 Low Voltage Switchgear and Control Gear.

(oo) IS: 13947 (Part-I) Circuit Breakers.

(pp) IS: 15549 Stationary Valve Regulated Lead Acid Batteries

(qq) IS: 61000 – 2-4 Electromagnetic Capability

(rr) IS: 7098 -- XLPE Cable

1.2.14 Other International Codes

(a) EN 1990-2002 (Eurocode – Basis of Structural Design) – (For Safety, comfort

deformation including twist and deflection).

(b) EN 1991-2-2003 (Eurocode 1 – Action on Structures, part 2 – Traffic Loads on

Bridges)- (Natural frequency range and Loading for fatigue estimation).

(c) EN 1992 – 1:2004 (Eurocode 2 – Design of Concrete Structures, Part

– 1 – General Rules and Rules for Buildings).

(d) EN 1992 – 1-1:2004 (Eurocode 3 – Design of Steel Structures, Part 1 – 1 -1

General Rules) – (Classification of cross sections).

(e) EN 1993 – 1-8:2002 (Eurocode 3 – Design of Steel Structures, Part 1 – 8 Design

of Joints) – (Classification of HSFG Bolts).

(f) EN 1993 – 1-9:2002 (Eurocode 3 – Design of Steel Structures, Part 1 – 9 Fatigue

Strength of Steel Structures).

382
(g) EN 1993 – 2:2004 (Eurocode 3 – Design of Steel Structures, Part 2 – Steel
Bridges) - (Requirements for fatigue assessment, Road and Rail Bridges).

(h) EN 1994 – 2:2003 (Eurocode 4 – Design of Composite Steel & Concrete

Structures, Part 2 – Rules for Bridges) – (Width of effective flange, shear connectors).

(i) EN 1337-7 (March 2004) – Structural bearings – Part 7 : Spherical and

Cylindrical PTFE bearings (In case of Steel Bridges)

1.2.15 UIC Codes

(a) UIC 774 – 3R –Track Bridge interaction Recommendation for calculation (for
Forces due to LWR).

(b) UIC 772R: Bearings of rail bridges.

(c) UIC 774-3R Track/Bridge interaction.

1.2.16 BS Codes

(a) BS – 3784 Grade “A” Specifications for Polytetra fluroethylene.

(b) BS-5350: Standard Method of test of adhesives, Part C9, Floating roller peel
test.

(c) BS-5400: Part – 1 General Statement.

(d) BS-5400: Part – 2 Specifications for loads.

(e) BS-5400: Part – 3 Code of Practice for Steel Bridges.

(f) BS-5400: Part – 5 Code of Practice for composite Bridges.

(g) BS-5400: Part- 9 Bridge Bearings.

(h) BS-5400: Part-10 Code of Practice for Fatigue.

(i) BS-1449, 3484, 1134, 5296.

(j) BS-5400: Part 6 Steel, Concrete and Composite Bridges- Specifications

for Materials and Workmanship-Steel (In case of Steel Bridges)

1.2.17 BS Codes for Electrical Works

(a) BS: 6007 Electric Cables; Single Core Unsheathed Heat Resisting Cable for
Voltage up to and Including 450/750V, for Internal Wiring.

(b) BS: 6387 Specifications for Performance Requirements for Cables required to
383
Maintain Integrity Under Fire Conditions.

(c) BS: 6724 Specification for 600/1000V and 1900/3300V Armoured Electric
Cables having Thermosetting Insulation and Low Emission of Smoke and
Corrosive Gases when Affected by Fire.

(d) BS: 7211 Specification for Thermosetting Insulated Cables (non- armoured)
for Electric Power and Lighting with Low Emission of Smoke and Corrosive Gases
when Affected by Fire

(e) BS: 7629 Specification for 300/500V Fire Resistant Electric Cables having Low
Emission of Smoke and Corrosive Gases when Affected by Fire

The list given above is by no means exhaustive. All IS, IRC and IRS Codes pertaining to
the work shall be applicable.

Where the drawings and specifications described a portion of the work in only
general terms and not in complete detail, it shall be understood that only the best
general practice is to prevail, materials and workmanship of the best quality are to
be employed and the instructions of the Engineer are to be complied with.

NOTE:
(i) Contractor will procure and keep one copy of these reference codes and manuals
at site office for reference and guidance.

(ii) To ensure implementation of the various rules, codal provisions etc., the
Contractor shall develop Design-basis Note and Method Statements for all the items
of Work, based on the Specifications, applicable Codes & Standards, Good Industry
Practices and shall submit to the Authority’s Engineer for his review.

1.3 Geotechnical Investigation

1.3.1 Geotechnical investigations, as part of a comprehensive geotechnical

investigation programme, shall be conducted according to IS: 1892.

1.3.2 Testing of soil/rock samples have to be carried out before designing the
bank/cuttings. List of relevant IS Codes for soil testing and rock testing are as per
item No. 2 of this document.

1.4 Earthworks

1.4.1 General

This section deals with the Selection of Materials for Earthwork, Execution of
Earthwork in excavation and formation, Quality Control of the Earth work,
Maintenance of Records and Quality Assurance. In principle the earth work shall be
carried out as per the provisions.

384
1.4.2 Excavations in the vicinity of Existing Railway Tracks

While working / carrying out excavation in the vicinity of the existing Railway tracks
and structures (including bridges, formation etc.), special care should be taken to
ensure that formation of the existing railway tracks is not excavated and any activity
of the Contractor shall not endanger the safety of existing running line of Indian
Railways. If excavation or any other activity involving working and or modification
and or alteration of the existing permanent way then, before execution of
such work, the Contractor shall prepare the protection measure intended to be taken
by the Contractor to ensure safety of the existing running line, and seek the review of
Engineer. However the effectiveness of design of such protection measures is the sole
responsibility of the Contractor and the Contractor shall indemnify the Employer /
Engineer / Authority towards the losses incurred due to failure of such protection
measure. These protection measures duly indicating the extent of alternation /
modification to the existing formation shall be incorporated in the design and
drawing submitted during Technical Design submissions as per Authority’s
Requirement. Such work shall not be undertaken unless and until these drawings are
reviewed by the Engineer and Authority.

(a) Other’s right-of-way

At locations where the construction is close to irrigation canals and power

transmission lines which have their own right-of-way, the Contractor must not,
without instructions / review by the Engineer, remove any materials from the right-
of-way of other authorities or, by the operation of equipment or otherwise, disturb
their installations.

1.4.3 Ground Improvement

Field tests are required to be conducted on sub-soil strata, such as Plate Load Test
for determination of Elastic Modulus at second loading (EV2), Standard Penetration
Test to determine N-value and Unconfined Compression Test or Vane Shear Test to
determine Unconfined Compressive Strength or Undrained Cohesion Cu. If values of
these test parameters as specified hereunder are not achieved, then ground
improvement is required.

(a) For ground soil / sub-strata layers with low bearing capacities, assessed by
following evaluation parameters, shall require ground improvement:

(i) EV2 value less than 20 MPa, Or

(ii) UnFed Cohesion (Cu) < 25 kPa, Or

(iii) N-value (determined from Standard Penetration Test: SPT) < 5,

(b) Strengthening of the sub-strata soil layers can be carried out using one or
more of the following techniques, subject to review of the Engineer

385
(i) Removal and replacement of weak soil (Excavation and replacement could be
carried out upto 2m).

(ii) Stage construction of the fill, preloading and surcharging

(iii) Installation sub-drainage system

(iv) In-situ pile, Sand Gravel Compaction pile, Stone Columns

(v) Vibro-floatation

(vi) Lime Pile, Injection/lime slurry pressure injection/ ion exchange

(vii) Stir & mixing

(viii) Sand mat, Geosynthetics etc.

(c) In case the black cotton soil is encountered by the Contractor during the
course of geotechnical investigations, the following remedies are suggested:

(i) Treating top layer of the soil with quick lime so as to reduce the harmful
effects of the black cotton soil.

(ii) Providing a blanket of graded inverted filter at top of the Embankment.

(iii) Consolidation of black cotton soil at optimum moisture content.

(i) Provision of bituminous carpet or similar other intercepting

material like polythene sheets etc. so as to intercept the surface water getting in to
formation.

(ii) To provide the drainage conditions of the formation at surface and sub-surface
level.

(iii) Providing a compacted layer of CNS material (Cohesive non-swelling soil)

layer suitably designed using specialized literature, at the bottom of embankment fill
and in case of cuttings at the bottom of sub grade layer.

1.4.4 Quality Assurance

(a) Quality Check on Earthwork: Quality of execution of formation

earthwork shall be controlled through exercise of checks on the borrow
material, blanket material compaction process, drainage system, longitudinal & cross
sectional profiles of the embankment.

(b) Frequency of Quality Assurance Tests

(i) CBR test for selection of formation materials and other tests required for ensuring
conformation of the materials (blanket, subgrade, embankment fill) as per

386
specifications e.g. size gradation, Cu, Cc, Los Angles Tests, OMC/MDD etc. shall be
conducted at following frequency;

[1] Embankment Fill: One set of tests for every 5,000 cum and
at every change of soil strata

[2] Compacted earth / Blanket Layers: Atleast one density

check for every 200 sqm. for each blanket layer and top one metre of sub-grade and
at least one density check for every 500 sqm. for other than blanket and one metre of
sub- grade

[3] Prepared Subgrade: one set of tests for every 2,000 cum d) Blanket Material: one
set of tests for every 500 cum

(ii) Second Step Plate Load Test: This test should be done for EV2 measurement at top
of each formation layers e.g. at sub- soil, compacted sub-grade, prepared sub-grade,
blanket etc. at the frequency of one test per km length of the section as per procedure
detailed in DIN 18134-2001.

1.4.5 Tolerances and Acceptance Criteria

Soil Formation should meet the following requirements:-

(a) The cross fall slope to be at least 1:30 or 3% with tolerance of 0.5%.

(b) The finished top levels of soil formation should be within +30 mm.

(c) The finished top of blanket layer shall be permitted to have variation from design
level by + 25mm.

1.5 Road Works

1.5.1 General

Road works in colonies, approach to stations, ROB approaches and at level

crossings should confirm to the relevant standards of IRC codes as mentioned in item
2.

1.6 Material for Structures

For Specifications on materials “Indian Railways Unified Standard Specifications

(works and materials -2010) Vol I and II” with latest amendment should be referred.

1.7 Handling & Storage of Materials

All materials shall be stored as per IS: 4082.

1.8 Piling Work

387
1.8.1 Description

(a) The method of installing the piles, including details of the equipment shall
be submitted by the Contractor and got reviewed from the Engineer.

(b) The work shall be done as per IS: 2911 except as modified herein.

1.8.2 Materials

The basic materials like cement, coarse aggregates, fine aggregates, reinforcing
steel, structural steel, water and concrete admixtures shall confirm to the
requirements as specified in the Clause 6: Materials for Structures of these
Specifications.

1.8.3 Precast Concrete Piles

The pile should be cast in one continuous operation.

1.8.4 Bored Cast-in-situ Concrete Piles

(a) Boring for Pile

IS 1493-Design of bored and cast in-situ piles should be followed.

(b) Concreting for Pile

Concreting for the piles shall be done by tremie method.

(c) Pile Tests / Acceptance of Pile

For acceptance of piles, vertical and lateral load, testing of piles as required will be
carried out as per procedure laid down in IS:2911(Pt- IV) “Code of Practice for Design
and Construction of Pile Foundation- Load test on piles.”

1.9 Concrete Works

1.9.1 General

This section refers to the construction of concrete structures including concrete mix
design, trial mix, testing and workmanship for concreting. Prior to the start of
construction, the Contractor shall design the mix as per IS 10262 and submit to the
Authority’s Engineer for review, the proportions of materials, including admixtures
to be used. Water- reducing admixtures (including plasticisers or super-
plasticisers) may be used at the Contractor's option, subject to the review of the
Authority’s Engineer. Other types of admixtures shall be prohibited, unless
specifically permitted by the Authority’s Engineer.

388
1.9.2 Materials

All the materials shall confirm to the relevant IS codes.

1.9.3 Ready Mixed Concrete:

(a) Ready Mixed Concrete may be used subject to prior review of the Authority‘s
Engineer. It shall confirm to the specifications of concrete as specified herein and IS:
4926.

(b) The quality of admixtures like water-reducing agent, retarders,

superplasticisers-cum retarders etc. should meet the requirement of Clause 6:
Materials for Structures of these Specifications and its suitability tested as per IS:9103
at the time of finalizing the mix design.

1.9.4 Steel Reinforcement

All the materials for steel reinforcement shall confirm to the relevant IS codes.

1.9.5 Backfill Material and Approach Slab:

(a) Backfill Behind Abutment, Wing Walls, Retaining Wall and Return Walls:

Behind abutments, wing walls and return walls/Retaining wall, boulder filling and
backfill material shall be provided as per Code of Practice for the Design of Sub-
structures and Foundations of Bridges. Boulder filling shall consist of well hand
packed boulders & cobbles to thickness not less than 600 mm with smaller size
towards the back. Behind the boulder filling, backfill material shall consist of granular
materials of GW,GP,SW groups as per IS:1498-1970.

(b) Approach Slabs:

In order to reduce impact effect and to obtain improved running, properly designed
approach slab may be provided on both the approaches of non-ballasted deck bridges
having spans12.2 m or more. One end of the approach slab may be supported on the
abutment and other end on formation. Length of the approach slab shall be minimum
4 meters.

1.10 Pre-stressing

1.10.1 Prestressing concrete shall be carried out as per IS 1343 and IS14268.

1.10.2 Record Keeping

In order to ensure proper manufacture and quality of the pre-stressed concrete

members, a system of records as mentioned below shall be maintained by the

389
Contractor besides such records as may be directed by the Engineer during the
progress of the work. Two copies of such record shall be made and one copy duly
signed by the Contractor and the site Representative of the Engineer shall be
submitted to the Engineer.

(a) Each pre-stressed member shall be identified by bed and date of cast and
an identification number which shall refer to design calculation, drawing, tensioning
records, concreting records, cube strength records. Maintaining of these records shall
be the responsibility of the Contractor.

(b) Certified test report of the materials such as pre-stressing steel, anchorages,
sheathings, admixtures, expansion joints, aggregates, etc. brought by the Contractor
and used in the structure. These reports shall show that the materials conform to the
relevant specifications. Keeping record of all these test reports including those of
cement and reinforcing steel, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

(c) An accurate record of tensioning and grouting operations for each and every cable
shall be kept. These shall include but not be limited to the following:

(i) Date of tensioning/grouting.

(ii) Cast bed identification.

(iii) Description, identification and number of the girder.

(iv) Manufacture, size and class of tendon.

(v) Identification of all the tensioning equipment.

(vi) Identification and number of the cable/duct being tensioned/grouted.

(vii) Cube strength on the date of tensioning.

(viii) Design elongation and gauge pressure for the particular cable under tension.

(ix) Chart indicating actual gauge pressure and corresponding measured elongation
at each end and at each stage of tensioning with graph showing actual gauge pressure
vs measured elongation and correction value of elongation for initial tension before
marking.

(x) Slip of anchorages at each end.

(xi) The actual net elongation and shortfall or otherwise from the design value for
each cable.

(xii) All data on the date of grouting e.g. time of start and completion, initial and final
pressure of grout injection, total cement consumption, etc.

390
(xiii) Any un-natural occurrences encountered during tensioning or grouting; such
as failure of equipment, snapping of tendons, excessive slippage, blockage of ducts
resulting in heavy shortfall in elongation or excessive increase in pressure of grout
injection, or any other problem that may have direct or indirect influence on the
net stress or effective grouting.

(d) Records of concreting operations and tests shall be kept so that the following
data be recorded for each member or each group of members cast on one bed.

(i) Date, time and duration of concreting.

(ii) Identification of casting bed and member.

(iii) Design Mix proportion.

(iv) Adjustments in water content in the mix due to bulkage of sand or absorbed
water in coarse aggregate.

(v) Identification and numbering of work strength testing cubes.

(vi) Various field tests conducted at site like workability test, determination of
water content in sand and coarse aggregate, etc.

(vii) Weather condition, ambient temperature, concrete temperature.

(viii) Method and duration of curing.

(ix) Strength of cubes at 7 days, 28 days and on the date of pre- stressing.

(x) Failure of equipment and interruption in continuous concreting.

(xi) Total cement consumption.

(xii) Any un-natural occurrence that may have direct or indirect effect on the
overall quality of the work.

(e) All equipment used in the work shall be calibrated. The record for calibration
done shall show the following:-

(i) Date of calibration.

(ii) Agency and laboratory performing the calibration.

(iii) Method of calibration.

(iv) A curve showing full range calibration with gauge

readings plotted against actual load.

391
1.11 Architectural and Building Works

1.11.1 General Requirements

The general requirements for the Building Works shall be but not limited to the
following:

(a) Building layout plan and detailed design with adequate ventilation.

(b) Site clearance & levelling shall be as per requirement.

(c) Excavation (in soil / soft rock / hard rock) for foundations, pipes, drains,
cables and backfilling and disposal of surplus earth shall be carried out as per
requirement.

(d) Filling in plinth and under floors shall be provided as per requirement.

(e) Anti-termite treatment (pre-construction) shall be provided as per

requirement.

(f) Foundation work including Damp Proof Course.

(g) All masonry work shall be with cement-sand mortar.

(h) Reinforced cement concrete shall be of design mix as required.

(i) Doors, windows & ventilators frames shall be of required quality.

(j) All doors shall have flush door shutters.

(k) All the windows shall have pelmets with curtain rods or vanishing
blinds / strips, as required and all the doors shall have curtain rods with pelmets.

(l) All the external doors, windows & ventilators shall have wire gauge
shutters and shall also be provided with RCC sun-shade.

(m) Wood work in contact with masonry shall have preservative / anti termite
treatment.

(n) All windows and ventilators shall have glass pan shutters and MS safety grill.

(o) Windows shall be designed such that the air-conditioners and/or desert
coolers can be fixed.

(p) All steel works shall be painted with synthetic enamel paint.

(q) All the residential buildings shall be provided with fixed type storage
cupboards as required.

392
(r) All the office buildings shall be provided with partitions as / if required.

(s) All wood work shall be painted with synthetic enamel paint or sprit polished
as required.

(t) Roofing, basements / underground structures (if required) shall have

appropriate water proofing treatment.

(u) All the RCC Roofs shall be accessible through lockable staircase and shall have
parapet wall of height not less than 1 meter.

(v) All the staircases shall be as per the requirements of National Building Code.

(w) Landscaping shall be provided as per requirement.

(x) Washrooms / toilets shall be provided with;

i) white vitrified ceramic sanitary fittings
ii) looking glass of standard size
iii) exhaust fans
iv) all other fittings and fixtures as required

(y) All the kitchens / pantry rooms shall be provided with kitchen shelves with
top, fixed type storage cupboards and exhaust fans.

(z) Rainwater harvesting scheme shall be essential for construction of offices,

service buildings, hospitals, station buildings (including remodelling etc.), Railway
quarters, workshop/sheds, yard remodelling as per the latest Railway Board
guidelines and best industry practices.

(aa) Kitchen sinks in residential buildings / pantry rooms shall be of stainless steel
with drain board and size not less than 460x915mm with bowl depth 178mm.

(bb) Storage Geysers (wherever required) shall be of capacity not less than 15
liters.

(cc) Ceiling fans shall be of size not less than 1200mm.

(dd) Fire detection & alarm system including fire points shall be provided as per
requirement.

(ee) All the individual residential quarters shall be provided with:

i) Independent overhead water storage tank of capacity as indicated in the

requirement. Overhead water storage tanks shall be kept at the roof top.

ii) Water supply lines directly from the source as well as from overhead water
storage tank.

(ff) Flooring should be with Vitrified tiles.Any other requirements as considered

393
necessary by the Engineer from safety and operational considerations.

(gg) The work shall be carried out as per CPWD Specifications – 2009 as published
by Director General of Works, Central Public Works Department, Government of
India.

1.12 Fixing RCC Land Boundary Pillars along Railway Boundary:

All the land along the track and at Stations shall be provided with pre- cast RCC Land
Boundary pillars. Land Boundary pillars shall be engraved with the letters as
advised by the Authority’s Engineer. The Land Boundary pillars shall be fixed as per
the drawings in such a way that 750mm of the total pillar height shall be exposed
above the existing ground level. The exposed portion of the pillars shall also be duly
painted.

1.13 Track Works

1.13.1 Design Standards

(a) All equipment, materials and components shall conform to the

specifications and international standards as applicable. The quality control
and testing records related to manufacturing of each component shall be submitted
to the Engineer for review.

(b) The track layout shall be based on the provisions contained in

Indian Railways Permanent Way Manual, Track Manual & relevant IRS specifications
with latest amendments/corrections.

(c) Where the design features differ from these specifications, such
deviations are to be fully justified to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

(d) The final designs of the track layouts, including horizontal and vertical
alignment, station yard layout, LWR/CWR plans, etc. shall be reviewed by the
Authority’s Engineer and Authority before execution of track works.

(e) For Interlocking of switches, earthing and bonding of electrical

circuit arrangements in the track, the Contractor shall maintain necessary interface
with the other agencies (if any).

1.13.2 Track structure Requirements

(a) Rails complying Indian Railway Specification for flat bottom rails i.e. IRS-T-
12-2009 shall be used.

The rails in the Main Line tracks shall be Continuous Welded Rails (CWR) laid on
mono- block pre-stressed concrete sleepers at nominal 600mm spacing (1660/km).

(b) PSC sleepers confirming to RDSO T2496 shall be used.

394
(c) Ballast confirming to Specifications of IRS GE1 2004 with latest correction
slips is to be used.

(d) Turnouts will be 1 in 12 and 1:8 ½ (curved) with cast manganese crossings
and PSC sleeper layout. Check rails shall be installed parallel to the running rails on
curves with a radius < 220m.

(e) Insulated Liners: In general, Metal Liners shall be provided. However,

provision of Insulated Liners may be required in track circuited area.

1.13.3 Switch Expansion Joints (SEJs):

Generally the rails shall be laid as long/continuous welded rails (LWR/CWR).

However the Switch Expansion Joints (SEJs) shall be provided and laid in accordance
with the International codes and practices and shall be subject to review of
Authority’s Engineer. Switch Expansion Joints (SEJs) shall be manufactured from rail
compatible with the rail proposed for the CWR.

The indicative design of the SEJ is given in RDSO Drg. No. RT-6902 for 60 Kg (80mm)
or RT-6922 for 60 Kg (65mm) & RDSO’s Specifications along with corresponding PSC
sleepers & fittings thereof as per drawing no. RDSO / T-8224.

The Contractor may propose a equivalent or superior alternative for approval by the
Engineer/Authority. In such a case, the Contractor shall submit complete design
details along with design criteria & acceptances tests to the Engineer for his prior
review before procuring the same. The Engineer shall seek the approval from
Authority before communicating the review to the Contractor.

SEJs shall be manufactured and supplied with all PSC sleepers, fittings, fastenings and
fixtures as required for easy installation into the track.

1.13.4 Turnouts:

(a) Turnout Design:

(i) The Contractor shall be responsible for the detailed design, manufacturing and
assembling of the turnouts and shall submit his proposals to the Engineer / Authority
for Approval. The Contractor shall procure the turnouts from RDSO approved
Manufacturers/Supplier.

(ii) The design shall be compatible with 1:12 and 1:8.5 turnouts which
incorporate curved thick web switches. The turnouts shall be designed to withstand
rail induced forces from the CWR. Anti- creep devices shall be installed on the
turnout rails as required. The following indicative RDSO drawings may be used as the
basis of the Contractor’s design:

[1] 1 in 12 Xing, PSC Sleepers

Layout T 4218
Switch Assembly T 4219

395
 CMS Xing T 4220
Thick Web Switch Layout T 6154
Thick Web Switch T 6155

[2] 1 in 8.5 Xing, PSC

Layout T 4865
Switch Assembly T 4966
CMS Xing T 4967
Thick Web Switch Layout T 6279
Thick Web Switch T 6280

(iii) Speed potential of the turnouts shall not be less than the values as per the design
of currently available turnouts (laid on PSC sleepers) on the Broad Gauge of Indian
Railways. These are as follows:

[1] 1:12 turnout with thick web tongue rail = 50 km/h.

[2] 1:8 ½ turnout with thick web tongue rail = 25 km/h.

(iv) Elastic Fastenings:

Fastenings for the turnouts shall be elastic type and compatible with the main line rail
to sleeper fastening system.

(v) Groove Rubber Sole Pads (GRSP):

The GRSPs shall be procured from the RDSO approved suppliers. The
Contractor may submit alternative design equivalent or superior to RDSO design
for review by the Engineer and approval by Authority.

(vi) Electrical Insulation:

Minimum ballast resistance per km of track should not be less than 2 ohms per
km in Station yard and 4 ohms per km in the block section in line with the
provisions of para 17.2.8 of Signal Engineering Manual Part II of Indian Railways.

Relevant specifications / standards shall be adopted subject to review of the Engineer

for electrical installations between inserts in pre-stressed concrete sleepers as well
as for insulated Glued Joints.

1.13.5 Track Work Installation:

(a) Planning for Construction, Methods and Procedures for

Track Work:

Mechanized method of track laying shall be used. This will involve “Laying or re-

396
laying of rail panels of 250/260 meters or more welded by mobile/stationary/flash
butt welding plant under control conditions in depots. Track linking to be done by
use of rail threader, track laying machines and use of tamping machines, dynamic
track stabilizers and shoulder ballast compactors for making track fit for traffic
movement.

The mechanized track laying shall include welding, de-stressing and fastening,
laying of concrete sleepers, ballasting including tamping & compaction (suitable
for operation of 25 tonne axle load at the maximum permissible speed of 160
KMPH for the main lines and connecting lines and 50KMPH for the lines other than
main lines & connecting lines), track boards & signages etc.

(b) Track Laying Tolerances shall be as per relevant Para of IRPWM.

1.14 Miscellaneous Works:

1.14.1 Bridge Bearings:

(a) Scope:

This work shall consist of furnishing and fixing bearings in position in accordance
with the details shown on the drawings, to the requirements of these specifications
and as reviewed by the Engineer.

(b) Elastomeric Bearings:

The manufacturers of the bearings shall be got reviewed from the Engineer. The
elastomer shall conform to the properties specified in Clause 4.3.1 of the IRICEN
publication titled "Bearings for Railway Bridges" and relevant IS codes.

1.14.2 Stone Pitching / Revetment on Slopes:

The work shall consist of covering the slopes of banks with stone, boulders, cement
concrete blocks over a layer of granular material called filter. Pitching shall be done
as per specifications “Indian Railways Unified Standard Specifications (works and
materials) Vol. I and II.

1.14.3 Boulder Aprons, Sausages:

This work shall consist of laying boulders on the bed of rivers for protection against
scour. The stones used in Apron shall be sound, hard, durable and fairly regular
in shape. Stone subject to marked deterioration by water or weather shall not be
used. The size of stone should conform to clause 5.3.7.2 of IRC: 89. The size of stone
shall be as large as possible. In no case any fragment shall weigh not less than 40
Kg.

397
1.14.4 Gabion Wall / Gabion Apron:

The Contractor shall be required to provide complete design including its

foundation and details engineering with working drawing in required numbers. This
shall be supported by certificate from the supplier of gabions that he has proven
experience in supplying and placing gabions for major railway/ highway
projects and providing technical backup using in house facilities.

Gabion Wire Mesh System being a specialised work, the Contractor shall ensure
expert supervision by specialist from the technology provider time to time.

The Gabion wall shall be designed with the given specification using proven system
design certified with ISO 9001/2 or equivalent as reviewed by the Engineer. The
designer may adopt system design for Gabion wall following any proprietary
patented technique.

1.14.5 Protective Screens on Road Over Bridges / Foot Over Bridges:

Each Road Over Bridge across IR tracks shall be provided with protective
screens all along the path / hand railing on both sides of the carriageway of the ROB
as per EN 50122 / Railway Board Guidelines. Protective screens shall be provided for
the protection against falling objects on the electrified conductor of Railways tracks
only. Height of the protective screens shall not be less than 1.8m from the footpath
level and shall cover the entire length of the spans of the ROB through which existing
tracks and running tracks of IR are passed through.
Protective screens shall be fabricated as per RDSO drawing no. RDSO/ETI / C
/ 0068. Steel for the protective screens shall conform to IS: 226 or IS; 2062-1984 (Gr.
A) and fabrication shall be in accordance with the latest version of IS: 1800-62.

1.14.6 Public Utility Diversion (if required):

The diversion work shall be carried out by the Contractor as per the standard
specifications of the concerned public utility company.

1.14.7 Pre-cast RCC Safety Wall between Circulating Areas of IR/

Habitation Area

The Contractor shall provide precast RCC safety wall of height not less than 1800mm
above ground level and as per the design and drawings prepared by the Contractor
and reviewed by the Engineer. The wall shall be provided on one side or on both
sides of the IR tracks at the identified locations to isolate from circulating areas of IR
/ habitation area for safety considerations.

The pre-cast RCC panels of the safety wall shall be fixed in the grooves of the pre-cast
RCC posts in such a way that the top of the wall shall be at the same level irrespective
of the existing ground profile and there is always a gap of 150mm above the existing
ground level for drainage purpose.

398
1.14.8 Bearings for Steel Bridges:

(a) Railway bridge bearings shall be designed to transfer a ll loa d s as defined in IRS
‘Bridge Rules’ and codes listed elsewhere in this specification.

(b) The bearings should be easy to install, easy to inspect and practically
maintenance free during the life of the bearing.

(c) The expected life of the bearing shall be 35 years. R.D.S.O. (Research Design
and Standard Organization) has issued guidelines on spherical bearings vide their no.
CBS/Bearing dt. 22.06.2011, which may be adopted for design and provision of the
bridge bearings. It is however, to be clearly understood that nearly complying the
provisions of guidelines/ codes will not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for
the soundness and performance of the bearings.

(d) In case of any ambiguity or clarification reference to following European

Standards be made:

(i) EN 1337 – 1:2000, Structural Bearing – Part I General Design Rule.

(ii) EN 1337-2 : 2004, Structural Bearing – Part 2 : Sliding Elements.

(ii) EN 1337-5: 1996, Structural Bearing – Part 5

(iii) EN 1337-7 : 2004 (E), Structural Bearing – Part 7: Spherical and Cylindrical
PTFE bearings

(iv) EN 1337-8, Guide bearings & Restraint bearings

1.15 Well Foundation:

The work shall consist of construction of well foundation in concrete by taking it

down to indicated levels by open dredging of soil and other materials or by pneumatic
sinking, pressure sinking technique and by plugging the bottom and top of well
and filling the inside in accordance with details shown in drawings reviewed by
the Engineer.

The work of well foundations shall be designed and constructed as per IRS- Sub
structure and foundations code and IRS-Manual on design and construction of well
and pile foundations.

1.16 Structural Steel Works for Railway Bridges

1.16.1 General:

(a) The work shall include furnishing, fabricating, transporting, assembling, erecting
and painting of structural steel and other incidental metal construction for railway
bridges.

399
(b) Technical Drawings, to be submitted by the Contractor and reviewed by
the Engineer, shall show as appropriate the salient dimensions, design loads, sizes of
members, location of openings at various levels and other necessary information
required for the preparation of shop drawings, fabrication drawings and erection
details.

(c) General requirements relating to the supply of material shall conform to the
specifications of IS: 1387.

(d) Unless specified otherwise, high tensile steel rivet conforming to IS:1149 shall
be used for members of high tensile steel conforming to IS: 961 and shall
not be used for mild steel members. Unless specified otherwise, bolted connection
of structural joints using high tensile friction grip bolts shall comply with
requirements of IS: 4000. Cast iron shall not be used in any portion of the bridge
structure, except where it is subject to direct compression.

1.16.2 Applicable Codes of Practice:

The applicable specifications, standards and codes are as mentioned in this schedule.

1.16.3 Materials:

All the materials for Structural Steel Works shall confirm to the specifications as
specified in Chapter 2. Special requirements are given below:

(a) Structural Steel:

Structural steel conforming to IS: 2062 (2006) – Hot Rolled Low, Medium & High
Tensile Structural Steel- shall be used for all members of truss structure. The
Contractor may, at his discretion, propose the usage of High Tensile Strength Steel up
to Grade Fe490.

(b) Bolts and Nutss:

For splicing of any structural member wherever required HSFG bolts and nuts of
property class-8.8 conforming to IS: 3757 and IS: 6623 (1985) respectively shall be
used. Unless specified otherwise, the bolts shall be hexagonal.

All anchor bolts shall be of property class of 8.8 and nuts shall conform to IS: 1363
(1992), IS: 1364 (1992) and IS: 1367, as applicable, and unless specified otherwise,
shall be hexagonal. All nuts shall conform to property class compatible with the
property class of the bolt used.

(c) Washers:

For HSFG bolts, washer shall be conforming to IS: 6649 (1985). Plain washers shall be
conforming to IS: 5369 (1975), unless otherwise specified. One washer shall be

400
 supplied with each bolt and, in case of special types of bolts, more than one washer as
needed for the purpose shall be supplied. An additional double coil helical spring
washer, conforming to IS: 6755 (1980), shall be provided for bolts carrying
dynamic or fluctuating loads and those in direct tension.

(d) Stud Shear Connectors:

The stud shear connectors shall be high tensile steel and the testing procedure shall
be as per BS: 5400-6-1999. The headed studs for shear connection shall have
minimum properties:

(i) Ultimate strength fu= 495 MPa

(ii) Yield strength fy = 385 MPa
(iii) Elongation = 18

2. List of drawings/Plans

The tentative drawings of proposed Structures are attached as per Annexure given in
following table. All the Drawings of the proposed structures as shown in this list are
tentative indicative/reference drawings based on Preliminary Surveys by Railways.
Final Surveys are to be conducted by the Contractor, Detailed Design and Drawings
to be prepared and got approved by Railways before execution as per design
procedure described in relevant clauses of this document.

List of drawings/Plans
S.No. Description Annexure no.
1 Index plan Annexure-QI
2 Index section Annexure-QII
L-Section
3 Km. -2.200 to 3.000 Annexure-QIII
4 Km. 3.000 to 7.000 Annexure-QIV
5 Km. 7.000 to 12.000 Annexure-QV
6 Km. 12.000 to 17.000 Annexure-QVI
7 Km. 17.000 to 22.000 Annexure-QVII
8 Km. 22.000 to 28.311216 Annexure-QVIII
ESP’s
9 ESP of Chandi Mandir Annexure-QIX
10 ESP of Nanakpur Annexure-QX
11 ESP of Baddi Annexure-QXI
Major Bridges
Major Bridge No. 10 over Local Annexure-QXII
12
Nalla
Bridge No. 14 over Maranwalla Annexure-QXIII
13
River
14 Bridge No. 24 over Ballad River Annexure-QXIV

401
15 GAD of Major Bridge No. 332 Annexure-QXV
GAD of Minor bridges
16 GAD of Minor Bridge No. 331 Annexure- QXXIV
17 GAD of Minor Bridge No. 335 Annexure- QXXV
18 GAD of Minor Bridge No. 336 Annexure- QXXVI
19 GAD of Minor Bridge No. 337 Annexure- QXXVII
GAD of Minor Bridge No. Annexure- QXXVIII
20
4,5,6,7,8,16,17,18,19,20,21 & 23.
Viaducts
GAD of Viaduct From Ch. 1125 to Annexure- QXXIX
21
4500 Sheet No. 1 of 4
GAD of Viaduct From Ch. 1125 to Annexure- QXXX
22
4500 Sheet No. 2 of 4
GAD of Viaduct From Ch. 1125 to Annexure- QXXXI
23
4500 Sheet No. 3 of 4
GAD of Viaduct From Ch. 1125 to Annexure- QXXXII
24
4500 Sheet No. 4 of 4
GAD of Viaduct From Ch. 4950 to Annexure- QXXXIII
25
5375 Sheet No. 1 of 1
GAD of Viaduct From Ch. 7425 to Annexure- QXXXIV
26
11275 Sheet No. 1 of 4
GAD of Viaduct From Ch. 7425 to Annexure- QXXXV
27
11275 Sheet No. 2 of 4
GAD of Viaduct From Ch. 7425 to Annexure- QXXXVI
28
11275 Sheet No. 3 of 4
GAD of Viaduct From Ch. 7425 to Annexure- QXXXVII
29
11275 Sheet No. 4 of 4
GAD of Viaduct From Ch. 13150 Annexure-QXXXVIII
30
to 14025 Sheet No. 1 of 1
GAD of Viaduct From Ch. 14520 Annexure- QXXXIX
31
to 15050 Sheet No. 1 of 1
GAD of Viaduct From Ch. 15725 Annexure- QXL
32
to 17300 Sheet No. 1 of 2
GAD of Viaduct From Ch. 15725 Annexure- QXLI
33
to 17300 Sheet No. 2 of 2
GAD of Viaduct From Ch. 19250 Annexure- QXLII
34
to 20175 Sheet No. 1 of 1
RUB
GAD of RUB’s of nos. 1, 12, 13, 15 Annexure- QXLIII
35
& 22.
36 GAD of RUB no. 11 Annexure- QXLIV
Station Buildings
37 GAD of Nanakpur Annexure- QXLVII
Circulating Area

402
38 Circulating area at Nanakpur Annexure- QXLIX
Subway
39 Subway at Nanakpur Annexure- QLI
Extension of L-Xing’s
Extension of L-Xing no. 135-B Annexure- QLII
40
km 249.379
Extension of L-Xing no. 136-C Annexure- QLIII
41
km 248.376
Standard Plans (Uploaded on Google Drive)
Composite Girder (“25t Loading 2008” 24.4m Span
42
Composite Welded Girder (upto 4o curve))
General Arrangement Annexure- QLIV
a
(RDSO/B-11751/R2)
Details of splice joint and stud Annexure- QLV
b shear connector. (RDSO/B-
11751/1R2)
Details of X-Frame and End Annexure- QLVI
c Diaphragm
(RDSO/B-11751/2R2)
Details of bearings Annexure- QLVII
d
(RDSO/B-11751/3R2)
Assembly drawing and part & Annexure- QLVIII
e shipping list. (RDSO/B-
11751/4R3)
Camber diagram & welding Annexure- QLIX
f sequence.
(RDSO/B-11751/5R2)
DETAILS OF DECK SLAB (M-30) Annexure- QLX
g
(RDSO/B-11751/8)
Composite Girder (18.3m 25t loading welded (upto 4o
43
curve))
General Arrangement Annexure- QLXI
a
(RDSO/B-11753/R2)
Details of splice joint & stud Annexure- QLXII
b shear connector. (RDSO/B-
11753/1R2)
Details of X-Frame and End Annexure- QLXIII
c Diaphragm
(RDSO/B-11753/2R2)
Details of bearings Annexure- QLXIV
d
(RDSO/B-11753/3R2)
Assembly drawing and part & Annexure- QLXV
e shipping list. (RDSO/B-
11753/4R2)
Camber diagram & welding Annexure- QLXVI
f sequence.
(RDSO/B-11753/5R2)

403
 Details Of Deck Slab (RDSO/B- Annexure- QLXVII
g
11753/6/R1)
Composite Girder (12.2m 25t loading welded type (Up to 4o
44
curve))
General Arrangement Annexure- QLXVIII
a
(RDSO/B-11752/R1)
Details of splice joint & stud Annexure- QLXIX
b shear connector. (RDSO/B-
11752/1R1)
Details of X-Frame and End Annexure- QLXX
c Diaphragm
(RDSO/B-11752/2R1)
Details of bearings Annexure- QLXXI
d
(RDSO/B-11752/3R1)
Assembly drawing and part & Annexure- QLXXII
e shipping list. (RDSO/B-
11752/4R1)
Details Of Deck Slab (RDSO/B- Annexure- QLXXIII
f
11752/5)
Camber diagram & welding Annexure- QLXXIV
g sequence.
(RDSO/B-11752/6R1)
45 PSC Slabs 12.2m 25t loading Post-Tensioned U slab in M60
General Arrangement (RDSO/B- Annexure- QLXXV
a
10281)
CABLE DETAILS (RDSO/B- Annexure- QLXXVI
b
10281/1)
REINFORCEMENT DETAILS Annexure- QLXXVII
c
(RDSO/B-10281/2)
CBS/DPS Dated 06.10.2017 Annexure- QLXXVIII
d
(Issue Letter)
Design Calculations. (DESIGN Annexure- QLXXIX
e
CALCULATIONS.)
46 Open web girder 45.7m 25t loading (welded through type)
General arrangement (RDSO/B- Annexure- QLXXX
a
17181-R)
b Stress sheet (RDSO/B-17181-1) Annexure- QLXXXI
Camber diagram (RDSO/B- Annexure- QLXXXII
c
17181-2)
Details of bearings (RDSO/B- Annexure- QLXXXIII
d
17181-3)
Details of bottom chords Annexure- QLXXXIV
e
(RDSO/B-17181-4-R)
Details of top chords (RDSO/B- Annexure- QLXXXV
f
17181-5-R)
Details of end raker & portal Annexure- QLXXXVI
g
bracings (RDSO/B-17181-6-R)

404
 Details of verticals (RDSO/B- Annexure- QLXXXVII
h
17181-7)
details of diagonals (RDSO/B- Annexure- QLXXXVIII
i
17181-8-R)
Details of bottom chord joints Annexure- QLXXXIX
j
(RDSO/B-17181-9)
details of bottom chord joints Annexure- QXC
k
(RDSO/B-17181-10)
Details of top chord joints Annexure- QXCI
l
(RDSO/B-17181-11)
Details of top chord joints Annexure- QXCII
m
(RDSO/B-17181-12)
Details of cross girder (RDSO/B- Annexure- QXCIII
n
17181-13)
Details of stringer (RDSO/B- Annexure- QXCIV
o
17181-14)
Details of sway bracing Annexure- QXCV
p
(RDSO/B-17181-15)
Details of bottom lateral bracing Annexure- QXCVI
q
(RDSO/B-17181-16)
Details of top lateral bracing Annexure- QXCVII
r
(RDSO/B-17181-17)
Ereaction drawing (RDSO/B- Annexure- QXCVIII
s
17181-18)
Shipping list (RDSO/B-17181- Annexure- QXCIX
t
19)
Typical arrangement for Annexure- QC
47
pathway for o.w.g. (CBS-0045)
PSC Slabs 6.1m 25t loading Annexure- QCI
48 2units pretensioned concrete
slab (BA-10257)
49 PSC Slabs 12.2m 25t loading Post-Tensioned U slab in M60
GENERAL ARRAGEMENT Annexure- QCII
a
(RDSO/B-10281)
CABLE DETAILS (RDSO/B- Annexure- QCIII
b
10281/1)
REINFORCEMENT DETAILS Annexure- QCIV
c
(RDSO/B-10281/2)
CBS/DPS Dated 06.10.2017 Annexure- QCV
d
(Issue Letter)
Design Calculations. (Design Annexure- QCVI
e
Calculations.)
NSG 6 Station Building Type Annexure- QCVII
50 Plan (Type Plan No. O-101-
2021)
GAD of S&T Service Building Annexure- QCVIII
51
(Type Plan No. O-99/2021)
52 Type Plan Wing/Return Wall Annexure- QCIX

405
 (Suitable for Seismic Zone –IV)
(NRHQ(P) Plan No. P-273-
MS/2021)
Prefab R.C.C Fencing for Annexure- QCX
53 Passenger Platforms (NRHQ (P)
Plan No.- P-208-MS/2014)
Precast R.C.C Passenger Wall Annexure- QCXI
54 (NRHQ (P) Plan No.- P-209-
MS/2014)
Typical Detail of Passenger Annexure- QCXII
55 Platform Floor (NRHQ (P) Plan
No.- P-217-MS/2015)
Foundation Detail of O.H.E Mast Annexure- QCXIII
56 (NRHQ (P) Plan No.- P-218-
MS/2015)
Type Plan of Gradient Posts (For Annexure- QCXIV
57 Use on New Constructions) (N.R.
Type Plan No. F-35/R2/R3)
R.C.C Kilometre Post (For Use on Annexure- QCXV
58 New Constructions) (N.R. Type
Plan No. F-46/R1/R2)
Type Plan of Station Name Board Annexure- QCXVI
59
(N.R. Type Plan No. P-40)
Type Plan of Small & Low Height Annexure- QCXVII
Shelter for Passenger Platform
60
(Capacity: 20 Persons) (N.R.
Type Plan No. P-41)
Standard Plan Septic Tanks Annexure- QCXVIII
61
(Type Plan No. W-26/R1)
Standard Plan Water Booth on Annexure- QCXIX
62 Platforms (N.R. Type Plan No. W-
43) Sheet 01 of 03
Standard Plan Water Booth on Annexure- QCXX
63 Platforms (N.R. Type Plan No. W-
43) Sheet 02 of 03
Standard Plan Water Booth on Annexure- QCXXI
64 Platforms (N.R. Type Plan No. W-
43) Sheet 03 of 03
Guidance Plan for Numbering of Annexure- QCXXII
Drinking Water Booths and Taps
65
on Platforms (N.R. Type Plan No.
0.95)
Staff Quarter Type-II (Type Plan Annexure- QCXXIII
66
No. Q-149/2017)
Staff Quarter Type-III (Type Plan Annexure- QCXXIV(a)
67 No. Q-150/2019) Annexure- QCXXIV(b)
Staff Quarter Type-IV (Type Plan Annexure- QCXXIV(c)
68
No.) Annexure- QCXXIV(d)

406
 Type Plan Level Crossing Annexure- QCXXVI
69
Special, A, B & C Class (Manned)
Additional Drawings
70 Drainage Plan & Section Annexure- QCXXVII
SIPs
71 SIP of Chandi Mandir Annexure- QCXXVIII
72 SIP of Nanakpur Annexure-QCXXIX
73 SIP of Baddi Annexure-QCXXX
RUB under Viaduct
74 RUB under Viaduct (Ch. 9422) Annexure-QCXXXI
RUB under Viaduct (Ch. Annexure-QCXXXII
75
11026.812)

407
 Enclosure to Schedule-Q

List of Drawings for Electrical Works

(A) List of standard Drawings for Electrical Engineering (Traction)

S. Drawing Mod.
Brief Description
No. Series Number No.
1 2 3 4 5
Extra allowance for
setting of structures
1 ETI/OHE/G 00111 Sh-1 C
on curves (1676
mm Broad gauge)
Standard setting of
structures in the
2 -do- 00112 D
vicinity of signals
(broad gauge)
Typical design of
3 side bearing -do- 00131 -
foundation.
Typical design of
4 RE/33/G 00141 Sh.3 -
cantilever mast.
Standard drilling
schedule of OHE
5 ETI/OHE/G 00144 Sh.3 C
masts 9.5 m long
RSJ and BFB

408
 Span and stagger
chart for
(conventional OHE,
6 Cad. Cu catenary & ETI/OHE/G 202 -
Cu cont. wire) wind
pressure 75,112.5 &
150kgf/m².
Employment
schedule for
Cantilever mast
Regulated OHE
without return
7 ETI/OHE/G 00153 Sh.1 F
conductor and
without Earth wire
(WP- 112.5 kgf/m²
(Cd- 65/Cu, Cont.
107/Cu)
Employment
schedule for
Cantilever mast
Regulated OHE
without return
8 ETI/OHE/G 00153 Sh.2 F
conductor and with
Earth wire (WP-
112.5 kgf/m² (Cd-
65/Cu, Cont.
107/Cu)
Employment
schedule for
Cantilever masts
Regulated OHE with
9 return conductor -do- 00153 Sh.3 F
and without Earth
wire (WP- 112.5
kgf/m² (Cd- 65/Cu
Cont. 107/Cu)
Employment
schedule for
Cantilever masts
Regulated OHE with
10 return conductor -do- 00153 Sh.4 E
and with Earth wire
(WP- 112.5 kgf/m²
(Cd- 65/Cu, Cont.
107/Cu)

409
 Employment
schedule for
Cantilever masts
unregulated OHE
without return
conductor and
11 -do- 00154 D
without Earth wire
(WP- 112.5 kgf/m²
at 35°C and
28kgf/m² at 4°C
(Cat- 65/Cu, Cont.
107/Cu)
Employment
schedule of bracket
tubes Conventional
OHE (Cad Cu Caty & 00158 sh.1
12 ETI/OHE/G -
Cu contact wire of 3
1000 kgf tension
each) WP-75 Kgf/
m²
Employment
schedule of bracket
tubes Regulated
Conventional OHE 00158 sh.2
13 ETI/OHE/G -
(Cad. Cu Cat & Cu of 3
contact wire 1000
kgf tension in each)
WP-112.5 Kgf/ m²
Employment
schedule of bracket
tubes Regulated
Conventional OHE 00158 sh.3
14 ETI/OHE/G -
(Cad Cu Caty & Cu of 3
contact wire 1000
kgf tension in each)
WP- 150 Kgf/ m²
Dropper schedule
15 for uninsulated -do 169 A
Overlap spans
Dropper schedule
16 for insulated -do 170 A
Overlap spans
Dropper schedule
for conventional
17 regulated OHE. With -do 177 A
Zero presag
(1400/1400)

410
 Adjustment chart of
Regulating
18 -do 195 A
equipment 3 Pulley
Type (3:1 ratio)
Schematic
19 arrangement of -do 2101 A
regulated OHE
Schematic
arrangement of
20 uninsulated overlap -do 02121 Sh.4 A
(3 & 4 span
overlaps)
Schematic
21 arrangement of ETI/OHE/G 02131 Sh.3 A
insulated overlap
Standard
termination of
tramway type OHE
(Regulated) with
22 ETI/OHE/G 4212 B
Pulley type
regulating
equipment (3:1
ratio).
General distribution
23 ETI/OHE/G 161 -
of droppers
Outline of
Pantograph (Broad
24 RE/33/G 181 A
gauge and metre
gauge).
General formation
of single track in
25 Embankments and RE/33/G 01101 Sh.1 A
cutting (Broad
gauge.)
General formation
of double track in
26 embankments and -do- 01102 Sh.1 A
cutting (Broad
gauge).
General formation
27 of multiple tracks -do- 01103 Sh.1 A
(1676 mm gauge).
Standard anchor
28 -do- 01401 E
arrangement
Anchor
29 arrangement with ETI/OHE/G 1402 B
dwarf mast.
Schedule of anchor
30 -do- 01403 Sh.1 E
block for B.G. track.

411
 Schedule of anchor
31 -do- 01403 Sh.2 D
block for B.G. track.
Schedule of anchor
32 block for B.G. track -do- 01403 Sh.3 D
(Black cotton soil)
Standard guide tube
33 arrangement on a ETI/OHE/G 1505 -
mast and structures.
Trapezoidal counter
34 weight arrangement ETI/OHE/G 1502 -
on OHE structures.
Arrangement of 3KV
& 25 KV Pedestal
35 Insulator supports -do- 01601 -
on OHE masts and
portals.
Standard
arrangements for
36 mounting of ETI/OHE/G 1701 A
number plate on
OHE Structures.
Schematic
arrangement of
37 -do- 02101 A
regulated overhead
equipment.
Typical
arrangements of
38 OHE on cantilever -do- 02102 -
masts for double
track section.
Typical
arrangement for
fixing of bracket
39 assembly on 9.5 m -do 02102 Sh.3 -
mast and Structure
to suit raising of
tracks (in future).
Mast on platforms
40 RE/33/G 02104 Sh.2 A
(Metre Gauge)
Details of bracket
arrangement on
41 ETI/OHE/G 02106 Sh.1 A
tangent and curved
tracks.
Details of bracket
42 arrangement for -do- 02106 Sh.3 C
OHE

412
 Single bracket
assembly on
43 RE/33/G 2107 D
Structures and
dropped arms.
Box type cantilever
44 ETI/OHE/G 2108 A
Arrangement.

Arrangement at
45 TI/DRG/OHE/GENL/RDSO/ 00001/12/0 0
anticreep.

Standard cantilever
arrangement for
46 ETI/OHE/G 2113 -
boom anchor
anticreep location.
Schematic
arrangement of
47 uninsulated over RE/33/G 02121 Sh.1 F
Lap (type-I) (3 & 4
Span overlaps)
Schematic
48 arrangement of ETI/OHE/G 02131 Sh.1
insulated overlap.
General
arrangement of
49 regulated OHE at ETI/OHE/G 2141 C
turn-outs (overlap
& crossed type).
General
arrangement of
50 regulated OHE at -do 2151 -
cross over(overlap
& crossed type).
Arrangement of
51 -do- 02161 Sh.1 C
neutral section
Arrangement of
neutral section
52 -do 2162 -
assembly (PTFE
Type) at SWS.
Arrangement of
53 short neutral -do 02161 Sh.2 -
section.
Schematic
arrangement of
54 unregulated -do 3101 -
overhead
equipment.
Standard
termination of OHE 03121 Pt 1
55 ETI/OHE/G E
(Regulated & un- of 3
regulated).

413
 03121 Pt 2
56 -do- -do E
of 3
03121 Pt 3
57 -do- -do E
of 3
General
arrangement of
58 Unregulated OHE at -do 3151 -
turnouts (crossed &
overlap type).
General
arrangement of
unregulated OHE at
59 crossovers and -do 03152 Sh.1 -
diamond crossings
(overlap and
crossed type).
General
arrangement of
60 -do 03152 Sh.2 -
unregulated OHE at
diamond crossing.
General
61 arrangement of pull -do- 03301 A
off
General
62 arrangement of -do 3201 -
Head span
In span jumper
connection between
63 -do- 05101 -
catenary & contact
wire.
Continuity jumper
connection at un-
64 insulated overlap -do 5102 C
turnouts and cross
overs
65 Anti- theft jumper -do 5107 A
Connections at
66 -do 5103 B
turnouts
Potential equalizer
connection at
67 -do- 05104 -
insulated overlap
and neutral section
Connections at
68 -do- 05106 A
diamond crossing.
General
arrangement of
69 connections to OHE -do 05121 Sh.1 C
by copper cross
feeder (150).
414
 General
arrangement of
connections at
70 switching station on ETI/OHE/G 05122 Sh.1 C
double track section
by copper cross
feeder
General
arrangement of
connections at
71 switching station on -do- 05123 Sh.1 C
multiple track
section by copper
cross feeder
Suspension of 25kV
72 feeder(Spider)on ETI/OHE/G 5143 B
25KV OHE masts
Termination of
feeder, return
73 conductor & return ETI/OHE/G 05145-1 A
feeder(copper &
aluminum).
Arrangement of
suspension of
double spider 25 KV
74 feeder and return RE/33/G 5152 C
feeder between sub-
station and feeding
station
Assembly of section
75 RE/33/G 5181 C
insulators
General
arrangement of
76 ETI/OHE/G 5201 A
earth wire on OHE
mast
General
arrangement of
77 ETI/OHE/G 05201-1 -
earth wire on OHE
mast
Arrangement of
78 ETI/OHE/G 5251 A
transverse bonds
Connection of
79 return conductor to -do- 05306 F
track
Suspension
arrangement of
80 -do- 05307 B
aluminum return
conductor (spider)

415
 on traction
Structures

Suspension of
return conductor
(spider) from boom
81 -do- 05312 A
of Structures (with
clevis type disc
insulators)
Connections
between OHE and
82 aluminum return ETI/OHE/G 5413 B
conductor at
booster stations
Mounting of 25kv
Isolators on OHE
83 ETI/OHE/G 05513 Sh.1 A
Structures (General
arrangement)
Details of small part
steel work for
84 supporting 25kv -do- 05513 Sh.2 A
Isolator on new
T.T.C. boom
Connection from
85 -do- 05516 A
Isolator to OHE
Characteristics of
conductors/ bus-
86 -do- 05600 A
bar for 25kv AC
traction
Mounting
arrangement of
87 Auxiliary ETI/OHE/G 5522 -
Transformer on
OHE masts
Employment
Schedule for
Cantilever Mast
regulated OHE
without return
88 ETI/C 0702 (Sh.1) B
conductor &
without earthwire
(WP- 75 kgf/ m².)
(Cat. 65/Cu & Cont.
107/Cu)

416
 Employment
Schedule for
Cantilever Mast
regulated OHE with
earth wire but
89 -do- 0702 (Sh.2) B
without return
conductor (WP- 75
kgf/ m²) (Caty.
65/Cu & Cont.
107/Cu)
Employment
Schedule for
Cantilever Mast
regulated OHE with
90 return conductor -do- 0702 (Sh.3) B
but without earth
wire (WP- 75 kgf/
m²) (Caty. 65/Cu &
Cont. 107/Cu)
Employment
Schedule for
Cantilever Mast
regulated OHE with
91 return conductor -do- 0702 (Sh.4) B
with earth wire
(WP- 75 kgf/ m²)
(Caty. 65/Cu & Cont.
107/Cu)
Employment
Schedule for
Tramway type
92 -do- 704 B
regulated OHE RC &
EW (WP- 75
kgf/m²)
Employment
Schedule for 8”x
8”x35 lbs BFB (9.5
93 -do- 0708 B
M. long)(WP-112.5
kgf/m² Caty. 65/Cu
& Cont. 107/Cu.
Employment
Schedule for OHE
mast (9.5m) overlap
central location
94 -do- 0709 A
with 3.0 m
implantation WP-75
kgf/m² Caty. 65/Cu
& Cont. 107/Cu.

417
 Employment
schedule for OHE
mast (9.5M) overlap
central with 3.0 M
95 ETI/C 710 A
implantation WP-
112.5 kgf/m² (Caty
65/cu and
Cont.107/Cu)
Employment
Schedule for OHE
mast (9.5m) overlap
inter with 3.0 m
96 -do- 0711 A
implantation. WP-
75 kgf/m² Caty.
65/Cu & Cont.
107/Cu.
Employment
schedule for OHE
mast (9.5M) overlap
inter with 3.0 M
97 -do- 0712 A
implantations. WP-
112.5kgf/m²
Caty.65/Cu and
cont.107/Cu
Employment
Schedule for 9.5 m
200x200x49.9 kg
98 -do- 0713 B
mast WP-75 kgf/m²
(Caty. 65/Cu & Cont.
107/Cu.)
Employment
schedule for 9.5 m
long 200x200x49.9
99 kg mast WP-112.5 -do- 0714 B
Kgf/ m² (Caty.
65/Cu and
Cont.107/Cu)
Employment
Schedule for OHE
mast (9.5m) WP-75
kgf/ m² overlap
100 -do- 0715 A
Anchor location
with 3.0 m
implantation
(Copper OHE)

418
 Employment
schedule for OHE
mast (9.5M) WP
112.5 kgf/ m²
101 -do- 0716 A
overlap anchor
location with 3.0 M
implantations.
(Copper OHE)
Employment
Schedule for pre-
stressed span
concrete mast (PC
102 42) - 9.5 M long ETI/C 725 A
conventional OHE,
normal location
(WP-150),112.5
&75kgf/m²)
STD portals
103 (N,O,P,R,G & Double -do- 0064 -
BFB types)
Volume chart and
equivalent chart of
00001/04/0
104 foundations (Side TI/DRG/CIV/ FND/RDSO B
SH-1
bearing, Side gravity
and W.B.C.)
Volume chart and
equivalent chart of
00001/12/0
105 foundations (Side TI/CIV/FND/ RDSO A
SH-1
bearing, Side gravity
and W.B.C.)
Volume chart and
equivalent chart of 00001/04/0
106 TI/DRG/CIV/FND/RDSO/ B
foundations (NG SH-2
type)
Volume chart and
equivalent chart of 00001/12/0
107 TI/CIV/FND/RDSO A
foundations (NG SH-2
type)
Volume and
equivalent chart of
foundations for Dry
00001/04/0
108 black cotton soil TI/DRG/CIV/ FND/RDSO/ B
SH-3
(NBC type) (For
16500 & 11000kgf/
m²)
Volume and
equivalent chart of 00001/12/0
109 TI/CIV/FND/ RDSO A
foundations for Dry SH-3
black cotton soil

419
 (NBC type) (For
16500 & 11000kgf/
m²)

Volume chart and

equivalent chart of
00001/04/0
110 New pure gravity TI/DRG/CIV/FND/RDSO/ B
SH-4
foundations (500
mm exposed)
Volume chart and
equivalent chart of
00001/12/0
111 New pure gravity TI/CIV/FND/ RDSO A
SH-4
foundations (500
mm exposed)
Volume and
equivalent chart of
New foundations for
00001/04/0
112 Dry black cotton soil TI/DRG/CIV/ FND/RDSO/ B
SH-5
only (8000
kg/m²)(NBC type)
2.5 M depth
Volume and
equivalent chart of
foundations for Dry
00001/12/0
113 black cotton soil TI/CIV/FND/ RDSO A
SH-5
only (8000 kg/m²)
NBC type 2.5 m
depth
Volume and
equivalent chart of
114 foundations (For ETI/C 0058 Sh.6 B
8000 kg/m² Direct
load)
Special BFB portal
for 5 tracks
115 -do- 0026 Sh.1 C
(General
arrangement)
Protective screen of
foot-over bridge
116 -do- 0068 H
and road over-
bridge.
Chart for portal
117 -do- 0005/68
foundation
Muff for OHE
118 -do- 0007/68 E
structures
Structures muff for
119 sand cored -do- 0012/69 E
foundations

420
 9.5 m Standard
traction mast
120 -do- 0018-2 D
(fabricated `K’
series)
Remote Control
Cubicle at Stn,
121 Foundation, RCC -do- 0067 B
slab, Building plant
& Steel door
9.5 m long standard
traction mast
122 (fabricated with ETI/C 71 E
bottom plates `B’
series)
Details of OHE
foundation in soft
123
rock (Bearing ETI/C 59 C
(a)
capacity 45,000
Kgf/m²).
Details of OHE
foundation in Hard
123
rock (Bearing ETI/C 60 D
(b)
capacity 90,000
Kgf/m²).
Details of
124 foundation for -do- 0032 B
fencing upright
Employment
schedule for
125 switching and ETI/C 185 B
booster station
main masts
Drilling schedule for
126 ETI/C 30 F
S-1 mast
Drilling schedule for
127 -do- 0031 D
S-2 mast
Drilling schedule for
128 S-3 mast (length 11. -do- 0180 C
4 m)
Drilling schedule for
8” x 6” x 35 1bs. RSJ
129 mast 8.0 m long for -do- 0036 E
booster transformer
station Type S-4
Drilling schedule for
130 S-5 mast (11.4m -do- 0042 E
long)

421
 Drilling schedule for
131 S-6 mast (length -do- 0181 C
12.4m)
Drilling schedule for
132 S-7 mast (length -do- 0182 C
12.4m)
Drilling schedule for
133 S-8 mast (length -do- 0183 C
12.4m)
Drilling schedule for
134 S-9 mast (length -do- 0184 C
12.4m)
General
arrangement &
135 details of fencing -do- 0186 Sh.1 E
panels & gate for
switching station
Details of fencing
uprights and anti-
136 -do- 0186 Sh.2 E
climbing device for
switching station
S-100 fabricated
mast for mounting
LT supply
137 -do- 0043 B
transformer and
drop out fuse switch
at switching station
S-101 details of
mast for supporting
138 ETI/C 44 A
Isolator inside
switching station
Details of anchor
139 beam or SP, SSP, & -do- 0033 D
FP
Details of small part
140 steel for switching ETI/C 0034 Sh.1 K
station
Details of bracing
141 for switching & B.T. ETI/C 0034 Sh.2 B
masts
Details of small
parts steel of out
rigger for switching
142 ETI/C 37 C
stations and booster
transformer
stations
Details of small
143 ETI/C 40 E
parts steel for

422
 booster transformer
stations
Details of pre-cast
144 cable trench for -do- 0038 E
switching station
Standard 'R’ type
portal rod laced 0011/69
145 -do- C
general Sh.1
arrangement
'G’ type portal
146 special upright and -do- 0056 C
end piece
Short bored pile
foundation for
147 traction mast -do- 0062 B
(permissible BM &
volume)
Chart for portal
foundations in dry
black cotton soil
148 -do- 0063 B
safe bearing
capacity 16500 Kg/
M²
Dwarf mast
149 foundation on wet & CORE/ALD/OHE/SK/C 2 -
dry black cotton soil
Typical design of
150 new pure gravity ETI/SK/C 131 A
foundation.
Typical design of
side gravity
151 foundation (Soil -do- 142 A
pressure=8,000 Kg/
M²)
Rock Anchor for B.G.
152 ETI/SK/C 208 -
Track. –
Bracket fitting for
PSC Mast (cap 4200
153 Kgm) general ETI/SK/C 214 Sh.1of 2 E
arrangement and
SPS details
SPS details for Earth
214 Sh. 2 of
154 wire clamp on PSC ETI/SK/C A
2
mast
Special
arrangement of OHE
155 ETI/OHE/SK 529 --
under over line
structure
423
 Earthing and
537 Sh.1 of
156 bonding of PSC ETI/OHE/SK D
2
mast.
Typical Earthing
arrangement in 537 Sh.2 of
157 -do- B
SPUN PSC Mast with 2
18mm dia rod.
Arrangement of
158 ETI/OHE/SK 566 -
overlap
Catenary dropper
159 ETI/OHE/P 1190 B
assembly
Parallel clamp
160 ETI/OHE/P 1550 E
(20/20)
Standard guide tube
161 ETI/OHE/P 5060-2 C
assembly.
Counter weight
161
assembly for ETI/OHE/P 5090-5 E
(a)
Regulating
Trapezoidal weight
assembly for
161
Regulating TI/DRG/OHE/ ATD/RDSO/ 00004/00/2 -
(b)
Equipment (3:1
Ratio)
161 Trapezoidal weight
ETI/OHE/P/ 5090-1 G
© assembly
161 Counter weight
ETI/OHE/P/ 5090 F
(d) assembly
Standard anti-wind
162 -do- 2550-1/2 L
clamp
Multiple cantilever
163 RE/33/P 3120 H
cross arm assembly.
Anchor fitting
164 assembly on rolled ETI/OHE/P 3230 C
sections
Anchor fitting
assembly on 'K’
165 series, TCC masts -do- 3240 D
and 'P’ type portal
upright.
Anchor assembly on
166 'N’ and `O’ type -do- 3250 D
portal upright
167 Structure bonds -do- 7000 F
168 Earthing station -do- 7020 B
Longitudinal rail
169 -do- 7030 F
bond
Short super mast
170 ETI/C/P 8010 G
assembly

424
 Long super mast
171 -do- 8020 C
assembly
Bracket attachment
assembly on portal
172 -do- 8030 B
upright (N,O,R,P,G
&BFB Type)
Super mast
173 -do- 8050 C
assembly on portals
Medium super mast
174 ETI/OHE/P 8060 C
assembly
175 Compensating plate -do- 5191-1/2 D
176 Suspension clamp RE/33/P 1160 J
Double suspension
177 -do- 1170 K
clamp
Double suspension
178 -do- 1172 C
lock plate.
179 Catenary splice (65) ETI/OHE/P 1090 -
Typical location &
schematic
connection diagram
180 ETI/PSI 3 C
for a three
interrupter
switching station
Typical general
arrangement of a
181 -do- 004 F
three interrupter
switching station
Typical location
plan & general
182 arrangement for -do- 005 F
sectioning &
paralleling station
Typical location
plan and general
183 -do 6 E
arrangement for a
feeding station
Typical general
arrangement at a
184 Booster transformer -do- 013 B
station (with 4 cross
feeder) Type III
General
arrangement of 280
KVA Booster
185 -do- 018 A
Transformer station
Type III (with 4
cross feeder)

425
 Typical general
arrangement at a
186 booster transformer ETI/PSI 11 C
station (without
cross feeder) Type-I
Typical number
187 plate for Auxiliary ETI/PSI/P 7525 -
Transformer
Typical fencing and
anti-climbing
188 ETI/PSI 104 E
arrangement at
switching stations
Typical earthing
layout of sub-
189 -do- 201 B
sectioning and
paralleling station
Typical earthing
layout of a
190 -do- 202 B
sectioning and
paralleling station
Typical earthing
191 layout of a feeding -do- 203 B
station
Earthing details for
interrupter L.T.
supply transformer
25 KV Lightning
192 Arrestors P.T. Type- -do- 204 C
I (S-100 masts, S-
101 mast, fencing
upright and main
mast)
Typical earthing
layout at a booster
193 -do- 211-1 A
transformer
stations
Typical cable run
layout of a sub-
194 -do- 301 C
sectioning &
paralleling station
Typical cable run
layout of a
195 -do- 302 C
sectioning and
paralleling station
Typical cable run
196 layout of a feeding -do- 303 B
station

426
 Typical earthing
layout at a booster
transformer station
197 ETI/PSI 212 B
(with 4 cross feeder
for Type III,IV and
V)
Typical drawing for
198 -do- 501 C
a terminal board
36 mm Aluminum
Bus terminal for
199 ETI/PSI/P 6480 C
25kv Isolator (Rigid
type)
36 mm Aluminum
200 -do- 6490 B
Bus splices
36 mm Aluminum
201 -do- 6500 C
Bus Tee connector
36 mm Aluminum
202 -do- 6510 D
Bus Tee terminal
36/15 mm Top
203 -do- 6520 B
connector
36mm Aluminum
204 -do- 6550 B
flexible bus splice
36 mm Aluminum
205 bus splice cum tee -do- 6560 B
connector
Typical number
plate for interrupter
206 -do- 7520 B
and double pole
isolator
Typical number
207 plate for potential -do- 7521 B
transformer Type
Typical number
208 plate for booster -do- 7522 B
transformer
Caution plate 25 KV
209 ETI/OHE/P 7531 C
AC
General Caution
notice at entrance to
210 RE/33/P 7551 C
railway Station
(Hindi & English)
Typical details of
pressed steel door,
211 RE/Civil/S 129/ 2001 R2
window and
ventilator
Bolted base
212 ETI/C 10 C
connection for

427
 portals located in
drains
Details of base plate
213 for mast on drains -do- 0002/68 A
in station yards
Height gauge for
level crossings (for
clear span upto 7.3
214 TI/DRG/CIV/HGAUGE/RDSO 00001/05/0 --
mtr) details of
structure and
foundation
Height gauge for
level crossings (for
clear span above 7.3
215 TI/DRG/CIV/HGAUGE/RDSO 00002/05/0 --
mtr up to 12.2 mtr)
details of structure
and foundation
Standard plan
details of Height
216 gauge for span 7.3 RE/CIVIL/S 146/2008 R3
M to 10.0 M with
rail Type
Arrangement for
217 false catenary under ETI/OHE/SK 446 --
over line structure
Typical
arrangement of OHE
with insulated
218 ETI/OHE/SK 570 --
copper catenary
under over line
structure

Anti Climbing
218A TI/SK/OHE/ANTIMON/RDSO 00001/08/0 --
Arrangement

Anti Climbing
218B TI/SK/OHE/ANTIMON/RDSO 00001/09/0 --
Arrangement

218C GSSW Assembly TI/DRG/OHE/GSSW 0002/09/0 --

18 mm Lug
218D (Forged) TI/DRG/OHE/GTBLUG/RDSO 00001/04/0 --
(Compression type)

(B) List of standard Drawings for Tramway type OHE

(Regulated)

S. No. Brief Description Drawing Mod. No.

428
 Series Number
1 2 3 4 5
Span and stagger chart for
219 Tramway type OHE ETI/OHE/G 4201 -
(Regulated)
Drilling schedule of OHE mast
8.5m & 9m ling RSJ and BFB 04202 Sh.1
220 ETI/OHE/G CC
for Tramway OHE Sh.2
(Regulated) respectively.
Schematic arrangement of
221 tramway type OHE -do- 04203 C
(regulated).
Arrangement of bracket
222 assembly for Tramway Type -do- 04204 B
OHE (regulated)
Arrangement of anti-creep for
223 Tramway Type OHE ETI/OHE/G 4205 B
(Regulated)
Arrangement of anticreep
224 (alternative arrangement) for -do- 04206 B
Tramway OHE (Regulated)
Arrangement of section
225 Insulator for Tramway Type -do- 04207 Sh.1 B
OHE (Regulated)
Small parts steel for
supporting section insulator
226 -do- 04207 Sh.2 B
assembly for (regulated
Tramway Type OHE)
General arrangement of
227 turnouts for Tramway type ETI/OHE/G 4208 -
OHE (Regulated)
Adjustment chart for
228 Tramway type OHE ETI/OHE/G 4209 -
(Regulated)
Bridle wire clamp (6 mm)
229 ETI/OHE/P 1070-1 B
with two bolts
Large suspension clamp
230 ETI/OHE/P 1580 Sh-2 -
20mm (with Armour rod)
231 Hook Bracket ETI/OHE/P 2380 C
BFB Steady arm assembly for
232 ETI/OHE/P 2540-1 -
Tramway OHE (Regulated)
Anti wind clamp for tramway
233 -do- 2550-3 E
OHE (Regulated)
Counter weight assembly
234 ETI/OHE/P 5090-3 I
(light)

429
 235 Counter weight assembly -do- 5090-6 D
Employment schedule for
tramway type regulated OHE
236 ETI/C 705 B
without R.C. and E.W.
(W.P.112.5 kgf/sq.m)
Protective screen at
237 ETI/C 68 H
FOB/ROBs

(C) Standard typical & particular Drawings for TSS & Shunt
Capacitor banks

S. Drawing Mod.
Brief Description
No. Series Number No.
1 2 3 4 5
Typical layout of
Remote Control
238 ETI/PSI 10 E
cubicle at a
switching station
Typical layout of
132 /27kv Traction
239 TI/DRG/PSI/TSSLO/R DSO/ 00001/01 0
sub- station (Type-
I)
Typical layout of
132 /27kv Traction
240 TI/DRG/PSI/TSSLO/R DSO/ 00002/01/0 -
sub- station (Type-
II)
Typical layout of
132 /27kv Traction
241 TI/DRG/PSI/TSSLO/R DSO/ 00003/02 0
sub- station (Type-
III)
Typical layout of
242 132/27kv Traction TI/DRG/PSI/TSSLO/R 00004/02 0
Sub-station
(Type IV) (with
outgoing feeders
DSO/
and metering
Facilities)
Typical layout of
132/27kv Traction
243 TI/DRG/PSI/TSSLO/R DSO/ 00005/02 0
Sub-station (Type
V)
Typical layout of
132/27kV traction
244 TI/DRG/PSI/TSSLO/R DSO/ 00006/02 0
sub-station (Type
VI)

430
 Typical layout of
132/27kV traction
245 TI/DRG/PSI/TSSLO/R DSO/ 00007/02 0
sub-station (Type
VII)
Typical layout of
132/27kV traction
246 TI/DRG/PSI/TSSLO/R DSO/ 000008/02 -
sub-station (Type-
VIII)
Typical layout of
132/27kV traction
247 sub station with TI/DRG/PSI/TSSLO/R DSO/ 00009/02 0
single transformer
(Type -IX)
Typical layout of
132/27kv Traction
248 Sub-station with TI/DRG/PSI/TSSLO/R DSO/ 00010/02 0
132kv Switching
Station (Type x)
Typical layout of
Control Room at
249 TI/DRG/PSI/CPROOM/RDSO/ 00001/01 0
traction sub-
station.
Standard plan of
control room at
traction sub-
250 RE/Civil/ S-144/06 0
station (General
arrangement and
RCC details)
Typical return
current connection
251 to buried rail at ETI/PSI 0212-1 Nil
132/25kv Traction
sub-station
Typical general
arrangement of
252 earth screen wire ETI/PSI 225 C
termination at
Traction substation
Typical termination
arrangement for
253 strung bus "Spider" ETI/PSI 226 B
(AAC) conductor at
TSS.
General
arrangement &
terminal
254 ETI/PSI 227 A
connection for
25kV PT Type-II at
TSS

431
 General
arrangement and
terminal
255 connection for ETI/PSI 0227-1 Nil
25kV Potential
Transformer at TSS
(220kV)
Typical layout of
220/27kV traction
256 ETI/PSI 0240-1 Nil
sub station (Type -
I)
Typical return
current connection
257 ETI/PSI 242 A
to buried rail at
220/25kV TSS.
Typical termination
arrangement for
258 strung bus (ZEBRA ETI/PSI 243 A
ACSR) conductor at
TSS (220kV)
Typical general
arrangement of
earth screen wire
259 ETI/PSI 244 Nil
termination at
220/25 KV
Traction substation
Mounting
arrangement of
100KVA
260 ETI/PSI 312 B
25kv/240V LT
supply transformer
at TSS
25kv D.O. Fuse
261 ETI/PSI 32 D
switch assembly
Typical fencing
layout at traction
Sub-station (Details
262 ETI/PSI 121 F
of fencing panel,
door, anticlimbing
device etc.)
Typical
263 arrangement of an ETI/PSI 222-1 Nil
earth electrode
Typical earthing,
cable trench &
264 ETI/PSI 224 E
foundation layout
of 132/25kv TSS

432
 Typical earthing
arrangement for
265 ETI/PSI 228 A
equipment/
structure at TSS
Typical earthing
cable trench and
foundation layout
266 of 132/25kV ETI/PSI 229 Nil
traction sub-station
with Shunt
Capacitor bay
Typical details
267 transformer TSS of ETI/PSI 323 E
cable run at a two
Part Plan for
Details of position
268 of feeder Bus ETI/PSI/SK 272 Nil
coupling
interrupter at TSS
Terminal connector
(Typical drawing)
269 ETI/PSI/SK 324 Nil
for 220kV
equipments
Typical schematic
diagram of
protection for
270 ETI/PSI 024-1 Nil
double
Transformer
traction sub station
Typical layout for
25kv Shunt
capacitor with
271 ETI/PSI 223 E
series reactor to be
installed at
132/25kv TSS
High speed auto
reclosing scheme
272 for feeder circuit ETI/PSI 0231-1 A
breaker at 25kV A.C
TSS
Typical details of
cable run at a two
273 transformer TSS ETI/PSI 325 Nil
with Shunt
Capacitor
Typical details of
cable run at two
274 ETI/PSI 326 Nil
transformers
Traction Sub-

433
 station with Shunt
capacitor (220kV)

General Scheme of
supply for 25kV, 50
275 ETI/PSI 702-1 D
Hz single phase
traction system
Standard Post
Insulator for clean
276 ETI/OHE/P 6090-1 C
area (Creepage
path 850mm min)
Typical number
277 plate for circuit ETI/PSI/P 7523 Nil
breaker
Typical number
278 plate for Auxiliary ETI/PSI/P 7525 Nil
Transformer
Typical number
279 plate for Power ETI/PSI/P 7526 Nil
transformer at TSS
Typical number
280 ETI/PSI/P 7527 A
plate for PT at TSS
Typical number
281 ETI/PSI/P 7528 A
plate for CT at TSS
Typical number
282 plate for Isolators ETI/PSI/P 7529 A
at TSS
Bimetallic terminal
connector to suit
'ZEBRA' ACSR
283 conductor and 30 ETI/PSI/P 11010 C
dia Cu stud of
CT/CB/traction
power transformer.
220kV system
bimetallic terminal
connector to suit
284 'ZEBRA' (28.58 Dia ETI/PSI/P 11030 C
) ACSR conductor &
Al./Cu. pad of
Isolator /CT/CB.
220kV system tee
connector to suit
285 'ZEBRA' (28.58 dia) ETI/PSI/P 11040 C
ACSR conductor on
both ways.

434
 220kV system rigid
connector on SI to
286 suit ZEBRA (28.58 ETI/PSI/P 11050 C
dia) ACSR
conductor
Details of
expansion type
terminal connector
to suit 50 dia Al. 11060 Sh.2
287 ETI/PSI/P E
tubular busbar to of 2
terminal pad of
25kv CT/ Isolator/
CB and Interrupter
Detail of rigid type
bimetallic terminal
connector suitable
288 for 50 dia Al. ETI/PSI/P 11070 B
tubular busbar to
30 dia Cu. Stud of
25kV CT.
Rigid bimetallic
terminal connector
suitable for 50 dia
289 ETI/PSI/P 11090 C
Al. tubular busbar
to terminal pad of
25kv Isolator/ CT
Rigid through
connector to suit
50 dia Al. Tubular
290 bus bar and ETI/PSI/P 11110 C
‘SPIDER’ AAC
conductor for 25kv
PT Type-II
Details of Rigid
terminal connector
suitable for 20 dia
291 ETI/PSI/P 11120 C
Al. Conductor to
terminal pad of
25kv PT Type I & II
25kv system tee
connector to suit
292 50 O/D Al. Tube ETI/PSI/P 11140 B
and 'SPIDER' 'AAC'
conductor
25 K.V system Tee
connector to suit
293 50. O/D AL. tubular ETI/PSI/P 11150 B
busbar to 50. O/D
AL. tubular busbar

435
 25Kv System Rigid
bus splice
294 connector to suit ETI/PSI/P 11180 B
50 O/D Al. tube on
both ways
25 kV System
Sliding clamp for
295 ETI/PSI/P 11190 C
50mm O/D
Aluminium Bus bar
25Kv System Rigid
connector on S.I to
296 ETI/PSI/P 11200 C
suit 50 mm O/D Al.
Bus bar
25kv system
expansion bus
297 coupler on SI to ETI/PSI/P 11210 D
suit 50 O/D Al.
tube.
Typical fencing ,
door and
298 anticlimbing device CORE/ALD/PSI 1 D
details of traction
sub-station
Structural layout of
0200,
299 132/25 KV traction ETI/C H
SH.No.-1
sub- stations
Structural layouts
of 132/25kv 0200,
300 ETI/C D
traction sub- SH.No.-2
stations
Details of Beam
301 B/1 for 132/25 KV ETI/C 201 D
TSS
Details of Tower T
302 1 for 132/25 KV ETI/C 202 H
TSS
Details of Tower T
303 2 for 132/25 KV ETI/C 203 G
TSS
Details of beam B/2
and column C/1 for
304 ETI/C 208 E
132/25kV traction
sub-station.
Typical cable
trench and
305 ETI/C 210 F
foundation lay out
of 132/25kv TSS

436
 Details of baffle
wall at TSS(WP-
306 ETI/C 213 D
112.5kg/sq.m) and
WP (75kg/sq.m)
Details of RCC
307 baffle Wall at ETI/C 214 B
TSS(WP-m)
Transformer oil
drainage
308 ETI/C 216 B
arrangement at
sub- stations
Line Diagram of
Structural layouts
309 of 220/25kV ETI/C 222 Nil
Traction sub-
station
Structural layout of
220/27kV traction
310 ETI/C 0222-1 Nil
sub- station (Type-
I)
Control Room for 225
311 ETI/C Nil
Traction substation Sheet-1
Control Room for
Traction Sub- 225
312 ETI/C Nil
station(RCC Sheet-2
details)
Details of structure
313 for 132kv double ETI/C 310 G
pole Isolator
Details of structure
314 for 132kv support ETI/C 320 E
insulators
Details of structure
315 for 132kv Current ETI/C 330 F
transformer
Details of structure
316 for 120kv Lightning ETI/C 340 F
Arrestor
Details of structure
317 for 25kv Current ETI/C 360 F
transformer
Details of structure
for 42kv, 10KA LA 370
318 ETI/C J
& 25kv support Sheet-1
insulator
Black Weight of
Structure for 42kv, 370
319 ETI/C Nil
10KA LA & 25kv Sheet-2
support insulator.

437
 Details of structure
320 for 25kv Single Pole ETI/C 380 F
isolator
Details of structure
321 for 25kv Potential ETI/C 390 E
transformer
S-100 Fabricated
Mast for mounting
LT supply
322 ETI/C 43 B
transformer and
DO fuse switch at
switching station
Details of structure
and foundation for
323 ETI/SK/C 180 C
25kV DP Isolator
at TSS
Gillsans Letters and
324 RE/33 527 A
Figures
Typical schematic
diagram of
325 protection for ETI/PSI 0228-1 Nil
single transformer
traction sub-station
25 kV drop out fuse
326 ETI/PSI 38 C
switch details
Operating pole for
327 25kV drop out fuse ETI/PSI 39 B
switch
Typical schematic
diagram for TSS,
FP, SSP and SP with
328 TI/DRG/PSI/3L- TSS/RDSO 00001/07 1
21.6 MVA or 30
MVA transformer
for three lines.
Scheme of locking
/Interlocking
arrangement of 132
329 ETI/PSI 5212 B
kV Isolator at
Traction Sub-
Station.
Typical return
current connection
to buried rail at
330 ETI/PSI 0212-1 Nil
132 kV/25 kV
Traction Sub-
Station.
Typical
331 arrangement of an ETI/PSI 222-1 Nil
earth electrode.

438
 Flexible connector
for 25 kV circuit
breaker 25kV
332 Interrupter & 25 kV ETI/PSI/P 6570 F
side of 13.5/20
MVA traction
transformer.
Scheme of
Interlocking
arrangement for
333 25kV circuit ETI/PSI 5214 B
breakers at
Traction Sub-
Station
Expansion type
terminal connector
for 25 kV, 60mm
334 ETI/PSI/P 11220 D
dia terminal for
traction power
transformer.

(D) Standard typical & particular Drawings for SCADA works

The annexure contains reference to standard, typical and particular

drawings & specification referred to in various paragraph of tender
specification (Pt.II) and particular specification.

S. Drawing Mod.
Brief Description
No. Series Number No.
1 2 3 4 5
General scheme of
335 supply for 25 kV 50 ETI/PSI 702-1 D
Hz Single Phase AC

Typical layout of
336 TI/DRG/PSI/CPROOM/RDSO 00001/01 0
control room at TSS

Typical layout of
remote control
337 ETI/PSI 10 E
cubicle at switching
stations.
Schematic inter
connection diagram
for remote control of
338 ETI/PSI 644 C
power gear &
supervision
equipments at TSS.

439
 Schematic inter
connection diagram
for remote control of
power gear and
339 ETI/PSI 645 C
supervision
equipments at
controlled station (SP
& SSP)
High speed Auto
reclosing Scheme for
feeder Circuit
340 ETI/PSI 0231-I A
Breaker at 25 kV A.C.
Traction Sub-
station.
Control desk
arrangement for 2
341 ETI/PSI/SK 337 Nil
work stations of
SCADA system.
Setting up earthing
station at switching
posts (SSP & SP) with
conventional
342
earthing as per
Special Maintenance
No. TI/SMI/0032
Rev-1

(E) (1) List of Standard Drawings for High Rise OHE

S. Drawing Mod.
Brief Description
No. Series Number No.
1 2 3 4 5
Design handout for
Overhead
equipment for
running double
stack containers
TI/DESIGNS/OHE/2013/
343 under electrified - -
00001 (July’13)
routes (High Rise
OHE) with speed
potential of 140
Kmph based on
revised wind zone.

440
 Terms of reference
for consultancy RDSO Letter No.
344 contract for high TI/Traction policy/2013 - -
speed OHE and dated 25.04.2013
high rise OHE.

OHE span in view RDSO Letter No.

345 of changes in wind TI/OHE/GA/2013 dated - -
zones in country. 25/30.04.2013

SPECIAL BFB
PORTAL FOR 5 TI/DRG/CIV/BFB- Sh No.
346 00001/13/0
TRACKS (GENERAL POTAL 1
ARRANGEMENT)
SPECIAL BFB
TI/DRG/CIV/BFB- Sh No.
347 PORTAL DETAILS 00001/13/0
PORTAL 2
OF UPRIGHT
G-TYPE PORTAL
DETAILS SPECIAL
348 TI/DRG/CIV/G-PORTAL 00001/13/0 -
UPRIGHT AND END
PIECE
HIGH RISE OHE
Employment
Schedule Mast
(11.4 m) (Wind
Pressure 178
SHEET-
349 kgf/m2) (Basic TI/DRG/CIV/ES/ 00001/13/0
1
Wind Speed 50
m/s) (Without
Return Conductor
and Without Earth
Wire)
HIGH RISE OHE
Employment
Schedule Mast
(11.4 m) (Wind
Pressure 155
SHEET-
350 kgf/m2) (Basic TI/DRG/CIV/ES/ 00001/13/0
2
Wind Speed 47
m/s) (Without
Return Conductor
and Without Earth
Wire)

441
 HIGH RISE OHE
Employment
Schedule Mast
(11.4 m) (Wind
Pressure 136
SHEET-
351 kgf/m2) (Basic TI/DRG/CIV/ES/ 00001/13/0
3
Wind Speed 44
m/s) (Without
Return Conductor
and Without Earth
Wire)
HIGH RISE OHE
Employment
Schedule Mast
(11.4 m) (Wind
Pressure 105
SHEET-
352 kgf/m2) (Basic TI/DRG/CIV/ES/ 00001/13/0
4
Wind Speed 39
m/s) (Without
Return Conductor
and Without Earth
Wire)
HIGH RISE OHE
Employment
Schedule Mast
(11.4 m) (Wind
Pressure 73
SHEET-
353 kgf/m2) (Basic TI/DRG/CIV/ES/ 00001/13/0
5
Wind Speed 33
m/s) (Without
Return Conductor
and Without Earth
Wire)
TWO TRACK
CANTILEVER
SHEET-
354 STRUCTURE (TTC) TI/DRG/CIV/TTC/ 00001/13/0
1
GENERAL
ARRANGEMENT
TWO TRACK
CANTILEVER
SHEET-
355 STRUCTURE (TTC) TI/DRG/CIV/TTC/ 00001/13/0
2
DETAILS OF
UPRIGHT
11.4 M Long
Standard Traction
356 Mast “B” Series (B- TI/DRG/CIV/B- Mast/ 00001/13/0
150, B-175, B-200,
B-225 & B-250 type

442
 Fabricated with
Batten Plates)

Volume Charts &

Equivalent Charts
Sheet-
357 of Foundations TI/DRG/CIV/FND/ 00001/13/0
1
(Side Bearing, Side
Gravity & WBC)
Volume Charts &
Equivalent Charts Sheet-
358 TI/DRG/CIV/FND/ 00001/13/0
of Foundations (NG 2
Type)
Volume Charts &
Equivalent Charts
of Foundations for Sheet-
359 TI/DRG/CIV/FND/ 00001/13/0
Dry Black Cotton 3
Soil (NBC Type, 3.0
metre Depth)
Volume Charts &
Equivalent Charts
of New Pure Sheet-
360 TI/DRG/CIV/FND/ 00001/13/0
Gravity 4
Foundations (500
mm exposed)
Volume Charts &
Equivalent Charts
of Foundations for Sheet-
361 TI/DRG/CIV/FND/ 00001/13/0
Dry Black Cotton 5
Soil (NBC Type, 2.5
metre Depth)
Employment
Schedule OHE Mast
Sheet-
362 (11.4 metre) Wind TI/DRG/CIV/ES/ 00001/13/0
1
Pressure 155
kgf/m2
Employment
Schedule OHE Mast
Sheet-
363 (11.4 metre) Wind TI/DRG/CIV/ES/ 00001/13/0
2
Pressure 136
kgf/m2
Employment
Schedule OHE Mast
Sheet-
364 (11.4 metre) Wind TI/DRG/CIV/ES/ 00001/13/0
3
Pressure 105
kgf/m2

443
 Schedule Anchor
Sheet-
365 Blocks for BG TI/DRG/OHE/GUYHR/ 00001/13/0
1
Tracks
Double Guy Rod
Arrangement with Sheet-
366 TI/DRG/OHE/GUYHR/ 00001/13/0
Anchor Block for 2
BG Tracks
Schedule Anchor
Sheet-
367 Blocks for BG Track TI/DRG/OHE/GUYHR/ 00001/13/0
3
Black Cotton Soil
Sheet-
368 Guy Rod Ǿ 25 mm TI/DRG/OHE/GUYHR/ 00001/13/0
4
Dropper Schedule
Encumbrance
368 1.4m/1.4m (For 25
TI/DRG/OHE/DROP/ 00001/10/10/1 Rev-1
A kV AC Regulated
OHE) (65 and 107
SQ.MM)
Dropper Schedule
Encumbrance
368 1.4m/0.9m (For 25
TI/DRG/OHE/DROP/ 00002/10/1 Rev-1
B kV AC Regulated
OHE) (65 and 107
SQ.MM)
Dropper Schedule
Encumbrance
368 1.4m/0.75m (For
TI/DRG/OHE/DROP/ 00003/10/1 Rev-1
C 25 kV AC Regulated
OHE) (65 and 107
SQ.MM)
Arrangement of
mounting of
25kV/240V, 50kVA
368 5522
LT Supply ETI/OHE/HR/AT/G/ -
D Sheet-2
Transformer for
High Rise OHE (On
separate mast)
Mounting
Arrangement of
368 Auxiliary 5522
ETI/OHE/HR/AT/G/ -
E Transformer on Sheet-1
High Rise OHE
mast
Anchor
Arrangement with
368
Dwarf Mast for ETI/OHE/HR/ G/ 1402 -
F
conventional and
High Rise OHE

444
 Standard
Arrangement of
Drop Arm for
supporting
368
Cantilevers on the ETI/C/HR/ 76 -
G
Booms of Portals
and TTC (For
Normal as well as
High Rise OHE)
Drilling schedule
368 for S-6H mast
ETI/C/HR/ 181 -
H (length 13.0 m) (for
High Rise OHE)
Drilling schedule
368 for S-7H mast
ETI/C/HR/ 182 -
J (length 13.0 m) (for
High Rise OHE)
Drilling schedule
368 for S-8H mast
ETI/C/HR/ 183 -
K (length 13.0 m) (for
High Rise OHE)
‘P’ Type Portal
General
368 Arrangement and
TI/DRG/CIV/P-Portal/ 00001/13/0 -
L details of upright &
End Pieces (High
Rise OHE)

(E) (2) List of Standard Drawings as per New Wind Zones

S. Drawing Mod.
Brief Description
No. Series Number No.
1 2 3 4 5
Normal OHE Employment
Schedule Mast (9.5 m)
(Wind Pressure 178
758
369 kgf/m2) (Basic Wind Speed ETI/C/ A
Sheet-1
50 m/s) (Without Return
Conductor and Without
Earth Wire)
Normal OHE Employment
Schedule Mast (9.5 m)
(Wind Pressure 155
758
370 kgf/m2) (Basic Wind Speed ETI/C/ A
Sheet-2
47 m/s) (Without Return
Conductor and Without
Earth Wire)

445
 Normal OHE Employment
Schedule Mast (9.5 m)
(Wind Pressure 136
758
371 kgf/m2) (Basic Wind Speed ETI/C/ A
Sheet-3
44 m/s) (Without Return
Conductor and Without
Earth Wire)
Normal OHE Employment
Schedule Mast (9.5 m)
(Wind Pressure 105
758
372 kgf/m2) (Basic Wind Speed ETI/C/ B
Sheet-4
39 m/s) (Without Return
Conductor and Without
Earth Wire)
Normal OHE Employment
Schedule Mast (9.5 m)
(Wind Pressure 73 kgf/m2) 758
373 ETI/C/ A
(Basic Wind Speed 33 m/s) Sheet-5
(Without Return Conductor
and Without Earth Wire)
Normal OHE Employment
Schedule Mast (9.5 m)
(Wind Pressure 178
kgf/m2) (Basic Wind Speed
759
374 50 m/s) (Without Return ETI/C/
Sheet-1
Conductor and Without
Earth Wire)(1100+1100) kgf
tension CAT-65 mm2, CONT-
107 mm2.
Normal OHE Employment
Schedule Mast (9.5 m)
(Wind Pressure 155
kgf/m2) (Basic Wind Speed
759
375 47 m/s) (Without Return ETI/C/
Sheet-2
Conductor and Without
Earth Wire) (1100+1100)
kgf tension CAT-65 mm2,
CONT-107 mm2.
Normal OHE Employment
Schedule Mast (9.5 m)
(Wind Pressure 136
kgf/m2) (Basic Wind Speed
759
376 44 m/s) (Without Return ETI/C/
Sheet-3
Conductor and Without
Earth Wire) (1100+1100)
kgf tension CAT-65 mm2,
CONT-107 mm2.

446
 Normal OHE Employment
Schedule Mast (9.5 m)
(Wind Pressure 105
kgf/m2) (Basic Wind Speed
759
377 39 m/s) (Without Return ETI/C/
Sheet-4
Conductor and Without
Earth Wire) (1100+1100)
kgf tension CAT-65 mm2,
CONT-107 mm2.
Normal OHE Employment
Schedule Mast (9.5 m)
(Basic Wind Speed 33 m/s)
(Wind Pressure 73 kgf/m2)
759
378 (Without Return Conductor ETI/C/
Sheet-5
and Without Earth Wire)
(1100+1100) kgf tension
CAT-65 mm2, CONT-107
mm2.
Normal OHE Employment
Schedule Mast (9.5 m)
Basic Wind Speed 50 m/s
Wind Pressure 178 kgf/m2
TI/DRG/CIV/ES/RDSO/0
379 (Without Return Conductor
0001/18/0 Sheet-1/5
and Without Earth Wire)
1000 kgf tension in CAT.
65mm2 1000 kgf tension in
CONT. 107mm2
Normal OHE Employment
Schedule Mast (9.5 m)
(Basic Wind Speed 47 m/s)
(Wind Pressure 155
kgf/m2) (Without Return TI/DRG/CIV/ES/RDSO/0
380
Conductor and Without 0001/18/0 Sheet-2/5
Earth Wire) 1000 kgf
tension in CAT. 65mm2
1000 kgf tension in CONT.
107mm2
Normal OHE Employment
Schedule Mast (9.5 m)
(Basic Wind Speed 44 m/s)
(Wind Pressure 136
kgf/m2) (Without Return TI/DRG/CIV/ES/RDSO/0
381
Conductor and Without 0001/18/0 Sheet-3/5
Earth Wire) 1000 kgf
tension in CAT. 65mm2
1000 kgf tension in CONT.
107mm2

447
 Normal OHE Employment
Schedule Mast (9.5 m)
(Basic Wind Speed 39 m/s)
(Wind Pressure 105
kgf/m2) (Without Return TI/DRG/CIV/ES/RDSO/0
382
Conductor and Without 0001/18/0 Sheet-4/5
Earth Wire) 1000 kgf
tension CAT-65 mm2, 1000
kgf tension in CONT-107
mm2.
Normal OHE Employment
Schedule Mast (9.5 m)
(Basic Wind Speed 33 m/s)
(Wind Pressure 73 kgf/m2)
TI/DRG/CIV/ES/RDSO/0
383 (Without Return Conductor
0001/18/0 Sheet-5/5
and Without Earth Wire)
1000 kgf tension in CAT.
65mm2 1000 kgf tension in
CONT. 107mm2
Normal OHE Employment
Schedule Mast (9.5 m)
Basic Wind Speed 50 m/s
Wind Pressure 178 kgf/m2
(Without Return Conductor
TI/DRG/CIV/ES/RDSO/0
384 and Without Earth Wire)
0002/18/0 Sheet-5/5
1000 kgf tension in CAT.
65mm2 1000 kgf tension in
CONT. 107mm2 (with
implantation more than 2.8
m & upto 3.8 m)
Normal OHE Employment
Schedule Mast (9.5 m)
(Basic Wind Speed 47 m/s)
(Wind Pressure 155
kgf/m2) (Without Return
Conductor and Without TI/DRG/CIV/ES/RDSO/0
385
Earth Wire) 1000 kgf 0002/18/0 Sheet-4/5
tension in CAT. 65mm2
1000 kgf tension in CONT.
107mm2 (with implantation
more than 2.8 m & upto 3.8
m)

448
 Normal OHE Employment
Schedule Mast (9.5 m)
(Basic Wind Speed 44 m/s)
(Wind Pressure 136
kgf/m2) (Without Return
Conductor and Without TI/DRG/CIV/ES/RDSO/0
386
Earth Wire) 1000 kgf 0002/18/0 Sheet-3/5
tension in CAT. 65mm2
1000 kgf tension in CONT.
107mm2 (with implantation
more than 2.8 m & upto 3.8
m)
Normal OHE Employment
Schedule Mast (9.5 m)
(Basic Wind Speed 39 m/s)
(Wind Pressure 105
kgf/m2) (Without Return
Conductor and Without TI/DRG/CIV/ES/RDSO/0
387
Earth Wire) 1000 kgf 0002/18/0 Sheet-2/5
tension CAT-65 mm2, 1000
kgf tension in CONT-107
mm2. (with implantation
more than 2.8 m & upto 3.8
m)
Normal OHE Employment
Schedule Mast (9.5 m)
(Basic Wind Speed 33 m/s)
(Wind Pressure 73 kgf/m2)
(Without Return Conductor
TI/DRG/CIV/ES/RDSO/0
388 and Without Earth Wire)
0002/18/0 Sheet-1/5
1000 kgf tension in CAT.
65mm2 1000 kgf tension in
CONT. 107mm2 (with
implantation more than 2.8
m & upto 3.8 m)
Normal OHE Employment
Schedule Mast (9.5 m)
Basic Wind Speed 50 m/s
Wind Pressure 178 kgf/m2
(Without Return Conductor
TI/DRG/CIV/ES/RDSO/0
389 and Without Earth Wire)
0003/18/0 Sheet-5/5
1000 kgf tension in CAT.
65mm2 1000 kgf tension in
CONT. 107mm2 (with
implantation more than 3.8
m & upto 4.85 m)

449
 Normal OHE Employment
Schedule Mast (9.5 m)
(Basic Wind Speed 47 m/s)
(Wind Pressure 155
kgf/m2) (Without Return
Conductor and Without TI/DRG/CIV/ES/RDSO/0
390
Earth Wire) 1000 kgf 0003/18/0 Sheet-4/5
tension in CAT. 65mm2
1000 kgf tension in CONT.
107mm2 (with implantation
more than 3.8 m & upto 4.85
m)
Normal OHE Employment
Schedule Mast (9.5 m)
(Basic Wind Speed 44 m/s)
(Wind Pressure 136
kgf/m2) (Without Return
Conductor and Without TI/DRG/CIV/ES/RDSO/0
391
Earth Wire) 1000 kgf 0003/18/0 Sheet-3/5
tension in CAT. 65mm2
1000 kgf tension in CONT.
107mm2 (with implantation
more than 3.8 m & upto 4.85
m)
Normal OHE Employment
Schedule Mast (9.5 m)
(Basic Wind Speed 39 m/s)
(Wind Pressure 105
kgf/m2) (Without Return
Conductor and Without TI/DRG/CIV/ES/RDSO/0
392
Earth Wire) 1000 kgf 0003/18/0 Sheet-2/5
tension CAT-65 mm2, 1000
kgf tension in CONT-107
mm2. (with implantation
more than 3.8 m & upto 4.85
m)
Normal OHE Employment
Schedule Mast (9.5 m)
(Basic Wind Speed 33 m/s)
(Wind Pressure 73 kgf/m2)
(Without Return Conductor
TI/DRG/CIV/ES/RDSO/0
393 and Without Earth Wire)
0003/18/0 Sheet-1/5
1000 kgf tension in CAT.
65mm2 1000 kgf tension in
CONT. 107mm2 (with
implantation more than 3.8
m & upto 4.85 m)

450
Note: New wind pressures/speeds as per RDSO letter No TI/CIV/MS/14 dated
14.07.2014 & IS: 875 Part-III, 1987, Reaffirmed during 1997 are:

Design Wind Basic Wind Speed

S. No. Pressure metre /
(Kg/m2) Km / hour
second
I 178 50 180.0
II 155 47 169.2
III 136 44 158.4
IV 105 39 140.4
V 73 33 118.8

451
The End of Schedules.

452
 Other Special Conditions of EPC

1. The provision of Construction and Demolition Waste Management Rule

2016 issued by Ministry of Environment Forest and Climate Change dated
29.03.2016 and published in the Gazette of India, Part – II, Section -3, Sub-section
(ii) are binding upon the Contractor. Contractor shall implement these
provisions at worksites, for which no extra payment will be payable.
2. The Building and other construction workers (RECS) Act,1996 and the
Building and other construction workers welfare cess Act, 1996- “The tenderer
for carrying out any construction work in Haryana/Chandigarh state must get
themselves registered from the Registering officer under Section-7 of the
Building and other Construction Workers Act, 1996 and rules made there to by
the Haryana/Chandigarh state Govt and submit certificate of Registration issued
from the Registering Officer of the Haryana/Chandigarh state Govt.
(LabourDeptt.) . As per this Act, the tenderer shall be levied a cess @ 1% of cost
of construction work, which would be deducted from each bill. Cost of material
shall be outside the purview of cess, whensupplied under a separate schedule
item. “(Authority ACS No. 4 circulated vide RBds Circular No.2008/CE-I/CT/6,
dated29.11.2013)
3. The element of GST/sales tax/commercial tax/turnover tax etc. in works
contract, if any, shall be considered to be included in the rates quoted by the
tenderer/s in the tender schedule. GST/Sales tax/ commercial tax/turnover tax
on works contract will be recovered from the contractor’s bill at the rate as
applicable as per rules framed by State Govt. from time to time and remitted to
the State Govt. by the Railways. Railway shall deduct TDS towards GST@ 2%.
(CGST1% & SGST 1%) or (IGST 2%) of the total value of Taxable amount and
remit the same to the State Govt. The Amount of GST TDS shown deducted and
paid shall be reflected in the credit ledger of the contractor. (Rly Bds. Letter N0.
2018/AC-II/46dated 19.09.2018.& 29.9.18). Contractor shall not have any claim
whatsoever as a result of the increase in the rates for such royalties, taxes, duties
or any other forms of levies etc. Concessional Sales Tax Form and Octori
Exemption Certificate will be issued to Contractor on his specific request, if
legally permissible. All the taxes including GST will be applicable as per extant
laws and the bidder will provide the percentage wise list of taxes and duties
being considered for calculating the bid amount.
4. Railways shall deduct Conservancy cess charges as per railway Board
letter No. F(X)I/95/1/1 dated 07.09.2021.
5. The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of Para 30 & 36-B of the
Employees Provident Fund Scheme, 1952; Para 3 & 4 of Employees’ Pension
Scheme, 1995; and Para 7 & 8 of Employees Deposit Linked Insurance Scheme,
1976; as modified from time to time through enactment of “Employees Provident
Fund & Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952”, wherever applicable and shall also
indemnify the Railway from and against any claims under the aforesaid Act and
the Rules.
6. Contractor is to abide by the provisions of various labour laws in terms
of above clause 54, 55, 55-A and 55-B of Indian Railways Standard General
Conditions of Contract. In order to ensure the same, an application has been
developed and hosted on website ‘www.shramikkalyan.indianrailways.gov.in’.

453
Contractor shall register his firm/company etc. and upload requisite details of
labour and their payment in this portal. These details shall be available in public
domain. The Registration/ updation of Portal shall be done as under:
(a) Contractor shall apply for onetime registration of his company/firm etc.
in the Shramikkalyan portal with requisite details subsequent to issue of Letter
of Acceptance. Engineer shall approve the contractor’s registration in the portal
within 7 days of receipt of such request.
(b) Contractor once approved by any Engineer, can create password with
login ID (PAN No.) for subsequent use of portal for all Letter of Acceptances
(LOAs) issued in his favour.
(c) The contractor once registered on the portal, shall provide details of his
Letter of Acceptances (LOAs) / Contract Agreements on shramikkalyan portal
within 15 days of issue of any LOA for approval of concerned Engineer. Engineer
shall update (if required) and approve the details of LOA filled by contractor
within 7 days of receipt of such request.
(d) After approval of LOA by Engineer, contractor shall fill the salient details
of contract labours engaged in the contract and ensure updating of each wage
payment to them on shramikkalyan portal on monthly basis.
(e) It shall be mandatory upon the contractor to ensure correct and prompt
uploading of all salient details of engaged contractual labour & payments made
thereof after each wage period.
(f) While processing payment of any ‘On Account Bill’ or ‘Final Bill’ or
release of ‘Advances’ or ‘Performance Guarantee / Security deposit’, contractor
shall submit a certificate to the Engineer or Engineer’s representatives that “I
have uploaded the correct details of contract labours engaged in connection with
this contract and payments made to them during the wage period in Railway’s
Shramikkalyan portal at ‘www.shramikkalyan.indianrailways .gov.in’ till
____Month, ____Year.”

7. Income tax of 2% will be deducted as per extant practices over Northern

Railway.

…………………………

454
455
Appendices

456
 APPENDIX-I

LIST OF BID-SPECIFIC CLAUSES$

A. Clauses with non-numerical ($) footnotes:

1. Clause 3.2.1 : Obligation relating to sub-contracts and any other agreements

2. Clause 13.5.1 : Power of the Authority to undertake works

3. Article 26 : Definition of Consortium/Joint Venture

4. Schedule-F, Annexure-I : Item (C)-8

5. Schedule-F, Annexure-III : Item (B) and Item (C)-8

B. Clauses with curly { } brackets:

1. Recital : Para 2

2. Clause 1.5 : Joint and several liability

3. Clause 3.2.1 : Obligations relating sub-contracts and any other agreements

4. Clause 5.1 (l) : Representations and warranties of the Contractor

5. Article 26 : Definition of “Affiliate”, “Consortium/Joint Venture” and “Lead

Member”

6. Contract Agreement : ‘Signature’ page

7. Schedule-F, Annexure-I : Item (B) and Item (C) 1

8. Schedule-F, Annexure-III : Item (B)

C. Clauses with Blank Spaces (.....), (***)

1. First line of the Concession Agreement

2. Recital : Para 2

3. Recital : Item A, B, C and D

4. Clause 3.9 : Training of Authority’s Personnel

5. Clause 17.1.1 : Contract Price

6. Schedule-F, Annexure-I : Item A, B and C

7. Schedule-F, Annexure-I : Signing Date

8. Schedule-F, Annexure-II : Item A and C

457
9. Schedule-F, Annexure-II : Signing Date

10. Schedule-F, Annexure-III : Item A, B and C

11. Schedule-F, Annexure-III : Signing Date

12. Schedule-L, Annexure-I : Clause 1.1 : Scope

$
This Appendix-I contains a list of clauses that would need to be suitably modified for
reflecting bid-specific provisions after the contractor has been selected. This Appendix-I may
be included in the draft EPC Agreement forming part of the bid documents. It may, however,
be deleted when the Contract Agreement is to be executed.

458
 APPENDIX-II

LIST OF PROJECT SPECIFIC CLAUSES20

A. Clauses with serially numbered footnotes

1. First line of Contract Agreement (footnote no.1)

2. Recital : Para 2 (footnote no.2 & 3)

3. Recital : Para 2 : Item A (footnote 4 & 5)

4. Clause 3.9.2 : Training of Authority’s Personnel (footnote no.6)

5. Clause 4.1.3(b) and (c) : Obligation of the Authority (footnote no. 7 & 8)

6. Clause 4.3 : Environmental and forest clearances (footnote no.9)

7. Clause 4.4.3 : Machinery and equipment (footnote no.10)

8. Clause 4.5 : Electricity transmission lines (footnote no.11)

9. Clause 7.1.1 : Performance Security (footnote no.12)

10. Clause 7.5 : Retention Money (footnote no.13)

11. Clause 17.2.1 : Advance Payment (footnote no.14)

12. Clause 17.8.4 : Price adjustment for the works (footnote no.15)

13. Schedule-A, Annexure-I : Site (footnote no.16)

14. Schedule-B, Annexure-I : Description of Railway Project (footnote no.17)

15. Schedule-C : Project facilities (footnote no.18)

16. Schedule-D, Annexure-I : Specifications and standards for construction

(footnote no.19)

B. Clauses with square [ ] parenthesis:

1. Recital : Para 1

2. Recital (B)

3. Clause 3.2.1 : Obligations relating to sub-contracts and any other agreements

4. Clause 3.4.1 : Contractor’s Personnel

5. Clause 3.9 : Training of Authority’s Personnel

6. Clause 4.1.3(c) : Obligations of the Authority

7. Clause 4.1.4 : Obligations of the Authority

459
8. Clause 4.4.1(c) : Machinery and equipment

9. Clause 4.5 : Electricity transmission lines

10. Clause 4.7 : Provision of power blocks and traffic blocks

11. Clause 8.1(a) : The Site

12. Clause 10.3.1 : Construction of Railway Project

13. Clause 10.4.1(a) : Extension of time for completion

14. Clause 12.2.1 : Provisional certificate

15. Clause 15.1.2 : Defects liability period

16. Clause 17.8.4 : Price adjustment for the works (formulae for price adjustment)

17. Clause 18.1.6 : Insurance for works

18. Clause 20.1 : Governing Law and Jurisdiction

19. Clause 25.13(a) and (b) : Notices

20. Article 26 : Definitions

“GAD” or “General Arrangement Drawings”

“Project Assets”

21. Signature of the Authority on the last page of the Agreement

22. Schedule-A, Annexure-I : Site

23. Schedule-A, Annexure-II : Date for providing Right of Way

24. Schedule-A, Annexure-III : Alignment Plans

25. Schedule-B, Annexure-I : Description of Railway Project

26. Schedule-C : Project Facilities

27. Schedule-D, Annexure-I : Specifications and Standards for Construction

28. Schedule-F, Annexure-I : Form of Bank Guarantee for Performance Security

29. Schedule-F, Annexure-II : Form of Guarantee for Withdrawal of Retention

Money

30. Schedule-F, Annexure-III : Form of Guarantee for Advance Payment

31. Schedule-G : Contract Price Weightages

32. Schedule-I : Project Completion Schedule

33. Schedule-J : Tests on Completion

460
34. Schedule-N : Insurance

35. Schedule-O : Provision of traffic blocks and power blocks

36. Schedule –P : Machinery and equipment

37. Schedule –Q : Important/Special conditions & List of drawings/Plans

20
This Appendix-II contains a list of clauses that would need to be suitably modified prior to
issue of bid documents for reflecting project specific provisions. This Appendix-II should be
omitted before issuing the draft Concession Agreement, forming part of the bid documents.

461